Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 755 "D" titles
  • Digital
    [edited by] Barbara J. Bain, Imelda Bates, Michael A. Laffan ; editor emeritus, S. Mitchell Lewis.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Collection and handling of blood
    2. Reference ranges and normal values
    3. Basic haematological techniques
    4. Preparation and staining methods for blood and bone marrow films
    5. Blood cell morphology in health and disease
    6. Supplementary techniques including blood parasite diagnosis
    7. Bone marrow biopsy
    8. Molecular and cytogenetic analysis
    9. Iron deficiency anaemia and iron overload
    10. Investigation of megaloblastic anaemia: cobalamin, folate and metabolite status
    11. Laboratory methods used in the investigation of the haemolytic anaemias
    12. Investigation of the hereditary haemolytic anaemias: membrane and enzyme abnormalities
    13. Acquired haemolytic anaemias
    14. Investigation of variant haemoglobins and thalassemias
    15. Erythrocyte and leucocyte cytochemistry
    16. Immunophenotyping by flow cytometry
    17. Diagnostic radioisotopies in haematology
    18. Investigation of haemostasis
    19. Investigation of a thrombotic tehdency
    20. Laboratory control of anticoagulant, thrombolytic and antiplatelet therapy
    21. Blood cell antigens and antibodies: erythrocytes, platelets, and neutrophils
    22. Laboratory aspects of blood transfusion
    23. Approach to the diagnosis and classification of blood cell disorders
    24. Laboratory organisation, management and safety
    25. Quality assurance
    26. Haematology in under-resourced laboratories
    27. Appendix
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Maria Claudia Almeida Issa, Bhertha Tamura, editors.
    Summary: The series “Clinical Approaches and Procedures in Cosmetic Dermatology” intends to be a practical guide in Cosmetic Dermatology. Procedures in cosmetic dermatology are very popular and useful in medicine, indicated to complement topical and oral treatments not only for photodamaged skin but also for other dermatosis such as acne, rosacea, scars, etc. Also, full-face treatments using peelings, lasers, fillers and toxins are increasingly being used, successfully substituting or postponing the need for plastic surgeries. Altogether, these techniques not only provide immediate results but also help patients to sustain long-term benefits, both preventing/treating dermatological diseases and maintaining a healthy and youthful skin. Throughout this series, different treatments in Cosmetic Dermatology will be discussed in detail covering the use of many pharmacological groups of cosmeceuticals, the new advances in nutraceuticals and emerging technologies and procedures. This volume, entitled “Daily Routine in Cosmetic Dermatology” will be an important tool for aesthetic doctors, practicing dermatologists, plastic surgeons, and all other physicians interested in the field of aesthetic medicine. It discloses in detail the semiology and general treatments in cosmetic dermatology, providing the state-of-the-art regarding patients' evaluation, photoprotection, nutraceuticals and cosmeceuticals and special prescriptions. Also check the other volumes: Volume II - Chemical and Physical Peelings Volume III - Lasers, Lights and Other Technologies Volume IV - Botulinum Toxins, Fillers and Related Substances.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Rod J. Rohrich, MC, FACS, Crystal Charity Ball Distinguished Chair in Plastic Surgery, Betty and Warren Woodward Chair in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, Distinguished Teaching Professor, Department of Plastic Surgery, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, William P. Adams Jr., MD, Associate Clinical Professor, Department of Plastic Surgery, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, Jamil Ahmad, MD, FRCSC, Director of Research and Education, the Plastic Surgery Clinic, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada ; Lecturer and Director, Education Program in Aesthethic Plastic Surgery, Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada ; editor emeritus, Jack P. Gunter, MD, Clinical Professor, Department of Plastic Surgery and Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas ; Private Practice, Gunter Center for Aesthetics, & Cosmetic Surgery, Dallas, Texas.
    Summary: "Considered the "bible" of rhinoplasty, this two-volume set presents the work of recognized pioneers in the field who provide comprehensive coverage of primary and secondary rhinoplasty. From basic fundamentals and anatomy to the latest refinements and advances in technique, the book includes comprehensive case analyses to facilitate clinical decision making supplying rhinoplasty surgeons with all the tools needed for achieving superb results. Featuring ten new chapters and numerous color images, this third edition is supplemented with six DVDs containing videos of operative procedures"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Walter Gottlieb Land.
    Summary: This book presents current understanding of the importance of modern immunology in the etiopathogenesis of human diseases and explores how this understanding is impacting on diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, and prophylaxis. As the core of modern immunology, the "danger/injury model" is introduced and addressed throughout the book. Volume I of the book describes the network of damage-associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs) and examines the central role of DAMPs in cellular stress responses and associated regulated cell death, the promotion and resolution of inflammation, the activation of innate lymphoid cells and unconventional T cells, the stimulation of adaptive immunity, and tissue repair. The significance of DAMPs in a wide range of human diseases will then be explored in Volume II of the book, with discussion of the implications of injury-induced innate immunity for present and future treatments. This book is written for professionals from all medical and paramedical disciplines who are interested in the introduction of innovative data from immunity and inflammation research into clinical practice. The readership will include practitioners and clinicians such as hematologists, rheumatologists, traumatologists, oncologists, intensive care anesthetists, endocrinologists such as diabetologists, psychiatrists, neurologists, pharmacists, and transplantologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Walter Gottlieb Land.
    Summary: This book is a continuance of the topic: "DAMPs in Human Diseases", the basics of which were described in a first volume by the same author. This second volume presents our current understanding of the impact of sterile stress/injury-induced innate immune responses on the etiopathogenesis of human diseases by focusing on those diseases that are pathogenetically dominated by DAMPs, i.e., on polytrauma, various solid organ injuries (brain, lung, kidney, liver), atherosclerosis, and cerebro-cardiovascular diseases. Our growing understanding of the pathogenetic function of activating DAMPs and suppressive DAMPs ("SAMPs") is used as a point of departure to explore how these molecules can be used as biomarkers to extend and improve current diagnostic and prognostic modalities. Moreover, this new knowledge about the pathogenetic function of DAMPs and SAMPs is taken as a sound and plausible reason for discussing their implications for present and future treatment of the diseases addressed here. In this context, the focus is on the potential of DAMPs as future therapeutic targets and SAMPs as future therapeutics, applied in strict compliance with safety precautions, as also recommended in this work. The book is intended for professionals from all medical and paramedical disciplines who are interested in applying innovative data from inflammation and immunity research to clinical practice. The readership will include practitioners and clinicians working in the broad field of acute and chronic inflammatory/fibrotic diseases, in particular, traumatologists and intensivists; neurologists and neurosurgeons; cardiologists and cardiac surgeons; pulmonologists and thoracic surgeons; vascular surgeons; nephrologists; gastroenterologists and hepatologists; and pharmacists. Also available: Damage-Associated Molecular Patterns in Human Diseases - Vol. 1: Injury-Induced Innate Immune Responses.

    Contents:
    Part I. PrologueChapter 1: Perspectives of the Danger/Injury Model in Immunology Part II. A Select, Clinically Oriented Update of Topics Presented in 'Damage-Associated Molecular Patterns in Human Diseases'; Volume 1: Injury-Induced Innate Immune Responses Chapter 2: Pattern Recognition Molecules Chapter 3: The Growing World of DAMPs Chapter 4: The Growing Clinical Relevance of Cellular Stress Responses and Regulated Cell Death Chapter 5: DAMP-Promoted Efferent Innate Immune Responses in Human Diseases: Inflammation Chapter 6: DAMP-Promoted Efferent Innate Immune Responses in Human Diseases: Fibrosis Part III. DAMPs and SAMPs in Traumatic Disorders, Atherosclerosis, and Cerebro-Cardiovascular Diseases Chapter 7: DAMPs and SAMPs as Molecular Biomarkers, Therapeutic Targets, and Therapeutics Chapter 8: DAMP-Controlled and Uncontrolled Responses to Trauma: Wound Healing and Polytrauma Chapter 9: Solid Organ Injury Chapter 10: Atherosclerosis Chapter 11: Cerebro
    Cardiovascular Diseases Part IV. Epilogue Chapter 12: The 'DAMPome' as a Key Player in the Pathogenesis of Human Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Juan Duchesne, Kenji Inaba, Mansoor Ali Khan, editors.
    Summary: This book describes current, evidence-based guidelines for damage control interventions across the field of trauma care with the aim of enabling clinicians to apply them to best effect in daily clinical practice. Emphasis is placed on the need for trauma surgeons and their teams to recognize that optimal damage control in severely traumatized patients depends upon the combination of immediate assessment, resuscitation, and correct surgical management. The book opens by examining the evolution of damage control and the very significant impact that military damage control interventions have had on civilian emergency health care through improvements as simple as bandaging and tourniquets. Damage control measures in different specialties, including neurosurgery, orthopedics, vascular surgery, cardiothoracic surgery, anesthesia, and critical care, are then covered in detail. Readers will also find helpful information on a range of other important topics, such as the role of pre-hospital care providers, damage control within the emergency department, adjuncts of damage control, and damage control in austere environments. This book is a 'must read' for all clinicians in the trauma field.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hans-Christoph Pape, Andrew B. Peitzman, Michael F. Rotondo, Peter V. Giannoudis, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Philip C. Spinella, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of damage control resuscitation (DCR), an evidence-based approach to the resuscitation of patients with severe life-threatening hemorrhage (LTH). It focuses on both civilian and military applications as DCR is utilized in civilian trauma situations as well as combat casualty care settings. The book covers the history of fluid resuscitation for bleeding, epidemiology of severe traumatic injuries, prediction of life-threatening hemorrhage, pathophysiology and diagnosis of blood failure, and permissive hypotension. Chapters provide in-depth detail on hemostatic resuscitation principles, dried plasma, dried platelet surrogates, and recent developments in frozen red blood cells and oxygen carriers. The book also discusses how DCR principles can be used in a variety of situations such as when there are large numbers of patients with hemorrhagic lesions, non-trauma scenarios, and on distinct populations such as children. Finally, it concludes with a discussion of training and education methods for the implementation of DCR and remote DCR principles as well as learning healthcare system principles to facilitate the implementation of DCR and ultimately improve outcomes for patients with life-threatening hemorrhage. Damage Control Resuscitation: Identification and Treatment of Life-Threatening Hemorrhage is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, nurses and medical students in emergency medicine, anesthesia, surgery, and critical care, as well as civilian and military EMS providers.

    Contents:
    Part I. DCR Clinical Concepts
    Chapter 1. History of DCR and RDCR
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology of Prehospital and Hospital Traumatic Deaths from Life-Threatening Hemorrhage (LTH)
    Chapter 3. Pathophysiology of Blood Failure (Shock and Hemostatic Dysfunction) Due to LTH
    Chapter 4. Surgical Control of Bleeding
    Chapter 5. Permissive Hypotension
    Chapter 6. Blood-based Resuscitation for LTH
    Chapter 7. Intravenous Hemostatic Adjuncts
    Chapter 8. Mechanical and Topical Hemostatic Adjuncts
    Chapter 9. DCR for Traumatic Brain Injury
    Chapter 10. Airway Management with LTH
    Chapter 11. Prehospital Monitoring of Vital Signs and Laboratory Values
    Chapter 12. Developing a Prehospital Blood Transfusion Program
    Chapter 13. Emergency Preparedness Aspects of DCR
    Chapter 14. Research Needs for RDCR
    Chapter 15. DCR for Non-trauma Patients
    Part II. Education and Training Methods for DCR
    Chapter 17. Needs Assessment from Front-line Providers
    Chapter 18. Optimal Methods of Teaching DCR
    Chapter 19. Optimal Methods for Training DCR Principles
    Chapter 20. Learning Healthcare System Principles to Facilitate Education and Training.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Wm. Michael Dunne, Jr., bioMérieux, Inc. Durham, North Carolina, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, St. Louis, Missouri, Duke University School of School of Medicine, Durham, North Carolina, and Carey-Ann Burnham, Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, St. Louis, Missouri.
    Contents:
    Historical perspectives on the art and science of blood culture
    Conventional blood culture methods
    Lysis-centrifugation methods of blood culture
    Bactec blood culture systems
    The bioMerieux BacT/alert: automation at last in the black box
    TREK blood culture systems
    Molecular methods for detection of pathogens directly from blood specimens
    Pediatric blood cultures
    Epidemiology of bloodstream infections
    Best practices in blood cultures
    Processing positive cultures
    Fungal and mycobacterial blood cultures
    The bacterial blood microbiota/microbiome
    Postmortem blood culture.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Laura Madsen.
    Summary: Data is revolutionizing the healthcare industry. With more data available than ever before, and applying the right analytics you can spur growth. Benefits extend to patients, providers, and board members, and the technology can make centralized patient management a reality. Despite the potential for growth, many in the industry and government are questioning the value of data in health care, wondering if it's worth the investment. This book tackles the issue and proves why BI is not only worth it, but necessary for industry advancement. Madsen challenges the notion that data has little value in healthcare, and shows how BI can ease regulatory reporting pressures and streamline the entire system as it evolves. She illustrates how a data-driven organization is created, and how it can transform the industry. -- Edited summary from book.

    Contents:
    What does data mean to you?
    What happens when you use data to transform an industry?
    How the lack of data standardization impedes data driven healthcare
    Adopting your data warehouse for the next step in BI maturity
    Creating a data driven healthcare organization
    Applying 'big data' to change healthcare
    Making data consumable
    Data privacy and confidentiality : a brave new world
    A call to action.
  • Digital
    Tilak D. Raj, editor.
    Summary: Focusing on the interpretation of data commonly available to anesthesiologists, this book presents a data point, followed by discussion in a question and answer format. Covering EKG's, X-Rays, MRI's, graphs, paper recordings, blood gas results, laboratory results, patient case histories and more, Data Interpretation in Anesthesia provides an enhanced and stimulating learning format for residents in training and practitioners alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Neil R. Smalheiser.
    Contents:
    Reproducibility and robustness
    Choosing a research problem
    Basics of data and data distribution
    Experimental design: measures, validity, sampling, bias, randomization, power
    Experimental design: design strategies and controls
    Power estimation
    The data cleansing and analysis pipeline
    Topics to consider when analyzing data
    Null hypothesis statistical testing and the t-Test
    The "new statistics" and Bayesian inference
    ANOVA
    Non parametric tests
    Correlation and other concepts you should know
    How to record and report your experiments
    Data sharing and reuse
    The revolution in scientific publishing.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Carlos Fernández-Llatas, Juan Miguel García-Gómez.
    Contents:
    Actigraphy pattern analysis for outpatient monitoring / Elies Fuster-Garcia ... [et al.]
    Definition of loss functions for learning from imbalanced data to minimize evaluation metrics / Juan Miguel Garcia-Gómez and Salvador Tortajada
    Audit method suited for DSS in clinical environment / Javier Vicente
    Incremental logistic regression for customizing automatic diagnostic models / Salvador Tortajada, Montserrat Robles, and Juan Miguel Garcia-Gómez
    Using process mining for automatic support of clinical pathways design / Carlos Fernandez-Llatas ... [et al.]
    Analyzing complex patients' temporal histories : new frontiers in temporal data mining / Lucia Sacchi, Arianna Dagliati, and Riccardo Bellazzi
    Snow system : a decentralized medical data processing system / Johan Gustav Bellika, Torje Starbo Henriksen, and Kassaye Yitbarek Yigzaw
    Data mining for pulsing the emotion on the web / Jose Enrique Borras- Morell
    Introduction on health recommender systems / C. L. Sanchez-Bocanegra, F. Sanchez-Laguna, and J. L. Sevillano
    Cloud computing for context-aware enhanced m-health services / Carlos Fernandez-Llatas ... [et al.]
    Analysis of speech-based measures for detecting and monitoring alzheimer's disease / A. Khodabakhsh and C. Demiroglu
    Applying data mining for the analysis of breast cancer data / Der-Ming Liou and Wei-Pin Chang
    Mining data when technology is applied to support patients and professional on the control of chronic diseases : the experience of the METABO platform for diabetes management / Giuseppe Fico ... [et al.]
    Data analysis in cardiac arrhythmias / Miguel Rodrigo ... [et al.]
    Knowledge-based personal health system to empower outpatients of diabetes mellitus by means of P4 medicine / Adrián Bresó ... [et al.]
    Serious games for elderly continuous monitoring / Lenin-G. Lemus-Zúñiga ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Rémy D. Hoffmann, Arnaud Gohier, and Pavel Pospisil.
    Contents:
    Part one. Data sources
    part two. Analysis and enrichment
    part three. Applications to polypharmacology
    part four. system biology approaches.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    by Samuel Buttrey, Lyn R. Whitaker.
    Contents:
    1. R
    2. R data, part 1: vectors
    3. R data, part 2: more complicated structures
    4. R data, part 3: text and factors
    5. Writing functions and scripts
    6. Getting data into and out of R
    7. Data handling in practice
    8. Extended exercise
    A. Hints and pseudocode
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    by Nancy Duarte.
    Summary: What if you sliced data and found a huge problem or opportunity? Data did its job, but now it needs a storyteller. The way insights are communicated could reverse or increase the trajectory of data. The actions you ask others to take today can change your future data. But getting others to move forward with those actions only happens when someone communicates well. Learn effective ways to turn your data into narratives that blend the power of language, numbers, and graphics. This book is not about visualizing data, there are plenty of books covering that. Instead, you'll learn how to transform numbers into narratives to drive action, and help communicate data in a way that creates outcomes both inside and outside your own organization.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HF5718.22 .D78 2019
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference Periodicals (Downstairs)
    1
  • Digital
    Miriam Sturkenboom, Tania Schink, editors.
    Summary: This book allows readers to gain an in-depth understanding of the role of real-world data in pharmacoepidemiology, and highlights the strengths and limitations of the respective databases with regard to pharmacoepidemiological research. Over the past decade, the increasing use of real-world data in pharmacoepidemiological research has been accompanied by a growing recognition of the value of real-world evidence in clinical and regulatory decision-making. Electronic healthcare databases allow analyses of drug and vaccine utilization in routine care after approval, as well as investigations of their comparative effectiveness and safety. They are especially useful for the identification of rare risks and rare drug exposures over long periods of time, and as such sustainably extend the basis for drug safety research. This book provides an introduction to the role of real-world data in pharmacoepidemiological research and the main developments in the last 15 years. It also offers a comprehensive overview of the general classification characteristics of databases, together with their strengths and limitations, and a detailed description of 21 individual databases, written by professionals who work with or maintain them.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Start H. Ralson, Ian D. Penman, Mark W.J. Strachan, Richard P. Hobson ; illustrations by Robert Britton.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals of medicine. Clinical decision making
    Clinical therapeutics and good prescribing
    Clinical genetics
    Clinical immunology
    Population health and epidemiology
    Principles of infectious disease
    Emergency and critical care medicine. Poisoning
    Envenomation
    Environmental medicine
    Acute medicine and critical illness
    Clinical medicine. Infectious diseases
    HIV infection and AIDS
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Clinical biochemistry and metabolic medicine
    Nephrology and urology
    Cardiology
    Respiratory medicine
    Endocrinology
    Nutritional factors in disease
    Diabetes mellitus
    Gastroenterology
    Hepatology
    Haematology and transfusion medicine
    Rheumatology and bone disease
    Neurology
    Stroke medicine
    Medical ophthalmology
    Medical psychiatry
    Dermatology
    Maternal medicine
    Adolescent and transition medicine
    Ageing and disease
    Oncology
    Pain and palliative care
    Laboratory reference ranges.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ian D. Penman, Stuart H. Ralston, Mark W.J. Strachan, Richard P. Hobson.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical decision-making / N Cooper and AL Cracknell
    2. Clinical therapeutics and good prescribing / SRJ Maxwell
    3. Clinical genetics / K Tatton-Brown
    4. Clinical immunology / SL Johnston
    5. Population health and epidemiology / H Campbell and DA McAllister
    6. Principles of infectious disease / JAT Sandoe and DH Dockrell
    7. Oncology / S Clive and M Stares
    8. Pain and palliative care / LA Colvin and M Fallon
    9. Acute medicine and critical illness / VR Tallentire and MJ MacMahon
    10. Poisoning / SHL Thomas
    11. Envenomation / J White
    12. Medicine in austere environments / AC Baker
    13. Infectious disease / DH Dockrell, S Sundar and BJ Angus
    14. HIV infection and AIDS / G Maartens
    15. Sexually transmitted infections / DJ Clutterbuck
    16. Cardiology / DE Newby and NR Grubb
    17. Respiratory medicine / IJ Clifton and DAB Ellames
    18. Nephrology and urology / B Conway, PJ Phelan and GD Stewart
    19. Clinical biochemistry and metabolic medicine / A Mather, DR Sullivan and E Miller-Hodges
    20. Endocrinology / JDC Newell-Price and FW Gibb
    21. Diabetes mellitus / JR Petrie and JG Boyle
    22. Nutritional factors in disease / AG ShandShand and MEJ Lean
    23. Gastroenterology / A Rej, TS Chew and DS Sanders
    24. Hepatology / MJ Williams and TT Gordon-Walker
    25. Haematology and transfusion medicine / HG Watson, DJ Culligan and LM Manson
    26. Rheumatology and bone disease / GPR Clunie and SH Ralston
    27. Dermatology / SH Ibbotson
    28. Neurology / DPJ Hunt and MD Connor
    29. Stroke medicine / W Whiteley and R Woodfield
    30. Medical ophthalmology / JA Olson
    31. Medical psychiatry / RM Steel and SM Lawrie
    32. Maternal medicine / L Mackillop and FEM Neuberger
    33. Adolescent and transition medicine / RJ Mann
    34. Ageing and disease / TJ Quinn
    35. Laboratory reference ranges / SJ Jenks.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Print
    April Hazard Vallerand, Cynthia A. Sanoski.
    Summary: This guide provides comprehensive drug information in well-organized, nursing-focused monographs. It also includes extensive supplemental material in 16 appendices, thoroughly addresses the issue of safe medication administration, and educates the reader about 50 different therapeutic classes of drugs. In this edition, the authors have continued the tradition of focusing on safe medication administration by including Medication Safety Tools and even more information about health care's most vulnerable patients: children, the elderly, pregnant women, and breast feeding mothers. Look for more Pedi, Geri, OB, and Lactation headings throughout the book. -- Adapted from publisher's description.

    Contents:
    How to use Davis's Drug Guide For Nurses
    Evidence-based practice and pharmacotherapeutics : implications for nurses
    Pharmacogenomics
    Medication errors : improving practices and patient safety
    Detecting and managing adverse drug reactions
    Overview of risk evaluation and mitigation systems (REMS)
    Special dosing considerations
    The Cytochrome P450 system : what is it and why should I care?
    Educating patients about safe medication use
    Classifications
    Drug monographs in alphabetical order by generic name
    Drugs approved in Canada
    Natural/herbal products
    Medication safety tools
    Appendices.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    April Hazard Vallerand, Cynthia A. Sanoski ; contributing editor, Courtney Quiring.
    Summary: Davis's Drug Guide for Nurses®, Sixteenth Edition delivers all of the information you need to administer medications safely across the lifespan -- well-organized monographs for hundreds of generic and thousands of trade-name drugs. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    How to use Davis's drug guide for nurses
    Evidence-based practice and pharmacotherapeutics : implications for nurses
    Pharmacogenomics
    Medication errors : improving practices and patient safety
    Detecting and managing adverse drug reactions
    Overview of risk evaluation and mitigation systems (REMS)
    Special dosing considerations
    The cytochrome p450 system
    Educating patients about safe medication use
    Classifications
    Drug monographs in alphabetical order by generic name
    Drugs approved in Canada
    Natural/herbal products
    Medication safety tools.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    April Hazard Vallerand, PhD, RN, FAAN, Cynthia A. Sanoski, BS, PharmD, BCPS, FCCP.
    Summary: "Davis's Drug Guide for Nurses provides comprehensive, up-to-date drug information in well-organized, nursing-focused monographs. It also includes extensive supplemental material in 16 appendices, thoroughly addresses the issue of safe medication administration, and educates the reader about 50 different therapeutic classes of drugs. In this 17th edition, we have continued the tradition of focusing on safe medication administration by including Medication Safety Tools and even more information about health care's most vulnerable patients: children, the elderly, pregnant women, and breast feeding mothers. Look for more Pedi, Geri, OB, and Lactation headings throughout the monographs"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    How to use Davis's drug guide for nurses
    Evidence-based practice and pharmacotherapeutics : implications for nurses
    Pharmacogenomics
    Medication errors : improving practices and patient safety
    Detecting and managing adverse drug reactions
    Overview of risk evaluation and mitigation systems (REMS)
    Special dosing considerations
    The cytochrome p450 system
    Educating patients about safe medication use
    Classifications
    Drug monographs in alphabetical order by generic name
    Drugs approved in Canada
    Natural/herbal products
    Medication safety tools.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Morton A. Diamond, MD, FACP, FAHA, FACC (E), 2012 Distinguished Professor, College of Health Care Sciences, Dr. Pallavi Patel, Medical Director, Physician Assistant Program, Nova Southeastern University, Fort Lauderdale Florida.
  • Digital
    Stephan Gregory Bullard.
    Summary: This powerful history describes the daily progression of the Ebola outbreak that swept across West Africa and struck Europe and America from December 2013 to June 2016. A case study on a massive scale, it follows the narratives of numerous patients as well as the journey of physicians and scientists from discovery to action and from tracking to containment. The unfolding story reveals ever-shifting complexities such as the varied paths the infection took from country to country, the multiple responses of community members, and the occurrence of flare-ups when the outbreak was seemingly over. The book's finely-documented present-tense reporting records key facts, events, and observations, including: Routes of Ebola transmission, incubation, symptoms, short- and long-term effects on survivors Early attempts to understand and contain the virus and curb practices contributing to its spread Medical, governmental, and public responses, from local education programs to global efforts Communication and conflict between healthcare workers and communities Social and economic outcomes of Ebola in the affected nations Ebola remains incurable, although a vaccine is now available. For members of the medical community, public health officials, medical historians, scholarly professionals, and interested laypeople, A Day-by-Day Chronicle of the 2013-2016 Ebola Outbreak makes starkly clear what we can learn from these events not only for future outbreaks of Ebola, but also for the emergence of as-yet unknown diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Marsha M. Linehan.
    Summary: "From Marsha M. Linehan--the developer of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT)--this comprehensive resource provides vital tools for implementing DBT skills training. The teaching notes and reproducible handouts and worksheets used for over two decades by hundreds of thousands of practitioners have been significantly revised and expanded to reflect important research and clinical advances. The book gives complete instructions for orienting individuals with a wide range of problems to DBT and teaching them mindfulness, interpersonal effectiveness, emotion regulation, and distress tolerance skills. Handouts and worksheets are not included in the book; purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print all the handouts and worksheets discussed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    List of Online Handouts and Worksheets I. An Introduction to DBT Skills Training: 1. Rationale for dialectical behavior therapy skills training
    2. Planning to conduct DBT skills training
    3. Structuring skills training sessions
    4. Skills training treatment targets and procedures
    5. Application of fundamental DBT strategies in behavioral skills training
    Part I. Appendices
    II. Teaching notes for DBT skills modules
    6. General skills: orientation and analyzing behavior
    7. Mindfulness skills
    8. Interpersonal effectiveness skills
    9. Emotion regulation skills
    10. Distress tolerance skills.
  • Digital
    S.E. McKnight, DNP, MSN, BA, RN-BC.
    Summary: "This book is a comprehensive guidebook of therapeutic de-escalation techniques for nurses and other healthcare professionals to improve safety in healthcare facilities. Readers will explore the concepts of aggression (including risk factors), de-escalation, and therapeutic communication. They will also learn how to perform mental status assessments, manage and even prevent aggressive behavior, and practice conflict resolution, and--when faced with individuals with depressive disorders, suicidal ideation, and/or self-injurious behavior (SIB)--engage in crisis intervention. Specific therapeutic interventions for difficult behavioral issues associated with schizophrenia, dementia, bipolar disorder, cognitive impairment, anxiety and panic disorders are also covered, as are stress-management techniques to help patients cope, tips for creating a caring and healing environment to stop violence before it starts, and a framework for building a healthcare violence prevention program. Nursing students and healthcare professionals of all educational levels will find this book to be immensely valuable. De-escalation is one of the most valuable skills a healthcare worker can possess. Indeed, all healthcare workers need this vital skill to help ensure their safety in the healthcare environment. It's not uncommon for healthcare professionals to encounter an agitated or aggressive person. How that healthcare worker responds will dictate whether the situation is defused or escalated--perhaps even resulting in physical violence. The goal of this book is to ensure the result is the former--to prevent healthcare violence, and to foster a safe healthcare workplace that benefits all and promotes peace and safety for everyone"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    De-escalation for holistic wellness
    Variables and risk factors for aggression
    Assessing an escalating situation for early intervention
    De-escalation techniques
    Therapeutic communication for de-escalation
    Stress-management techniques
    Conflict resolution
    Crisis intervention
    Managing mental health emergencies
    Performing a mental status assessment
    De-escalation of patients with mental disorders
    De-escalation of patients exhibiting Non-Suicidal Self-Injury (NSSI) behavior
    De-escalation of patients with dementia
    De-escalation of patients with delirium
    De-escalation of "difficult" patients
    De-escalation of angry patients
    Staying safe during de-escalation
    After the incident
    Creating a calming, caring, and healing healthcare environment
    Developing a healthcare violence-prevention plan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    R2Library
    2020 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    AccessAPN
  • Print
    opus a Luigi Gedda una cum aliis auctoibus.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D431 .G29
    5
  • Digital
    edited by Shinsuke Eguchi, Bernadette Marie Calafell, and Shadee Abdi.
    Summary: De-whitening intersectionality: race, intercultural communication, and politics reevaluates how the logic of color-blindness as whiteness evolves amidst current race and intercultural communication research, underscoring that, in order to play well with intersectionality, research scholars must be attentive to its origins and implications.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Half-Title
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Acknowledgments
    Foreword
    Introduction: De-Whitening Intersectionality in Intercultural Communication
    SECTION I: THE POLITICS OF THEORIZING
    1 Intersectionalities in the Fields of Chicana Feminism: Pursuing Decolonization through Xicanisma's "Resurrection of the Dreamers"
    2 Lethal Intersections and "Chicana Badgirls"
    3 Black Feminist Thought, Intersectionality, and Intercultural Communication
    4 Intersectional Assemblages of Whiteness: The Case of Rachel Dolezal 5 Doing Intersectionality under a Different Name: The (Un)intentional Politics of Refusal
    SECTION II: PERSONAL NARRATIVES
    6 Making it Real PlainRuminations on De-Whitening Intersectionality in Academia From the Monstrous Queer Chicana Who Makes White Straight People Uncomfortable
    7 A Local Gay Man/Tongzhi or A Transnational Queer/Qu-er/Kuer: (Re)organizing My Queerness and Asianness through Personal Reflection
    8 What Are you?: Embodying and Storying Categorical (Un)certainty
    9 Bodies that Collide: Feeling Intersectionality 10 Microaggressions in Flux: Whiteness, Disability, and Masculinity in Academia
    SECTION III: TRANSNATIONAL CIRCUMFERENCES
    11 Remembering Julia de Burgos: Faithful Witnessing as Decolonial Feminist Performance
    12 De-Whitening Intersectionality through Transfeminismo
    13 Dark Looks: Sensory Contours of Racism in India
    14 "We Had to Sink or Swim": Privileging and Intersectionalizing Racialized Ethnic Identifications among Asians and Asian Americans
    15 Crazy Sexy Asian Men!: Masculinities in Crazy Rich Asians
    Index
    About the Editors
    About the Contributors
  • Print
    James McBride.
    Summary: "From James McBride, author of the National Book Award-winning The Good Lord Bird, comes a wise and witty novel about what happens to the witnesses of a shooting. In September 1969, a fumbling, cranky old church deacon known as Sportcoat shuffles into the courtyard of the Cause Houses housing project in south Brooklyn, pulls a .45 from his pocket, and in front of everybody shoots the project's drug dealer at point-blank range. The reasons for this desperate burst of violence and the consequences that spring from it lie at the heart of Deacon King Kong, James McBride's funny, moving novel and his first since his National Book Award-winning The Good Lord Bird. In Deacon King Kong, McBride brings to vivid life the people affected by the shooting: the victim, the African-American and Latinx residents who witnessed it, the white neighbors, the local cops assigned to investigate, the members of the Five Ends Baptist Church where Sportcoat was deacon, the neighborhood's Italian mobsters, and Sportcoat himself. As the story deepens, it becomes clear that the lives of the characters--caught in the tumultuous swirl of 1960s New York--overlap in unexpected ways. When the truth does emerge, McBride shows us that not all secrets are meant to be hidden, that the best way to grow is to face change without fear, and that the seeds of love lie in hope and compassion. Bringing to these pages both his masterly storytelling skills and his abiding faith in humanity, James McBride has written a novel every bit as involving as The Good Lord Bird and as emotionally honest as The Color of Water. Told with insight and wit, Deacon King Kong demonstrates that love and faith live in all of us"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3613.C28 D43 2020
    1
  • Digital
    editors: David R. Crowe, Michael B. Morgan, Stephen C. Somach, Kara M. Trapp.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Manako Yabe.
    Summary: This book guides healthcare professionals, hospital administrators, and medical interpreters in the United States (and internationally) in ways to better communicate with Deaf and Hard of Hearing (D/HH) patients and sign language interpreters in healthcare settings. It also provides an overview of the healthcare communication issues with healthcare professionals and D/HH patients, and the advantages and disadvantages of using in-person interpreters vs. video remote interpreting (VRI).

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Deaf People and Health Communication
    Chapter 2: What Is an Ecology of Health Communication?
    Chapter 3: Deaf and Hard of Hearing Patients' Perspectives
    Chapter 4: Healthcare Professionals' Perspectives
    Chapter 5: Conclusion and Implications
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jack C. Westman.
    Summary: This thought-provoking volume defines child abuse and neglect as a public health crisis, both in terms of injuries and mental health problems and as a link to poverty and other negative social outcomes. The author identifies key factors contributing to this situation—in particular juvenile ageism, the pervasive othering of children and youth—coupled with the assumption of parental competence until severe abuse or neglect proves otherwise. The book’s practical answers to these complex issues involve recognizing and balancing the rights of parents and children, and responding to the diverse needs of new, competent, and dysfunctional families. To this end, a comprehensive prevention model is outlined, featuring primary, secondary, and tertiary interventions.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    How are children in the United States doing?
    Child abuse and neglect in the United States
    Child sexual abuse
    Juvenile ageism
    Dynamics of juvenile ageism
    Categories of juvenile ageism
    The impact of juvenile ageism on individuals
    The devaluation of parenthood
    The rights and needs of newborn babies and young children
    The rights of parents
    Overcoming our crisis-recoil response
    The parent-society contract
    What should we do?
    Barriers to change and hope for the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Nic Stone.
    Summary: "Justyce McAllister is a good kid, an honor student, and always there to help a friend--but none of that matters to the police officer who just put him in handcuffs. Despite leaving his rough neighborhood behind, he can't escape the scorn of his former peers or the ridicule of his new classmates. Justyce looks to the teachings of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. for answers. But do they hold up anymore? He starts a journal to Dr. King to find out. Then comes the day Justyce goes driving with his best friend, Manny, windows rolled down, music turned up--way up, sparking the fury of a white off-duty cop beside them. Words fly. Shots are fired. Justyce and Manny are caught in the crosshairs. In the media fallout, it's Justyce who is under attack."--Amazon.com.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3619.T663 D43 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Ariane Lewis, James L. Bernat, editors.
    Summary: This book presents principal controversies over the determination of death by neurologic criteria ("brain death"). The editors and authors are exceedingly well-versed in this subject and are on the forefront of the current debates. The content is divided in the following disciplinary: philosophical (conceptual), medical, scientific, legal, religious, and ethical/social. Many of the topics feature pro-con debates, allowing readers to consider the merits of the arguments and decide their own position. The work is targeted to clinicians and nurses who treat critically ill and dying patients, organ donation personnel, ethicists and philosophers who write on end-of-life issues, and lawyers and legislative/public policy professionals who draft laws on death determination. It identifies and debates the essential controversies currently raging in academic and public policy circles over the medical adequacy, scientific validity, and conceptual coherence of death determination by neurologic criteria. Whether a professional or a student, the reader will be given a comprehensive course in the most pressing controversies and areas of consensus in the determination of death by neurologic criteria.

    Contents:
    Introduction/History of Death Determination by Neurologic Criteria
    Part I: Philosophical/Conceptual
    Arguments Supporting Neurologic Criteria to Determine Death
    Arguments Rejecting Neurologic Criteria to Determine Death
    Arguments Supporting the Whole-Brain Criterion
    Arguments Supporting the Brain Stem Criterion
    Loss of Hypothalamic Function is Required to Determine Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Loss of Hypothalamic Function is not Required to Determine Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Part II: Medical
    Intra/International Variability in the Determination of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Controversies in Determining Death by Neurological Criteria in Pediatric Patients
    Arguments in Favor of Requiring the Absence of Brain Circulation to Determine Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Arguments Opposing the Requirement to Demonstrate Absence of Blood Flow to Determine Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Reports of "Recovery" from Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Observation Time Prior to Determination of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Temperature Considerations in the Determination of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    How Many Evaluations are Required to Determine Death by Neurologic Criteria?
    Part III: Scientific
    Research Questions about Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Research on Patients Declared Dead by Neurologic Criteria
    The Impact of Restoring Postmortem Mammalian Brain Circulation and Cellular Functions on the Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Part IV: Legal
    The Content of Laws on Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Is Consent Required for Physicians Determination of Death by Neurologic Criteria?
    Legal Response to Religious and Other Objections to Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Death by Neurologic Criteria is a Legal Fiction
    Legal Considerations on the Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria in the Pregnant Patient
    Part V: Religious
    Christian Perspectives on Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Islamic Perspectives on Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Jewish Perspectives on Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Part VI: Ethical/Social
    Public Views on Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Cultural Considerations in the Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria in Asia
    Cultural Considerations in the Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria in Africa
    The Argument for Personal Choice in Defining Death
    The distinction Between Death Declaration and Death Determination Using Neurologic
    Criteria
    Why Families Object to Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Arguments Favoring Continuation of Organ Support when Families Object to Declaration of Death by Neurologic Criteria
    Arguments Opposing Continuation of Organ Support when Families Object to Declaration of Death by Neurological Criteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Masaki Sakai, editor.
    Summary: This book examines the mechanisms and functions of tonic immobility, the so-called death feigning behavior, or thanatosis, or animal hypnosis. The chapters cover the neurophysiological and experimental studies on insects, the functional significance of death-feigning, examination of the freezing and immobility behavior in insects through environment, physiology, genetics, and responses to ultrasound and vibration. It also covers tonic immobility and freezing behavior in fish from the perspective of vertebrates study. Tonic immobility is an interesting behavior that occurs reflexively in various animals under physical restraint by predators. The physiological mechanism of thanatosis was extensively investigated during 1960-1980. Researchers have proposed hypotheses to explain the mechanism underlying tonic immobility in vertebrates; local inhibition of the central nervous system, acceleration of the limbic system, abnormal control of the autonomic nervous system. On the other hand, the peripheral and central mechanisms of tonic immobility were intensely investigated at a behavioral and a neuronal level in stick insects and crickets. In the 1970s, behavioral ecology has shed light on the aspect of an ultimate factor for tonic immobility. Ethologists and ecologists challenged this matter in the laboratory and natural habitats, and have collected evidence for its functional roles using mainly insects such as beetles, moths, locusts. More recently, studies of tonic immobility in humans are drawing attention, as clinicians are trying to explain the defencelessness of rape victims from the viewpoint of animal hypnosis. This timely publication provides an understanding of the past and present research of the mechanisms and functions of tonic immobility. This book is intended for researchers and undergraduate/ graduate students in the field of zoology including physiology, ethology, ecology, and human behavior. It will also appeal to the public audience who has an interest in animal behavior, including human behavior.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Freezing and Tonic Immobility: Their Definitions and Naming
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Freezing and TI
    1.2.1 A Rat and a Cat
    1.2.1.1 Step 1 (Encounter, Fig. 1.1A-1)
    1.2.1.2 Step 2 (Approach, Fig. 1.1A-2)
    1.2.1.3 Step 3 (Imminent Attack, Fig. 1.1A-3)
    1.2.1.4 Step 4 (Attack, Fig. 1.1A-4)
    1.2.2 A Beetle and a Toad
    1.2.2.1 Step 1 (Encounter, Fig. 1.1B-1)
    1.2.2.2 Step 2 (Approach, Fig. 1.1B-2)
    1.2.2.3 Step 3 (Attack, Fig. 1.1B-3)
    1.3 Mechanisms of Freezing
    1.3.1 Vertebrates
    1.3.2 Insects
    1.4 Mechanisms of TI 1.4.1 Animals
    1.4.2 Brief History of TI Studies
    1.4.3 General Features and Neural Mechanisms of TI
    1.4.3.1 Vertebrates
    1.4.3.2 Hypotheses of TI Based on Vertebrate Study
    1.4.3.3 Insects
    1.5 Naming
    1.5.1 Freezing
    1.5.2 TI
    References
    Chapter 2: Historical Review on Thanatosis with Special Reference to the Work of Fritz Steiniger
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Which Kind of Stimuli Induce or Abolish the Cataleptic State?
    2.3 Localization of "Center of Cataleptic State"
    2.4 The Ecological Importance of the Cataleptic State
    2.5 Evolutionary Considerations 2.6 Definitions of Various Animal Immobilities by Steiniger
    2.7 Conditions for Inducing Immobility in an Animal
    2.8 Problems with the Term "Animal Hypnosis"
    References
    Chapter 3: The Function of Tonic Immobility: Review and Prospectus
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Problems in the Study of the Function of TI
    3.2.1 Confusion with Similar Concepts
    3.2.2 Misunderstandings Due to the Meanings Contained in the Terms
    3.3 Case Studies of the Function of TI
    3.3.1 Specialized TI Posture for Gape-Limited Predators
    3.3.1.1 Defensive Mechanism of TI 3.3.1.2 Effectiveness of the Defense
    3.3.1.3 Predator Specificity of TI Defense
    3.3.1.4 Generality of Function
    3.3.2 Instantaneous Switching of Defensive Coloration
    3.3.3 Proactive Dropping and TI as a "Side Effect"
    3.3.4 Other Studies on TI Functions
    3.4 Future Perspective
    References
    Chapter 4: Environmental, Physiological, and Genetic Effects on Tonic Immobility in Beetles
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 General Feature of Tonic Immobility in the Beetles Used
    4.3 Taxonomic Distribution
    4.4 Phenotypic Plasticity: Two Modes in Insects
    4.4.1 Pre-Stimulus Behaviors 4.4.2 Circadian Rhythm
    4.4.3 Mating
    4.4.4 Starvation
    4.4.5 Ambient Temperature
    4.4.6 Body Size
    4.4.7 Age
    4.4.8 Season
    4.4.9 Conclusion
    4.5 Artificial Selection for Duration of Tonic Immobility and the Correlated Responses
    4.5.1 Model Study 1: Tribolium Species
    4.5.1.1 Direct Responses
    4.5.1.2 Correlated Response I: Cost of Tonic Immobility
    4.5.1.3 Correlated Response II: Activity
    4.5.1.4 Correlated Response III: Dopamine and Biogenic Amines
    4.5.1.5 Transcriptomic Comparison
    4.5.1.6 Arousal from Tonic Immobility
    4.5.2 Model Study 2: Callosobruchus chinensis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Blair Bigham.
    Summary: "In Death Interrupted, ICU doctor Blair Bigham shares his first-hand experiences of how medicine has complicated the way we die and offers a road map for dying in the modern era. Doctors today can call on previously unimaginable technologies to help keep our bodies alive. In this new era, most organs can be kept from dying almost indefinitely by machines. But this unprecedented shift in end-of-life care has created a major crisis. In the widening grey zone between life and death, doctors fight with doctors, families feel pressured to make tough decisions about their loved ones, and lawyers are left to argue life-and-death cases in the courts. Meanwhile, intensive care patients are caught in purgatory, attached to machines and unable to speak for themselves. In Death Interrupted, Dr. Blair Bigham seeks to help readers understand the options facing them at the end of their lives. Through conversations with end-of-life professionals--including ethicists, social workers, and nurses and doctors who practise palliative care--and observations from his own time working in ambulances, emergency rooms, and the ICU, Bigham exposes the tensions inherent in this new era of dying and answers the tough questions facing us all. Because now, for the first time in human history, we may be able to choose how our own story ends."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R726.8 .B4987 2022
    1
  • Print
    Vincent T. DeVita, Jr., M.D., Elizabeth DeVita-Raeburn.
    Summary: "The true story of the war on cancer from one of its generals In The Death of Cancer, Dr. Vincent T. DeVita Jr.--former director of the National Cancer Institute, former physician-in-chief at Memorial Sloan Kettering, director of the Yale Cancer Center, former president of the American Cancer Society, and developer of the first successful chemotherapy treatment for Hodgkin's lymphoma, which first demonstrated that advanced cancers of a major organ system in adults could be cured by chemotherapy--provides a personal history of one of the greatest science stories of our time, covering our fight against cancer from a man who's seen it all. But this is more than a history; it's also a work of advocacy. Despite declining mortality rates, DeVita argues, America's cancer patients are being shortchanged by timid doctors, misguided national agendas, and compromised bureaucracies. He gives readers an eye-opening look at the strengths and weaknesses of America's most prestigious cancer centers, showing how patients can use this information to their advantage. Though we're rapidly approaching total victory over cancer, he contends, we need to do more to synthesize our progress and help doctors put it into practice. This is an ambitious book about a life-or-death subject, a vital entry into the cancer literature genre. With historical depth and authenticity, DeVita brings important information to readers about what cancer is, how best to fight it, and what we still have to learn"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Outrageous fortune
    2. The Chemotherapists
    3. MOMP
    4. MOPP
    5. The War on cancer
    6. Boots on the ground
    7. Cleaning house at the National Cancer Institute
    8. Frances Kelsey syndrome
    9. Where rubber meets the road
    10. The Death of cancer
    11. Outrageous fortune part II.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RC275 .D48 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Dennis R. Cooley.
    Contents:
    1. A pragmatic method
    2. A pragmatic framework of values and principles: the beginning
    3. Defining and valuing properties and individuals
    4. What harm does death do to the decedent?
    5. How should we feel about our own death?
    6. How should we feel about another's death?
    7. Is there a duty to die?
    8. A duty to suicide
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eric Racine, John Aspler, editors.
    Summary: This is the first book entirely dedicated to exploring issues associated with the nature of neuroethics. It reflects on some of the underlying assumptions in neuroethics, and the implications of those assumptions with respect to training and education programs, research activities, policy engagement, public discourse, teaching, ethics consultation and mentoring, to name but a few areas of interest. Internationally respected and emerging leaders in the area have taken up the pen to express and debate their views about the development, focus and future of neuroethics. They share their analyses and make recommendations regarding how neuroscience could more effectively explore and tackle its philosophical, ethical, and societal implications.

    Contents:
    Part I: Development and History of Neuroethics / Section Introduction: Development and History of Neuroethics / Eric Racine (et al.)
    Nudging Toward Neuroethics: Prehistory and Foundations / Albert R. Jonsen
    Evolution of Neuroethics / Walter Glannon
    Toward a Pragmatic Neuroethics in Theory and Practice / Joseph J. Fins
    Born Free: The Theory and Practice of Neuroethical Exceptionalism / Fernando Vidal (et al.)
    Part II: Focus, Theories, and Methodologies in Neuroethics / Section Introduction: Focus, Theories, and Methodologies in Neuroethics / Eric Racine (et al.)
    Theoretical Framing of Neuroethics: The Need for a Conceptual Approach / Kathinka Evers (et al.)
    Neuroethics: A Renewed View of Morality? Intentions and the Moral Point of View / Bernard Baertschi
    Is It Time to Abandon the Strong Interpretation of the Dual-Process Model in Neuroethics? / Veljko Dubljević
    Neuroethics and Policy at the National Security Interface: A Test Case for Neuroethics Theory and Methodology / Nicholas G. Evans (et al.)
    Part III: The Future of Research Programs, Training, and International Neuroethics / Section Introduction: The Future of Research Programs, Training, and International Neuroethics / Eric Racine (et al.)
    Models of Engagement in Neuroethics Programs: Past, Present, and Future / Laura Specker Sullivan (et al.)
    Future of Neuroethics Research and Training / Tom Buller
    Growing Up with Neuroethics: Challenges, Opportunities and Lessons from Being a Graduate Student at a Disciplinary Crossroads / Cynthia Forlini
    Neuroethics Research in Europe / Ralf J. Jox (et al.)
    Neuroethical Engagement on Interdisciplinary and International Scales / John R. Shook (et al.)
    Biopolitics of Neuroethics / Fabrice Jotterand (et al.).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Abdol-Mohammad Kajbafzadeh, editor.
    Summary: This contributed volume is the first of a series that introduces safe, feasible, and practical decellularization and recellularization techniques for tissue and organ reconstruction. We have put special emphasis on the research areas most likely to develop well-engineered scaffolds for tissue and organ engineering, while presenting easily applicable bench-to-bedside approaches highlighting the latest technical innovations in the field. This book includes both a fundamental discussion for a broad understanding of the basis of tissue repair and substitution, as well as chapters written by world renowned specialists from 20 countries providing deeper discussions and analysis of related sub disciplines. Within these pages, the reader will find state-of-the-art protocols and current clinical challenges in cell and tissue biology, including accurate and comprehensive information on extracellular matrices, natural biomaterials, tissue dynamics, morphogenesis, stem cells, cellular fate progressions, cell and tissue properties for in-vitro and in-vivo applications. This comprehensive and carefully organized treatise provides a clear framework for graduate students and postdoctoral researchers new to the field, but also for researchers and practitioners looking to expand their knowledge on tissue and organ reconstruction.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction
    Readership
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Affiliations and Expertise
    References
    1 Characterization Methods of Acellularized Tissue and Organs
    Abstract
    1.1 History
    1.1.1 Hematoxylin-Eosin Staining (H & E)
    1.1.2 4′,6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole (DAPI)
    1.1.3 The MTT Cell Proliferation Assay
    1.1.4 Electron Microscopy
    1.1.5 Second Harmonic Generation
    1.1.6 Mechanical Properties
    1.1.7 Zymography
    1.2 Conclusion
    References
    2 Esophagus Decellularization
    Abstract
    2.1 History
    2.2 Material and Methods
    2.2.1 Animal Models 2.2.2 Decellularization
    2.2.3 Sterilization
    2.2.4 Characterization of the Decellularized Matrix
    2.2.5 DNA Quantification
    2.2.6 General Structure and Composition
    2.2.7 Biomechanical Properties
    2.2.8 Immunogenicity and Biocompatibility
    2.2.9 Cytotoxicity
    2.3 Cell Seeding
    2.3.1 Cell Types and Origin
    2.3.2 Seeding Methods
    2.4 Clinical Applications
    References
    3 Fetal Lung Tissue Engineering
    Abstract
    3.1 History
    3.2 Lung Tissue Engineering
    3.3 Material and Methods
    3.4 Scaffold Preparation
    3.4.1 In Rat Lung Model 3.4.2 In Human and Porcine Model
    3.4.3 In Rabbit Model
    3.5 Casting and SEM of Casts
    3.6 SEM
    3.7 Mechanical Tests
    3.8 DNA Staining and Quantification
    3.9 Collagen
    3.10 Sulfated Glycosaminoglycans
    3.11 Elastin
    3.12 Cell Culture and Seeding
    3.13 Bioreactor
    3.14 Histological Evaluation
    3.14.1 Histomorphological Evaluation
    3.15 Radiography, MRI, and CT Scan
    3.16 Limitation
    3.17 Conclusion
    References
    4 Lung Extracellular Matrix as a Platform for Lung Organ Bioengineering: Design and Development of Tissue Engineered Lung
    Abstract
    4.1 History 4.2 Materials and Methods
    4.2.1 Decellularization Technology
    4.3 Tests to Confirm the Efficacy of the Decellularization Process
    4.4 Cell Seeding
    4.5 Clinical Applications
    4.6 Limitations
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    5 Cardiac Extracellular Matrix as a Platform for Heart Organ Bioengineering: Design and Development of Tissue-Engineered Heart
    Abstract
    5.1 History
    5.2 Materials and Methods
    5.3 Cell Seeding
    5.4 Clinical Applications
    5.5 Limitations
    5.6 Conclusion
    References 6 The Most Ideal Pancreas Extracellular Matrix as a Platform for Pancreas Bioengineering: Decellularization/Recellularization Protocols
    Abstract
    6.1 History
    6.2 Materials and Methods
    6.3 Decellularization Technology
    6.4 Whole Pancreas Decellularization and Regenerative Medicine
    6.5 Tests to Confirm the Efficacy of the Decellularization Process
    6.6 Cell Seeding
    6.7 Clinical Applications
    6.8 Limitations
    6.9 Conclusion
    References
    7 Decellularization of Small Intestinal Submucosa
    Abstract
    7.1 History
    7.2 Materials and Methods
    7.3 Cell Seeding
    7.4 Clinical Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Krishna Regmi, editor ; foreword by Prof. David J. Hunter.
    Summary: Current economic, demographic, and environmental shifts are presenting major challenges to health care systems around the world. In response, decentralization--the transfer of control from central to local authorities--is emerging as a successful means of meeting these challenges and reducing inequities of care. But as with health care itself, one size does not fit all, and care systems must be responsive to global reality as well as local demand. Decentralizing Health Services explores a variety of applications of decentralization to health care delivery in both the developing and developed worlds. Outfitted with principles, blueprints, and examples, this ambitious text clearly sets out the potential role of decentralized care as a major player in public health. Its models of service delivery illustrate care that is effective, inclusive, flexible, and in tune with the current era of preventive and evidence-based healthcare. Contributors point out opportunities, caveats, and controversies as they: Clarify the relationships among decentralization, politics, and policy Differentiate between political, fiscal, and administrative decentralization in health care systems. Consider public/private partnerships in health systems. Explain how the effects of decentralization can be evaluated. Present the newest data on the health outcomes of decentralization. Explore some challenges and global issues of health systems in the 21st century. And each chapter features learning goals, discussion questions, activities, and recommendations for further reading. Heralding changes poised to revolutionize care, Decentralizing Health Services will broaden the horizons of researchers and administrators in health services, health economics, and health policy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Micieli, Anna Cavallini, Stefano Ricci, Domenico Consoli, Jonathan A. Edlow, editors.
    Summary: This book adopts a novel approach: procedures: instead of discussing the diagnostic categories of neurological syndromes, it focuses on the symptoms of common neurological presentations (especially in the emergency room or on the ward), and the diagnostic hypotheses that can be validated or rejected case by case as a result. Each chapter covers one of the main symptoms of emergencies in neurology from transient consciousness disturbances to focal deficits, acute muscular disorders, respiratory insufficiency in neurological disorders, headaches, delirium, seizures and epileptic status, para-and tetraplegia, and head trauma, to acute functional disorders and includes tables and figures to allow readers to gain a quick and easy, yet comprehensive overview of the topic. The book guides readers through various scenarios generated by the onset of symptoms, the clinical tools for differential diagnostics, and the principles of acute and post-acute phase therapy, managed by decision algorithms supported by the most recent scientific evidence. The resulting precedural profile created through the collaboration of over 80 specialists in neurology or other disciplines makes this text a valuable tool for neurologists, neurology residents and allied professionals in their daily clinical practice, as well as medical students.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Transient loss of consciousness
    Chapter 2. Coma
    Chapter 3. Delirium /acute confusional state
    Chapter 4. Motor and non-motor epileptic manifestations
    Chapter 5. Headache
    Chapter 6. Fever and neurological signs
    Chapter 7. Acute vision disorders
    Chapter 8. Dizziness
    Chapter 9. Diagnostic algorithm for patients presenting with acute dizziness: the ATTEST method
    Chapter 10. Focal neurological deficits
    Chapter 11. Paraplegia and quadriplegia in the emergency room and in intensive care environment
    Chapter 12. Head injuries
    Chapter 13. Muscle pains, loss of strength and/or sensory disorders
    Chapter 14. Emergencies in movement disorders
    Chapter 15. Airway and respiratory emergencies in neurological disorders
    Chapter 16. Neurological emergencies in pregnancy and puerperium
    Chapter 17. Functional disorders in neurological emergencies
    Chapter 18. Clinical toxicology in emergency neurology
    Chapter 19. Clinical models for neurological emergency.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Howard G. Birnbaum, Paul E. Greenberg, editors.
    Summary: In the past decade there has been a worldwide evolution in evidence-based medicine that focuses on real-world Comparative Effectiveness Research (CER) to compare the effects of one medical treatment versus another in real world settings. While most of this burgeoning literature has focused on research findings, data and methods, Howard Birnbaum and Paul Greenberg (both of Analysis Group) have edited a book that provides a practical guide to decision making using the results of analysis and interpretation of CER. Decision Making in a World of Comparative Effectiveness contains chapters by senior industry executives, key opinion leaders, accomplished researchers, and leading attorneys involved in resolving disputes in the life sciences industry. The book is aimed at 'users' and 'decision makers' involved in the life sciences industry rather than those doing the actual research. This book appeals to those who commission CER within the life sciences industry (pharmaceutical, biologic, and device manufactures), government (both public and private payers), as well as decision makers of all levels, both in the US and globally.

    Contents:
    I. Introduction
    1. Introducing Decision Making in a World of Comparative Effectiveness Research
    2. Perspectives on Decision Making in a World of Comparative Effectiveness: Views from Diverse Constituencies
    II. The Future of CER for Evidence Developers: Perspectives from Pharmaceutical Decision Makers
    3. Perspectives on the Use of CER by Life Sciences Executives: An Interview with Mike Bonney
    4. Perspectives on the Use of CER by Life Sciences Executives: An Interview with a Senior Executive at an International Life Science Company
    5. CER: A Pharmaceutical Industry Perspective on Outlook, Dilemmas, and Controversies
    6. Impact of Comparative Effectiveness Research on Drug Development Strategy and Innovation
    7. Pricing of Pharmaceuticals: Current Trends and Outlook, and the Role of CER
    III. Evolving Stakeholder Considerations: Patients, Physicians, Regulators and Payers
    8. Are Real-World Data and Evidence Good Enough to Inform Healthcare and Health Policy Decision Making?
    9. Translating CER Evidence to Real-World Decision-Making: Some Practical Considerations
    10. Decision Making by Public Payers
    11. Patient and Stakeholder Engagement in Designing Pragmatic Clinical Trials
    12. Policy Considerations: Ex-U.S. Payers and Regulators
    13. Perspectives on the Common Drug Review (CDR) Process at the Canadian Agency for Drugs and Technologies in Health (CADTH)
    14. Evaluating Non-Pharmaceutical Technologies at the Canadian Agency for Drugs and Technologies in Health (CADTH)
    15. Challenges and Opportunities in the Dissemination of CER Information to Physicians and Payers: A Legal Perspective
    16. Legal Considerations in a World of CER
    IV. Emerging Challenges, Methods and Applications of CER: Real-world and Big Data
    17. Application of CER to Promote Adherence to Clinical Practice Guidelines
    18. Challenges in Developing and Assessing CER for Medical Technology
    19. Evidence Generation Using Big Data: Challenges and Opportunities
    20. Indirect Comparisons Using Clinical Trial Data: 5 Years Later
    21. Decision-Making with Machine Learning in Our Modern, Data-Rich Healthcare Industry.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brett L. Cucchiara, Raymond S. Price.
    Summary: "Written by neurologists for neurologists, Decision-Making in Adult Neurology provides practical guidance when encountering patients whose clinical presentation is unfamiliar or complex, or whose treatment path is not completely certain. This useful handbook is filled with diagnostic and treatment algorithms that encourage you to think systematically and follow a logical sequence through the steps necessary for efficient and effective decision-making"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Initial headache
    Chronic headache
    Neck pain
    Low back pain
    Aphasia
    Chronic cognitive decline
    Acute memory loss
    Chronic memory loss
    Rapidly progressive dementia
    Delirium
    Coma
    Transient visual loss
    Visual field loss
    Visual hallucinations
    Ptosis
    Pupillary asymmetry (anisocoria)
    Diplopia
    Nystagmus
    Facial weakness
    Acute vertigo
    Recurrent episodic dizziness
    Hearing loss
    Pulsatile tinnitus
    Dysarthria
    Proximal weakness
    Wrist drop
    Unilateral hand weakness
    Unilateral hand numbness
    Knee extension weakness
    Unilateral foot drop
    Fasciculations
    Sensory disturbance: pain and temperature
    Sensory disturbance: vibration and proprioception
    Hyperreflexia and hyporeflexia
    Multiple cranial neuropathies
    Ataxia
    Difficulty walking
    Bladder dysfunction
    Transient loss of consciousness
    Transient ischemic attack
    Acute ischemic stroke
    Malignant middle cerebral artery infarction
    Large cerebellar infarction
    Prevention of recurrent ischemic stroke
    Ischemic stroke in the young
    Patent foramen ovale and ischemic stroke
    Spinal cord infarction
    Asymptomatic carotid stenosis
    Preoperative neurovascular (carotid) clearance
    Acute spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhage
    Intracerebral hemorrhage in the young
    Intracerebral hemorrhage due to anticoagulant therapy
    Restarting antithrombotic therapy after intracerebral hemorrhage
    Subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Unruptured intracranial aneurysm
    Vascular malformations
    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis
    Brain death
    Management of increased intracranial pressure
    Management of neuromuscular respiratory failure
    Paroxysmal sympathetic hyperactivity
    Traumatic brain injury
    Concussion
    Postconcussive syndrome
    Migraine headache: acute treatment
    Migraine headache: prophylactic treatment
    Trigeminal autonomic cephalalgias: treatment
    Trigeminal neuralgia
    Intracranial hypotension
    Evaluation of adult with first seizure
    Initial treatment of epilepsy
    Drug-resistant epilepsy
    Antiepileptic drug selection
    Status epilepticus
    Management of comorbidities in patients with epilepsy
    EEG interpretation
    Hypersomnia
    Insomnia
    Restless legs syndrome
    Parasomnias
    Abnormal involuntary movements
    Chorea
    Tremor
    Treatment of essential tremor
    Treatment of Parkinson's disease
    Treatment of dystonia
    Treatment of tics
    Electromyography and nerve conduction studies
    Distal symmetric polyneuropathy
    Demyelinating neuropathies
    Paraprotein-associated neuropathies
    Mononeuropathy multiplex
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Brachial plexus syndromes
    Lumbosacral plexus syndromes
    Motor neuron disease
    Myasthenia gravis: diagnosis
    Myasthenia gravis: treatment
    Myopathy
    Myotonia
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Glioma
    Meningioma
    Paraneoplastic syndromes
    Encephalitis
    Acute meningitis
    Subacute and chronic meningitis
    Tuberculosis affecting the nervous system
    Neurosyphilis
    Lyme disease involving the nervous system (neuroborreliosis)
    Optic neuritis
    Treatment of multiple sclerosis
    Transverse myelitis
    Neurosarcoidosis
    Autoimmune encephalitis
    White matter lesions on magnetic resonance imaging
    Ring-enhancing lesions on magnetic resonance imaging
    Sellar lesions on magnetic resonance imaging
    Cerebellopontine angle mass lesions on magnetic resonance imaging,
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    editor, John E. Arbo, MD, Assistant Professor of Emergency Medicine and Critical Care Medicine, New York-Presbyterian Hospital/Weill Cronell Medical Center, New York, New York ; associate editors, Stephen J. Ruoss, MD, Professor of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California, Geoffrey K. Lighthall, MD, Associate Professor of Anesthesia and Crtical Care Medicine, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California, Michael P. Jones, MD, Assistant Professor of Emergency Medicine, Associate Program Director-Jacobi/Montefiore Emergency Medicine Residency Program, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, New York, New York ; special editor: neurology section : Joshua Stillman, MD, MPH, Assistant Professor of Medicine, Emergency Medicine Director of the Stroke Center at New York-Presbyterian Hospital/Columbia University Medical Center, New York, New York.
    Contents:
    Section 1 Introduction Emergency Critical Care
    Robert Rodriguez Section 2 Hemodynamic Monitoring Tissue Oxygenation and Cardiac Output
    Catherine S. Reid, Geoffrey K. Lighthall Non-Invasive Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Chad Myers Arterial Blood Pressure Monitoring
    Vidya Rao, John E. Arbo The Central Venous and Pulmonary Artery Catheter
    Carlos Brun, Geoffrey K. Lighthall Section 3 Critical Care Ultrasonography Principles of Critical Care Ultrasonography
    Philips Perera, Laleh Gharahbaghian, Thomas Mailhot, Sarah Williams, Diku P. Mandavia Pulmonary Ultrasonography
    Feras Khan, Anne-Sophie Beraud Section 4 Pulmonary Critical Care Respiratory Failure and Mechanical Ventilation
    John-Emile Kenny, Stephan J. Ruoss Ventilation Strategies in COPD, Asthma, and Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Jey Chung, Paul Mohabir, Stephen J.-
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Manda Raz, Pourya Pouryahya, editors.
    Summary: The book covers various scenarios when errors, biases and systemic barriers prevail in emergency medicine, discusses their impact, and then offers solutions to mitigate their undesired outcomes. The process of clinical reasoning in emergency medicine is a complex exercise in cognition, judgment and problem-solving that is prone to mistakes. The book presents various cases written by a team of emergency specialists and trainees in an engaging format that is helpful for the practicing and teaching emergency doctor and trainees. The book discusses 51 different types of biases and errors with clinical cases, and knowledge of strategies to mitigate them concept known as cognitive debiasing that has the potential to reduce diagnostic error, and therefore, morbidity and mortality. It aims to help the readers during assessment of patients in the emergency department. Each chapter includes 4 cases illustrating the bias, error or barrier discussed, followed by a potential solution. This book helps in polishing the thinking and behavior of the readers so to potentially enhance their clinical competence in emergency department.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Leonardo Rangel-Castilla, Peter Nakaji, Adnan H. Siddiqui, Robert F. Spetzler, Elad I. Levy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editor, Steven L Cohn.
    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction to perioperative patient care. Role of the perioperative medical consultant
    Preoperative testing
    Anesthesia for nonanesthesiologists
    Perioperative medication management
    Perioperative management of anticoagulants
    Section II: Prophylaxis. Prevention of venous thromboembolism
    Prevention of surgical site infections
    Prevention of infective endocarditis
    Section III: Preoperative evaluation and perioperative management: co-existing diseases and special populations. Cardiac risk calculators
    Ischemic heart disease
    Congestive heart failure
    Valvular heart disease
    Arrhythmias, conduction system disorders, and cardiovascular implant electronic devices
    Hypertension
    Pulmonary disease
    Sleep apnea and airway management
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Diabetes mellitus
    Thyroid disease
    Adrenal disease (including pheochromocytoma)
    Anemia and transfusion medicine
    Coagulation disorders
    Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)
    Chronic kidney disease
    Liver disease
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Seizure disorder, parkinson's disease, and myasthenia gravis
    Rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, and other systemic autoimmune diseases
    The obese patient
    The cancer patient
    Surgery and the older adult
    Enhanced recovery programs
    Substance use disorder
    Section IV: Common postoperative problems. Fever
    Hypertension and hypotension
    Myocardial injury after noncardiac surgery (MINS)
    Atrial fibrillation
    Pneumonia and respiratory failure
    Deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism
    Acute kidney injury
    Delirium
    Pain management.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital
    Milan R. Amin, Michael M. Johns, editors.
    Summary: This guide brings thought leaders and master clinicians together to share their wisdom and expertise regarding clinical decisions surrounding unilateral and bilateral vocal fold paralysis. Designed as a what- to-do and why as opposed to a how-to guide, the authors detail the reasoning process from work up, through intervention, to post-treatment decision making. The text is organized around decision points in the management of vocal fold paralysis such as decisions in regard to timing, intervention, implants, reinnervation, drugs, voice therapy, and post-operative care. Individual chapters focus on specific steps in the process of evaluation and treatment, explore the decisions that can and should be made, and provide answers and direction for the reader. Authors explain the issues around the decision point and use their considerable experience to offer their opinion and as well as the thought process behind it. Decision Making in Vocal Fold Paralysis will be a useful guide for practitioners that deal with vocal fold paralysis, including otolaryngologists, general surgeons, neurologists, speech language pathologists, primary care physicians, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis;
    Chapter 1: Diagnostic Studies in Workup for Vocal Fold Paralysis: When and Why; Introduction; History and Physical Examination; History for a Patient with Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Medical Conditions that Can Cause UVFP; Idiopathic Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Physical Examination for Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Laryngeal Examination of the Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Imaging Studies for Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Specialized Evaluations for Assessment of Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis Palpation of CA Joint: In Office vs in ORLaryngeal Electromyography for Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Serologic Studies for the Evaluation of Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Editors' Comments; References;
    Chapter 2: Timing of Intervention for Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Introduction; Terminology; Recovery; Prognosis Versus Probability of Recovery; Functional Status for Voice, Airway Protection, and Respiratory Valving; Benefits of Early Intervention; The 12-Month Rule; The Natural History of Recoverable UVFP; The Takeaway; Does Early Injection Improve Eventual Functional Outcome? The EvidencePossible Mechanisms; The Takeaway; Decision-Making Regarding Timing of Intervention; Conclusion; Editors' Comments; References;
    Chapter 3: Early Management of Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Factors to Consider when Deciding for Early Treatment; Laryngeal Electromyography; Observation; Voice Therapy; Dysphagia Compensatory Techniques; Temporary Injection Laryngoplasty; Medical Management; Steroids; Nimodipine; Future Medical Treatments; Conclusion; Editors' Comments; References;
    Chapter 4: Management of Dysphagia in Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis; Introduction Swallowing Impairment in UVFPEvaluation of Dysphagia in UVFP; Clinical Assessment; Instrumental Assessment; Treatment of Dysphagia in UVFP; Nonsurgical Therapies; Surgical Therapies; Injection Augmentation; Laryngeal Framework Surgery; Laryngeal Reinnervation; Hypopharyngoplasty; Pharyngoesophageal Segment Surgery; Summary; Editors' Comments; References;
    Chapter 5: Management of Nerve Sacrifice with Thyroidectomy; Preoperative Evaluation; Intraoperative Decision-Making; Preoperative Vocal Fold Dysfunction; Normal Preoperative Function; Vocal Fold Rehabilitation Options; Intraoperative Options ReanastomosisReinnervation; Clinical Applicability of Options; Early Postoperative Options; Injection Augmentation; Electromyographic Prognostication; Conclusions; Editors' Comments; References;
    Chapter 6: Static Medialization: Fat Injection Versus Medialization Laryngoplasty; Vocal Fold Augmentation with Autogenous Fat; Medialization Laryngoplasty; The Decision-Making Process; Editors' Comments; References;
    Chapter 7: Choosing the Right Implant; Introduction; Implant Options; Freeform; Autologous Tissues; Silastic; Technique for Silastic; Gore-Tex; Technique for Gore-Tex; Prefabricated
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tetsukazu Yahara, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This open access book provides a theoretical framework and case studies on decision science for regional sustainability by integrating the natural and social sciences. The cases discussed include solution-oriented transdisciplinary studies on the environment, disasters, health, governance and human cooperation. Based on these case studies and comprehensive reviews of relevant works, including lessons learned from past failures for predictable surprises and successes in adaptive co-management, the book provides the reader with new perspectives on how we can co-design collaborative projects with various conflicts of interest and how we can transform our society for a sustainable future. The book makes a valuable contribution to the global research initiative Future Earth, promoting transdisciplinary studies to bridge the gap between science and society in knowledge generation processes and supporting efforts to achieve the UN's Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Compared to other publications on transdisciplinary studies, this book is unique in that evolutionary biology is used as an integrator for various areas related to human decision-making, and approaches social changes as processes of adaptive learning and evolution. Given its scope, the book is highly recommended to all readers seeking an integrated overview of human decision-making in the context of social transformation.

    Contents:
    Part 1. The conceptual framework of decision science for a sustainable society
    Chapter 1. Decision science for Future Earth: How can we transform our society to a better future?
    Part 2. Lessons learned from trans-disciplinary studies in local communities
    Chapter 2. How can we develop a co-design, co-production, and co-delivery process toward a sustainable local society? Comparative study on transdisciplinary research projects
    Chapter 3. Lessons learned from co-design and co-production processes for a mobile health check-up research project in Jaipur India: Case study of the Portable Health Clinic, 2016-2018
    Chapter 4. Sustainability of micro hydropower generation in a traditional community of Indonesia
    Chapter 5. Conflict of legitimacy over tropical forest lands: Lessons for collaboration from case of industrial tree plantation in Indonesia
    Chapter 6. Sustainable community co-development through collaboration of science and society: Comparison of success and failure cases on Tsushima Island
    Part 3. Sustainable natural resource management: Theory and Practice
    Chapter 7. Theoretical models as a tool to derive management strategies for sustainable natural resource management
    Chapter 8. Environmental concerns of the pulp and paper industry: Focusing on household and sanitary paper products
    Chapter 9. Contribution of Community-based ecotourism to forest conservation and local livelihoods
    Part 4. Co-designs in a disaster recovery process: Case studies in the area affected by the Kumamoto earthquake
    Chapter 10. Oral care that supports healthy lives as a case study of the Kumamoto Earthquake
    Chapter 11. Experiences of university student volunteer activities to revitalize the area affected by the Kumamoto Earthquake
    Chapter 12. Attempt to develop high-value rice in the Shimojin District, Mashiki Town, Kumamoto Prefecture: Transition into sustainable local community using disaster recovery from the 2016 Kumamoto Earthquakes as a branding strategy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marta Dell'Ovo, Alessandra Oppio, Stefano Capolongo.
    Summary: The book examines an integrated approach for addressing decisions about the location of healthcare facilities. Supported by Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis (MCDA), the approach provides comprehensive information on territory, taking into account the spatial dimensions. Due to the multiple criteria involved, site selection for urban facilities is a crucial topic in planning decision processes, especially for healthcare facilities. Healthcare provision policies generally fail to address the distribution of facilities within cities, entrusting decisions to various stakeholders. Moreover current evaluation tools focus on the intrinsic performances of healthcare structures, disregarding the extrinsic characteristics, namely those related to the location. Starting with a cross-disciplinary literature review, the book describes a multi-methodological approach for decision-making regarding the location of healthcare facilities, and presents an innovative evaluation tool that simultaneously considers functional, locational, environmental and economic issues, providing a comprehensive overview of the areas under investigation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors: Guillermo R. Chantre, José L. González-Andújar.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Carsten Nieder, Laurie E. Gasper, editors.
    Summary: A look at the recent oncology literature or a search of one of the common databases reveals a steadily increasing number of nomograms and other prognostic models, some of which are also available in the form of web-based tools. These models may predict the risk of relapse, lymphatic spread of a given malignancy, toxicity, survival, et cetera Pathology information, gene signatures, and clinical data may all be used to compute the models. This trend reflects increasingly individualized treatment concepts and also the need for approaches that achieve a favorable balance between effectiveness and side-effects. Moreover, optimal resource utilization requires prognostic knowledge, for example to avoid lengthy and aggressive treatment courses in patients with a short survival expectation. In order to avoid misuse, it is important to understand the limits and caveats of prognostic and predictive models. This book provides a comprehensive overview of such decision tools for radiation oncology, stratified by disease site, which will enable readers to make informed choices in daily clinical practice and to critically follow the future development of new tools in the field.

    Contents:
    Prognosis and Predictive Factors for Tumours and Organs at risk: Background and Purpose
    Specific issues for prognostic factors related to radiotherapy
    Role of ICT in decision models
    Statistics of Prediction of survival and toxicity and Nomogram Development
    Treatment decisions based on Gene Signatures: Methods and Caveats
    Brain tumors
    Head and neck cancer
    Breast cancer
    Lung cancer
    Esophageal cancer
    Gastric cancer
    Pancreas and biliary tract cancer
    Liver cancer and metastases
    Rectal and anal cancer
    Cervix and corpus uteri, vulva and vaginal cancers
    Bladder cancer
    Prostate cancer
    Sarcomas
    Lymphomas
    Brain metastases
    Bone metastases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Renzo Rosso.
    Summary: Instead of following the Magna Charta Universitatum, the declaration of the principles of knowledge signed in 1988 in Bologna, the academic approach pursued in Europe and the other continents over the past 30 years has strictly employed a utilitarian model of higher education. This jeopardizes academic freedom, shared governance and tenure, the three pillars of the long-established model of universities. Scientific conformism and fragmentation, educational bias and authoritarianism are the major drawbacks, together with a poor readiness to meet the emerging challenges in the labor market and technology. In this book, Renzo Rosso presents a new model for countering these developments, e.g. by establishing novel democratic rules for university governance. The Slow University paradigm positions culture and education as essential tools for the long-term survival of humankind.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgment; Contents; About the Author;
    1: Introduction;
    2: The Resistible Rise of Utilitarian University; The End of the Traditional Academy; The Utilitarian Model; The Primacy of Management Control;
    3: The Big Brother University; The Evaluation of Individuals; Prize and Punishment; The Atrophy of Decision-Making Capacity; The Evaluation of Universities; The Focus on Performance; The Rise of Conformism; Fragmentation; The Focus on Representation; The Educational Bias; The Rise of Authoritarianism; The Value of Loyalty; In the Power of Management; University Autonomy Is the Utilitarian Turn Reversible
    ?4: The Fall of the Utilitarian Model; The Labor Chimera; The Challenge of Technology; Bureaucracy and Stupidity;
    5: The Renaissance of Universities; Education; Transdisciplinarity; Democracy;
    6: Conclusion; Appendix; Magna Charta Universitatum; Preamble; Fundamental Principles; The Means; The Slow University Manifesto; International Movement for the Right to Knowledge
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Afzal Sohaib, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a concise overview of cardiac electrophysiology for cardiologists who are not electrophysiologists and for allied cardiovascular professionals, cardiology registrars and fellows who are new to the field. It familiarises them with the main procedures performed in the electrophysiology laboratory. Emphasis is placed on helping the reader develop a core understanding of how data is collected and interpreted in the electrophysiology laboratory, and how this is used to guide ablation for the commonest arrhythmias including AV nodal re-entry tachycardia, accessory pathways, atrial fibrillation and ventricular arrhythmias. Decoding Cardiac Electrophysiology: Understanding the Techniques and Defining the Jargon will translate some of the technical terminology and data frequently used by electrophysiologists into terms and concepts familiar to the wider cardiovascular community. This includes the interpretation of electrograms and 3D electro-anatomical maps of common arrhythmias. Accordingly, it offers a valuable resource for all non-electrophysiologists seeking a guide to the topic and for electrophysiology trainees establishing their core knowledge and skills in the field. The aim is that this should be the first book anyone new to the field should choose to read.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The Tools.- The basic language of EP
    An introduction to Intracardiac Electrograms.- The Kit: Access, catheter placement, Transeptal Puncture, ablation technology, 3D mapping.- Part 2: 'Simple EP'.- AVNRT and AVRT.- Typical Atrial flutter.- Ventricular Ectopic Ablation.- Part 3: Complex EP.- Ablation of AF and atrial tachycardia.- Ventricular tachycardia Ablation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Faye Bruce, Ornette D. Clennon.
    Summary: This book provides an interdisciplinary analysis of UK African Diaspora health seekers and their sustained health inequalities in the health market. It translates their often-silenced voices into a decolonial praxis, where their experiences illuminate the hidden factors that have blighted change in health outcomes for these communities. The book excavates and breaks down the nature of these hidden factors, as historical patterns of behaviour that comprise whiteness over the longue duree. Using the lenses of decolonial and critical race studies, the book places whiteness within an ethical and moral framework in order to examine the hidden factors behind health inequalities. The book also looks at intersectionality and discusses whether it is actually fit for purpose as an analytical framework for discussing the health seeking behaviours of both Black men and Black women in relation to their unequal access to the health market. Faye Bruce is Chair of the Caribbean and African Health Network (CAHN) and a Senior Lecturer and Nursing MPH Global Public Health lead, Co-Investigator Nursing and Racism, Non-Executive Director Northern Care Alliance, UK. Ornette D Clennon is Director of Research and Head of MaCTRI (MEaP Academy Community Training & Research Institute), Manchester, UK. Ornette is also Visiting Professor, UFAM (Federal University of the Amazon).

    Contents:
    1.Introduction: How does the African Diaspora health-seeker fair in the current Health Market?
    2. What Decoloniality Looks like in the Health Market
    3. The Racial and Gendered Determinants of Health
    4. Decolonising Public Health: What are the alternatives?
    5. Where do we from here? Decolonised Health Advocacy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Katherine Warburton, Stephen M. Stahl.
    Summary: "The history of serious mental illness (SMI) is grim, from a cultural as well as a treatment perspective. The conditions of individuals with psychotic disorders have swung, like a pendulum, from institutional neglect to community neglect and back again over the past several hundred years. At the core of treatment failure is a failure in mental health policy and funding, with the result usually framed as the degree of human institutionalization in jails, prisons and asylums. In the middle of the 19th century, institutions designed to deliver moral treatment were considered the humane answer to care properly for the SMI population. By the mid- 20th century, those same, now overcrowded, institutions were blamed for the horrible conditions of mistreatment of individuals with SMI. Now, as we approach the middle of the 21st century, deinstitutionalization (the answer to the cruel asylums) is purportedly at fault for homelessness, lack of treatment, and criminalization. As the pendulum swings, we are hearing cries to "bring back" the asylums"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] William S. Anderson ; the Society for Innovative Neuroscience in Neurosurgery.
    Contents:
    Introduction to deep brain stimulation: history, techniques and ethical considerations
    Customized platform-based stereotactic DBS lead placement technique (FHC STarFix, Medtronic Nexframe, and Robotic System Placement)
    Microelectrod Recording Methods
    Intraoperative imaging-based lead implementation
    Lesioning methods for movement disorders
    Computational modeling and tractography for DBS targeting
    Closed-loop stimulation methods: current practice and future promise
    Parkinson's disease application
    Essential tremor application
    Deep brain stimulation for dystonia- clinical review and surgical considerations
    Deep brain stimulation for obsessive compulsive disorder
    Deep brain stimulation in major depression
    Deep brain stimulation in Tourette Syndrome
    Deep brain stimulation for emerging psychiatric indications
    Intraoperative research druing deep brain stimulation surgery
    Deep brain stimulation: techniques and practices for pediatrics indications
    Establishing a deep brain stimulation practice.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    editor, Jerrold L. Vitek.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Future Med
    Future Med
  • Digital
    Toru Itakura, editor.
    Summary: Chronic electrical stimulation of the brain has become a standard surgical therapy for Parkinson's disease, with many studies demonstrating excellent outcomes without any serious complications. Recently this surgical intervention has also been applied to various other neurological diseases, such as involuntary movement disorders, intractable pain, and psychological conditions including depression and obsessive-compulsive disorder. This comprehensive, up-to-date textbook will meet the needs of all who wish to learn more about the application of deep brain stimulation and will provide a sound basis for safe and accurate surgery. The book comprises two main parts, the first of which presents relevant anatomical and functional background information on the basal ganglia, thalamus, and other brain structures as well as on the mechanism of brain stimulation. The second part describes clinical studies on deep brain stimulation, covering results in a range of movement disorders and psychiatric diseases and also important aspects of instrumentation and technique. The authors are outstanding scientists and experts in the field from across the world. This book will be welcomed by all young neurosurgeons, neurologists, psychiatrists, and other medical staff who are interested in electrical stimulation of the brain for the treatment of neurological disorders.

    Contents:
    Basic Background of Brain Stimulation: Anatomy and Physiology
    Basal Ganglia and Neuron Network
    Mechanism of Brain Stimulation
    Symptoms and Signs
    Parkinson disease
    Other movement disorders
    Epilepsy. Clinical Studies on Deep Brain Stimulation: Intraoperative Microrecording
    Instrument of Brain Stimulation
    Surgical Technique
    Instrument
    Parkinson disease
    Stimulation of Subthalamic Nucleus
    Stimulation of Globus Pallidus
    Stimulation of Thalamus
    Dystonia
    Essential Tremor
    Intractable pain
    Motor Cortex Stimulation
    Spinal Cord Stimulation
    Psychiatric Disorders
    Epilepsy
    Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Erwin B. Montgomery Jr.
    Contents:
    Principles of DBS electronics
    Principles of electrophysiology
    Controlling the flow of electrical charges
    DBS safety
    Nervous system responses to DBS
    DBS effects on motor control
    Pathophysiological mechanisms
    Approaches to programming
    Clinical assessments
    Approach to subthalamic nucleus
    Approach to globus pallidus internal
    Approach to thalamic DBS
    Algorithm for selecting electrode configurations and stimulation parameters
    Helpful programming hints
    Oscillator basics
    Discrete neural oscillators.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Kaizhu Huang, Amir Hussain, Qiu-Feng Wang and Rui Zhang.
    Summary: The purpose of this edited volume is to provide a comprehensive overview on the fundamentals of deep learning, introduce the widely-used learning architectures and algorithms, present its latest theoretical progress, discuss the most popular deep learning platforms and data sets, and describe how many deep learning methodologies have brought great breakthroughs in various applications of text, image, video, speech and audio processing. Deep learning (DL) has been widely considered as the next generation of machine learning methodology. DL attracts much attention and also achieves great success in pattern recognition, computer vision, data mining, and knowledge discovery due to its great capability in learning high-level abstract features from vast amount of data. This new book will not only attempt to provide a general roadmap or guidance to the current deep learning methodologies, but also present the challenges and envision new perspectives which may lead to further breakthroughs in this field. This book will serve as a useful reference for senior (undergraduate or graduate) students in computer science, statistics, electrical engineering, as well as others interested in studying or exploring the potential of exploiting deep learning algorithms. It will also be of special interest to researchers in the area of AI, pattern recognition, machine learning and related areas, alongside engineers interested in applying deep learning models in existing or new practical applications.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction to Deep Density Models with Latent Variables
    Deep RNN Architecture: Design and Evaluation
    Deep Learning Based Handwritten Chinese Character and Text Recognition
    Deep Learning and Its Applications to Natural Language Processing
    Deep Learning for Natural Language Processing
    Oceanic Data Analysis with Deep Learning Models
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Gobert Lee, Hiroshi Fujita.
    Summary: This book presents cutting-edge research and applications of deep learning in a broad range of medical imaging scenarios, such as computer-aided diagnosis, image segmentation, tissue recognition and classification, and other areas of medical and healthcare problems. Each of its chapters covers a topic in depth, ranging from medical image synthesis and techniques for muskuloskeletal analysis to diagnostic tools for breast lesions on digital mammograms and glaucoma on retinal fundus images. It also provides an overview of deep learning in medical image analysis and highlights issues and challenges encountered by researchers and clinicians, surveying and discussing practical approaches in general and in the context of specific problems. Academics, clinical and industry researchers, as well as young researchers and graduate students in medical imaging, computer-aided-diagnosis, biomedical engineering and computer vision will find this book a great reference and very useful learning resource.

    Contents:
    Deep Learning in Medical Image Analysis
    Medical Image Synthesis via Deep Learning
    Deep Learning for Pulmonary Image Analysis: Classification, Detection, and Segmentation
    Deep Learning Computer Aided Diagnosis for Breast Lesion in Digital Mammogram
    Decision support system for lung cancer using PET/CT and microscopic images
    Lesion Image Synthesis using DCGANs for Metastatic Liver Cancer Detection
    Retinopathy analysis based on deep convolution neural network
    Diagnosis of Glaucoma on retinal fundus images using deep learning: detection of nerve fiber layer defect and optic disc analysis
    Automatic segmentation of multiple organs on 3D CT images by using deep learning approaches
    Techniques and Applications in Skin OCT Analysis
    Deep Learning Technique for Musculoskeletal Analysis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Eric Topol.
    Summary: "Despite having access to more resources than ever, our doctors are overloaded with demands for their time and expertise. In Deep Medicine, leading physician Eric Topol shows how artificial intelligence can help. Natural-language processing can record our doctor's notes, make sense of our medical histories, and read more deeply into the scientific literature than any human ever could. Deep-learning algorithms -- applied to wearable sensors, genomic information, blood work, scans, and all of our medical data -- can create bespoke treatment plans. And virtual medical assistants, powered by personalized AI, can provide us with coaching to promote our health, shape our diet, and even prevent illness. Bust most importantly, by freeing physicians from the tasks that interfere with human connection, AI will give doctors the gift of time -- to restore the care in healthcare. Innovative, provocative, and hopeful, Deep Medicine shows us how the awesome power of AI can make medicine better, and reveals the paradox that machines can make humans healthier -- and more human"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to deep medicine
    Shallow medicine
    Medical diagnosis
    The skinny on deep learning
    Deep liabilities
    Doctors and patterns
    Clinicians without patterns
    Mental health
    AI and health systems
    Deep discovery
    Deep diet
    The virtual medical assistant
    Deep empathy.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Hlthcare 101
    1
  • Print
    Nadine Burke Harris, M.D.
    Summary: A pioneering physician reveals how childhood stress leads to lifelong health problems and what we can do to break the cycle. For anyone who has faced a difficult childhood, or who cares about the millions of children who do, the innovative and acclaimed health interventions outlined in this book will represent vitally important hope for change.

    Contents:
    I. Discovery. Something's just not right
    To go forward, go back
    Forty pounds
    II. Diagnosis. The drive-by and the bear
    Dynamic disruption
    Lick your pups!
    III. Prescription. The ACE antidote
    Stop the massacre!
    Sexiest man alive
    Maximum-strength bufferin'
    IV. Revolution. The rising tide
    Listerine
    In the rearview
    Epilogue
    Appendix 1: What's my ACE score?
    Appendix 2: CYW adverse childhood experiences questionnaire.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ506.P66 B87 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Timothy R. Deer, Jason E. Pope, Tim J. Lamer, David Provenzano.
    Summary: Designed and written by a team of clinically established academics, this is a unique book that is an excellent manual for physicians practicing pain medicine or treating pain in neurosurgery, orthopedic, neurology, or family practice clinics. As a practical resource, this book is written to be more accessible to the reader and is designed to be more clinically-focused and useful in day-to-day practice. This 102 chapter volume is divided into seven separate sections: Anatomy and Physiology of Pain, Psychology of Pain, Pharmacological Treatment of Pain, Interventional Treatment of Pain, Adjuvant Therapies for Pain and Suggested Reading. The calculated organization of this book is supplemented by key photos, drawings and a self-assessment of four key questions at the end of each chapter, thus making it an indispensable, pragmatic resource that will benefit anyone working in the pain management field. Deer's Treatment of Pain: An Illustrated Guide for Practitioners contains pearls for improving knowledge and improving one's practice as a physician.

    Contents:
    PART 1: INTRODUCTION.-The Disease-Based Treatment of Pain
    Algorithms of Pain Treatment .-The Opioid Epidemic and the Need for a Pain Strategy.-PART 2: ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF PAIN.-Nerve Function and Neurons.-Peripheral Nerve Anatomy.-Spinal Cord Anatomy.-Anatomy of the Brain and Brainstem.-Mediators of Pain and Pain Processing.-Taxonomy of Pain.-Pain Relieving Mechanisms in Neuromodulation.-PART 3: PSYCHOLOGY OF PAIN.-The Normal Response to Pain.-Pain and Suffering.-Social Impact of Pain Response.-Role of Religion and Spirituality in the Patient Pain Experience
    Anxiety and Depression in Patients with Chronic Pain.-Psychological Treatments to Improve Outcomes.-Psychological Evaluation for Those Receiving Devices for the Treatment Of Pain.-PART 4: PHARMACOLOGICAL TREATMENT OF PAIN.-Acetaminophen and Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs.-Anticonvulsants in the Treatment of Pain.-Botulinum Toxin.-Sodium Channel Antagonists.-Anti-Spasmodics and Muscle Relaxants.-Antidepressants in Pain Management.-Ketamine and NMDA-Receptor Antagonists.-Novel Analgesics.-Injectable Corticosteroids.-Topical Therapies
    Opioids for Chronic Non-Cancer Pain.-Opioids for Cancer Pain and Hospice Care.-Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics of Pain Treatment .-PART 5: INTERVENTIONAL TREATMENT OF PAIN.-Radiation Safety.-Radiofrequency Ablation.-Basic Science of Radiofrequency.-Cryotherapy.-Chemodenervation: Neurolytic Blockade and Potent Neurotoxins for the Treatment of Cancer Pain
    Blockade of the Nerves of the Head and Face.-Ganglion Blocks of Head and Face.-Destructive procedures of the Head and Face .-39. Interlaminar Approach for Cervical Epidural Steroid Injection.-Cervical Transforaminal Epidural Injections.-Diagnostic Cervical Nerve Root Blocks.-Cervical Facet Joint Injection and Medial Branch Blocks .-Cervical Facet Radiofrequency Neurotomy.-Intercostal Nerve Block.-Intercostal Nerve Block.-Thoracic Interlaminar Epidural Steroid Injection.-Thoracic Facet and Medial Branch Blocks.-Radiofrequency Ablation in the Thoracic Spine.-Lumbar Interlaminar Epidural Injection.-Lumbar Transforaminal Epidural Corticosteroid Injections.-Lumbar Facet and Medial Branch Block.-Sacroiliac Joint Injection .-Sacroiliac Joint Radiofrequency.-Sacroiliac Joint Fusion.-Caudal Epidural Injection.-Stellate Ganglion Block.-Lumbar Sympathetic Block.-Celiac Plexus Block and Superior Hypogastric Plexus Block.-Ganglion Impar Block.-Large Joint Injections.-PART 6: NEUROMODULATION
    Deep Brain Stimulation.-Motor Cortex Stimulation.-Occipital Nerve Stimulation.-Sphenopalatine Ganglion Block.-Percutaneous Cervical Spinal Cord Stimulation.-Surgical Leads for the Cervical Spine.-Dorsal Root Ganglion Stimulation-Cervical Spine.-Percutaneous Thoracic Neurostimulation for Chronic Pain.-Surgical Lead for the Thoracic Spine.-Percutaneous Lumbar Stimulation.-Thoracic and Lumbar Dorsal Root Ganglion Spinal Stimulation.-Percutaneous Sacral Nerve Stimulation.-Sacral Dorsal Root Ganglion Spinal Stimulation.-Peripheral Nerve Stimulation.-Stimulation Methods and Device Choices: Dorsal Root Ganglion Stimulation, Spinal Cord Stimulation, and Peripheral Nerve Stimulation.-Patient Selection.-Wound Closure and Surgical Healing.-Complications of Neuromodulation
    PART 7: NEUROAXIAL THERAPIES.-Intrathecal Pharmacology.-Patient Selection
    Intrathecal Device Considerations.-Intrathecal Agents and Algorithms: Review of PACC 2012 and 2017 Guidelines and Beyond.-Implantable Drug Delivery Systems for Cancer Pain and End Of Life Care.-Intrathecal Drug Delivery Systems for Chronic Non-Cancer Pain.-IDDS For Movement Disorders.-Ziconitide for Intrathecal Use.-PART 8: REGENERATIVE THERAPIES FOR CHRONIC PAIN.-Scientific Bases of PRP Therapy.-Scientific Basis for Stem Cell Therapy.-Stem Cells.-Regenerative Therapies for Chronic Intradiscal Pain.-PRP Therapies (Tendons, Joints, Spine) .-PART 9: INTRADISCAL AND MINIMALLY INVASIVE STRUCTURAL SURGERIES.-Discography.-Endoscopic Discectomy.-Vertebral Augmentation for Painful Vertebral Compression Fractures.-Vertebroplasty and other methods of vertebral augmentation.-Minimally Invasive Lumbar Decompression.-Interspinous Process Spacers for Indirect Lumbar Decompression.-PART 10. REHABILITATION AND ADJUVANT THERAPIES FOR PAIN.-Physical Therapy.-Acupuncture.-PART 11. ADMINISTRATIVE CONSIDERATIONS.-Cybersecurity of Medical Devices: Past, Present, and Future
    Coding and Billing.-Medicare Payment Quality Measures
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sunit K. Singh, Jens H. Kuhn, editors.
    Summary: This first volume of a two-volume set describes general aspects, such as the historical view on the topic, the role of information distribution and preparedness of health-care systems and preparedness in emergency cases. Part two describes and discusseses in detail the pathogens and toxins that are potentially used for biological attacks. As such, the book is a valuable resource for faculties engaged in molecular biology, genetic engineering, neurology, biodefense, biosafety & biosecurity, virology, and infectious disease programs, as well as professional medical research organizations.

    Contents:
    Historical aspects of biological weapons development and use
    Overview of global coordination on bio-nonproliferationa nd its limits
    The role of event-based biosurveillance in biodefense
    Trust and transparency in biodefense
    The science of forensic epidemiology in detecting a biological attack (bioterrorism)
    Remediation of a biological weapons attack
    Maximum containment infectious disease laboratories as an integral part of emergency preparedness and emergency response
    Infection prevention and control : a biodefense measure
    Clinical management of patients infected with highly pathogenic microorganisms
    Swords to ploughshares and back : the continuing threat of immunomodulatory research and development
    Synthetic biology: biosecurity and biosafety implications
    Is CRISPR a security threat?
    Emerging and enabling technologies in biodefense
    Regulatory pathways for medical products used in biodefense
    Big data and biodefense : prospects and pitfalls
    Big data and artificial intelligence for biodefense : a genomic-based approach for averting technological suprise.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sunit K. Singh, Jens H. Kuhn, editors.
    Summary: This second volume of a two-volume set focuses on specific pathogens and their mechanisms of pathogenesis as well as diagnostics, therapeutics and various strategies in the event of biological attacks. This multidisciplinary book appeals to readers from various fields, including biodefense, biosafety & biosecurity, virology, neurology, molecular biology and genetic engineering, as well as infectious disease specialists. Further, the work is of interest to basic science and applied science research scholars and experts working in the area of high-consequence or select agent virology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface 1; Preface 2; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Neurotropic Viruses; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Arboviruses; 1.2.1 Alphaviruses; 1.2.1.1 Eastern Equine Encephalitis; 1.2.1.2 Western Equine Encephalitis Virus; 1.2.1.3 Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis Virus; 1.2.1.4 Potential as Biothreat Agents; 1.2.1.5 Medical Countermeasures; 1.2.2 Flaviviruses; 1.2.2.1 Japanese Encephalitis Serocomplex; Japanese Encephalitis Virus; West Nile Virus; 1.2.2.2 Tick-Borne Encephalitis Virus Serocomplex; 1.2.2.3 Potential as Biothreat Agents; 1.2.2.4 Medical Countermeasures; 1.2.3 Henipaviruses 1.2.3.1 Potential as Biothreat Agents1.2.3.2 Medical Countermeasures; 1.2.4 Lyssaviruses; 1.2.4.1 Potential as Biothreat Agent; 1.2.4.2 Medical Countermeasures; 1.3 Summary; References;
    2: Overview of Human Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 Arenaviridae; 2.1.1.1 Old World Mammarenaviruses; 2.1.1.2 New World Mammarenaviruses; 2.1.2 Bunyavirales; 2.1.2.1 Hantaviruses; 2.1.2.2 Nairoviruses; 2.1.2.3 Phenuiviruses; 2.1.3 Filoviridae; 2.1.4 Flaviviridae; 2.2 Biodefense Considerations; References;
    3: Variola Virus: Clinical, Molecular, and Bioterrorism Perspectives; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Biological Warfare and Bioterrorism Concerns3.3 Virology; 3.3.1 Classification; 3.3.2 Morphology; 3.3.3 Genome; 3.3.4 Life Cycle; 3.3.5 Life Cycle: Entry; 3.3.6 Life Cycle: Early Gene Expression; 3.3.7 Life Cycle: DNA Replication; 3.3.8 Life Cycle: Intermediate and Late Gene Expression, Morphogenesis, and Dissemination; 3.4 Smallpox Clinical Illness; 3.4.1 Clinical Classification of Variola Major Infections; 3.4.1.1 Ordinary Type; 3.4.1.2 Modified Type; 3.4.1.3 Flat Type; 3.4.1.4 Hemorrhagic Type; 3.4.2 Clinical Classification of Variola Minor Infections; 3.5 Smallpox Pathogenesis 3.5.1 Viral Entry and Infection3.5.2 Viral Dissemination; 3.5.3 Clinical and Anatomic Pathology; 3.5.4 Smallpox Pathogenesis in Animals; 3.6 Diagnosis; 3.6.1 Clinical Diagnosis; 3.6.2 Laboratory Diagnosis; 3.7 Prophylaxis; 3.7.1 First-Generation Vaccines; 3.7.2 Second-Generation Vaccines; 3.7.3 Third-Generation Vaccines; 3.7.4 Fourth-Generation Vaccines; 3.7.5 Oral and Inactivated Vaccines; 3.7.6 Global Stockpile of Smallpox Vaccines; 3.8 Therapeutics; 3.8.1 Overview; 3.8.2 Passive Immunization; 3.8.3 DNA Synthesis Inhibitors; 3.8.4 Viral Maturation Inhibitors; 3.8.5 Viral Egress Inhibitors 3.8.6 Host-Directed Drugs and Other Drugs3.8.7 Prophylaxis and Therapeutics: Future Directions; 3.9 Summary/Conclusions; References;
    4: Viral Therapeutics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis; 4.3 Recently Approved Substances and Substances for Provisional Use Against Potentially High Consequence Viral Infections; 4.4 Inhibitors of Virus Attachment to Host Cell Membrane and Membrane Receptors, Inhibitors of Cell Entry; 4.5 RNA-Silencing and Antisense Oligomer Therapy; 4.6 Phosphorodiamidate Morpholino Oligomers (PMOs); 4.7 Targeting Hemorrhagic Disease Components
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Hwee Ming Cheng, Felicita Jusof.
    Summary: This first volume of the book covers 150 important words and phrases encountered in cardiovascular, respiratory and renal physiology, elaborating the concepts, principles and common themes around these words. It offers students a quiver of arrows to direct their thinking accurately in order to understand targeted processes in physiology. Physiology teachers also find this 'definitive' physiology text useful in their lectures and tutorial classes to elaborate on homeostatic mechanisms in physiology. With any increase in physiological knowledge, there will be new words and terms that describe new mechanisms, and definitions of key words in core physiology are essential points of reference since they provide the foundational word pillars needed to understand physiology texts. This book is a valuable companion to the Springer series "Physiology-Question Based Learning (Pq-BL)" by the author. Both the questions and words for learning physiology well have been selected from the successful annual Physiology Quiz International event that is chaired and designed by the author.

    Contents:
    Heart as an Electrical Organ
    Heart as a Rhythmic Pump
    Heart as a Pressure Producer
    Pathways from the Heart
    Physiological Adaptations of the Cardiovascular system
    Mechanics of Respiration
    Alveolar-Capillary Exchange
    Oxygen Transport
    Carbon Dioxide Transport
    Control of Respiration
    Glomerular Filtration and Renal Blood Flow
    Tubular Function
    Sodium and Potassium Balance
    Water Balance
    Acid-base Balance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors: Zili Sloboda, Hanno Petras
    Contents:
    Prevention Science: An Epidemiological Approach
    Individual Physical, Cognitive, and Emotional Vulnerability Across the Life Course: Benchmarks and Developmental Challenges
    Benchmarks, Developmental Challenges, and Risks During the Prenatal and Infancy Period
    Childhood and the Entry into Adolescence: A Pivotal Period in Health-Related Behaviors and Prevention
    Adolescence and Early Adulthood
    Stressors and Vulnerabilities in Middle and Old Age: Opportunities for Prevention
    Environmental Influences and Implications for Intervention Development
    Family
    School Influences on Child and Youth Development
    Peer Networks
    Risk and Resilience Processes in Single-Mother Families: An Interactionist Perspective
    Environmental Influences: The Workplace and Mental Health-Models, Vulnerability Factors, and Interventions
    An Integrated Prevention Science Model: A Conceptual Foundation for Prevention Research
    Design of Prevention Interventions
    Implementation Science and the Effective Delivery of Evidence-Based Prevention
    Factors Affecting Implementation: Cultural Adaptation and Training
    Measuring Fidelity
    Research Design
    Translating the Intervention Approach into an Appropriate Research Design: The Next-Generation Adaptive Designs for Effectiveness and Implementation Research
    The Epidemiologic Case-Crossover and Case-Control Approaches in Prevention Research
    The Use of Simulation Models in Public Health with Applications to Substance Abuse and Obesity Problems
    Meta-analysis in Prevention Science
    Mixed Methods Research Design for Prevention Science: Methods, Critiques, and Recommendations
    Analytic Methods
    Latent Class Analysis in Prevention Science
    Discrete-Time Survival Analysis in Prevention Science
    Using Mediation and Moderation Analyses to Enhance Prevention Research
    Advances in Missing Data Models and Fidelity Issues of Implementing These Methods in Prevention Science
    Cost Analysis and Policy
    Economic Analysis and Policy Studies: Special Challenges in the Prevention Sciences
    Strengthening Prevention Science to Ensure Effectiveness of Intervention in Practice: Setting up an International Agenda.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dagmar Kainmueller.
    Summary: Segmentation of anatomical structures in medical image data is an essential task in clinical practice. Dagmar Kainmueller introduces methods for accurate fully automatic segmentation of anatomical structures in 3D medical image data. The author's core methodological contribution is a novel deformation model that overcomes limitations of state-of-the-art Deformable Surface approaches, hence allowing for accurate segmentation of tip- and ridge-shaped features of anatomical structures. As for practical contributions, she proposes application-specific segmentation pipelines for a range of anatomical structures, together with thorough evaluations of segmentation accuracy on clinical image data. As compared to related work, these fully automatic pipelines allow for highly accurate segmentation of benchmark image data. Contents Deformable Meshes for Accurate Automatic Segmentation Omnidirectional Displacements for Deformable Surfaces (ODDS) Coupled Deformable Surfaces for Multi-object Segmentation From Surface Mesh Deformations to Volume Deformations Segmentation of Anatomical Structures in Medical Image Data Target Groups Academics and practitioners in the fields of computer science, medical imaging, and automatic segmentation. The Author Dagmar Kainmueller works as a research scientist at the Max Planck Institute of Molecular Cell Biology and Genetics in Dresden, Germany, with a focus on bio image analysis. The Editor The series Aktuelle Forschung Medizintechnik - Latest Research in Medical Engineering is edited by Thorsten M. Buzug.

    Contents:
    Deformable Meshes for Accurate Automatic Segmentation
    Omnidirectional Displacements for Deformable Surfaces (ODDS)
    Coupled Deformable Surfaces for Multi-object Segmentation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Arun B. Mullaji, Gautam M. Shetty.
    Summary: "With rapid advancement in technology and materials in total knee arthroplasty (TKA), long-term survival and function of the total knee is now more and more dependent on restoring accurate limb alignment, precise component position and optimum soft-tissue balance. Proper technique is key to ensuring this and is all the more crucial and challenging to achieve in arthritic knees with severe and complex deformities. Correction of such knee deformities forms an important part of TKA for orthopedic surgeons working in both emerging and developed nations. Deformity Correction in Total Knee Arthroplasty fills the void that exists in treating severe and complex knee deformities and the use of computer-navigation in TKA. It covers the principles of deformity correction and soft-tissue balancing in primary TKA in an illustrative, step-wise and algorithmic fashion. Starting with the initial key step of preoperative planning, this book goes on to specifically describe how to deal with different types of deformities encountered in patients who undergo TKA - varus, valgus, flexion, hypertension, rotational and extra-articular deformities - as well as the stiff knee, the unstable knee, osteotomies in primary TKA and postoperative pain management and rehabilitation. This focused how-to manual includes plentiful images and clear, concise text from authors who have performed thousands of TKAs, making it a must-have reference for any surgeon unfamiliar or frequently confronted with this type of procedure."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael G. Kaiser, Regis W. Haid, Christopher I. Shaffrey, Michael G. Fehlings, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexander König, Uwe Spetzger.
    Summary: The authors present anatomical, biomechanical, and clinical basic knowledge relevant to degenerative diseases of the surgical spine and describe how to choose the approach, implant, and surgical technique in detail. Numerous figures illustrate the decision-making process and surgical techniques step-by-step. The book also contains key points about implant safety and possible complications as well as an outlook to the future of cervical spine surgery. Degenerative Diseases of the Cervical Spine is aimed at spinal surgeons (neurosurgeons and orthopaedic surgeons), physical therapists, general practitioners, and rehabilitation physicians, worldwide.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    *DeGowin, Elmer Louis; Brown, Donald D.; LeBlond, Richard F.; Suneja, Manish; Szot, Joseph F.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis
    History taking and the medical record
    The screening physical examination
    Vital signs, anthropometric data, and pain
    Non-regional systems and diseases
    The skin and nails
    The head and neck
    The chest : chest wall, pulmonary, and cardiovascular systems; the breasts
    Abdomen, perineum, anus, and rectosigmoid
    The urinary system
    The female genitalia and reproductive system
    Male genitalia and reproductive system
    The spine, pelvis and extremities
    The nervous system
    The mental status, psychiatric, and social evaluations
    The preoperative evaluation
    Principles of diagnostic testing
    Common laboratory tests.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Manish Suneja, Joseph F. Szot, Richard F. LeBlond, Donald D. Brown ; illustrated by Elmer DeGowin, Jim Abel, and Shawn Roach.
    Summary: "DeGowin's Diagnostic Examination describes the techniques for obtaining a complete history and performing a thorough physical exam, links symptoms and signs with the pathophysiology of disease, presents an approach to differential diagnosis, based upon the pathophysiology of disease, which can be efficiently tested in the laboratory, and does all of this in a format that can be used as a quick point-of-care reference and as a text to study the principles and practice of history taking and physical examination"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, R. Paul Robertson ; associate editors, Linda C. Giudice, Ashley B. Grossman, Gary D. Hammer, Michael D. Jensen, George J. Kahaly, Ronald S. Swerdloff, Rajesh V. Thakker.
    Summary: Thoroughly updated to reflect today's recent advances in adult and pediatric endocrinology, DeGroot’s Endocrinology, 8th Edition, remains the comprehensive, international reference of choice for today’s endocrinologists and fellows. A full peer review of the previous edition, conducted by a largely new group of renowned editors, was used to update this trusted, two-volume resource. In-depth coverage of both basic and clinical aspects of endocrinology and up-to-date information on the treatment and management of endocrine disorders are provided by a diverse group of expert contributors from six continents. A full-color format and helpful algorithms summarize clinical decision-making and practical approaches to patient management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    William W. Campbell, Richard J. Barohn.
    Summary: "DeJong's The Neurological Examination offers practitioners and residents of Neurology an in-depth discussion of neurologic exams. This definitive source on neurologic examination techniques integrates details of both neuroanatomy and diagnosis in an easy-to-read and clinically-focused format. Anatomical and exam illustrations help ensure proper technique. Also included are illustrative case studies with tables to summarize differentials and clinical findings"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Sect. A: Introduction
    Sect. B: History, physical examination, and overview of the neurologic examination
    Sect. C: Mental status examination and higher cortical function
    Sect. D: The cranial nerves
    Sect. E: The motor system
    Sect. F: The sensory system
    Sect. G: The reflexes
    Sect. H: Coordination and gait
    Sect. I: The autonomic and peripheral nervous system
    Sect. J: Orthopedic neurology
    Sect. K: Circulation and cerebrospinal fluid
    Sect. L: Special methods of examination
    Sect. M: Diagnosis and localization of neurologic disease.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark D. Miller and Stephen R. Thompson.
    Summary: "Indispensable for both surgeons and sports medicine physicians, DeLee, Drez, & Miller's Orthopaedic Sports Medicine: Principles and Practice, 5th Edition, remains your go-to reference for all surgical, medical, rehabilitation and injury prevention aspects related to athletic injuries and chronic conditions. Authored by Mark D. Miller, MD and Stephen R. Thompson, MD, this 2-volume core resource provides detailed, up-to-date coverage of medical disorders that routinely interfere with athletic performance and return to play, providing the clinically focused information you need when managing athletes at any level"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Basic principles
    Medical
    Rehabilitation and injury prevention
    Shoulder
    Elbow, wrist, and hand
    Pelvis, hip, and thigh
    Knee
    Leg, ankle, and foot
    Spine and head
    Pediatric sports medicine
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher G. Hughes, Pratik P. Pandharipande, E. Wesley Ely.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of acute brain dysfunction in the critically ill. The book covers the basic pathophysiology of delirium, epidemiology, risk factors, outcomes associated with delirium, prevention and treatment of delirium, and challenges and techniques for improving delirium awareness. Written by experts in the field, Delirium: Acute Brain Dysfunction in the Critically Ill is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts in this field.

    Contents:
    Delirium: Definitions and Subtypes
    Monitoring for Delirium in Critically Ill Adults
    Epidemiology of Delirium in Critically Ill Adults: Prevalence, Risk Factors, and Outcomes
    The Relationship between Delirium and Mental Health Outcomes: Current Insights and Future Directions
    Prediction Models for Delirium in Critically Ill Adults
    Pediatric Delirium Assessment, Prevention, and Management
    Epidemiology of Delirium in Children: Prevalence, Risk Factors and Outcomes
    Delirium After Primary Neurological Injury
    Neuroimaging Findings of Delirium
    Inflammatory Biomarkers and Neurotransmitter Perturbations in Delirium
    The Electroencephalogram and Delirium
    Endothelial Health and Delirium
    Preventive Strategies to Reduce Intensive Care Unit Delirium
    Treatment Strategies for Delirium
    Building a Delirium Network.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Walter R. Frontera ; editor emeritus, Joel A. DeLisa ; editors, Jeffrey R. Basford, William L. Bockenek, John Chae, Lawrence R. Robinson ; associate editors, Michael Boninger, Joanne Borg-Stein, Gregory T. Carter, Leighton Chan, Gerard E. Francisco, Helen Hoenig, Alan M. Jette, Heidi Prather.
    Contents:
    Clinical evaluation
    Assessment of human muscle function
    Electrodiagnostic evaluation of the peripheral nervous system
    Human walking
    Imaging techniques
    Diagnostic ultrasound
    Functional evaluation and management of self-care and other activities of daily living
    Disability determination in relation to work
    The international classification of functioning, disability, and health
    Systematically assessing and improving the quality of pysical medicine and rehabilitation
    Epidemiology of disability in the United States and internationally: implications for policy and practice
    Psychological aspects of rehabilitation
    Speech, language, swallowing, and auditory rehabilitation
    Vocational rehabilitation, independent living, and consumerism
    Important to measure aspects of participation and environmental factors in medical rehabilitation
    Ethical issues in rehabilitation medicine
    International aspects of the practice of physical medicine and rehabilitation
    Stroke rehabilitation
    Traumatic brain injury
    Multiple sclerosis
    Comprehensive rehabilitation of Parkinson disease and movement disorders
    Rehabilitation of spinal cord injury
    Motor neuron disease
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Myopathy
    Disorders of the cervical spine
    Rehabilitation of lumbar spine disorders: an evidence-based clinical practice approach
    Idiopathic scoliosis
    Disorders of the upper limbs
    Disorders of the lower limbs
    The prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation of osteoporosis
    Rheumatic diseases
    Cardiac rehabilitation
    Rehabilitation of the patient with respiratory dysfunction
    Burns
    Rehabilitation for patients with cancer diagnoses
    Amputations and vascular diseases
    Physical inactivity: physiologic impairments and related clinical conditions
    Chronic pain
    Spasticity
    Sports medicine
    Paralympic sports
    Physical activity for people with disabilities
    Performing arts medicine
    Rehabilitation of children with disabilities and adults with childhood-onset disabling conditions
    Health for women with disabilities
    Geriatric rehabilitation
    The role of PM&R in disaster relief
    Exercise
    Acquatic rehabilitation
    The physical agents
    Pharmacotherapy of disability
    Joint and spinal injection procedures
    Electrical stimulation (therapeutic and functional)
    Assistive technology
    Upper and lower limb prosthetics
    Orthotics for the lower and upper limb and spine
    Wheelchairs
    Integrative medicine in PM&R
    Evidence-based practice in rehabilitation (including clinical trials)
    Neural repair and plasticity
    Rehabilitation robotics.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Sarah Ellen Braun, Patricia Anne Kinser, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is an evidenced-based course for interdisciplinary healthcare professionals for improving resilience and reducing stress and burnout. This curriculum improves patient-centered care by providing training in compassion and attention. It is a structured skills-based manual complete with resources for full implementation and dissemination of this evidence-based course. This textbook addresses the gaps existing in other mindfulness-based interventions. It is a unique manual that can be followed in a linear fashion or can be used modularly to suit the needs of specific settings. The curriculum contains didactic content and specific examples of practices; hence, it is easily adaptable for use by groups and classes of various sizes and structure. The authors have conducted several research studies with findings to support its use to prevent and treat burnout. Results demonstrate the curriculums feasibility and acceptability in healthcare professionals and students as well as efficacy in stress and burnout reduction with increases in dispositional mindfulness.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction and Overview
    1: How to Use This Book: Teaching and Learning Mindfulness for Healthcare Professionals
    2: Evidence to Support Mindful Healthcare Professionals
    2.1 Stress-Related Problems in Healthcare Professionals
    2.2 Mindfulness and Compassion in Healthcare
    2.2.1 Evidence of Mindfulness Interventions for Healthcare Professionals
    2.2.2 Mindfulness for Interdisciplinary Healthcare Professionals
    2.3 Conclusions
    References
    3: Compassionate Healthcare
    3.1 Compassion Training for the Healthcare Professional 3.2 The Relationality of Compassion
    3.3 Compassion Includes Self-Compassion
    3.4 Compassion Is Innate
    3.5 Compassionate Healthcare
    3.6 Training Compassion
    References
    4: Being Mindful in a Mindless World
    4.1 Being Mindful in a Mindless World
    4.2 Mindfulness as an Intervention for Positive Change
    4.3 Intention: What Do You Want to Cultivate or Develop with Mindfulness? How Do You Want to Show Up for the World?
    4.4 Attention: What Are You Focusing On? Where Are Your Thoughts? 4.5 Attitude: How Am I Talking to Myself? How Are My Thoughts, Emotions, Beliefs in This Moment Impacting the Way That I See the Work and Myself?
    4.6 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: The Curriculum
    5: Module 1: Introduction to Mindfulness and Compassion
    5.1 Starting the Curriculum
    5.2 GETTING STARTED: Introduction to Mindfulness
    5.3 Key Concepts
    5.3.1 Introduction to Stress
    5.3.2 Introduction to Mindfulness
    5.3.3 Formal vs. Informal Mindfulness Practice
    5.3.4 Developing a Home Practice 5.3.5 TIPS FOR INSTRUCTORS: Taking the Teacher's Seat-Who Can Instruct Mindfulness for Healthcare Professionals?
    5.4 Mindful Movement
    5.5 Formal Mindfulness Practice
    5.5.1 Focused Attention Meditation Practice: 15 min
    5.5.2 Mindfulness Meditation on the Breath: 5 min
    5.6 Handouts/Resources
    References
    6: Module 2: Mindfulness to Enhance Resilience and Handle Burnout
    6.1 Key Concepts
    6.1.1 Checking-In About Home Practice
    6.1.2 Define and Discuss Burnout, Mindfulness, and Neuroplasticity
    6.1.3 Mindfulness: Effortful to Effortless 6.2 Resources/Activities
    6.3 Formal Mindfulness Practice
    6.3.1 "Connecting Palms" Breathing Practice: 5 min
    6.4 Mindful Movement Practice
    6.5 Formal Meditation Practice
    6.5.1 Breath Counting Meditation: 8 min
    6.6 Tips for Instructors
    References
    7: Module 3: Applications of Mindfulness as a Healthcare Professional
    7.1 Key Concepts
    7.1.1 Goal-Setting
    7.1.1.1 How Do I Apply This Information to My Patients?
    7.1.2 Daily Routines
    7.1.2.1 How Can Routines Help Build More Mindful, Compassionate Lives?
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Suzanne C. Smeltzer.
    Summary: "This book is based on the principle and belief that all healthcare professionals-regardless of discipline, level of education, or role within the healthcare system-have a role in caring for individuals with disability. As such, they need a basic understanding of the issue of disability to provide appropriate, optimal, and sensitive healthcare to those with disability. These issues and more are addressed in the chapters of this book. It is intended to provide information to nurses, nursing students, and other healthcare professionals to enable them to communicate with and provide quality healthcare to individuals with disability"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Disability : a major health inequity
    The role of social determinants of health in disability
    Strategies to address barriers to healthcare for people with disability
    Intellectual and developmental disabilities
    Physical disability
    Psychiatric/mental health disability and neurocognitive disorders
    Sensory disability : hearing loss
    Sensory disability : vision loss
    Inclusion of students with disability : redefining nursing education / Beth Marks.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2021
  • Digital
    Nilmini Wickramasinghe, Freimut Bodendorf, editors.
    Summary: This in-depth book addresses a key void in the literature surrounding the Internet of Things (IoT) and health. By systematically evaluating the benefits of mobile, wireless, and sensor-based IoT technologies when used in health and wellness contexts, the book sheds light on the next frontier for healthcare delivery. These technologies generate data with significant potential to enable superior care delivery, self-empowerment, and wellness management. Collecting valuable insights and recommendations in one accessible volume, chapter authors identify key areas in health and wellness where IoT can be used, highlighting the benefits, barriers, and facilitators of these technologies as well as suggesting areas for improvement in current policy and regulations. Four overarching themes provide a suitable setting to examine the critical insights presented in the 31 chapters: Mobile- and sensor-based solutions Opportunities to incorporate critical aspects of analytics to provide superior insights and thus support better decision-making Critical issues around aspects of IoT in healthcare contexts Applications of portals in healthcare contexts A comprehensive overview that introduces the critical issues regarding the role of IoT technologies for health, Delivering Superior Health and Wellness Management with IoT and Analytics paves the way for scholars, practitioners, students, and other stakeholders to understand how to substantially improve health and wellness management on a global scale.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Mobile And Sensor Based Solutions
    Towards a Medical Tricorder
    A 3D-Map to Categorize Diseases for Self-Care with Mobile Technology
    Piloting a Mobile Tele-Simulation Unit to Train Rural and Remote Emergency Health Care Providers
    Drone Delivery for Medical emergencies
    Converting Disability into Ability Using IT/IS And Smart Textiles
    A Mobile Nursing Solution
    SmartCoping: A Mobile Solution For Recognizing Stress And Coping With IT
    Changing Behaviour Of Kids With Obesity With Gamification Wearables
    Precision Wellness: An Optimization Model
    The Development Of A Wearable For An Automated Documentation And An Improved Staff Planning In Outpatient Care
    Toward A Better Life For Diabetic Patients
    Developing And Integrating A Non-invasive Self-Management Support Tool Within A Smart Digital Companion
    Section 2: Opportunities To Incorporate Critical Aspects Of Analytics To Provide Superior Insights And Thus Support Better Decision Making
    Intelligent Risk Detection in Healthcare: Integrating Social and Technical Factors to Manage Health Outcomes
    A Literature Review on Predicting Unplanned Patient Readmissions
    Using KM To Develop Superior Online Health Decision Support Solutions: The Case of Allergy Care
    Opportunities For Using Blockchain Technology in Ehealth : E-prescribing In Germany
    Knowledge Acquisition Of Consumer Medication Adherence
    Addressing Data Accuracy And Information Integrity In Mhealth Solutions Using Machine Learning Algorithms
    Enabling Value-based Healthcare With Business Analytics And Intelligence
    Section 3: Critical Issues Around Aspects Of IoT In Healthcare Contexts
    A Review Of Mixed Reality In Healthcare
    Implementing Lean Principles In The Healthcare Industry: A Theoretical And Practical Perspective
    Data, Denial, Disparity : Is This A New Digital Divide
    The Enabling Role For Technology In The Support Of Care Coordination In Healthcare
    Managing The Risks Of Emerging IoT Devices
    Mosquitoes and Public Health: Improving Data Validation of Citizen Science Contributions Using Computer Vision
    Section 4: Applications Of Portals In Healthcare Contexts
    Using Responsive Web Design To Enhance The User Experience Of Chronic Disease Management Portals for Clinical Uses
    Older Adults Empowerment Through Training And Support And Its Implication On Proactive Self-Monitoring, Patient Engagement, And Connected Health
    An Evaluation Of A Point-of-Care System Implementation And Adoption In A Multi-Campus Private Hospital In Melbourne
    Leveraging The IOT To Enable The Guided Self-Determination Method
    Determining Key Elements in OIS To Improve The Patient Experience And Clinical Care
    Toward Actionable Knowledge: A Systematic Analysis Of Mobile Patient Portals
    A Lazy User Perspective To Patient Adoption And Use Of Personal Health Records
    The Australian PCEHR OR My Health Record
    the Journey Around A Large Scale Nationwide Digital Health Solution
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph F. Quinn.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and differential diagnosis of dementia / Richard Camicioli
    Rapidly progressive dementia and its mimics / Amy May Lin Quek and Andrew McKeon
    Young onset dementia : how much diagnostic testing is enough? / Anahita Adeli and Keith A. Josephs
    An approach to the problem of normal pressure hydrocephalus / Norman Relkin
    Depression : cause or complication of cognitive decline? / David Mansoor, Sahana Misra, and Linda Ganzini
    Mild cognitive impairment / Ranjan Duara, David A. Loewenstein, Clinton Wright, Elizabeth Crocco, and Daniel Varon
    After the diagnosis : continuing neurologic care of the outpatient with dementia / Anne M. Lipton
    Using psychotropic medications to manage problem behaviors in dementia / Lucy Y. Wang and Murray A. Raskind
    Palliative care in advanced dementias / Ira Byock and Cory Ingram
    Ethical, legal, and social issues in dementia / Amy Y. Tsou and Jason Karlawish
    Assessing outcomes in dementia car / Joel Mack, Amie Peterson, and Joseph Quinn
    Primary prevention of dementia / Joseph Quinn.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Julia Botsford and Karen Harrison Dening ; foreword by Alistair Burns.
    Summary: With contributions from experienced dementia practitioners and care researchers, this book examines the impact of culture and ethnicity on the experience of dementia and on the provision of support and services, both in general terms and in relation to specific minority ethnic communities. Drawing together evidence-based research and expert practitioners' experiences, this book highlights the ways that dementia care services will need to develop in order to ensure that provision is culturally appropriate for an increasingly diverse older population. The book examines cultural issues in terms of assessment and engagement with people with dementia, challenges for care homes, and issues for supporting families from diverse ethnic backgrounds in relation to planning end of life care and bereavement. First-hand accounts of living with dementia from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds give unique perspectives into different attitudes to dementia and dementia care. The contributors also examine recent policy and strategy on dementia care and the implications for working with culture and ethnicity. This comprehensive and timely book is essential reading for dementia care practitioners, researchers and policy makers.

    Contents:
    Dementia and ethnic diversity : numbers and trends / Omar Khan
    Meanings, identities and health / Julia Botsford
    Dementia and ethnicity : implications for diagnosis and medical care / Ajit Shah and Sofia Zarate Escudero
    Accessing support and services / Jo Moriarty
    Dementia and care giving in South Asian communities in the UK / Karan Jutlla
    Assessment and engagement / Vincent Goodorally
    Communication and working with interpreters : cultural competence in dementia research and practice / Julia Botsford
    Working positively with culture, ethnicity and dementia / Julia Botsford and Karen Harrison Dening
    Dementia, ethnicity and care homes / Alisoun Milne and Jan Smith
    End of life, dementia and black and minority ethnic groups / Karen Harrison Dening
    Telling it like it is : personal experiences of ethnicity and dementia / Joy Watkins and Shemain Wahab
    Strategy and policy / Jill Manthorpe.
  • Digital
    Angela Georgia Catic, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to guide all physicians in long-term care, in-, and outpatient settings who work with elders with co-current dementia and medical comorbidities. Chapters cover a wide range of challenging topics, including epidemiological data, evaluation and management techniques to optimize physical and cognitive function in patients with dementia, safety measures, and nonpharmacologic measures to support cognition. Chapters also discuss the unique aspects of managing the most common chronic diseases and the management of musculoskeletal pain in elders with dementia. Except for the introductory chapter, each chapter will include a case vignette to highlight some of the primary challenges of management of the particular chronic disease/condition in elders with dementia, making this an accessible and highly practical tool for medical professionals of all backgrounds. Written by experts in the field, Dementia and Chronic Disease is an excellent resource for all medical professionals treating patients with dementia, including geriatricians, family medicine physicians, social workers, nurses, hospitalists, and all others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Dementia and Chronic Disease in the Elderly
    Introduction
    Daily Functioning in Dementia
    Management of Chronic Medical Conditions in Older Adults with Dementia
    Supported Care in Dementia
    Caregiving in Older Adults with Dementia
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Management of Physical Function in Older Adults with Dementia
    Introduction
    Motoric Cognitive Risk Syndrome
    Physical Impacts of Dementia
    Impact of Physical Activity on Functional and Cognitive Decline Practical Advice for Physical Activity in Older Adults with Dementia
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Management of Cognitive Function in Older Adults with Dementia
    Introduction
    Dementia
    Epidemiology
    Pharmacologic and Nonpharmacologic Treatment
    Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Dementia
    Evaluating Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Dementia
    Nonpharmacologic Treatment of Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Dementia
    Pharmacologic Treatment of Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Dementia
    Sundowning
    Delirium
    Epidemiology Relationship of Dementia and Delirium
    Risk Factors and Diagnosis
    Prevention and Treatment
    Nonpharmacologic
    Pharmacologic
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Medication Management in Older Adults with Dementia
    Introduction
    Polypharmacy and Deprescribing
    Deprescribing Antipsychotics
    Deprescribing Cholinesterase Inhibitors and Memantine
    Barriers to Deprescribing
    Improving Medication Adherence in Patients with Dementia
    "Low-Tech" Options
    "High-Tech Options"
    Transitions in Care in Patients with Dementia
    Discussion of Clinical Case
    Conclusion Medication Management
    Adherence to Lifestyle and Treatment Plans
    Management of Other Medical Conditions
    Heart Failure Management in Specific Living Situations
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus Management in Older Adults with Dementia
    Prevalence and Economic Cost of Diabetes Mellitus in Older Adults
    Pathophysiology and Interaction Between Diabetes and Cognitive Dysfunction in Aging
    Pancreatic Dysfunction and Insulin Resistance in Aging
    The Interplay Between Diabetes and Cognitive Impairment
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marcia Sokolowski.
    Summary: This unique title offers a novel exploration into the world of advance directives for patients with dementia. Based on real life ethics consultations the expert author has undertaken, the cases depict fascinating and challenging moral issues arising in a variety of healthcare facilities. The dynamics of the interdisciplinary health care teams of these patients, along with the dynamics of the families who are grappling to best serve their loved ones, are outlined and assessed; and the role each player's personal histories have on the ethical issues and their resolution in real life are explored. Following each case study, the author applies a range of concepts introduced in the beginning of the book to the relevant case study, thus integrating theory with a case-based approach. A user-friendly question-and-answer format provides a thought provoking and accessible learning experience for readers. Dementia and the Advance Directive: Lessons from the Bedside tackles complicated and realistic healthcare scenarios and offers an invaluable addition to the literature on advance directives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Marie Boltz, James E. Galvin, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the demographic, clinical, and psychosocial context of dementia care. With its focus on patient and family perspectives, this book describes evidence-based approaches towards prevention, detection, and treatment of dementia that is like any other book. The text presents memory clinics, care management, home-based interventions, palliative care, family caregiver programs, specific to dementia care. Additionally, the text examines strategies to support transitions to acute care and long-term care. The text also places a special emphasis on measures of quality, cultural sensitivity, and implications for health care policy. Written by experts in the field, Dementia Care: An Evidence-Based Approach is an excellent resource for clinicians, students, healthcare administrators, and policymakers who aim to improve the quality of life of both the person with dementia and their informal caregiver.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Introduction: Principles of Dementia Care
    Part 1 Dementia Prevention, Detection and Early Support
    Chapter 2 Prevention of Dementia
    Chapter 3 Detection of Dementia
    Chapter 4 Memory Clinics and Care Management Programs
    Chapter 5 Early-Stage Dementia: Maximizing Self-Direction and Health
    Part 2 Clinical Management of Dementia
    Chapter 6 Treatment of Dementia: Pharmacological Approaches
    Chapter 7 Treatment of Dementia: Non-Pharmacological Approaches
    Chapter 8 Challenges and Opportunities in Primary and Specialty Memory Care to Provide Best Practice Care
    Community Mobility and Dementia: The Role for Health Care Professionals
    Part 3 Toward Person-Centered Community-Based Dementia Care
    Chapter 10 Experiences and Perspectives of the Person with Dementia
    Chapter 11 Home-Based Interventions Targeting Persons with Dementia: What is the Evidence and Where Do We Go from Here?
    Chapter 12 Experiences and Perspectives of the Family Caregiver of the Person with Dementia
    Chapter 13 Interventions to Support Caregiver Well-Being
    Part 4 Dementia Continuing Care
    Chapter 14 Transitions in Care for the Person with Dementia
    Chapter 15 Dementia Palliative Care
    Chapter 16 Hospice Dementia Care
    Chapter 17 Challenges in Dementia Care Policy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner.
    Summary: This concise, pragmatic, pocket-sized book addresses neurological contributions to the diagnosis and management of dementia through a longitudinal examination of the work undertaken in a dedicated neurological dementia clinic. It covers the use of cognitive and non-cognitive screening instruments and their diagnostic utility and the use of other diagnostic investigations: neuroimaging, neurophysiology and neuropathology. The diagnostic mix is discussed in terms of both neuropsychological syndromes and neurological diagnoses, as is the use of conventional treatments for dementia and the impact of national directives (e.g. NICE, National Dementia Strategy) on day-to-day clinical practice. Dementia in Clinical Practice: A Neurological Perspective, Second Edition is an illustrated, practical resource for medical professionals involved in the assessment and management of dementia patients. It is of particular benefit to neurologists, psychiatrists, geriatricians, primary care practitioners and those working in the fields of neuropsychology, psychology, occupational therapy, speech and language therapy and nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner.
    Summary: This expanded, updated third edition summarizes the pragmatic diagnostic accuracy studies of neurological signs and cognitive and non-cognitive screening instruments undertaken in the author's clinic in the context of day-to-day practice involving patients with cognitive disorders including dementia. A new chapter devoted to comparing and combining instruments is included, and illustrative case studies have been included where relevant. Dementia in Clinical Practice: A Neurological Perspective, Third Edition is a practical resource for medical professionals involved in the assessment and management of patients with dementia and cognitive disorders. It may be of particular interest to neurologists, psychiatrists, geriatricians, primary care practitioners and those working with patients with cognitive impairment in the fields of neuropsychology, psychology, occupational therapy, speech and language therapy and nursing.

    Contents:
    Referral patterns
    A brief note on methodology: pragmatic diagnostic accuracy studies
    History and neurological examination
    Assessment with cognitive screening instruments
    Assessment with non-cognitive screening instruments
    Comparing and combining screening instruments
    Investigation
    Diagnosis (1): Cognitive syndromes, comorbidities, no diagnosis, and wrong diagnosis
    Diagnosis (2): Dementia disorders
    Management.
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sandra Schüssler, Christa Lohrmann, editors.
    Summary: Written by leading international experts, this book discusses the latest advances in the field of dementia in nursing homes. The topics and findings covered are based on their survey and on a scientific literature review. Dementia is spreading worldwide, placing a growing burden on healthcare systems and caregivers, as well as those affected. With increasing and complex care needs, nursing home admission is often necessary. Globally, over half of nursing home residents suffer from dementia. The book provides essential information on the most important issues in dementia in nursing homes today, including meaningful activities, patient-/person-centered care, psychosocial interventions, challenging behavior, inclusion and support of family members, pain, staff training and education, communication, polypharmacy, quality of life, end-of-life care and advanced care planning, depression, delirium, multidisciplinary approaches, physical restraints and care dependency. Each topic is covered by an international expert in dementia. As such, the book will appeal to professional nurses, nursing scientists, nursing students, other healthcare professionals, and to a broad readership, and will provide a valuable resource for those working in nursing homes, as well as researchers in the field. - Publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Sandra Schüssler, and Christa Lohrmann
    Meaningful Activities / Jennifer Wenborn
    Patient-/Person-Centered Care / Kathryn A. Weigel
    Psychosocial Interventions / Evelyn Finnema, Cora van der Kooij, Rose-Marie Droes, and Linda Wolter
    Challenging Behavior in Nursing Home Residents with Dementia / Martin Smalbrugge, Sandra A. Zwijsen, Raymond C.T.M. Koopmans, and Debby L. Gerritsen
    Inclusion and Support of Family Members in Nursing Homes / Hilde Verbeek
    Pain in Dementia / Sandra M.G. Zwakhalen
    Staff Training and Education / Eira I. Klich-Heartt
    Communication in Dementia / Paul Watts, and Stephen J. O'Connor
    Polypharmacy in Nursing Home Residents with Dementia / Rob J. van Marum
    Quality of Life of People with Dementia in Nursing Homes / Martin N. Dichter and Gabriel Meyer
    End-of-Life Care and Advance Care Planning in Dementia / Stephen J. O'Connor
    Depression in Nursing Home Residents with Dementia / Debby L. Gerritsen, Roeslan Leontjevas, Sandrea A. Zwijsen, Raymond C.T.M. Koopmans, and Martin Smalbrugge
    Delirium / John P. Gilmore and Katherine A. Weigel
    Dementia Care in Nursing Homes Requires a Multidisciplinary Approach / Jos Schols and Tinie Kardol
    The Prevention and Reduction of Physical Restraint Use in Long-Term Care / Jan Hamers
    Care Dependency / Ate Dijkstra.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Julian C. Hughes, University of Bristol, Toby Williamson, University of West London.
    Summary: "Preface: We all see dementia as a challenge. Indeed, many are frightened by the very prospect of it. This is not unreasonable, because more of us throughout the world are getting it as we live longer. And it's a serious and sometimes devastating condition. The biology and psychology of dementia, its medical and behavioural management, are all dealt with elsewhere. In this book we want to pause to reflect on other aspects of dementia because, as we shall argue, despite everything else about it, dementia is also a way of seeing more clearly the human condition. In the face of a threat to our lives and to our standing as persons with relationships and a sense of dignity and worth, we would argue that it's quite natural to ponder on some of the deeper aspects of our being in, or engagement with, the world. These ponderings are pertinent to us all, not just to those of us who will get or are already living with dementia"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Kenji Kosaka, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    1. History and latest concept of DLB
    2. Epidemiology of DLB
    Part II. Biological Aspects
    3. Neuropathology of DLB
    4. Biochemistry of DLB
    5. Molecular biology of DLB
    Part III. Clinical Aspects
    6. Clinical diagnostic criteria of DLB
    7. Cognitive impairments of DLB
    8. BPSD in DLB
    9. Parkinson symptoms of DLB
    10. Autonomic symptoms of DLB
    Part IV. Biological Markers
    11. CT, MRI, SPECT and PET in DLB
    12. DaT Scan in DLB
    13. MIBG myocardial scintigraphy in DLB
    14. Alpha-synuclein in cerebrospinal fluid
    15. Electroencephalography in DLB
    16. Ventilatory response to hypercapnia
    Part V. Treatment
    17. Pharmacotherapy in DLB
    18. Kampo medicine in DLB.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access United Nations 1946-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    HB3607 .D43
    45
  • Print
    principal investigators, J.W. Bellville, G.F. Franklin.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RD82 .D383
    2
  • Digital
    José Biller, Gregory Gruener, Paul W. Brazis.
    Contents:
    Examination of the face and head
    A brief review of clinical neuroanatomy
    Examination of vision
    Examination of the peripheral ocular motor system
    Examination of the central ocular motor systems
    Examination of the motor cranial nerves V, VII, IX, X, XI, and XII
    Examination of the somatic motor system (Excluding cranial nerves)
    Examination for cerebellar dysfunction
    Examination of the special senses
    Examination of the general somatosensory system
    The patient's mental status and higher cerebral functions
    Examination of the patient who has a disorder of consciousness
    Ancillary neurodiagnostic procedures--lumbar puncture and neuroimaging
    Clinical and laboratory tests to distinguish conversion disorder (Functional neurologic symptom disorder) from organic disease
    A synopsis of the neurologic investigation and a formulary of neurodiagnosis
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017
  • Digital
    Prashant Natarajan, John C. Frenzel, Detlev H. Smaltz.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction / Herb Smaltz
    chapter 2. Healthcare and the big data V's / Prashant Natarajan
    chapter 3. Big data : how to get started / John Frenzel
    chapter 4. Big data : challenges / John Frenzel
    chapter 5. Best practices : separating myth from reality / Prashant Natarajan
    chapter 6. Big data advanced topics / John Frenzel and Herb Smaltz
    chapter 7. Applied machine learning for healthcare / Prashant Natarajan and Bob Rogers
    Introduction to case studies / Prashant Natarajan
    Penn medicine : precision medicine and big data / Brian Wells
    Ascension : our advanced analytics journey / Tony Byram
    University of Texas MD Anderson : streaming analytics / John Frenzel
    US health insurance organization : financial reporting analytics with big data / Marc Perlman, Larry Manno, and Shalin Saini
    CIAPM : California Initiative to Advance Precision Medicine / Elizabeth
    University of California San Francisco : AI for imaging of neurological emergencies / Pratik Mukherjee
    BayCare health system : actionable, agile analytics using data variety / Apparsamy (Balaji) Balaji
    Arterys : deep learning for medical imaging / Carla Leibowitz
    Big data technical glossary / Shalin Saini.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    Emily Ladau.
    Summary: "A guide for how to be a thoughtful, informed ally to disabled people, with actionable steps for what to say and do (and what not to do) and how you can help make the world a more accessible place."-- Provided by publisher. "People with disabilities are the world's largest minority, an estimated 15 percent of the global population. But many of us -- disabled and nondisabled alike -- don't know how to act, what to say, or how to be an ally to the disability community. 'Demystifying Disability' is a friendly handbook on the important disability issues you need to know about, including: how to appropriately think, talk, and ask about disability; recognizing and avoiding ableism (discrimination toward disabled people); practicing good disability etiquette; ensuring accessibility becomes your standard practice, from everyday communication to planning special events; appreciating disability history and identity; and, identifying and speaking up about disability stereotypes in media. Authored by celebrated disability rights advocate, speaker, and writer, Emily Ladau, this practical, intersectional guide offers all readers a welcoming place to understand disability as part of the human experience"-- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Why do we need to demystify disability?
    So, what is disability, anyway?
    Understanding disability as part of a whole person
    An (incomplete) overview of disability history
    Ableism and accessibility
    Disability etiquette
    Disability in the media
    Conclusion: Calling all allies and accomplices.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HV3011 .L33 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Sriharsha Athreya, Mahmood Albahhar, editors.
    Summary: This book is a concise introduction to the field of interventional radiology (IR), designed to help medical students and residents understand the fundamental concepts related to image-guided interventional procedures and determine the appropriate use of imaging modalities in the treatment of various disorders. It covers the history of interventional radiology; radiation safety; equipment; medications; and techniques such as biopsy and drainage, vascular access, embolization, and tumor ablation. The book also describes the indications, patient preparation, post-procedure care, and complications for the most common interventional radiology procedures. This second edition is fully updated throughout with the latest guidelines and recommendations. Specific updates include: the role of IR outpatient clinics and patient-centered care, prostatic artery embolization, Y90 embolization, embolization for joint disease, the role artificial intelligence plays in IR, and a new chapter on structured reporting in IR. Designed for students and trainees, chapters include key points or "tips and tricks" and review questions. This is an ideal guide for medical students and trainees interested in pursuing interventional radiology.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Interventional Radiology: The Early Days and Innovation
    Basic X-Ray Physics
    Principles of Radiation Safety in Interventional Radiology
    Common Equipment in Interventional Radiology
    Medications Used in Interventional Radiology
    Interventional Radiology Outpatient Clinics
    Part II Techniques
    Biopsy and Drainage
    Arterial and Venous Access
    Embolization Materials and Principles
    Image-guided tumor ablative therapies
    Part III Common Interventional Radiology Procedures
    Thoracic Interventional Radiology
    Gastrointestinal Interventions
    Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Interventions
    Genitourinary Interventions
    Dialysis Access
    Interventional Radiology in Women’s Health
    Musculoskeletal Interventions
    Interventional Oncology
    Peripheral Vascular Intervention
    Lymphatic Interventions
    Structured Reporting in IR
    Role of Technology in IR.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Radhakrishnan Padmanabhan, Subhash G. Vasudevan.
    Contents:
    Dengue Virus Growth, Purification and Fluorescent Labeling
    Isolation and Titration of Dengue Viruses by the Mosquito Inoculation Technique
    Measuring Antibody Neutralization of Dengue Virus (DENV) Using a Flow Cytometry-Based Technique
    Dengue Virus Purification and Sample Preparation for Cryo-Electron Microscopy
    Development of a Multiplex Bead-Based Assay to Monitor Dengue Virus Seroconversion
    Pseudo-Infectious Reporter Virus Particles for Measuring Antibody-Mediated Neutralization and Enhancement of Dengue Virus Infection
    Cell-Based Flavivirus Infection (CFI) Assay for the Evaluation of Dengue Antiviral Candidates Using High Content Imaging
    Development and Application of Dengue Virus Reverse Genetic Systems
    DENV4 Renilla Luciferase Reporter Replicons
    Targeted Mutagenesis of Dengue Virus Type 2 replicon RNA by Yeast in vivo Recombination
    Identification of Dengue-Specific Human Antibody Fragments Using Phage Display
    Next Generation Whole Genome Sequencing of Dengue Virus
    MPGAfold in Dengue Secondary Structure Prediction
    Insights into Secondary and Tertiary Interactions of Dengue Virus RNA by SHAPE
    Use of Small Angle X-Ray Scattering to Investigate the Structure and Function of Dengue Virus NS3 and NS5
    Identification of Dengue RNA Binding Proteins Using RNA Chromatography and Quantitative Mass Spectrometry
    Analysis of Affinity of Dengue Virus Protein Interaction Using BIAcore
    Functional Genomics Approach for the Identification of Human Host Factors Supporting Dengue Viral Propagation
    Investigating Dengue Virus Non-Structural Protein 5 (NS5) Nuclear Import
    Small Molecule Inhibitor Discovery for Dengue Virus Protease Using High Throughput Screening
    Construction of Dengue Virus Protease Expression Plasmid and in vitro Protease Assay for Screening Antiviral Inhibitors
    Construction of Plasmid, Bacterial Expression, Purification, and Assay of Dengue Virus Type 2 NS5 Methyltransferase
    Animal Models in Dengue
    Evaluation of Dengue Antiviral Candidates In Vivo in Mouse Model.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, James Whitehorn, Jeremy Farrar.
    Contents:
    Dengue : transmission, diagnosis and surveillance / James Whitehorn & Jeremy Farrar
    Biomarkers for dengue : prospects and challenges / Sophie Yacoub, Annette Fox, Nguyen Van Kinh, Gavin Screaton & Heiman Wertheim
    Dengue diagnosis : commercially available kits and laboratory support / Monique da Rocha Queiroz Lima, Rita Maria Ribeiro Nogueira & Flávia Barreto dos Santos
    Lessons learned from dengue : focus on Taiwan / Tzong-Shiann Ho, Chiou-Feng Lin, Ching-Chuan Liu, Trai-Ming Yeh, Robert Anderson & Yee-Shin Lin
    Dengue and international travel / Silvia Odolini, Alberto Matteelli & Francesco Castelli
    Intraepidemic increases in dengue disease severity : applying lessons on surveillance & transmission / Scott B. Halstead
    Prospects for controlling dengue spread : vaccines and vector control / Monica A. McArthur, Marcelo B. Sztein & Robert Edelman
    Ask the experts : surveillance of global dengue distribution / Jane Messina, Oliver Brady, Simon Hay, Jeremy Farrar & James Whitehorn
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Rolf Hilgenfeld, Subhash G. Vasudevan, editors.
    Summary: "This contributed volume contains 25 chapters from leading international scientists working on dengue and Zika viruses, who came together in Praia do Tofo in Mozambique to discuss the latest developments in the fields of epidemiology, pathogenesis, structural virology, immunology, antiviral drug discovery and development, vaccine efficacy, and mosquito control programs. The meeting venue offered an opportunity to discuss current research on these flaviviruses in an idyllic setting, and also to develop first-hand appreciation of the issues in infectious diseases facing developing countries and of the research gaps in Africa. For readers, who should include basic and clinical researchers in the field and public health professionals, the chapters are organized to provide a comprehensive overview of the various topics in current dengue and Zika virus research. A unique feature of the proceedings of this meeting is the inclusion of the discussions that took place following presentations. These have been transcribed and appended to the end of the relevant chapters, and they form the "salt in the soup" of this book."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Arboviruses on the rise
    Chapter 2. Historical perspective of arboviruses in Mozambique and its implication for current and future epidemics
    Chapter 3. Reliable serological testing for the diagnosis of emerging infectious diseases
    Chapter 4. Flaviviral RNA structures and their role in replication and immunity
    Chapter 5. The Molecular Specificity of the Human Antibody Response to Dengue Virus Infections
    Chapter 6. Structures of Zika virus E & NS1: relations with virus infection and host immune responses
    Chapter 7. Plugging the leak- is dengue a case of aseptic shock with NS1 at its center
    Chapter 8. Entry & NS1 as drug targets
    Chapter 9. The dengue virus replication complex: from RNA replication to protein-protein interactions to evasion of innate immunity
    Chapter 10. Crystal structure of Zika virus NS2B-NS3 protease
    Chapter 11. The transactions of NS3 and NS5 in Dengue viral RNA replication
    Chapter 12. Establishment and application of flavivirus replicons
    Chapter 13. Strategies towards protease inhibitors for emerging flaviviruses
    Chapter 14. Discovery of potent non-nucleoside inhibitors of dengue viral RNA-dependent RNA polymerase from fragment screening and structure-guided design
    Chapter 15. Nuclear cytoplasmic trafficking of dengue non-structural protein 5 as a target for antivirals
    Chapter 16. Animal Models for Dengue and Zika Vaccine Development
    Chapter 17. Understandingthe human T cell response to dengue virus
    Chapter 18. Regulation and function of NK and T cells during dengue virus infection and vaccination
    Chapter 19. Structural insights into the broad-spectrum antiviral target Endoplasmic Reticulum alpha glucosidase II
    Chapter 20. Mechanisms of antiviral activity of iminosugars against dengue virus
    Chapter 21. Countering Zika Virus: The USAMRIID Response
    Chapter 22. Dengue Antiviral Development: A Continuing Journey
    Chapter 23. An industry perspective on dengue drug discovery and development
    Chapter 24. The use of Wolbachia by the Eliminate Dengue program to interrupt transmission of Aedes Aegypti transmitted viruses
    Chapter 25. Seroepidemiological studies of Arboviruses in Africa.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pieter J. Slootweg, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Travis M. Nelson, Jessica R. Webb, editors.
    Summary: This concise manual offers best practice guidance on dental treatment of pediatric patients with special health care needs (CSHCN). The straightforward approaches described will enable clinicians to deliver high-quality, patient-centered care to children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Readers will find up-to-date information on case-based treatment planning, alternative caries management strategies, the use of behavioral and pharmacological interventions to facilitate delivery of quality treatment, and a team approach to care. Practical clinical tips are provided on how to achieve and maintain oral health, including good oral hygiene and nutrition. A systematic framework for patient assessment and interaction with medical colleagues will assist readers in understanding when dental protocols must be altered. Other important topics include techniques for effective communication with CSHCN, behavioral strategies to improve treatment acceptance, the role of occupational therapy techniques, the sensory adapted dental environment, and the use protective stabilization.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ulrich Lohbauer, Renan Belli.
    Summary: This book is an evidence-based update on recent most significant advances in dental ceramics, specifically related to the relationships between composition, microstructure and mechanical behavior. Readers will find an introduction to the chemistry of dental ceramics as well as information about the technological progress and practical requirements restorative materials need to satisfy for long-lasting structural integrity. The book uses mechanistic approaches to address failure mechanisms from controlled experiments thus providing the tools for the application of sound research methodologies in the field. It is targeted for researcher and dentists interested in the field of dental ceramic materials and fracture mechanics.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Introduction
    Chapter 2) Chemistry and Microstructure
    Chapter 3) The Mechanics of Fracture in Dental Ceramics
    Chapter 4) Destruction Guides Construction
    Chapter 5) Construction Prevents Destruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Feng Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive and updated knowledge about dental digital photography. The first part of this book focuses on the fundamental theory of photography, how to select photographic equipment and the basic applications of digital photography in various aspect in dentistry. It is not only helpful to get more clearly understanding of the concept and methods of dental digital photography, but also instructive for dentist to apply photography during their daily treatment. The second part of the book summaries the different category of digital images. It describes the post-processing methods of the images and the "digital smile design (DSD)" basic process, which highlight the instructive aspects for clinical work. In the Chapter named 'cosmetic dental treatment based on digital photography,' comprehensive cosmetic cases are provided; Appendix contains a variety of dental photography standards.

    Contents:
    The history and background of dental digital photography
    The fundamental theory of photography
    Photographic equipment of dental digital photography
    Basic applications of dental digital photography
    Concept and methods of dental digital photography
    A variety of dental photography standards
    Clinical photography and operation
    Post-processing methods of the images
    Cosmetic dental treatment based on digital photography.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Caroline Campbell, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to pediatric dental fear/anxiety (DFA) and phobia that will provide practitioners with a full understanding of the etiology, prevalence, assessment, and management of these conditions. The coping styles of children when under stress are explored, with discussion of their relevance to the assessment visit and treatment allocation. Practical treatment techniques are comprehensively covered, from non-pharmacological behavioral strategies relevant for children with no or mild DFA to those approaches more appropriate for children with severe DFA/phobia. The importance of the use of language and communication skills to build rapport and allay anxiety is explored. Relaxation and hypnosis techniques are described, with guidance on how to introduce these to patients and their parents/carers. Techniques that help children cope when receiving injections are detailed, including systematic needle desensitization; these provide practitioners with options to help resolve DFA and phobia regarding needles. Intravenous sedation, including the challenge of cannulation, is covered comprehensively. Furthermore, cognitive behavioral therapy is presented, with suggestion of practical self-help material when appropriate. The closing chapter looks to the future, discussing the barriers to and the changes required for the creation of more child-centered DFA services.

    Contents:
    Part I: Background & Assessment
    Background and Prevalence of Dental Fear and Anxiety
    Patient and Parental Preparation
    Dental Fear and Anxiety Assessment in Children
    Coping Styles in Children
    The Assessment Visit
    Treatment Allocation- Explaining the Options
    Part II: Treatment
    Non Pharmacological Behaviour Management Techniques: An Art and a Science
    Communication and the use of Language
    Relaxation
    Hypnosis
    I.V. Sedation
    Techniques to help Children Cope with Local Anaesthesia
    Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
    Part III: Moving Forward
    A child Centred Service: The Voice of the Child.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Thomas G. Wilson, Jr., Stephen Harrel, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the current state of knowledge on why implant failures occur, makes specific recommendations for prevention of failure, and emphasizes the role that maintenance plays in increasing the probability of success. Current recommendations for the treatment of ailing implants are also reviewed. Prevention begins with appropriate patient selection and treatment planning, correct implant placement, and effective prosthetic rehabilitation. All of these aspects are thoroughly discussed. The specifics of maintenance therapy for patients with dental implants are then addressed, bearing in mind that patients on a regular maintenance schedule following completion of active therapy have fewer implant complications. Readers will find information on the frequency of visits as well as step-by-step guidance for a routine visit. In addition, current concepts regarding the etiology of implant failure are covered, with explanation of their potential implications for maintenance care. The book will be an ideal aid and reference source for all clinicians wishing to stay abreast of the latest knowledge and developments in the field of dental implant diagnosis, maintenance, and therapeutic intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Quan Yuan, editor.
    Summary: This book is an ideal reference guide for clinicians seeking to improve their decision making and treatment outcomes when placing dental implants in medically compromised patients, in whom conditions for osseointegration and soft tissue healing may be unfavorable. Up-to-date information is provided on the potential impacts of a wide variety of diseases and disorders on dental implant treatment and the factors that need to be considered when deciding on the feasibility of such treatment. More specifically, for each condition possible disease-related changes in the oral environment are explained and key treatment issues are identified, including surgical and prosthodontic aspects and pharmacological considerations. The book will help general dentists, periodontists, and oral surgeons to reduce the risk of treatment failure and complications and to ensure that the implant therapy is successful in achieving excellent quality of life and functional benefits, thereby improving patient satisfaction.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Medically Compromised Patients: a Biological and Social Challenge
    The Role of Substance Abuse in Dental Implant Treatment
    Organ Diseases and Dental Implant Treatment
    Bone Diseases and Dental Implant Treatment
    Dental Implants Treatment for Diabetic Patients
    Immune system-related diseases and Dental Implant Treatment
    Drug-induced Disorders and Dental Implant Treatment
    Oral diseases and Dental Implant Treatment
    Other Conditions Affecting Dental Implant Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Prasanna Neelakantan, Adline Princy Solomon, editors.
    Summary: This book will serve as a one-stop, reference manual to understand the basic concepts of dental implant design, the related microbiome, research models and current concepts as well as futuristic perspectives in implant surface modification. The manual-like design including colorful illustrations and important critical questions will help researchers and advanced students in understanding the contemporary status and in designing studies for innovative treatments of dental implant infections. Considering the microbiome of dental implant related environment in health and disease is imperative to design strategies to good practice and prevention of infections around implants. This monograph will serve as a single reference material which links the interdisciplinary aspect of the dental implants covering material sciences, engineering and biological aspects, thus effectively bridging the gap between engineering and oral health sciences.

    Contents:
    Dental Implants An Overview
    Oral Microbiota and Biofilm Infections
    Host Immune Response to Dental Implants
    In Vitro and In Vivo Models to Understand Dental Implant Integration
    Modern Approaches to Dental Implant Biofilm Management
    High Performance Advanced Materials.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    G. Gary Demerjian, Mayoor Patel, Francesco Chiappelli, André Barkhordarian, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to enable dentists to understand various aspects of dental sleep medicine, and to recognize the signs and symptoms of sleep disorders in their patients. It discusses potential negative impact of a sleep disorder on oral and systemic health, and shows how to collaborate with others in order to implement appropriate patient management. The first part of the book concentrated on the scientific background of sleep medicine in connection to dentistry covering the physiology of sleep, classifications of sleep disorders, their diagnosis as well as medical and dental comorbidities. The second part of the book is dedicated to clinical applications like CPAP therapy, oral appliance therapy, surgical procedures and adjunct therapies. Last, the future of dental sleep medicine is discussed. Each chapter is written by specialized researchers and clinicians in the field making the book a useful guide for dental clinicians all around the world.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Science/Research in Dental Sleep Medicine: Physiology of Sleep, What a Dental Specialist Should Know
    Classification of Sleep Disorders
    Imaging
    Medical Comorbidities of Sleep Medicine
    Dental Comorbidities; Craniofacial/TMJ & Dental Sleep Medicine
    Sleep Diagnosis- PSG & HST. Clinical Application of Dental Sleep Medicine: CPAP Therapy
    Oral Appliance Therapy
    Surgical Procedures
    Adjunct Therapies
    Myofunctional Therapy
    Cases
    Future of Dental Sleep Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hsun-Liang (Albert) Chan, Oliver D. Kripfgans, editors.
    Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on promising indications for ultrasound in contemporary periodontics and implant therapy with the aim of assisting researchers and dental practitioners to use this novel imaging modality to advance research and patient care. Readers will find clear guidance on the application of ultrasound for evaluation of periodontal and peri-implant tissues. The mechanism of ultrasound imaging is explained in detail and compared to other imaging modalities. Furthermore, the role of ultrasound in the planning and execution of implant surgery and the assessment of implant stability is discussed. The book closes by considering the potential dental applications of functional ultrasound and volumetric ultrasound. This book will potentially be of high values for dental surgeons, periodontists, general dentists, orthodontists, dental hygienists, dental assistants, dental researchers and other practitioners, etc.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Ultrasonic Imaging - Physics and Mechanism
    Chapter 2 Ultrasonic Imaging in Comparison to Other Imaging Modalities
    Chapter 3 System Requirements for Intraoral Ultrasonic Scanning
    Chapter 4 Current Digital Workflow for Implant Therapy: Advantages and Limitations
    Chapter 5 Ultrasound for Periodontal Imaging
    Chapter 6 Ultrasonic Imaging for Estimating the Risk of Peri-Implant Estheric Complications
    Chapter 7 Ultrasound Indications in Implant-Related and Other Oral Surgery
    Chapter 8 Ultrasound Imaging for Evaluating Peri-Implant Diseases
    Chapter 9 Ultrasonography for Wound Healing Evaluation of Implant Related Surgeries
    Chapter 10 Ultrasonic Evaluation of Dental Implant Stability
    Chapter 11 Photoacoustic Ultrasound for Enhanced Contrast in Dental and Periodontal Imaging
    Chapter 12 Volumetric Ultrasound and Related Dental Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mea A. Weinberg, DMD, MSD, RPh, Stuart J. Froum, DDS, Stuart L. Segelnick, DDS, MS.
    Summary: "The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice. With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs. A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail. Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    Abdul Latif Hamdan, Robert Thayer Sataloff, Valerie Trollinger, Mary J. Hawkshaw.
    Summary: This volume provides an eloquent review of the anatomy and physiology of phonation, the work-up of patients with voice disorders, basic evaluation of wind instrument performance and dysfunction, and a full description of the most common skeletal and non-skeletal dentofacial anomalies, including their means of diagnosis and treatment. This is followed by a comprehensive review of literature on the vocal and acoustic features of affected patients, as well as the special considerations in wind instrumentalists. The effect of orthodontic therapy/orthognathic surgery on voice, associated upper airway changes, and wind instruments performance is emphasized. The information provided in this book will heighten the patients', therapists', teachers' and physicians' awareness of the vocal characteristics and wind instrumentalists concerns often associated with these conditions. Dentofacial Anomalies: Implications for Voice and Wind Instrument Performance is addressed to otolaryngologists, laryngologists, speech-language pathologists, voice teachers, professional voice users, wind instrumentalists, instrument teachers, arts medicine physicians, physical therapists, orthodontists and other dentists, as well as members of the general public who are concerned about their voices and or wind instrument playing.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Principles of Phonation and Diagnostic Work-up. Clinical Anatomy and Physiology of Voice ; Patient History ; Physical Examination ; Wind Instruments Technique, Function and Evaluation: An Overview
    Part II: Acoustic Properties: Special Considerations in Patients with Dentofacial Anomalies. Orthodonic Disorders and Diagnosis ; The Upper Airway Space in Patients with Dentofacial Anomalies ; Medical Disorders and Treatments in Professional Voice Users and Wind Instrumentalists ; Fundamental Frequency and Dentofacial Anomalies ; Formant Frequencies and Dentofacial Anomalies
    Part III: Orthodontic and Orthognathic Surgery Procedures
    Orthodontic Treatment and Voice and Wind Instrument Performance
    Orthognathic Surgery: Effects on Voice and Wind Instrument Performance.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nikhil Balakrishnan.
    Contents:
    1. The Principles of Dependability
    2. System Safety Assessment
    3. Fault Tree Analysis
    4. Failure Modes and Effects Analysis
    5. Machine Learning Methods with Applications to Diagnosis
    6. Byzantine Medical Problems: Decision Making with Misleading, Imperfect Information
    7. Process Driven Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment
    8. Toyota Production System
    9. Reliance Implementation Methods Applied to a Kaizen Project
    10. Knowledge & Culture.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Luigi Grassi, Daniel McFarland, Michelle B. Riba, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a reference and contextual basis for depression, burnout and suicide among oncology and other medical professionals. Oncology as a medical subspecialty is at a unique apex of this crisis. While the same pressures in medicine certainly apply to oncologists, oncology is particularly stressful as a changing field with diverse patient and societal expectations for outcomes. In addition to experiencing the stress of caring for patients that could succumb to their cancer diagnoses, these professionals are regularly confronted with an onslaught of new medical information and a landscape that is changing at a breakneck pace. These are just a few factors involved in the increasing rates of burnout among oncologists as well as other medcial professionals. By addressing a gap in identifying mental health problems among health care professionals, this book sheds light on mental health problems and suicide among physicians. Importantly, this book is a call to action of the professional and administrative organizations to work on improving mental health of physicians. Anxiety and depression affect not only the individual doctor but also patient care. Given the increasing attention to these issues along with limited yet applicable data regarding how to address these issues, the text aims to bring the latest data face to face with consensus opinion and can be used to ultimately enhance oncologic and psychiatric practices. Written by experts in the field, Depression, Burnout and Suicide in Physicians: Insights from Oncology and Other Medical Professions aims to significantly increase awareness and contribute to understanding the necessity of preventive measures on individual, family, and care givers levels.

    Contents:
    The problem of Burnout, Depression, and Suicide in Physicians: A general overview
    Medical Professionalism and Physician Dignity: Are we at risk of losing it?
    Burnout in Medicine
    Depression and substance use disorders in physicians
    Suicide and suicide risk in physicians
    Screening and Assessment of Burnout With a Focus on Oncology Healthcare Providers
    The Ethical Implications of Burnout: A Moral Imperative to Prioritize Physician Well-Being, Resilience, and Professional Fulfillment
    Euthanasia and Medical Assistance in Dying as challenges for physicians well-being
    Moral Distress in Physicians
    Embitterment in the workplace
    Prevention of burnout through resilience, wellness programs, and civility in the work environment
    Cultivating Resilience and Preventing Burn Out: A Mindful Multi-Pronged Intervention Approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Amir Sharafkhaneh, Abebaw Mengistu Yohannes, Nicola Alexander Hanania, Mark E. Kunik, editors.
    Summary: In this unique title, the full range of chronic respiratory conditions and their association with psychiatric comorbidities are explored and targeted management options are outlined. Indeed recent studies indicate a far higher prevalence of depression and anxiety in patients afflicted with chronic respiratory conditions than in patients with other chronic disorders. Unlike other publications in the field of pulmonary disease, Depression and Anxiety in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Diseases details this significant correlation. The book is comprehensive in scope, covering such topics as depression and anxiety across the age spectrum, diagnostic tools for anxiety and depression, anxiety and depression in COPD patients, depression and anxiety in adult patients with asthma, and end-stage lung disease and lung transplantation, among others. In this novel work, the volume Editors enlist a team of renowned experts in the fields of respiratory and psychiatric disorders to combine a thorough synthesis of the literature with targeted, practical strategies for management. Depression and Anxiety in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Diseases is an invaluable resource for all clinicians who care for patients with chronic and advanced lung diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Arthur J. Barsky, David A. Silbersweig ; associate editor, Robert J. Boland.
    Contents:
    The relationships between depression and medical illness / Melisa Bui, Michael Mufson, and David Gitlin
    The neurobiology of depression : an integrated systems-level, cellular-molecular and genetic overview / David L. Perez, Mark Eldaief, Jane Epstein, David A. Silbersweig, and Emily Stern
    Assessment of depression in patients with medical illnesses / David J. Wolfe, Jane L. Erb, and Jhilam Biswas
    General considerations in treatment / Jane Erb, David Kroll, Arielle Stanford, Megan Oser and Jhilam Biswas
    Depression and neurologic illness / Laura Safar, John Sullivan, Gaston Baslet, Jessica Harder, Laura Morrissey, Shreya Raj, Kirk Daffner, and David Silbersweig
    Cancer and depression / Fremonta Meyer, Elizabeth Alfson, John Peteet, Rachel Yung, and Ilana Braun
    Depression in cardiovascular disease / Meghan S Kolodziej, Jaya Padmanabhan, Joshua R Leo, and L. Howard Hartley
    Depression and gynecologic conditions / Laura J. Miller, Geena Athappilly, Orit Avni-Barron, Daniela Carusi, and Hadine Joffe
    Depression in obstetrical conditions / Laura J. Miller, Leena Mittal, Audra Robertson, and Lindsay Merrill
    Depression and rheumatological and immune disorders / David S. Kroll, Inder Kalra, Jeffrey N. Katz, Naomi Schmelzer, and Charles Surber
    Depression and infectious diseases / John A.R. Grimaldi, Jessica A. Harder, Megan Oser, and Paul E. Sax
    Dermatologic disease / Sejal B. Shah, Naomi A. Schmelzer, Vivian L. Ecker, and Art Saavedra
    Depression and gastrointestinal disease / Robert J. Boland, Florina Haimovici, Megan Oser, Pamela Mirsky, and Joshua Korzinek
    Depression and endocrine disorder / John A. Fromson, Charles Surber, and Matthew Kim
    Depression in chronic kidney disease, hypertension and nutritional deficiencies / Katy LaLone, Elizabeth Alfson, and David Gitlin
    Depression in pulmonary disease / David J. Wolfe and Hilary J. Goldber
    Depression in the patient with chronic pain / Robert N. Jamison and Ajay D. Wasan
    Depression in sleep disorders / Susan Mackie and John Winkelman
    Depression and substance use disorders / Joji Suzuki
    Depression in medically ill children / Eleni K. Maneta and David R. DeMaso
    Depression in the medically ill older adult / Mark Eldaief, Hongtu Chen, J. Michael Gaziano, and Olivia I. Okereke
    The surgical patient / Meghan S. Kolodziej, David J. Wolfe, Fremonta Meyer, Samata Sharma, and Stanley W. Ashley
    Delivering depression care : services and settings / Jane Erb, Emily Benedetto, James Cartreine, David S. Kroll, Eliza M Park, Sejal B. Shah, and Stuart Pollack.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2016
  • Digital
    Aileen M. Feschuk, Rebecca M. Law, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive volume dedicated to dermal absorption and decontamination. Given risks including chemical warfare and accidents with toxic industrial chemicals, studies involving dermal absorption and decontamination are of the utmost importance. Each chapter consists of a systematic review on an important dermal absorption and/or decontamination topic. Chapters address key issues such as the general acceptance of water/ soap and water as the gold standard of dermal decontamination despite the fact that it commonly provides incomplete decontamination and may even result in a "wash-in effect" an increased penetration of contaminant). Decontamination with other substances (e.g. RSDL) is explored, and factors that affect dermal penetration (e.g. anatomical variation) are summarized. All systematic reviews are comprehensive and up-to-date. Dermal Absorption and Decontamination will be useful for many fields and disciplines. Firstly, information on dermal decontamination may be used by governments for military and national defense purposes in the event of chemical warfare. Additionally, this information would be of use to many production companies, whose employees are at risk of an accident with toxic industrial chemicals. Topics covered in the book will also be of use to pharmaceutical companies, especially those exploring transdermal delivery of drugs and is of great relevance to those in the medical field, particularly dermatologists.

    Contents:
    Skin Decontamination with Water: Evidence from In Vivo Human Studies
    Towards a harmonized protocol for in vitro human skin decontamination efficacy
    In Vitro Human Skin Decontamination with Water: Chemical Warfare Agents or Simulants
    In Vitro Human Skin Decontamination with Water: Occupational Contaminants
    Skin Decontamination with Water: Evidence from In Vivo Animal Models
    Skin Decontamination with Water: Evidence from In Vitro Animal Models
    Dry Decontamination with Readily Available Products
    A Review of Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion Efficacy
    Aqueous suspensions of Fullers earth potentiate the adsorption capacities of Paraoxon and improve skin decontamination properties
    Development of a next generation military skin decontaminant: Initial efficacy studies of Zirconium Hydroxide
    Findings from the PHOENIX project: Protocols for Hair and the Optimisation of Existing and Novel decontamination Interventions through experimentation
    Twenty clinically pertinent factors/ observations for percutaneous absorption in humans
    Lateral Spread and Percutaneous Penetration: An Overview
    Regional Variation in Percutaneous Absorption: Evidence from In Vitro Human Models
    Experimental Variability in TEWL Data
    Relationships Between Skin of Color and the TEWL Barrier .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL803 .D47 2014
    1
  • Digital
    volume editor, D.J. Goldberg.
    Summary: The aging process affects every aspect of the body, with the face being one of the first places to show signs. The search for the perfect injectable filler has taken an interesting path with the majority of innovations having been introduced in the last 30 years. The patient-driven demand for safe and effective minimally invasive aesthetic procedures has led to the development of an expanding and competitive market for dermal fillers. The demand for soft tissue augmentation has grown rapidly since its start in 1981 with collagen fillers. Fillers using hyaluronic acid, calcium hydroxyapatite, poly-L-lactic acid, and polymethylmethacrylate provide a wide range of options so that the best cosmetic outcome can be attained. The ability to correct facial rhytides and folds, to augment lips and cheeks, to correct acne scars, and now even to replenish volume loss in the dorsum of the hands is something that many practitioners thought would never be possible. This publication reviews the history of fillers, injection techniques, complications and safety as well as the novel use of fillers and fillers of the future.

    Contents:
    History of fillers / R.S. Narins, K. Mariwalla
    Anatomy for facial fillers : the skin surface and beyond / J. Sykes, A. Allak, P. Palhazi, S. Cotofana
    Neocollagenesis / M.Z. Handler, D.J. Goldberg
    Hyaluronic acid in dermal fillers / K. Goldie, D. Voropai
    Calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse) / D.P. Friedman
    Safe and effective injection technique / D.K. Funt
    Novel use of fillers (chin, nose, hands) / E. Marmur
    Soft tissue augmentation in the US / M.S. Nestor, A.M. Bass, M.H. Gold
    Complications of cosmetic fillers / L.D. Grunebaum, D.K. Funt.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    André Braz, Thais Sakuma.
    Summary: "In-depth and detailed knowledge of anatomy, different facial shapes, and ethnic origins is essential to delivering safe, effective, natural, and harmonious aesthetic facial treatment results. Dermal Fillers: Facial Anatomy and Injections Techniques is the culmination of many years of expertise decrypting facial anatomy as it applies to aesthetic enhancement of the face. This visually rich atlas is authored by internationally renowned Brazilian dermatologists André Vieira Braz, an esteemed expert in the use of botulinum toxin, fillers, and lasers; and Thais Sakuma, a distinguished lecturer in the application of botulinum toxin and hyaluronic acid fillers. Nineteen highly practical, concise, and didactic chapters are organized consistently with structured text at the beginning of each chapter. The book encompasses the application of injection techniques for the full spectrum of indications, from softening wrinkles to facial contouring. Important topics include facial assessment, hyaluronic acid science, facial aging, and regional nerve blocks for pain management. Meticulous anatomic descriptions and images depict the relationships between superficial and deeper structures such as vasculature, thereby providing vital knowledge to help clinicians avoid potentially serious complications"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Facial Assessment
    Anatomy of the Face
    Biophysical Properties of Hyaluronic Acid
    Anatomy of the Aging Process
    Anesthetic Block
    Filler Injection of the Temporal Region
    Filler Injection of the Eyebrows
    Filler Injection of the Forehead
    Filler Injection of the Glabella
    Filler Injection of the Malar and Zygomatic Regions
    Filler Injection of the Nasojugal Groove and Palpebromalar Groove
    Filler Injection of the Nasolabial Fold
    Filler Injection of the Submalar Triangle
    Filler Injection of the Nose
    Filler Injection of the Preauricular Region and the Earlobe
    Filler Injection of the Lips, Oral Commissure, and Mentolabial Sulcus
    Filler Injection of the Chin and Mandible Contour
    Complications and Adverse Effects
    Risk Areas.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Vincent Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book provides clinicians, clinicians-in-training and researchers with a unique rapid-access educational resource on the spectrum of issues at the intersection of skin and malignancy. In it, there is clinical detail provided on how the skin reveals systemic malignancy via cutaneous metastases, genodermatoses or paraneoplastic dermatoses. At the same time, it reviews pharmacologic treatment of internal malignancy and how this can result in cutaneous adverse reactions; conversely, therapeutics for skin conditions can increase risk for internal malignancy. As arguably the most significant cutaneous malignancy, melanoma receives specific attention for its metastatic potential, current diagnostic advances, and recent therapeutic breakthroughs. Dermato-Oncology Study Guide: Essential Text and Review serves a critical educational need for clinicians caring for patients with systemic malignancy by creating an easy-to-use resource that provides practical tools to recognize skin signs of internal malignancy. Furthermore it helps in anticipating and managing adverse reactions of therapeutics for systemic malignancy, and gives the reader the opportunity to weigh the risks of malignancy of pharmacologic agents for skin disease.

    Contents:
    Cutaneous Metastases
    Paraneoplastic Dermatoses and Related Conditions
    Genodermatoses with Malignant Potential
    Systemic Implications of Melanoma
    Surgical Approach to Cutaneous Malignancy with Systemic Implications
    Malignancy Risks of Dermatologic Therapies
    Infection, Skin, and Systemic Malignancy
    Dermatologic Adverse Effects of Anticancer Therapy I: General Principles
    Dermatologic Adverse Effects of Anticancer Therapy II: Cytotoxic Agents
    Dermatologic Adverse Effects of Anticancer Therapy III: Targeted and Immunotherapies
    Dermatologic Adverse Effects of Anticancer Therapy: Endocrine, Biologic, Radiation and other Therapies
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine and Dermatoncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Neelam A. Vashi, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: Dermatoanthropology of Ethnic Skin and Hair is a comprehensive text that extensively examines cutaneous disease in persons with skin of color. The breadth of knowledge in this book encompasses the wide scope of dermatologic disease with 26 distinct and unique chapters. It serves as a guide to the diagnosis and treatment of skin disorders for those populations with darker skin types. Vashi and Maibach's Dermatoanthropology of Ethnic Skin and Hair provides an overview of medical, surgical, and cosmetic dermatology in addition to providing an extensive anthropological and basic science background to fully understand skin disorders in persons of color. Topics of discussion include anthropology of skin and hair, biophysical properties of ethnic skin, structure and function of the skin, physiologic pigmentation, mucosal lesions, acne, rosacea, inflammatory disorders, infections, autoimmune disorders, connective tissue disease, hyperpigmentation, hypopigmentation and depigmentation, keloids, scarring, pediatric disease, alopecias, adnexal disorders, common cosmetic concerns and treatments, and cultural considerations.

    Contents:
    1. The Anthropology of Skin Colors: An Examination of the Evolution of Skin Pigmentation and the Concepts of Race and Skin of Color
    2. The Impact of Skin and Hair Disease in Ethnic Skin
    3. Biophysical Properties of Ethnic Skin
    4. Differences in Skin Structure and Function in Ethnic Populations
    5. Photosensitivity and Photoreactivity in Ethnic Skin
    6. Stratum Corneum Lipids and Water-Holding Capacity
    7. Physiologic Pigmentation
    8. Mucosal Lesions in Skin of Color
    9. Acne and Rosacea
    10. Inflammatory Disorders
    11. Tinea Versicolor and Tinea Capitis
    12. Autoimmune and Connective Tissue Disease in Skin of Color
    13. Disorders of Hyperpigmentation
    14. Disorders of Hypopigmentation and Depigmentation
    15. Keloids and Hypertrophic Scarring
    16. Skin Cancer
    17. Pediatric Dermatology
    18. The Anthropology of Human Scalp Hair
    19. Alopecias and Disorders of the Hair Follicle
    20. Adnexal Disorders
    21. Skin Aging in Individuals with Skin of Color
    22. Common Cosmetic Concerns and Approaches
    23. Treatment Strategies for Hyperpigmentation
    24. Chemical Peels in Ethnic Skin
    25. Laser Treatment in Ethnic Skin
    26. Cultural Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Lionel Bercovitch, Clifford S. Perlis, Benjamin K. Stoff, Jane M. Grant-Kels, editors.
    Summary: This extensively updated textbook reviews the ethical issues faced within dermatology. Bringing together practical real-life case scenarios and scholarly analysis, it covers the foundations of bioethics, as well as ethical issues associated with the various roles dermatologists play, including clinician, professional, educator, business person, and scholar. New chapters on the ethics of dermatologic care during pandemics, non-traditional interventions, private equity in dermatology, self-care and improvement, skin cancer screening, maintenance of certification, the ethics of clinical trial design are also included. Dermatoethics: Contemporary Ethics and Professionalism in Dermatology, 2nd Edition creates a dialogue around issues of ethics and professionalism within dermatology and is an essential text for both trainee and practicing dermatologists wishing to immerse themselves in the key questions in the discipline.

    Contents:
    Foundations of Dermatoethics
    Dermatology at the beginning and end of life
    Beyond the office visit: ethical obligations outside of the traditional dermatologist patient encounter
    Nontraditional interventions and drug dispensing
    Communication and the dermatologist-patient relationship
    Professional boundaries
    Dealing with difference
    Self-care and self -improvement
    Public health and advocacy
    Corporatization, consolidation, and conflict of interest in dermatology
    Honesty in advertising in dermatology
    Is there a moral obligation for dermatologists to accept health insurance?
    Distributive justice and drug dispensing and pricing
    Responsibilities of the trainee to the patient; disclosure, supervision, first-time procedures
    Faculty-resident-student and mentor-mentee relationships; healthy and unhealthy dynamics
    Ethics of residency and fellowship matches
    Ethical responsibilities of program directors
    Ethical responsibilities of department chairs
    Role of medical students in clinic
    Publication ethics
    Ethics of clinical trial design
    Respect for human subjects: Ethical obligations of investigators
    Clinical practice guidelines and conflicts of interest
    Role of industry in research funding; non-disclosure agreements
    Ethics for research consortiums
    Ethics of cutting edge trials for desperate patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    52
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mario E. Lacouture.
    Contents:
    Section 1 Dermotology and Oncology 1 Epidemiology and Burden of Disease / Beth N. McLellan, Devika Patel and Mario E. Lacouture
    2 The History of Supportive Oncodermatology / Yevgeniy Balagula, Steven T. Rosen and Mario E. Lacouture
    3 Structure and Function of the Integumentary System and the Dermatology Lexicon / Emmy Garber and Amit Garg
    Types of dermatologic reactions / Raed O. Alhusayen, Sandra R. Knowles and Neil H. Shear
    5 Grading Dermatologic Adverse Events on Clinical Trials using CTCAE v4.0 / Alice Chen, Asha Acharya and Ann Setser
    6 Psychosocial Issues in Oncology: Clinical management of psychosocial distress, health-related quality of life and special considerations in dermatologic oncology / Lynne I. Wagner and David Cella
    7 Dermatopathology / Molly A. Hinshaw and James L. Troy
    Section 2 8 Cancer-Related Dermatologic Disorders pareneoplastic, Inherited Cancer Syndrome, and Environmental Carcinogen-related Dermatoses / Cindy England Owen and Jeffrey P. Callen
    Section 3 Dermatologic Conditions During Cancer Therapy 9 Oral Mucosal Complications of Cancer Therapy / Stephen T. Sonis
    10 Hair Disorders Associated with Anticancer Agents / Caroline Yeager and Elise A. Olsen
    11 Nail Abnormalities in Oncology Practice / Robert Baran, Bernard Fouilloux and Caroline Robert
    12 Pruritus / Tejesh Patel and Gil Yosipovitch
    13 Management Options for Hot Flashes in Cancer Patients / Amanda R. Moraska and Charles L. Loprinzi
    Section 4 Skin toxicities due to chemotherapy 14 Alkylating agents / Elisabeth Livingstone, Lisa Zimmer, Larissa Schottler, Dirk Schadendorf
    15 Antimetabolite Reactions / Emily Y. Chu and Heidi H. Kong
    16 Topoisomerase-interacting agents / Tomas Skacel, Roger von Moos and Reinhard Dummer
    17 Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Inhibitor Reactions / Yevgeniy Balagula and Mario E. Lacouture
    18 Small Molecule Kinase Inhibitors / Caroline Robert, Vincent Sibaud and Christine Mateus
    19 Antimicrotubule agents / Claus Garbe
    20 Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors, Proteasome inhibitors, Demethylating Agents, Arsenicals Retinoids / Najla Al-Dawsari, Shannon C. Trotter and Francine Foss
    21 Miscellaneous Reactions / Katharina C. Kaehler, Christine B. Boers-Doets, Mario E. Lacouture and Axel Hauschild
    22 Skin toxicities due to Biotherapy / Kathryn T. Ciccolini, Katherina C. Kaehler, Mario E. Lacouture and Axel Hauschild
    23 Monoclonal antibodies / Caroline Robert
    24 Endocrine Agents / Katherine Szyfelbein Masterpol, Maura Dickler and Mario Lacouture
    25 Agents for the management of hematologic reactions / Mee-young Lee and Caroline C. Kim
    26 Radiation-Induced Skin Reactions / Rebecca Wong and Zahra Kassam
    27 Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation and Graft Versus Host Disease / Stephanie Hu and Jonathan Cotliar
    28 Extravasation Reactions / Seppo W. Langer
    29 Topical Anticancer Therapies / Patricia L. Myskowski
    30 Life-threatening (Serious) Dermatologic Adverse Events / Milan J. Anadkat
    31 Dermatologic infections / Yevgeniy Balagula, Mario E. Lacouture and James I. Ito Section 5 Late Cutaneous Events from Cancer Treatments
    32 Late Dermatologic Conditions / Jennifer Namchoi Section 6 Dermatologic Practice in Oncology 33 Management Algorithms for Dermatologic Adverse Events / Alyx Rosen, Iris Amitay-Laish and Mario E. Lacouture
    34 Dermatological therapeutics and formulations / Judy H. Borovicka, Jennifer R.S. Gordon, Ann Cameron Haley, Nicole E. Larson and Dennis P. West 35 Dermatological Techniques and Procedures / Robert Eilers Jr., Kishwer S. Nehal and Erica H. Lee
    36 Appearance-Related Concerns in the Cancer Patient / Amy J. Derick.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Jonathan Kantor.
    Contents:
    I: Fundamentals
    II: Surgical procedures for diagnosis, therapy, and reconstruction
    III: Regional approaches to reconstruction
    IV: Surgical approaches by disease state
    V: Cosmetic dermatologic surgery
    VI: Management of cosmetic conditions.
    Digital Access AccessDermatology 2018
  • Digital
    Marcos Cesar Florian, Jane Tomimori, Sofia Beatriz Machado de Mendonça, Douglas Antonio Rodrigues.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Julia R. Nunley, Edgar V. Lerma, editors.
    Contents:
    Genodermatoses / Erin L. Reese
    Metabolic disorders / Davida A. Kornreich
    Hepatitis viruses / Ivy I. Norris and Cindy England Owen
    Human immunodeficiency virus / Caroline Y. Winslow and Francisco A. Kerdel
    Rheumatologic conditions / Kseniya Golubets, Dan Ilkovitch, and Lisa M. Grandinetti
    Xerosis / Connie M. Wu, Annie M. Wu, Jenna Lester, and Leslie Robinson-Bostom
    Pruritus in chronic kidney disease / Ehsan Azimi, Ethan A. Lerner, and Sarina B. Elmariah
    Dyschromias in renal disease / Mwatsveruka N. Munhutu and Rebat M. Halder
    Calcinosis cutis / Mitalee P. Christman and Daniela Kroshinsky
    Calciphylaxis / Julio C. Sartori-Valinotti and Mark Davis
    Acquired perforating disorders / Mieke L.F. Flour and Dirk R.J. Kuypers
    Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis / Avery LaChance, Ali K. Abu-Alfa, and Shawn E. Cowper
    Blistering disorders (Porphyria cutanea tarda and Pseudoporphyria) / Christine A. DeWitt, Kara M. Trapp, and Melissa A. Muszynski
    Nail diseases among renal patients / Avner Shemer, Nicole Sakka, and C. Ralph Daniel III
    Alopecias / Kimberly Scott Salkey
    Uremic frost / Kristie Lynn Slivka Delaney, Edgar V. Lerma, and Julia R. Nunley
    Infections in the kidney transplant recipient / James D. Russell and Calvin O. McCall
    Cutaneous malignancies / Melina B. Chu, Brandon T. Beal, and Ian A. Maher
    Miscellaneous drug related adverse effects / Punam H. Patel and Krista L. Donohoe
    Drug dosing in patients with chronic kidney disease and dermatological diseases / Ali J. Olyaei and Edgar V. Lerma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey P. Callen, Joseph L. Jorizzo, John J. Zone, Warren W. Piette, Misha A. Rosenbach, Ruth Ann Vleugels.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    Fahs, Ivan J.; Lynch, Francis W.
    Contents:
    Contents. - pt.
    1. A study of health manpower resources, 1963-1970.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RL72 .F15 1971?
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jean L. Bolognia MD, Julie V. Schaffer MD, Lorenzo Cerroni MD
    Contents:
    Basic principles of dermatology
    Anatomy and physiology
    Skin development and maintenance
    Molecular biology
    Immunology
    Cutaneous neurophysiology
    Pruritus and dysesthesia
    Psychocutaneous diseases
    Psoriasis
    Other papulosquamous disorders
    Erythroderma
    Lichen planus and lichenoid dermatoses
    Atopic dermatitis
    Other eczematous eruptions
    Allergic contact dermatitis
    Irritant contact dermatitis
    Occupational dermatoses
    Dermatoses due to plants
    Urticaria and angioedema
    Figurate erythemas
    Erythema multiforme, stevens-johnson syndrome, and toxic epidermal necrolysis
    Drug reactions
    Purpura : mechanisms and differential diagnosis
    Cutaneous manifestations of microvascular occlusion syndromes
    Cutaneous vasculitis
    Eosinophil-associated dermatoses
    Neutrophilic dermatoses
    Pregnancy dermatoses
    The biology of the basement membrane
    Pemphigus
    Pemphigoid group
    Dermatitis herpetiformis and linear IgA bullous dermatosis
    Epidermolysis bullosa
    Other vesiculobullous diseases
    Vesiculopustular and erosive disorders in newborns and infants
    Structure and function of eccrine, apocrine and sebaceous glands
    Acne vulgaris
    Rosacea and related disorders
    Folliculitis and other follicular disorders
    Diseases of the eccrine and apocrine sweat glands
    Autoantibodies encountered in patients with autoimmune connective tissue diseases
    Lupus erythematosus
    Dermatomyositis
    Systemic sclerosis (scleroderma) and related disorders
    Morphea and lichen sclerosus
    Other rheumatologic disorders and autoinflammatory diseases
    Mucinoses
    Amyloidosis
    Deposition diseases
    Porphyria
    Calcifying and ossifying disorders of the skin
    Nutritional diseases
    Graft-versus-host disease
    Dermatologic manifestations in patients with systemic disease
    Basic principles of genetics
    Genetic basis of cutaneous diseases
    Biology of keratinocytes
    Ichthyoses, erythrokeratodermas, and related disorders
    Palmoplantar keratodermas
    Darier disease and Hailey-Hailey disease
    Primary immunodeficiencies
    Neurofibromatosis and tuberous sclerosis complex
    Mosaicism and linear lesions
    Other genodermatoses
    Developmental anomalies
    Melanocyte biology
    Vitiligo and other disorders of hypopigmentation
    Disorders of hyperpigmentation
    Biology of hair and nails
    Alopecias
    Hypertrichosis and hirsutism
    Nail disorders
    Oral disease
    Anogenital (non-venereal) disease
    Bacterial diseases
    Mycobacterial infections
    Rickettsial diseases
    Fungal diseases
    Cutaneous manifestations of HIV infection
    Human papillomaviruses
    Human herpesviruses
    Other viral diseases
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Protozoa and worms
    Infestations
    Bites and stings
    Ultraviolet radiation
    Photodermatologic disorders
    Environmental and sports-related skin diseases
    Signs of drug abuse
    Skin signs of abuse
    Histiocytoses
    Xanthomas
    Non-infectious granulomas
    Foreign body reactions
    Biology of the extracellular matrix
    Perforating diseases
    Heritable disorders of connective tissue
    Dermal hypertrophies
    Atrophies of connective tissue
    Panniculitis
    Lipodystrophies
    Vascular biology
    Infantile hemangiomas
    Vascular malformations
    Ulcers
    Other vascular disorders
    Principles of tumor biology and pathogenesis of BCCS and SCCS
    Actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, and squamous cell carcinoma
    Benign epidermal tumors and proliferations
    Cysts
    Adnexal neoplasms
    Benign melanocytic neoplasms
    Melanoma
    Vascular neoplasms and neoplastic-like proliferations
    Neural and neuroendocrine neoplasms (other than neurofibromatosis)
    Fibrous and fibrohistiocytic proliferations of the skin and tendons
    Smooth muscle, adipose and cartilage neoplasms
    Mastocytosis
    B-cell lymphomas of the skin
    Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
    Other lymphoproliferative and myeloproliferative diseases
    Cutaneous metastases
    Public health and dermatology
    Skin barrier and transdermal drug delivery
    Glucocorticoids
    Retinoids
    Antimicrobial drugs
    Systemic immunomodulators
    Other topical medications
    Other systemic drugs
    Drug interactions
    Sunscreens and photoprotection
    Complementary and alternative medicine
    Ultraviolet therapy
    Photodynamic therapy
    Lasers and other energy-based technologies - principles and skin interactions
    Lasers and other energy-based therapies
    Cryosurgery
    Radiotherapy
    Electrosurgery
    Biology of wound healing
    Surgical anatomy of the head and neck
    Anesthesia
    Wound closure materials and instruments
    Dressings
    Biopsy techniques and basic excisions
    Flaps
    Grafts
    Nail surgery
    Mohs micrographic surgery
    Surgical complications and optimizing outcomes
    Evaluation of beauty and the aging face
    Cosmetics and cosmeceuticals
    Chemical and mechanical skin resurfacing
    Phlebology and treatment of leg veins
    Body contouring : liposuction and non-invasive modalities
    Hair restoration
    Injectable soft tissue augmentation
    Botulinum toxin.
  • Digital
    David J. Gawkrodger and Michael R. Ardern-Jones.
    Summary: "Dermatology: An Illustrated Colour Text is an ideal resource for today's medical student, hospital resident, specialty registrar in dermatology or internal medicine, specialist nurse or family doctor. It presents the subject as a series of two page 'learning units', each covering important aspects of clinical dermatology. These units use an unsurpassed collection of colour clinical photographs of all major dermatological conditions, concise yet comprehensive text and Key Point boxes to aid quick access to information and examination preparation. They incorporate summaries of the essential skin biology and associated basic sciences that underpin clinical practice, as well as advice on established and emerging dermatological treatments. Guidance is also given to dermatological emergencies, and to the most useful online resources for updates and further reference. Building on previous success, this seventh edition has been fully revised throughout"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Dermatology: An Illustrated Colour Text, Seventh Edition
    Previous version available until April Previous Version
    -- Search this Book
    -- Microanatomy of the skin
    Derivatives of the skin
    Physiology of the skin
    Biochemistry of the skin
    Inflammation, immunity and the skin
    Molecular genetics and the skin
    Terminology of skin lesions
    Taking a history
    Examining the skin
    Practical clinic procedures
    Dermoscopy
    Basics of medical therapy: topical treatments
    Basics of medical therapy: systemic medication, other treatments, monitoring and scoring systems
    Epidemiology of skin disease
    Body image, the psyche and the skin
    Psoriasis: epidemiology, pathophysiology and presentation
    Psoriasis: topical treatment and disease complications
    Psoriasis: systemic treatments
    Eczema: acute, chronic and irritant
    Eczema: allergic contact dermatitis and patch testing
    Eczema: atopic eczema
    Eczema: other forms
    Lichenoid eruptions
    Papulosquamous eruptions
    Erythroderma
    Photodermatology
    Bacterial infection: staphylococcal and streptococcal
    Other bacterial infections
    Viral infections: warts and other viral infections
    Viral infections: herpes simplex and herpes zoster
    Human immunodeficiency virus disease and immunodeficiency syndromes
    Fungal infections
    Yeast infections and related disorders
    Tropical infections and infestations
    Infestations
    Sebaceous and sweat glands: acne
    Sebaceous and sweat glands: rosacea and other disorders
    Disorders of hair
    Disorders of nails
    Vascular and lymphatic diseases
    Leg ulcers
    Pigmentation
    Urticaria
    Blistering disorders
    Connective tissue diseases: lupus erythematosus and systemic sclerosis
    Vasculitis and the reactive erythemas
    Skin changes in internal conditions
    Drug eruptions
    Associations with malignancy
    Keratinization and blistering syndromes
    Neurocutaneous disorders and other syndromes
    Benign tumours: epidermal and dermal
    Benign tumours: dermal structures and appendages
    Naevi
    Skin cancer: premalignant disorders
    Skin cancer: basal cell carcinoma
    Skin cancer: squamous cell carcinoma
    Skin cancer: malignant melanoma
    Cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, B-cell lymphomas and malignant dermal tumours
    Ageing and photoageing of the skin
    Biologics: their use in skin disease
    Phototherapy
    Basic dermatological surgery
    Advanced dermatological surgery
    Cosmetics and cosmetic procedures
    Paediatric dermatology: childhood eczemas and other dermatoses
    Paediatric dermatology: vascular naevi and dermatoses of the newborn
    The skin in old age
    The skin in pregnancy
    Genitourinary infections
    Female genital dermatoses
    Male genital dermatoses and perianal skin diseases
    Skin disease in people of colour
    Occupation and the skin
    Immunological tests.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Sima Jain, author and editor.
    Summary: A fully-illustrated, note-packed volume of information, Dermatology: Illustrated Study Guide and Comprehensive Board Review fulfills a real need for a single study guide for the Dermatology Board Exam. Written by a previous Chief Resident of Dermatology at the University of Illinois at Chicago Medical Center, the text focuses on presenting comprehensive information in an easy-to-understand, easy-to-remember format. The second edition of this incredibly popular book includes updated coverage of new medications, new entities, and over 300 additional full-color clinical and histological images. Following the layout of the successful first edition, even more tips, short lists, and tables, including mnemonics and memory tricks to mentally organize information fill every inch of this book - a must-have for any dermatologist and dermatology resident.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Emilia Noemí Cohen Sabban, Félix Miguel Puchulu, Kenneth Cusi, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the dermatological manifestations of Diabetes Mellitus, including a broad spectrum of conditions since the dysfunction of the cutaneous barrier, going through cutaneous infections in diabetics, dermatoses associated to Diabetes and manifestations related to Diabetes treatment. Moreover, the book comprises the latest concepts regarding epidemiology, classification, diagnosis and treatment of Diabetes Mellitus, insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome, including useful tools for the management of patients with diabetes. It explains why skin conditions have such a great impact on the quality of life of these patients, particularly the subset of patients with diabetic foot syndrome. Dermatology and Diabetes discusses all these dermatologic conditions and provides a roundup of the current guidelines in diabetic patients. Taking into account the critical differential diagnostic information and therapeutic options, the book is an important reference for clinical dermatologist and all health care professionals involved.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Diane Jackson-Richards, Amit G. Pandya, editors.
    Summary: This atlas, containing more than 300 color photos, focuses on those dermatologic conditions that are most common in ethnic skin or skin of color. It includes succinct explanations of each disease process, describes clinical findings, and presents key information on diagnosis and treatment. Individual chapters are devoted to pigmentary disorders, follicular disorders, hair and scalp disorders, eczemas, papulosquamous disorders, granulomatous disorders, connective tissue diseases, infectious diseases, scarring disorders, cutaneous neoplasms, photodermatoses and drug eruptions. The fact that this atlas covers skin disorders that affect patients of all ethnic backgrounds ensures that it will be of worldwide relevance. It will serve as a valuable reference for dermatologists and a range of other health care providers.

    Contents:
    Vitiligo
    Post-inflammatory Hypopigmentation
    Pityriasis Alba
    Idiopathic Guttate Hypomelanosis
    Post-inflammatory Hyperpigmentation
    Melasma
    Ashy Dermatosis (Erythema Dyschromicum Perstans)
    Drug-Induced Pigmentary Changes
    Confluent and Reticulated Papillomatosis
    Dark Circles of the Eyes
    Lentigines
    Melanonychia Striata
    Acne Vulgaris
    Rosacea
    Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Pseudofolliculitis Barbae
    Central Centrifugal Cicatricial Alopecia
    Folliculitis Decalvans and Dissecting Cellulitis
    Traction Alopecia
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Seborrheic Dermatitis
    Lichen Planus, Nitidus, and Striatus
    Pityriasis Rosea
    Pityriasis Lichenoides Chronica
    Psoriasis
    Sarcoidosis
    Granuloma Annulare
    Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus
    Dermatomyositis
    Scleroderma and Morphea
    Bacterial Skin Infections
    Tinea Corporis, Tinea Versicolor, and Candidiasis
    Tinea Capitis
    Human Papillomavirus (HPV)
    Herpes Simplex and Varicella Zoster
    Syphilis
    Hansen's Disease
    Skin Signs of HIV Infection
    Seborrheic Keratoses, Dermatosis Papulosa Nigra, and Dermatofibromas
    Keloids
    Acne Keloidalis Nuchae
    Basal Cell Carcinoma
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans
    Melanoma
    Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma
    Polymorphous Light Eruption
    Chronic Actinic Dermatitis
    Actinic Prurigo
    Drug Eruptions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jean L. Bolognia, Julie V. Schaffer, Karynne O. Duncan and Christine J. Ko.
    Summary: Dermatology Essentials, edited by world authorities Drs. Jean L. Bolognia, Julie V. Schaffer, Karynne O. Duncan, and Christine J. Ko, provides the quick answers you need on every important aspect of dermatology and guidance on their application in your day-to-day practice. Derived from the renowned authoritative reference work Dermatology, 3rd Edition, this on-the-go reference distills the essential information needed to quickly diagnose and manage a wide range of dermatologic disorders-without the need for any additional resources. Review or refresh your knowledge of the fundamentals and diagnostic approaches of skin disease with unique introductory chapters providing the basic principles of dermatology, bedside diagnostics, and clinical approach to a fever and rash - extremely helpful for the beginner. Visualize more of the conditions you see in practice with over 1,500 clinical images, illustrations, and schematics. Avoid diagnostic pitfalls using practical tables, intuitive artworks, and logical algorithms. Find answers fast with a highly user-friendly, "easy-in-easy-out" format and a wealth of tables and schematics for instant visual comprehension. Expedite decision making with easily recognizable DDx and Rx sections to provide rapid direct reference to the expert guidance and treatment recommendations. Downloadable worksheets are also available. Make the most of electronic functionality with access to the complete contents online and in various ebook formats - making it easy to teach impromptu on a tablet in the clinic, or conduct more formal lecturing.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Dermatology
    Bedside Diagnostics
    Fever and Rash
    Pruritus and Dysesthesia
    Psychocutaneous Disorders
    Psoriasis
    Other Papulosquamous Disorders
    Erythroderma
    Lichen Planus and Lichenoid Dermatoses
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Other Eczematous Eruptions
    Irritant and Allergic Contact Dermatitis, Occupational Dermatoses, and Dermatoses Due to Plants
    Clinical Approach to Regional Dermatoses
    Urticaria and Angioedema
    Figurate Erythemas
    Erythema Multiforme, Stevens-Johnson Syndrome, and Toxic Necrolysis Epidermal
    Drug Reactions
    Purpura and Disorders of Microvascular Occlusion
    Vasculitis
    Eosinophilic Dermatoses
    Neutrophilic Dermatoses
    Pregnancy Dermatoses
    Pemphigus
    Bullous Pemphigoid, Mucous Membrane Pemphigoid, and Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita
    Dermatitis Herpetiformis and Linear IgA Bullous Dermatosis
    Epidermolysis Bullosa
    Other Vesiculobullous Diseases
    Vesiculopustular and Erosive Disorders in Newborns and Infants
    Acne Vulgaris
    Rosacea and Periorificial Dermatitis
    Folliculitis
    Disorders of Eccrine and Apocrine Glands
    Lupus Erythematosus
    Dermatomyositis
    Systemic Sclerosis and Sclerodermoid Disorders
    Morphea and Lichen Sclerosus
    Other Rheumatologic Diseases
    Mucinoses
    Amyloidosis
    Deposition Disorders
    Porphyrias
    Calcinosis Cutis and Osteoma Cutis
    Nutritional Disorders
    Graft-Versus-Host Disease
    Skin Signs of Systemic Disease
    Ichthyoses and Erythrokeratodermas
    Keratodermas
    Darier Disease and Hailey-Hailey Disease
    Primary Immunodeficiencies
    Neurofibromatosis and Tuberous Sclerosis
    Mosaic Skin Conditions
    Other Genodermatoses
    Developmental Anomalies
    Vitiligo and Other Disorders of Hypopigmentation
    Disorders of Hyperpigmentation
    Alopecias
    Hypertrichosis and Hirsutism
    Nail Disorders
    Oral Diseases
    Anogenital Diseases
    Bacterial Diseases
    Mycobacterial Diseases
    Rickettsial Diseases
    Fungal Diseases
    Cutaneous Manifestations of HIV Infection
    Human Papillomaviruses
    Human Herpesviruses
    Other Viral Diseases
    Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    Protozoa and Worms
    Infestations
    Bites and Stings
    Photodermatoses
    Environmental and Sports-Related Skin Diseases
    Cutaneous Signs of Drug, Child, and Elder Abuse
    Histiocytoses
    Xanthomas
    Non-infectious Granulomatous Disorders, Including Foreign Body Reactions
    Perforating Disorders
    Heritable Connective Tissue Disorders
    Dermal Hypertrophies
    Atrophies of Connective Tissue
    Panniculitis
    Lipodystrophies
    Infantile Hemangiomas and Vascular Malformations
    Ulcers
    Other Vascular Disorders
    Actinic Keratosis, Basal Cell Carcinoma, and Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Benign Epithelial Tumors and Proliferations
    Cysts
    Adnexal Neoplasms
    Benign Melanocytic Neoplasms
    Cutaneous Melanoma
    Vascular Neoplasms and Reactive Proliferations
    Common Soft Tissue Tumors/Proliferations
    Mastocytosis
    B-Cell Lymphomas of the Skin
    Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma
    Other Lymphoproliferative and Myeloproliferative Diseases
    Cutaneous Metastases.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Reid A. Waldman, Jane M. Grant-Kels.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Neelam A. Vashi, editor.
    Summary: Dermatology clinics are extremely fast-paced, and while the internet is useful, online resources can slow clinics down as it can often take lengthy amounts of time to obtain meaningful information. Recognizing this problem, Dr. Vashi has developed, over the course of several years, a practical guide targeted towards practicing dermatologists, resident physicians, medical students, family practitioners, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants. The Dermatology Handbook provides clinical information and quick solutions to common problems typically faced by dermatologists in a user-friendly and meaningful way. Designed to fit into a coat pocket, the content is presented as bulleted lists, along with tables and algorithms to allow busy clinicians to find the information they need rapidly. Featuring fill in the blank pages for users to personalize, this handbook is at once both comprehensive and succinct. Chapters include sections on the most common dermatologic complaints, differential diagnoses, laboratory techniques, dermoscopy, dermatologic emergencies, commonly used medications, pediatrics, surgery basics, and cosmetic pearls. Drug tables, guidelines, and algorithms for history taking and treatment approach also work to provide the reader with efficient usability.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Renan Rangel Bonamigo, Sergio Ivan Torres Dornelles, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a reference guide in the field of dermatology, presenting and discussing its interface with public health. Dermatological diseases are extremely common in populations around the globe, and the systematization of knowledge about these dermatoses and their relationships with different epidemiological factors may help us to understand the challenges that governments and private institutions face and must try to overcome in order to improve global health. Undergraduate and graduate students, dermatologists and general practitioners who study and / or work in the area will find scientific support in this book, which is intended as a reference work for dermatological practice and public health. The book has ten sections addressing carefully selected topics, including: 1. concepts in dermatoepidemiology and the international strategies in programs of Public Health; 2-6. the most significant skin diseases (including dermatology in tro pical medicine); 7. diseases that are not primarily dermatological, but have a high impact on public health and may have skin and mucosal manifestations; 8. a number of emerging issues in dermatology in public health; 9. clinical approaches (diagnosis and management) to common dermatological symptoms and 10. multidisciplinary approaches in dermatology. The editors have brought together authors with extensive experience in their respective fields in order to provide a reference book for those involved in or with an interest in the relationship between dermatology and public health.

    Contents:
    Part I Dermatology in Public Health
    1 Concepts of Relevant Diseases for Public Health
    2 International Public Health Strategies in Dermatology
    3 The User of Public Health Services in Dermatology
    4 Impact of Prevantive Campaigns in Dermatology: A Brazilian Experience
    Part II Dermatologic Diseases in Public Health --Cutaneous Infectious
    5 Hanseniasis
    6 Tuberculosis
    7 Other Myobacteriosis
    8 Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    9 Bacterial Infections
    10 Viral Infections
    11 Fungal Infections
    12 Parasitic and Protozoal Infections
    Part III Dermatologic Diseases in Public Health
    13 Precursos Lesions of Skin Cancer
    14 Basal Cell Carcinoma
    15 Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    16 Melanoma
    17 Cutaneous T Cell Lymphoma
    Part IV Dermatologic Diseases in Public HealthInflammatory and Autoimmune Diseases
    18 Eczema
    19 Psoriasis
    20 Seborrheic Dermatitis
    21 Acne
    22 Rosacea
    23 Vitiligo
    24 Bullous Diseases
    25 Aftas
    26 Drug Eruption
    Part V Dermato logic Diseases in Public Health
    27 Cold and Heat
    28 Ultraviolet Radiation and Idiopathic Photodermatosis
    29 Dermatosis by Plants
    30 Skin Lesions Caused by Venomous Animals
    31 Occupational Dermatosis
    Part VI Dermatologic Diseases in Public Health
    32 Skin and Pregnancy
    33 Neonatal Dermatosis
    34 Cutaneous AgingGeriatric Patients
    Part VII Skin Manifestations of Major Diseases in Public Health.-35 Diabetes Mellitus
    36 Diseases of Thyroid
    37 Dyslipidemias
    38 Dermatosis and Nutritional Disorders
    39 Smoking, Alcoholism, Illicit Drug Use
    40 Hepatitis
    41 HIV/AIDS
    42 HTLV
    43 Connective Tissue Diseases
    44 Dermatological Manifestations in Renal Failure
    45 Dermatological Manifestations Among Transplant Recipients
    46 Paraneoplasias
    47 Psychiatric Disorders
    Part VIII Emerging Issues of Dermatology in Public Health
    48 Air Pollution and the Skin Health
    49 Photoprotection
    50 Dermatology and Sports
    51 Dermatosis in Conflict Zones and Disaster Areas
    52 Vaccine and the Prevention of Dermatological Diseases
    53 Skin Banking
    54 Influence of the Marketing and of the Consumer Society in the Self-Perception of Body Image
    55 Quality of Life in Dermatology
    56 Dermatoscopy in Public Health Environment
    57 Teledermatology
    Part IX Signs and Symptoms of Skin Diseases in Public Health A Practical Guide to Management
    58 Stains
    59 Rashes
    60 Melanocytic Lesions
    61 Pruritus
    62 Prurigo
    63 Urticaria
    64 Erythema Nodosum
    65 Ulcers Legs and Lymphedema
    66 Xerosis
    67 Hiperidrosis
    68 Alopecia
    69 Nails Disorders
    70 Metatarsalgia, Calluses and Callosities of the Feet
    Part X Multidisciplinary Team and Dermatological Care
    71 Dermatological Care in the Primary Level A Nursing Approach
    72 Care WoundsDressings
    73 Physical Therapy in Hanseniasis
    74 Psychological Approaches in Treating Patients with Chronis Dermatosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Robert T. Brodell, Adam C. Byrd, Cindy Firkins Smith, Vinayak K. Nahar, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the maldistribution of health care between people in dense cities and more rural areas. This proactive resource provides solutions that will motivate dermatologists to make a difference, including free rural clinics and incentives to attract dermatologists to the aforementioned areas. Comprehensive yet concise, the book encompasses not only the logistics of the healthcare issues, including location, incentive, and set up of facility but includes insight into the effectiveness of teledermatology, a practice more commonly utilized due to the COVID-19 Pandemic. Additionally, chapters examine the relationship between economic viability and quality of care, as well as government incentives and political action to mitigate this issue. Unique and timely, Dermatology in Rural Settings is an invaluable resource for dermatologists, resident dermatologists, and academic physicians interested in rural and urban health.

    Contents:
    1. Rural Dermatology: Statistical Measures and Epidemiology
    2. A Comparison of rural and urban dermatology
    3. Making a Difference: Assessment of the Economic Viability and Impact of Rural Practice
    4. Government and private efforts to incentivize rural practice
    5. The Practice of Austere (resource-limited) Dermatology
    6. Rural Dermatology Residency Slots: Priming the Pump
    7. Training Medical Students in a Rural Dermatology Clinic
    8. Political Action in Rural Dermatology
    9. Academic Rural Dermatology Offices
    10. Private Practice Rural Dermatology Offices
    11. Advanced Practice Providers Role in Rural Dermatology
    12. Dermatology on American Indian and Alaska Native Reservations.-13. Project ECHO: improving rural dermatology through digital primary care education
    14. Delivering "store and forward" teledermatology to rural primary care practices: an efficient approach to provision of rural skin care
    15. Overcoming Barriers to Implementation of Teledermatology in Rural America
    16. Worldwide Rural Dermatology Health Services Research
    17. Rural dermatology private practice: a life worth living
    18. Attracting dermatologists to rural America
    19. Free Rural Clinics: City Folk Making a Difference in Rural America.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Klaus J. Busam.
    Contents:
    Inflammatory disease of the dermis and epidermis / Maxwell A. Fung
    Panniculitis / Maxwell A. Fung
    Infectious diseases of the skin / Helen M. Chen, Anca G. Prundeanu Croitoru, Stefanie Hu, Hideko Kamino, Marcia Ramos-e-Silva, Klaus J. Busam
    Cutaneous vasculitis / Rami N. Al-Rohil, J. Andrew Carlson
    Blistering skin diseases / Jacqueline M. Junkins-Hopkins, Klaus J. Busam
    Mucinoses, deposition disorders, and connective tissue alterations / Franco Rongioletti, Jacqueline Granese, Jacqueline Junkins-Hopkins, Luis Requena
    Non-neoplastic disorders of pigmentation / Ravi Ubriani, Loren E. Clarke, Michael E. Ming
    Non-neoplastic disorders of hair / Klaus Sellheyer, Wilma F. Bergfeld
    Cysts and sinuses / Douglas R. Fullen
    Tumors of the epidermis / Angela J. Wyatt, Klaus J. Busam
    Adnexal tumors / Victor G. Prieto, Christopher R. Shea, Julide Tok Celebi, Klaus J. Busam
    Melanocytic proliferations / Klaus J. Busam
    Soft tissue tumors and tumor-like reactions / Darya Buehler, Steven D. Billings
    Hematopoietic neoplasms / Jacqueline M. Junkins-Hopkins, Patricia L. Myskowski, Melissa P. Pulitzer
    Histiocytic proliferative disorders / Bijal Amin, Melissa P. Pulitzer, Klaus J. Busam
    Cutaneous neuroendocrine (Merkel cell) carcinoma / Bijal Amin, Klaus J. Busam
    Cutaneous metastases / Richard A. Scolyer, John F. Thompson, Annabelle Mahar, Rajmohan Murali
    Neoplastic and non-neoplastic disorders of the nail apparatus / Beth S. Ruben
    Neoplastic and non-neoplastic disorders of the conjunctiva and eyelid / Jasmine Francis, Klaus J. Busam, Brian Marr
    Evaluations of sections from Mohs surgery / Kishwer S. Nehal, Marie Tudisco, Klaus J. Busam.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Daniela Massi, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Dirk M. Elston, Tammie Ferringer ; with Christine J. Ko [and four others].
    Summary: "Offering a unique combination of expert online lectures, vast image collections both in print and online, and an easy-to-use print atlas, Dermatopathology, 3rd Edition, helps you master the complexities of this challenging and fast-changing subspecialty. Dr. Elston and his colleagues make dermatopathology easier to understand, leading you to efficient, accurate diagnoses of the most important common dermatologic findings seen in practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The basics: diagnostic terms, skin anatomy, and stains
    Benign tumors and cysts of the epidermis
    Malignant tumors of the epidermis
    Pilar and sebaceous neoplasms
    Sweat gland neoplasms
    Melanocytic neoplasms
    Interface dermatitis
    Psoriasiform and spongiotic dermatitis
    Blistering diseases
    Granulomatous and histiocytic diseases
    Inflammatory vascular diseases
    Genodermatoses
    Alterations in collagen and elastin
    Metabolic disorders
    Disorders of skin appendages
    Panniculitis
    Bacterial, spirochete, and protozoan infections
    Fungal infections
    Viral infections, helminths, and arthropods
    Fibrous tumors
    Tumors of fat, muscle, cartilage, and bone
    Neural tumors
    Vascular tumors
    Cutaneous t-cell lymphoma, NK-cell lymphoma, and myeloid leukemia
    B-cell lymphoma and lymphocytic leukemia
    Metastatic tumors and simulators
    Appendices. Dermatopathology mnemonics
    Skin ultrastructure
    External agents and artifacts
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Werner Kempf, Markus Hantschke, Heinz Kutzner.
    Summary: This updated second edition provides a structured and highly illustrated guide to dermatopathology. It focuses on the most common dermatopathological diagnoses and presents their clinical, histological, and differential diagnostic features of the diseases. New chapters cover various inflammatory diseases such as interstitial granulomatous dermatitis and filler reactions as well as cutaneous neoplasms such as digital papillary adenocarcinoma. Dermatopathology aims to help readers to rapidly identify patterns and specific diagnostic features. The book is relevant to both practicing and trainee dermatologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Principles of diagnosis
    The skin biopsy
    Histopathological techniques
    Dermatopathologic glossary
    Epidermis spongiosis: acanthosis and hyperparakeratosis
    Epidermis acantholysis
    Bullous diseases
    Interface dermatoses
    Dermis vascular disorders
    Dermis granulomatous inflammation
    Dermis interstitial inflammation
    Dermis diffuse mixed inflammatory infiltrates
    Dermis-degenerative and metabolic disorders
    Dermis inflammation of adnexal structures
    Subcutaneous fat-panniculitis
    Drug reactions
    Artifactual damage
    Epithelial cysts
    Pseudocysts
    Epidermal hamartomas and neoplasms
    Melanocytic lesions
    Adnexal tumors
    Soft tissue proliferations and neoplasms
    Vascular tumors
    Lymphomas and pseudolymphomas
    Histiocytoses and mastocytoses
    Cutaneous metastases
    Direct immunofluorescence.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Dirk M. Elston, Tammie Ferringer [with five others].
    Summary: With a unique combination of targeted online lectures, vast online image collections, and an easy-to-follow supporting atlas, Dr. Elston's highly acclaimed "dermatopathology made easier" approach presents a unique way to master the foundations of this complex dermatology sub-specialty, guiding you through the diagnosis of the most important and common dermatologic pathology findings seen in practice. Effortlessly find all the information you need to know about each topic thanks to a highly user-friendly full-color format and a consistent chapter template

    Contents:
    The basics: diagnostic terms, skin anatomy, and stains
    Benign tumors and cysts of the epidermis
    Malignant tumors of the epidermis
    Pilar and sebaceous neoplasms
    Sweat gland neoplasms
    Melanocytic neoplasms
    Interface dermatitis
    Psoriasiform and spongiotic dermatitis
    Blistering diseases
    Granulomatous and histiocytic diseases
    Inflammatory vascular diseases
    Genodermatoses
    Alterations in collagen and elastin
    Metabolic disorders
    Disorders of skin appendages
    Panniculitis
    Bacterial, spirochete, and protozoan infections
    Fungal infections
    Viral infections, helminths, and arthropods
    Fibrous tumors
    Tumors of fat, muscle, cartilage and bone
    Neural tumors
    Vascular tumors
    Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, NK-cell lymphoma, and myeloid leukemia
    B-cell lymphoma and lymphocytic leukemia
    Metastatic tumors and simulators.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Clay Cockerell, Martin C. Mihm Jr., Brian J. Hall, Cary Chisholm, Chad Jessup, Margaret Merola.
    Summary: With significant progress as new techniques to evaluate the pathology of the skin, this book satisfies the need to provide practical clinical information and concise criteria for pathologic diagnosis for pathologists and dermatologists looking for an up-to-date resource. This superb visual reference provides detailed instruction of the experience of both diagnostic pathology and clinical dermatology. Dermatopathology: Clinicopathological Correlations is a comprehensive but concise visual reference that contains specific features on the various clinical findings and histologic findings of skin diseases. It emphasizes criteria for diagnosis to help the trainee pathologist or dermatologist decipher the most important features and make clinical decisions quickly and effectively.

    Contents:
    Interface (Lichenoid) Dermatitides
    Spongiotic Disorders
    Psoriasiform Dermatoses
    Vesiculobullous Diseases
    Large Vessel Vasculitis
    Connective Tissue Disorders
    Panniculitides
    Metabolic disorders
    Mucinoses
    Adnexal Diseases
    Alopecias
    Granulomatous Dermatitides
    Epidermal Maturation Diseases
    Reactions to Drugs
    Bacterial Infections
    Fungal infections
    Viral infections
    Arthropod Reactions/Parasites/Other
    Pediatric inflammatory disorders
    Benign melanocytic skin lesions
    Non-melanoma skin tumors
    Cysts Epithelial tumors
    Vascular anomalies
    Fibrohistiocytic Tumors
    Soft tissue tumors (Tumors of fat and muscle)
    Neural And Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Adnexal neoplasms
    General Guide to the Diagnosis of Cutaneous Malignant Hematopoietic Proliferations
    Pediatric tumors
    Metastases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christine J. Ko, Ronald J. Barr.
    Contents:
    Shape on low power
    Gestalt : rash/inflammatory
    Cell type
    Top-down
    Color : blue
    Color : pink.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    by Vladimir Vincek.
    Summary: Dermatopathology A-Z is intended to serve as an easily accessible tool for diagnostic criteria and images of all entities that might be encountered. This comprehensive book is designed to help a novice in the field quickly learn diagnostic criteria and memorize the images, while more experienced dermatopathologists or surgical pathologists can quickly refresh their visual memory by reviewing images of two cases of a particular disease. Alphabetically organized, this image-heavy text provides visual aid and succint pathological description on nearly 600 different diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by A. Jarrett.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL96 .J35 1974
  • Digital
    Robert H. Johr, Wilhelm Stolz, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a unique checklist methodology for learning how to use dermosocpy to diagnose benign and malignant pigmented and non-pigmented skin lesions. Each high-quality, full-color clinical and dermoscopic image is presented with short history.

    Contents:
    Dermoscopy from A to Z
    Head and neck
    Trunk and extremities
    Palms, soles, nails
    Genitalia
    Trichoscopy/hair
    Dermoscopy and general dermatology.
    Digital Access AccessDermatology 2015
  • Digital
    Balachandra Suryakant Ankad, Samipa Samir Mukherjee, Balkrishna Pralhadrao Nikam, editors.
    Summary: This atlas presents dermoscopic-histopathological correlations of dermatologic and pathological presentations seen in the Asian subcontinent. The disorders have been explained with the help of state of the art clinical, dermoscopic and pathological figures of various entities in skin of color. The format has been kept simple and easy to understand which is deciphered through dermoscopic and histopathological correlation. This title also emphasizes on atypical presentations and rare dermoscopic features with the help of thorough description covering clinical and pathological manifestations, diagnosis, and differential diagnosis. Written for dermatologists, dermato-pathologists, dermoscopists and residents of dermatology, this atlas is a detailed visual guide to effectively evaluate and diagnose various skin disorders.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Dermoscopy: An overview of the principles, procedure and practice
    Chapter 2. Melanocytic lesions and nevoid disorders
    Chapter 3. Inflammatory dermatoses
    Chapter 4. Granulomatous diseases
    Chapter 5. Hypopigmentary disorders
    Chapter 6. Hyperpigmentary disorders
    Chapter 7. Vascular diseases
    Chapter 8. Benign tumours
    Chapter 9. Premalignant and malignant tumors
    Chapter 10. Infective diseases
    Chapter 11. Onychoscopy
    Chapter 12. Trichoscopy
    Chapter 13. Miscellaneous conditions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter Soyer, Giuseppe Argenziano, Rainer Hofmann-Wellenhof, Iris Zalaudek.
    Summary: "Dermoscopy: The Essentials presents the practical guidance you need to master this highly effective, more economical, and less invasive alternative to biopsy. Drs. Peter Soyer, Giuseppe Argenziano, Rainer Hofmann-Wellenhof, and Iris Zalaudek explain all aspects of performing dermoscopy and interpreting results. With approximately 30% new clinical and dermoscopic images, valuable pearls and checklists, and online access to the fully searchable and downloadable text, you'll have everything you need to diagnose earlier and more accurately"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Robert H. Johr, Prof. Wilhelm Stolz ; associate editor, James A. Ida.
    Contents:
    Dermoscopy from A to Z
    Comprehensive dermoscopy criteria review
    Benign and malignant melanocytic lesions
    Benign and malignant non-melanocytic lesions
    Dermoscopy in general dermatology / Aimilios Lallas
    Trichoscopy/hair / Antonella Tosti.
    Digital Access AccessDermatology 2020
  • Digital
    John M. Hutson, Jørgen M. Thorup, Spencer W. Beasley.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shein-Chung Chow, Jen-Pei Liu.
    Contents:
    pt. I. Introduction
    Basic statistical concepts
    Basic design considerations
    Randomization and blinding
    pt. II. Designs and their classifications
    Designs for clinical trials
    Designs for cancer clinical trials
    Classification of clinical trials
    pt. III. Analysis of clinical data
    Analysis of continuous data
    Analysis of categorical data
    Censored data and interim analysis
    Sample size determination
    pt. IV. Issues in evaluation
    Issues in efficacy evaluation
    Safety assessment
    pt. V. Recent development
    Biomarkers and targeted clinical trials
    Trials for evaluating accuracy of diagnostic devices
    Statistical methods in translational medicine
    Adaptive clinical trial designs
    Traditional Chinese medicine
    pt. VI. Conduct of clinical trials
    Preparation and implementation of a clinical protocol
    Data management of a clinical trial.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Alexan Mihai Grumezescu.
    Summary: Design and Development of New Nanocarriers focuses on the design and development of new nanocarriers used in pharmaceutical applications that have emerged in recent years. In particular, the pharmaceutical uses of microfluidic techniques, supramolecular design of nanocapsules, smart hydrogels, polymeric micelles, exosomes and metal nanoparticles are discussed in detail. Written by a diverse group of international researchers, this book is a valuable reference resource for those working in both biomaterials science and the pharmaceutical industry.

    Contents:
    1. Vesicle-based drug carriers: Liposomes, polymersomes, and niosomes
    2. Recent advances in micellar-like polyelectrolyte/protein complexes: Design and development of biopharmaceutical vehicles
    3.Calixarene-based micelles: Properties and applications
    4. Preparation of Janus nanoparticles and its application in drug delivery
    5. Supramolecular design of hydrophobic and hydrophilic polymeric nanoparticles
    6. Cationic polyelectrolyte-biopolymer complex hydrogel particles for drug delivery
    7. Smart micelleplexes: An overview of a promising and potential nanocarrier for alternative therapies
    8. Polymeric micelles as a versatile tool in oral chemotherapy
    9. Mixed micelles as drug delivery nanocarriers
    10. Amphiphilic block copolymers-based micelles for drug delivery
    11. Synthesis and evolution of polymeric nanoparticles: Development of an improved gene delivery system
    12. Therapeutic protein and drug imprinted nanostructures as controlled delivery tools
    13. Application of complex coacervates in controlled delivery
    14. Hydrogels: Biomedical uses
    15. Technologies that generate and modify virus-like particles for medical diagnostic and therapy purposes
    16. Layer-by-Layer coated drug-core nanoparticles as versatile delivery platforms
    17. Effect of α-dextrin nanoparticles on the structure of iodine complexes with polypeptides and alkali metal halogenides, and on the mechanisms of their anti-human immunodeficiency virus and anticancer activity
    18. Nanocarriers for the delivery of temozolomide in the treatment of glioblastoma: A review.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Joseph P. Alukal, Steven Lamm, Thomas J. Walsh, editors.
    Summary: This book outlines the approach to comprehensive men's health deployed at three of the most successful American men's health centers. It demonstrates the ways in which multidisciplinary care allows patients to easily access their doctors via coordination of care, same day add-on visits, and streamlining of office logistics such as sharing of charts, reports, and results. Guiding readers in establishing an evidence-based, multidisciplinary approach to the management of male patients of all ages, this volume shows how prevention, rapid intervention, cost efficiency, and coordinated care are at the forefront of a health center's care strategy. The authors of this volume are thought leaders in the disciplines of cardiology, gastroenterology, dermatology, psychiatry, and preventative medicine. Design and Implementation of the Modern Men's Health Center: A Multidisciplinary Approach enables urologists, medical subspecialists, and surgical subspecialists to both manage basic patient issues and also to understand how multidisciplinary care enables the success of a men's health center.

    Contents:
    The Multidisciplinary Men's Health Center - A Modern Day Necessity
    Urologic Disease in the Aging Male: A Look Across the Lifespan
    Approach to Primary Care of the Male Patient
    Cardiometabolic Diseases in the Adolescents, Young Adults, and the Elderly
    Male Infertility
    Evaluation and Management of Erectile Dysfunction
    Management of BPH and LUTS
    Management of Testosterone Deficiency in the Aging Male
    Controversies in Prostate Cancer Diagnosis and Management
    Gastroenterology in the Aging Male
    Dermatology in the Aging Male
    Men's Health and Psychiatry
    Billing and Coding for Infertility Services
    The Role for Nurse Practitioners and Physician Assistants in Men's Health
    Future Directions in Men's Health Technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Himadri B. Bohidar and Kamla Rawat.
    Summary: Adopting a unique approach, this book provides a thorough, one-stop introduction to nanoscience and self-assembly of nanomaterials composed of such materials as metals, metal oxides, metal sulphides, polymers, and biopolymers. Clearly divided into three sections covering the main aspects of nanoscience, the first part deals with the basic principles of nanoscale science. Alongside essential approaches and forces, this section also covers thermodynamics, phase transitions, and applications to biological systems. The second and third parts then go on to provide a detailed description of the synthesis of inorganic and organic nanoparticles, respectively. With its interdisciplinary content of importance to many different branches of nanoscience, this is essential reading for material scientists, physicists, biophysical chemists, chemical engineers, and biotechnologists alike.

    Contents:
    Nanoscale Science. Introduction
    Essential Approaches and Forces
    Thermodynamics of Nanosystems
    Phase Transitions and Stability at Nanoscale
    Interactions with Biomolecules and Applications to Biology
    Bottom-Up Assembly of Inorganic Nanoparticles. Metal Nanoparticles
    Metal Oxide Nanoparticles
    Metal Sulfide Nanoparticles
    Self-Assembly of Organic Nanoparticles. Polymeric Nanoparticles
    Biopolymeric Nanoparticles.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.
    Summary: Design of Nanostructures for Versatile Therapeutic Applications focuses on antimicrobial, antioxidant and nutraceutical applications of nanostructured materials. Many books discuss these subjects, but not from a pharmaceutical point-of-view. This book covers novel approaches related to the modulation of microbial biofilms, antimicrobial therapy and encapsulate polyphenols as antioxidants. Written by an internationally diverse group of academics, this book is an important reference resource for researchers, both in biomaterials science and the pharmaceutical industry.

    Contents:
    1. Nanotechnology and Parkinson's disease
    2. Stem cell and gene-based approaches for cardiac repair
    3. Nanostructured lipid carriers: revolutionizing skin care and topical therpeutics
    4. Nanotechnology for ocular drug delivery
    5. Polymeric nanoparticles and sponges in the control and stagnation of bleeding and wound healing
    6. Nanotechnology approaches to pulmonary drug delivery: targeted delivery of small molecule and gene-based therapeutics to the lung
    7. Brain targeting with lipidicnanocarriers
    8. Nanotechnolgical approaches to colon-specific drug delivery for modulating the quorum sensing of gut-associated pathogens
    9. Psoriasis vulgaris- pathophysiology of the disease and its classical treatment versus new drug delivery systems
    10. Getting under the skin: cyclodextrin inclusion for the controlled delivery of active substances to the dermis
    11. Preparation of high-valence bifunctional silver nanparticles for wound-healing applications
    12. Metal nanoparticles as potent antimicrobial nanomachetes with an emphasis on nanogold and nanosilver
    13. Modulation of microbial quorum sensing: nanotechnological approaches
    14. Lipid-based colloidal carriers for topical application of antiviral drugs
    15. Encapsulation of pharmaceutically active dietary polyphenols in cyclodextrin-based nanovehicles: insights from spectroscopic studies
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Claudia B. Rébola.
    Summary: Identifies and presents a variety of contemporary technologies to support older adults' abilities to perform everyday activities. Efforts of industry, laboratories, and learning institutions are documented under four major categories: social connections, independent self care, healthy home and active lifestyle. The book contains well-documented and illustrative recent examples of designed technologies--ranging from wearable devices, to mobile applications, to assistive robots-- on the broad areas of design and computation, including industrial design, interaction design, graphic design, human-computer interaction, software engineering, and artificial intelligence.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    1. Social connections
    2. Independent self care
    3. Healthy home
    4. Active lifestyle
    Conclusion
    Contributors
    Companies, laboratories and institutions
    About the author.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Gerald Thiel.
    Contents:
    Defining the functional equivalence of wild-type and chemically engineered G protein-coupled receptors / Elisa Alvarez-Curto and Graeme Milligan
    Design and analysis of an arrestin-biased DREADD / Ken-ichiro Nakajima ... [et al.]
    Regulation of gene transcription following stimulation of Gαq-coupled designer receptors / Oliver G. Rössler and Gerald Thiel
    Chemogenetic deconstruction of feeding circuits / Michael Krashes
    Dissecting neuronal circuits involved in olfactory-mediated behaviors / Alexia Nunez-Parra ... [et al ]
    Use of DREADDs (Designer Receptors Exclusively Activated by Designer Receptors) in transgenic mouse behavioral models / Daniela Cassataro and Lucas Sjulson
    Pharmacogenetic dissection of neural mechanisms underlying the regulation of sleep-wakefulness using DREADDs / Michihiro Mieda and Takeshi Sakurai
    DREADD'ed addiction : using designer receptors to delineate neural circuits underlying drug-seeking behaviors / Sunila G. Nair, Denis Smirnov, and John F. Neumaier
    DREADDs in Drosophila melanogaster / Charles D. Nichols and Jaime Becnel.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Warren S. Browner, Thomas B. Newman, Steven R. Cummings, Deborah G. Grady, Alison J. Huang, Alka M. Kanaya, Mark J. Pletcher.
    Summary: "For over 30 years, this title sets the standard as a practical guide for physicians, nurses, pharmacists and other practitioners involved in all forms of clinical and public health research. It presents the epidemiologic concepts in a reader-friendly way and suggests common sense approaches to the challenging judgments involved in designing, funding and implementing a study. Translated in many languages over the years, it is a manual for clinical research in it various flavors: clinical trials, observational epidemiology, translated science, patient-oriented research. Epidemiologic- terms and principles, presented advanced conceptual material in a practical and reader friendly way and suggested common sense approaches to many judgments involved in designing a study"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Getting Started : The Anatomy and Physiology of Clinical Research / Warren S. Browner, Thomas B. Newman, and Mark J. Pletcher
    Conceiving the Research Question and Developing the Study Plan / Steven R. Cummings and Alka M. Kanaya
    Choosing the Study Participants : Specification, Sampling, and Recruitment / Warren S. Browner, Thomas B. Newman, and Mark J. Pletcher
    Planning the Measurements : Precision, Accuracy, and Validity / Steven R. Cummings, Thomas B. Newman, and Alison J. Huang
    Getting Ready to Estimate Sample Size : Hypotheses and Underlying Principles / Warren S. Browner, Thomas B. Newman, and Mark J. Pletcher
    Estimating Sample Size : Applications and Examples / Warren S. Browner, Thomas B. Newman, and Mark J. Pletcher
    Addressing Ethical Issues / Bernard Lo and Deborah G. Grady
    Designing Cross-Sectional and Cohort Studies / Thomas B. Newman, Warren S. Browner, and Steven R. Cummings
    Designing Case Control Studies / Thomas B. Newman, Warren S. Browner, Steven R. Cummings, and Alka M. Kanaya
    Estimating Causal Effects Using Observational Studies / Thomas B. Newman and Warren S. Browner
    Designing a Randomized Blinded Trial / Steven R. Cummings, Deborah G. Grady, and Alison J. Huang
    Alternate Interventional Study Designs / Deborah G. Grady, Steven R. Cummings, and Alison J. Huang
    Designing Studies of Medical Tests / Thomas B. Newman, Michael A. Kohn, Warren S. Browner, and Mark J. Pletcher
    Qualitative Approaches in Clinical Research / Daniel Dohan
    Community-Engaged Research / Alka M. Kanaya
    Research Using Existing Data or Specimens / Mark J. Pletcher, Deborah G. Grady, and Steven R. Cummings
    Designing, Selecting, and Administering Self-Reported Measures / Alison J. Huang, Steven R. Cummings, and Michael A. Kohn
    Study Implementation and Quality Control / Deborah G. Grady and Alison J. Huang
    Data Management / Michael A. Kohn and Thomas B. Newman
    Writing a Proposal for Funding Research / Steven R. Cummings, Deborah G. Grady, and Alka M. Kanaya.
    Digital Access Ovid 2023
  • Digital
    Carlos G. Juan.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive study covering the design and application of microwave sensors for glucose concentration detection, with a special focus on glucose concentration tracking in watery and biological solutions. This book is based on the idea that changes in the glucose concentration provoke variations in the dielectric permittivity of the medium. Sensors whose electrical response is sensitive to the dielectric permittivity of the surrounding media should be able to perform as glucose concentration trackers. At first, this book offers an in-depth study of the dielectric permittivity of waterglucose solutions at concentrations relevant for diabetes purposes; in turn, it presents guidelines for designing suitable microwave resonators, which are then tested in both waterglucose solutions and multi-component human blood plasma solutions for their detection ability and sensitivities. Finally, a portable version is developed and tested on a large number of individuals in a real clinical scenario. All in all, the book reports on a comprehensive study on glucose monitoring devices based on microwave sensors. It covers in depth the theoretical background, provides extensive design guidelines to maximize sensitivity, and validates a portable device for applications in clinical settings. .

    Contents:
    Introduction
    State of the art
    Dielectric characterization of waterglucose solutions
    Glucose concentration detection in aqueous solutions
    Glucose concentration detection in biological solutions with microwave sensors 145.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Caroline Brand, Nicolas Bricas, Damien Conaré, Benoit Daviron, Julie Debru, Laura Michel, Christophe-Toussaint Soulard, editors.
    Summary: This Open Access book is for scientists and experts who work on urban food policies. It provides a conceptual framework for understanding the urban food system sustainability and how it can be tackled by local governments. Written by a collective of researchers, this book describes the existing conceptual frameworks for an analysis of urban food policies, at the crossroads of the concepts of food system and sustainable city. It provides a basis for identifying research questions related to urban local government initiatives in the North and South. It is the result of work carried out within Agropolis International within the framework of the Sustainable Urban Food Systems program and an action research carried out in support of Montpellier Méditerranée Métropole for the construction of its agroecological and food policy.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Introduction
    Chapter 1 Urbanization Issues Affecting Food System Sustainability
    Chapter 2 History of Urban Food Policy in Europe, From the Ancient City to the Industrial City
    Chapter 3 Cities Strategies for Sustainable Food and the Levers They Mobilize
    Chapter 4 Theoretical Approaches for Effective Sustainable Urban Food Policymaking
    Chapter 5 Reconciling Sustainability Issues and Urban Policy Levers
    Chapter 6 Putting Food on the Regional Policy Agenda in Montpellier, France
    Chapter 7 Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Bill Burnett and Dave Evans.
    Summary: Designers create worlds and solve problems using design thinking. Look around your office or home -- at the tablet or smartphone you may be holding or the chair you are sitting in. Everything in our lives was designed by someone. And every design starts with a problem that a designer or team of designers seeks to solve. In this book, Bill Burnett and Dave Evans show us how design thinking can help us create a life that is both meaningful and fulfilling, regardless of who or where we are, what we do or have done for a living, or how young or old we are. The same design thinking responsible for amazing technology, products, and spaces can be used to design and build your career and your life, a life of fulfillment and joy, constantly creative and productive, one that always holds the possibility of surprise.

    Contents:
    Introduction: life by design
    Start where you are
    Building a compass
    Wayfinding
    Getting unstuck
    Design your lives
    Prototyping
    How not to get a job
    Designing your dream job
    Choosing happiness
    Failure immunity
    Building a team
    Conclusion: a well designed life.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 115
    1
  • Digital
    Andrew Scull
    Summary: "A sweeping history of American psychiatry-from jails to hospitals to the lab to the analyst's couch-by the award-winning author of Madness in Civilization. For more than two hundred years, disturbances of the mind-the sorts of things that were once called "madness"-have been studied and treated by the medical profession. Mental illness, some insist, is a disease like any other, whose origins can be identified and from which one can be cured. But is this true? In this masterful account of America's quest to understand and treat everything from anxiety to psychosis, one of the most provocative thinkers writing about psychiatry today sheds light on its tumultuous past. Desperate Remedies brings together a galaxy of mind doctors working in and out of institutional settings: physicians and psychoanalysts, psychologists, neuroscientists, and therapists, social reformers and advocates of mental hygiene, as well as patients and their families desperate for relief. Andrew Scull begins with the birth of the asylum in the reformist zeal of the 1830s and carries us through to the latest drug trials and genetic studies. He carefully reconstructs the rise and fall of state-run mental hospitals, showing how the mentally ill went from prisons to asylums back to prisons, and explaining why so many of the mentally ill are now on the street. In his compelling closing chapters, he reveals how drug companies expanded their reach to treat a growing catalog of ills, deliberately concealing debilitating side effects. Deeply researched and compulsively readable, Desperate Remedies is a definitive account of America's long battle with mental illness that challenges us to rethink our deepest assumptions about who we are and how we think"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Part one. The asylum era: Mausoleums of the mad
    Disposing of degenerates
    Psychobiology
    Freud visits America
    The germ of madness
    Body and mind
    Shocking the brain
    The checkered career of electroconvulsive therapy
    Brain surgery
    Selling psychosurgery
    The end of the affair
    Part two. Disturbed minds: Creating a new psychiatry
    Talk therapy
    War
    Professional transformations
    A fragile hegemony
    Part three. A psychiatric revolution: The birth of psychopharmacology
    Community care
    Diagnosing mental illness
    The complexities of psychopharmacology
    Genetics, neuroscience, and the origins of mental illness
    The crisis of contemporary psychiatry
    Epilogue: Does psychiatry have a future?
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ProQuest Ebook Central
    Audiobook
    2022 Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    edited by Pär Anders Granhag, Aldert Vrij, and Bruno Verschuere.
    Contents:
    Deception detection : established approaches
    Verbal lie detection tools : statement validity analysis, reality monitoring and scientific content analysis / Aldert Vrij
    New findings in nonverbal lie detection / Charles F. Bond, Jr., Timothy R. Levine, and Maria Hartwig
    The polygraph : current practice and new approaches / Ewout H. Meijer and Bruno Verschuere
    Forensic application of event related brain potentials to detect guilty knowledge / William G. Iacono
    Deception detection using neuroimaging / Giorgio Ganis
    Current challenges
    Exploring the nature and origin of beliefs about deception : explicit and implicit knowledge among lay people and presumed experts / Maria Hartwig and Par Anders Granhag
    Discriminating between true and false intentions / Erik Mac Giolla, Par Anders Granhag, and Aldert Vrij
    Cross-cultural deception detection / Paul Taylor, Samuel Larner, Stacey M. Conchie, and Sophie van der Zee
    Improving lie detection : new approaches
    A cognitive load approach to lie detection / Aldert Vrij
    The strategic use of evidence (sue) technique : a conceptual overview / Par Anders Granhag and Maria Hartwig
    Investigating deception and deception detection with brain stimulation methods / Giorgio Ganis
    Detecting deception through reaction times / Bruno Verschuere, Kristina Suchotski, and Evelyne Debey
    Suspects? : verbal counter-interrogation strategies : towards an integrative model / Per Anders Granhag, Maria Hartwig, Erik Mac Giolla, and Franziska Clemens
    Covert detection of deception / Eitan Elaad
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Andrea Ferreira Zandona, Christopher Longbottom, editors.
    Summary: This book explains how to optimize clinical conditions for detection of the earliest visible signs of dental caries and how best to assess caries activity as a basis for effective management. The available evidence from the literature on detection criteria and methods is distilled and placed in a clinical context to facilitate implementation in clinical practice. Guidance is offered on removal of the dental biofilm and the potential impact of various factors on the performance of different caries detection devices. The histological changes that occur during the caries process and their effect on the clinical appearance of caries lesions are explained. In addition, several caries classification systems based on visual detection criteria and designed to allow staging are presented. Consideration is also given to currently marketed detection aids, including methods involving light fluorescence, transillumination, and radiography. In each case, a summary of the detection performance, based on available supporting evidence, is tabulated together with advice on appropriate clinical application. The reader will find the text to be clearly written and informative, with many supporting clinical images.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    How to prepare teeth for a clinical examination for caries lesions
    Where to look for caries lesions
    The Visual Signs of Caries
    Additional Detection Methods as Aids to Caries Lesion Diagnosis
    What is Caries Activity and how do we assess it?
    Concluding Remarks
    Definitions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Biji T. Kurien, R. Hal Scofield.
    Contents:
    Western blotting : origin and ascent of the species / W. Neal Burnette
    Methods to concentrate proteins for protein isolation, proteomic, and peptidomic evaluation / J. P. Dean Goldring
    Measuring protein concentration on nitrocellulose and after the electrophoretic transfer of protein to nitrocellulose / J. P. Dean Goldring
    Detection of blotted proteins : not all blockers are created equal / Vishal Kothari and Suresh T. Mathews
    Protein stains to detect antigen on membranes / Anil Dsouza and R. Hal Scofield
    Fluorescent labeling of proteins and its application to SDS-PAGE and Western blotting / F. Javier Alba, Salvador Bartolomé, Antonio Bermúdez, and Joan-Ramon Daban
    Rapid, antibody-free detection of recombinant proteins on blots using enzyme fragment complementation / Neil W. Charter, Joe Horecka Chin-Yee Loh, Albert Doan, Tom Wehrman, and Keith R. Olson
    Use of nonradioactive detection method for north and South-Western blot / Claudia Franke, Daniel Gräfe, Holger Bartsch, and Michael P. Bachmann
    Immunoblotting using radiolabeled reagents for detection / Holger Bartsch, Claudia Franke, and Michael P. Bachmann
    Immunoblotting of antigens : whole, strip, and new-line nitrocellulose membrane immunoblotting using the chemiluminescence technique / Yaser Dorri
    Detection of protein carbonyls by means of biotin hydrazide-streptavidin affinity methods / Kenneth Hensley
    Direct immunodetection of antigens within the precast polyacrylamide gel / Surbhi Desai, Boguslawa R. Dworecki, and Marie C. Nlend
    Quantitative analysis of signal transduction with in-cell Western immunofluorescence assays / Vince Boveia and Amy Schutz-Geschwender
    Ultrasensitive protein detection on dot blots and Western blots with semiconducting polymer dots / Fangmao Ye, Polina B. Smith, and Daniel T. Chiu
    Co-detection of target and total protein by CyDye labeling and fluorescent ECL plex immunoblotting in a standard proteomics workflow / Caitriona Scaife, Ciara A. McManus, Pamela M. Donoghue, and Michael J. Dunn
    Using biotinylated proteins to demonstrate immunodetection of antigens via Western blotting, dot blots, and immunohistochemistry / Thomas Millar, Ronald Knighton, and Jo-Anne Chuck
    Calcium binding by Ro 60 multiple antigenic peptides on PVDF membrane / Biji T. Kurien and Michael P. Bachmann
    Sequential use of immunoblots for characterization of autoantibody specificities / Holger Bartsch and Michael P. Bachmann
    Nanogold immunodetection detection systems for the identification of autoantigens by Western blotting / Jacen S. Moore and R. Hal Scofield
    Application of intermittent microwave irradiation to Western blot analysis / Yu-Ting Liu and Shinya Toyokuni
    Visualization of unstained protein bands on PVDF / Jun Park, Masaharu Mabuchi, and Ajay Sharma
    Multiplexed fluorescent immunodetection using low autofluorescence Immobilon®-FL membrane / Jun Park, Masaharu Mabuchi, and Ajay Sharma
    Cold microwave-enabled protein detection and quantification / Niels Grützner, Romy M. Heilmann, Aaron G. Smith, Carol B. Johnson, Stanislav Vitha, Jörg M. Steiner, and Andreas K. Holzenburg
    TLC-blot (Far-Eastern blot) and its application to functional lipidomics / Takao Taki
    Analysis of electroblotted proteins by mass spectrometry / Jose L. Luque-Garcia and Thomas A. Neubert
    On-membrane renaturation of recombinant Ro60 autoantigen by calcium ions / Biji T. Kurien and Michael P. Bachmann
    Phosphoprotein detection on protein electroblot using a phosphate-specific fluorophore / Lee Broderick Bockus and R. Hal Scofield
    Purification of tryptic digests on polyvinylidene difluoride membrane / Biji T. Kurien and R. Hal Scofield
    Detection of blotted proteins on nitrocellulose/PVDF membranes by Alta / Jayanta K. Pal, Shilpa J. Rao, and Dhanashri J. Godbole
    Nonstripping "rainbow" and multiple antigen detection (MAD) Western blotting / Stan (Stanislaw) Krajewski, Michelle M. Tsukamoto, Xianshu Huang, and Sebastian B. Krajewski
    Supported molecular matrix electrophoresis / Yu-ki Matsuno and Akihiko Kameyama
    Parafilm-M®, an available cost-effective alternative for immuno-blot pouches / Syed M. S. Quadri
    Succinylation-alcian blue staining of mucins on polyvinylidene difluoride membranes / Akihiko Kameyama, Weijie Dong, and Yu-ki Matsuno
    Comparison of chemiluminescence vs. infrared techniques for detection of fetuin-A in saliva / Suresh T. Mathews, Emily Graff, Robert L. Judd, and Vishal Kothari
    A novel methodology for stripping and reprobing of Western blots originally developed with colorimetric substrate TMB / Parmita Kar, Saurabh Kumar Agnihotri, Archana Sharma, Rekha Sachan, Madan Lal Bhatt, and Monika Sachdev
    Other notable methods of membrane protein detection : a brief review / Biji T. Kurien and R. Hal Scofield
    Nitrocellulose membrane : the new canvas / Jasmin R. Kurien and Bianca A. Kurien
    Invisible ink marking in ECL membrane assays / Biji T. Kurien.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Cara East.
    Summary: This unique book is designed to help a medical team become a clinical research team. It includes practical information and tips for the initial stages of clinical research: building a team, negotiating a contract, developing a budget, and writing and improving a patient consent. Chapters describing the nuts and bolts of how to actually perform the study follow, including patient recruiting and retention, screening, follow-ups and handling monitor visits. Finally, there is discussion of the yearly reviews and disclosures and not just surviving, but acing, the all-important Food and Drug Administration audit. Clinical research moves medicine forward and is a necessary part of bringing any new therapy, device, or procedure into routine medical care. However, it can be costly and convoluted, and the methodologies of clinical research are not widely standardized. Decreasing some of the chaos present in American clinical research is the primary goal of this book. The second goal is to improve the understanding and education of those who enter clinical research, whether in the frontline work of the clinical research site, in the middleman companies who have a high turnover rate, at a research hospital or institution, or at medical corporations that depend on good clinical research to bring their products to market. The third reason is to standardize American clinical research and to remove some of the vagaries and inconsistencies in the field. Practical and user-friendly, Developing a Successful Clinical Research Program fills a need for a clear guide to developing and improving a first-class research program in any clinical setting.

    Contents:
    Why do clinical research?
    How clinical research should never have been done: ethical measures for protection and respect
    Choosing a study
    Starting a clinical research team
    Developing a budget
    Negotiating a contract
    Writing a great consent
    Starting the study
    Institutional Review Board (IRB)
    Recruiting
    Getting subjects through the door
    The screening visit
    Follow-up subject visits
    Maintaining subject retention and avoiding study fatigue
    Adverse events and protocol deviations
    Contract research organizations and monitors
    Annual reviews and financial disclosures
    Finishing the study
    Staff training and incentives
    Study closeout
    Acing an audit
    Expanding the team
    Epilogue: Watching medicine evolve
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Donna E. Hansel, MD, PhD, Scott D. Jewell, PhD, editors.
    Summary: "Developing and Organizing an Institutional Biospecimen Repository provides useful information on establishing and maintaining a biospecimen repository and discusses issues critical to specimen collection, processing, storage, and distribution. Contents include defining the role of the biospecimen repository, developing an institutional resource within the pathology department, management and key personnel, infrastructure of the biorepository and associated core laboratories, flow of biospecimens, quality control, informatics, informed consent, cost assessment, and relationships with outside institutions and industry."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Andreas Charalambous, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book discusses the current trends in nursing and healthcare in relation to the integration of information technological interventions across the care continuum. The use of such interventions in healthcare has increased rapidly in recent years, partly due to the rise in technological gadgets/applications used in daily routines (e.g. actigraphy bracelets, smartphones) and their unique properties that can be utilized in assessing, monitoring and managing a patient's condition remotely. This book highlights the areas and the ways in which these interventions can facilitate patient assessment and monitoring and complement conventional treatments in the management of disease-induced or treatment-induced side effects. Furthermore, the book describes the development of such interventions and examines how they are designed to promote adherence and acceptance by the user. To this end, the book also discusses the need for personalizing the technological experience according to the user's preferences and needs. Drawing on the latest studies in these areas, it not only provides suggestions for undertaking research in this context, but also offers insights into how these technologies impact patients' clinical outcomes. Lastly, it addresses the challenges of utilizing such technologies and future directions. Providing multiple perspectives on the topic, the book appeals to a wide range of readers, including nurses, clinicians, researchers, technology experts and students, making them familiar with a broad selection of technological interventions and their application in clinical practice. Moreover, it highlights the factors that need to be considered in the development (and testing) of future interventions, in particular in nursing, and provides inspiration for future studies.

    Contents:
    1. Utilizing technology to extract PROMs
    2. Utilizing technology to manage symptoms
    3. Personalizing the technological experience
    4. The process of Developing technological solutions for healthcare
    5. The ethics of technological solutions
    6. Supporting decision-making through technology
    7. Utilizing Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality in symptom management
    8. Utilising IoT (Internet of Things) in healthcare
    9. The use of gaming in healthcare
    10. mhealth interventions for the promotion of physical activity
    11. Implementation of digital interventions in practice
    12. The challenges and future directions associated with the technologies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sven Stegemann, editor.
    Contents:
    Healthcare provision in an aging society: US perspective
    Healthcare provision in an aging society: European perspective
    Healthcare provision in an aging society: Japanese perspective
    Old, Very Old, and Frail
    Age and the process of aging
    Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment
    Patients' clinical characteristics, disease, experience, and perception
    Ethical considerations in performing clinical trials in and for older people
    Patient reported outcomes from a clinical to a therapeutic tool
    Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations in the Elderly Population
    The Expectation of a Treatment Model: A framework for adherence and Effectiveness
    Pharmacoepidemiology and pharmacovigilance for safety and efficacy in older people
    Defining patient centric drug product design and its impact on improving safety and effectiveness
    Dosing considerations in older adults
    Oral Drug Product Use in the Elderly Patient Population
    Drug product development for older adults
    multiparticulate formulations
    Considerations for topical and transdermal drug delivery in older adults
    Injectable drug delivery for older patients
    Inhalation and Nasal Formulations
    Ophthalmic drug development and the elderly
    Developing drug administration devices for use by older patients
    Manufacturing Platforms for Patient-Centric Drug Products
    Novel Manufacturing Technologies for the Production of Patient-Centric Drug Products
    Prescribing to Older Adults
    Multimorbidity and Polypharmacy
    Vaccination in Older Adults
    Medication Reviews in Older Adults
    The Personalization of Drug therapy for Elderly patients
    Importance of Clinical Nutrition in Therapy to Older Adults
    Managing drug therapy of older patients in primary and secondary care
    Medication adherence and monitoring
    Medication compounding in the provision of drug therapy
    Geriatric Pharmacotherapy: Optimisation through integrated approach in the hospital setting
    European Medicines Agency (EMA): Regulatory perspectives on geriatric medicines
    Views on the Therapeutic Needs of Older Adults
    Future Perspectives in drug therapy of older people
    Opportunities in drug product development in an aging population.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    [edited by] Jessica Evert, Paul Drain, Thomas Hall.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA441 .D48 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Keith L. Moore, T.V.N. (Vid) Persaud, Mark G. Torchia.
    Summary: "Extensively revised to incorporate recent research and current clinical practice, The Developing Human: Clinically Oriented Embryology, 11th Edition, covers all aspects of normal and abnormal embryonic and fetal development. In a clear, concise manner and lavishly illustrated throughout, this textbook is designed to successfully meet the needs of medical and health sciences profession students, as well as those in graduate programs. It provides an easy-to-digest, comprehensive review of what can be a complex and challenging subject"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to human development
    First week of human development
    Second week of human development
    Third week of human development
    Fourth to eighth weeks of human development
    Fetal period : ninth week to birth
    Placenta and fetal membranes
    Body cavities, mesenteries, and diaphragm
    Pharyngeal apparatus, face, and neck
    Respiratory system
    Alimentary system
    Urogenital system
    Cardiovascular system
    Skeletal system
    Muscular system
    Development of limbs
    Nervous system
    Development of eyes and ears
    Integumentary system
    Human birth defects
    Common signaling pathways used during development
    Discussion of clinically oriented problems.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Pieter J. Emans, Lars Peterson, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the current basic and clinical research into the mechanisms of cartilage injury and its management. It illustrates the considerable progress made in the search for solutions to cartilage related problems. Developing Insights in Cartilage Repair describes fundamental research and the use of biomaterials, bioreactors, and imaging as part of existing cartilage repair strategies, while revealing the on-going trends for emerging techniques. The aim of the Editors and their team of authorities in cartilage medicine has been to provide a link between laboratory work and the daily treatment of patients in a clinical setting. This book reveals the highly multidisciplinary nature of the topic and it will thus not only be of considerable interest to a large proportion of the orthopaedic community, but also any discipline in which cartilaginous tissue is involved, including otorhinolaryngology and plastic surgery.

    Contents:
    Gene Therapy in articular cartilage repair
    Targeting inflammatory processes for optimization of cartilage homeostasis and repair techniques
    Osteoarthritis: molecular mechanisms and treatments
    Bioreactor Tissue Engineering for Cartilage Repair
    Biomaterials for osteochondral reconstruction
    Advanced magnetic resonance imaging of cartilage repair
    Osteochondral Allograft Transplantation: The Rationale and Basic Science
    Osteochondral Allograft Transplantation: Surgical Technique and Results
    The Genesis of Autologous Chondrocyte Transplantation/Implantation: From a Hypothesis via an Animal Model to a Clinical Reality
    Characterized Chondrocyte Implantation challenges current paradigms for the treatment of symptomatic joint surface lesions
    Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation after Previous Treatment With Marrow Stimulation Techniques
    Arthroscopic approaches for cartilage repair in the knee joint
    Cartilage repair of the knee in athletes
    Meniscus Substitution:? Scaffolds, allografts and prosthetic implants
    Cartilage Repair, Replacement, and Regenerative Strategies for Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
    How to treat cartilage injuries in the ankle joint by BMDC's transplantation
    Pure cartilage-based repair modalities of focal cartilage lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Alan Davies, Julia Mueller.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to designing evidence-based medical apps and mHealth interventions. It features detailed guidance and case studies where applicable on the best practices and available techniques from both technological (platform technologies, toolkits, sensors) and research perspectives. This approach enables the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to collect the appropriate data and work with users to build a user friendly app for their target audience. Information on how researchers and designers can communicate their intentions with a variety of stakeholders including medical practitioners, developers and researchers to ensure the best possible decisions are made during the development process to produce an app of optimal quality that also considers usability. Developing Medical Apps and mHealth Interventions comprehensively covers the development of medical and health apps for researchers, informaticians and physicians, and is a valuable resource for the experienced professional and trainee seeking a text on how to develop user friendly medical apps.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Yihong Qiu, Yisheng Chen, Geoff G.Z. Zhang, Lawrence Yu, Rao V. Mantri.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    John D. Newell.
    Summary: "Reflecting recent major advances in the field of artificial intelligence, Developing the Digital Lung, From First Lung CT to Clinical AI, by Dr. John Newell, is your go-to reference for all aspects of applied artificial intelligence in lung disease development, including application to clinical medicine. It provides a unique overview of the field, beginning with a review of the origins of artificial intelligence in the mid-1970s and progressing to its application to clinical medicine in the early 2020s. Organized based on the four stages of development, this practical, easy-to-use resource helps you effectively apply artificial intelligences to lung imaging"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Ingrid Darmann-Flick, Karin Reiber, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a review of central contributions from a variety of countries, and is intended to enhance and expand the national professional dialogue on curricula in nursing and midwifery education. All questions of a general nature related to the topic of 'curricula' are dealt within the framework of this internationally oriented anthology. Though the contributions may address challenges concerning curriculum work in a specific country, they have been selected and structured to ensure their applicability to other countries. The book's main goals are to highlight the various phases and aspects of curriculum development and to offer a broad international perspective on the topic. It provides an overview of the international status quo of the theory development and seeks to promote an ongoing international discussion and cooperation in curriculum work in nursing and midwifery education. When there are major changes in nursing and midwifery care, nursing (and midwifery) education has to change, too. Curricula offer an important basis for shaping educational processes at vocational schools and universities. The discussion of nursing and midwifery curricula is currently primarily taking place at the national level. The book shows that the approaches and instruments used in the development, construction, implementation and evaluation of curricula in nursing and midwifery education in different countries relate to very similar theoretical foundations. This finding can be seen as a confirmation of the national approaches. Although the book chiefly focuses on nursing education, examples from midwifery education are also included, so as to foster international and interprofessional cooperation.

    Contents:
    Part I - Empirically based development of curricula
    Chapter 1: From wish to family: stressing a preconception period in a curriculum as an important part of midwifery scope of practice
    Chapter 2: Curriculum development in nursing education on the basis of paradigmatic work tasks
    Chapter 3: A Curriculum on the Basis of qualification research
    Chapter 4: Key problems in interprofessional collaboration in midwifery as starting point of curriculum development
    Part II - Methods and principles of curriculum construction
    Chapter 5: Competency-based curriculum development and implementation in nursing education
    Chapter 6: Nursing Curriculum development: A United States Perspective of Baccalaureate Nursing Education
    Chapter 7: Situations-based Curriculum Construction
    Part III - Implementation and evaluation of curricula
    Chapter 8: Evaluation of the Oregon Health Sciences Curriculum
    Part IV - Interesting Examples
    Chapter 9: Development of the Oregon Health Sciences Curriculum- An Innovative, Competency Based Curriculum in the US
    Chapter 10: Development of the European curriculum for family and Community nurse
    Chapter 11: Embedding Sustainability in the Nursing Curriculum
    Chapter 12: Curriculum Development in Interprofessional Education in Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Warren Burggren, Benjamin Dubansky, editors.
    Summary: Rather than a loosely connected list of facts/topics, this book addresses virtually every field that involves the use of developing animals in environmental science. In doing so, it will help define the scientific collective within these fields to both those readers who are "outside" of a particular field (students and professionals alike) and those who work within said field, where multiple iterations of the same job description exist. Both the content and choice of authors fully support this goal, as the editors and contributing authors represent contemporary thought and experimentation in their respective fields - ranging from developmental physiology through environmental toxicology to medicine. As such, this work will appeal to a broad audience, including any scientist or trainee interested in the nexus of environment, development and physiology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Abbreviations; Contents;
    1: The Nexus of Development and Environment; References; Part I: Plasticity in Developmental and Evolutionary Time and Space;
    2: The Interaction of Environment and Chronological and Developmental Time; 2.1 Overview; 2.1.1 Plasticity and Development; 2.1.2 Developmental Model Systems; 2.1.3 Novel Organisms: Working Beyond Traditional Models; 2.1.4 Setting the Stage; 2.2 Developmental Timing; 2.2.1 Heterochrony; 2.2.1.1 Timing Mechanisms; 2.2.1.2 Examples of Alteration of Somitogenesis; 2.2.1.3 Heterochronic Genes and Disease. 2.2.1.4 Physiological Heterochrony2.2.1.5 Sequence Heterochrony; 2.2.1.6 Population-Level Heterochrony; 2.2.2 Heterokairy; 2.3 Developmental Time: Practical Considerations; 2.3.1 Developmental Rate and Chronological Time; 2.3.2 Developmental Time and Experimental Planning; 2.3.3 Developmental Time and Physiology; 2.3.4 Developmental Time and Model Organisms; References;
    3: Critical Windows in Animal Development: Interactions Between Environment, Phenotype, and Time; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Definition and History of Developmental Critical Windows. 3.1.2 Critical Windows Are Central to the Interaction Between Development, Physiology, and Environment3.2 Stage-Specific Sensitivity to Naturally Occurring Environmental Stressors; 3.2.1 Respiratory Gases; 3.2.2 Temperature; 3.2.2.1 Temperature-Dependent Sex Determination; 3.2.3 Salinity; 3.2.4 Pathogens; 3.3 Critical Windows for Exposure to Environmental Contaminants; 3.3.1 Ethanol; 3.3.2 Heavy Metals; 3.3.3 Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals; 3.3.4 Sensitivity of Embryo Versus Larval Stages; 3.4 Considerations for Critical Window Experimental Approaches. 3.4.1 Length of Exposure and Overlapping Exposures3.4.2 Stressor Doses; 3.4.3 Systems Approach to Critical Windows; 3.4.4 Combined Stressors; 3.4.5 Timing of Endpoint Measurement; References;
    4: Developmental Plasticity and Heterokairy; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Phenotypic Plasticity, Developmental Plasticity and Heterokairy; 4.2.1 Phenotypic Plasticity; 4.2.2 Developmental Plasticity; 4.2.3 Heterokairy; 4.2.3.1 Is Heterokairy a Way of Integrating Disparate but Parallel Literatures that Investigate Altered Timing During Development?; Developmental Transitions in Plants and Animals. Environmental Modification of Developmental TransitionsTesting Ideas from the Evo-Devo Community; Heterokairy Is a Way of Integrating Disparate but Parallel Research Interests; 4.2.3.2 Evaluating Current Explicit Investigations of Heterokairy; Reintegration of Development, Evolution and Physiology; Explicit Studies of Heterokairy; Nested Hierarchy Hypothesis; Adaptive Plasticity and Flexible Stem Hypotheses; 4.2.3.3 Heterokairy and Adaptive Evolution; 4.2.3.4 Heterokairy and Global Environmental Change; 4.3 Heterokairy: The 'Big Picture'; References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohammad A. Tabrizi, Gadi G. Bornstein, Scott L. Klakamp, editors.
    Summary: This book examines vital considerations in designing effective translational strategies in the development of antibody-based therapeutics, including the relationship between the 'unit dose' and 'unit effect' with respect to beneficial and deleterious effects.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Translational considerations and challenges : an overview
    Considerations for construct and affinity design goals
    Epitope characterization and isotype selection
    Biophysical considerations for development of antibody-based therapeutics
    Novel technologies for generation of bispecific constructs
    Stimulus-response mechanisms : an overview
    Evaluation of tumor growth inhibition in preclinical tumor models : a quantitative approach
    Application of proof-of-mechanism biomarkers (POM) in design and development of biologics modalities
    Antibody drug conjugates : translational considerations
    Application of PK-PD modeling and simulation approaches for immuno-oncology drugs
    Translational biomarkers : application in the clinical development of combination therapies
    Correction to : considerations for construct and affinity design goals.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Feroz Jameel, John W. Skoug, Robert R. Nesbitt, editors.
    Summary: The biotechnology/biopharmaceutical sector has tremendously grown which led to the invention of engineered antibodies such as Antibody Drug Conjugates (ADCs), Bispecific T-cell engager (BITES), Dual Variable Domain (DVD) antibodies, and fusion proteins that are currently being used as therapeutic agents for immunology, oncology and other disease conditions. Regulatory agencies have raised the bar for the development and manufacture of antibody-based products, expecting to see the use of Quality by Design (QbD) elements demonstrating an in-depth understanding of product and process based on sound science. Drug delivery systems have become an increasingly important part of the therapy and most biopharmaceuticals for self-administration are being marketed as combination products. A survey of the market indicates that there is a strong need for a new book that will provide "one stop shopping" for the latest information and knowledge of the scientific and engineering advances made over the last few years in the area of biopharmaceutical product development. The new book entitled Development of Biopharmaceutical Drug Device Products is a reference text for scientists and engineers in the biopharmaceutical industry, academia or regulatory agencies. With insightful chapters from experts in the field, this new book reviews first principles, covers recent technological advancements and provides case studies and regulatory strategies relating to the development and manufacture of antibody-based products. It covers topics such as the importance of early preformulation studies during drug discovery to influence molecular selection for development, formulation strategies for new modalities, and the analytical techniques used to characterize them. It also addresses important considerations for later stage development such as the development of robust formulations and processes, including process engineering and modeling of manufacturing unit operations, the design of analytical comparability studies, and characterization of primary containers (pre-filled syringes and vials). Finally, the latter half of the book reviews key considerations to ensure the development and approval of a patient-centered delivery system design. This involves the evolving regulatory framework with perspectives from both the US and EU industry experts, the role of international standards, design control/risk management, human factors and its importance in the product development and regulatory approval process, as well as review of the risk-based approach to bridging between devices used in clinical trials and the to-be-marketed device. Finally, case studies are provided throughout. The typical readership would have biology and/or engineering degrees and would include researchers, scientific leaders, industry specialists and technology developers working in the biopharmaceutical field. .

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Introduction
    Section I Background of Structure and Function of Engineered Antibiodies
    Monoclonal Antibodies
    Antibody Drug Conjugates (ADCs), DVDs, BiTES (Bispecfic T Cell Engagers)
    Section II Early Stage Analytical, Molecular Assessment and Formulation.
    Leveraging the Multi-Attribute Method (MAM) to Improve Biotherapeutic Characterization
    Addressing Product Heterogenetity in ADC Biotherapeutics: Case Studies
    Cutting-Edge Analytical and Structural Methods for Characterization of ADCs.Cutting edge LC and CE-MS Methods for mABs, ACDs, and Bispecfic Antibodies
    Incorporation of Developability, Manufacturability in Therapeutic Antibody Discovery
    Analytical Characterization of Biologics for Candidate Selection and Optimization: Strategies and Case Studies
    Developability Assessment of Bispecific Antibodies: Analytical Platform and Stability Studies
    Method Development and Qualification and Molecular Assessment
    Screening for Drug-like properties of DVDs/ADCs
    Solubility and Early Assessment of Stability for Protein Therapeutics (In general and with specific case studies with modalities Duobody)
    Screening Antibody Candidates (mAbs) for Manufacturability, Stability, and Deliverability
    Practical Considerations in Screening Excipients for Protein Drugs
    Highly-Automated Procedures for the Assessment of Protein Formulations
    Formulation Design for Biologics in the Age of Lab Automation and Biological Performance Screening
    Pushing Formulation Development into Discovery through Antibody Design and High-Throughput Screening
    An Empirical Phase Diagram/ High Throughput Screening Approach to the Characterization and Formulation of Biopharmaceuticals
    Development of a combination drug product for high protein concentration mAbs: Preformulation, formulation and device
    A case study with delivery system
    Formulation and Process development of ADC Drug Products -A Case Study
    Formulation and Device Development Strategies for Fusion Protein, A case study
    Development of a combination drug product for BITEs: Pre-formulation, Analytics, formulation and device
    A case study
    Challenges in the Development of Pre-filled Syringes with Device for Biologics from a Formulation and device Points of View
    Section III Process Development
    Scale Down Models for Robust Biologics Drug Product Development
    Engineered antibodies -Understanding Intricacies of Formulation and Freeze Thaw Process
    Development and Scale-up of a Commercial Filtration Process
    Filling of High-Concentration Monoclonal Antibody Formulations: Investigating Underlying Mechanisms Impacting Precision of Low Volume Fill by Peristaltic Pump
    Development and Optimization of Freeze drying Process for Engineered antibodies
    Case studies
    Section IV Drug Delivery and Device Development
    Considerations for developing a Biologic in a PFS
    Early Device and Container Closure System Evaluation
    A case study for Cartridge
    Prefilled Syringe Technologies for Improving Drug Stability and Reliable Plunger Performance for Auto-Injectors Applications
    Global Market Trends for Advanced Combination Products -How Innovations can Contribute to Better Patient Outcomes
    Patient Centricity and System Integration as New Drivers of Biologic Drug Product Design Strategy
    Drug Delivery and Device Development,. A case study
    Development of a Combination Product : A Case Study
    Development Activities Associated with a One-Way Label Reference for a Device for Clinical Use
    Infusion set compatibility and drug delivery challenges of high potency ADCs
    Glossary
    Index. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ronald Gieschke, Daniel Serafin.
    Summary: The development of innovative drugs is becoming more difficult while relying on empirical approaches. This inspired all major pharmaceutical companies to pursue alternative model-based paradigms. The key question is: How to find innovative compounds and, subsequently, appropriate dosage regimens?

    Contents:
    Background of pharmacologic modeling
    First example of a computational model
    Differential equations in MATLAB
    Pharmacologic modeling
    Drug-disease modeling
    Population analyses
    Clinical trial simulation
    Graphics-based modeling
    Outlook
    Appendix A: Hints to MATLAB programs
    Appendix B: Solution to exercises.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mukesh Maithani, Parveen Bansal.
    Summary: Reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) has become the most widely used method for pharmaceutical analysis, as it ensures accuracy, specificity and reproducibility for the quantification of drugs, while avoiding interference from any of the excipients that are normally present in pharmaceutical dosage forms. This book presents a simple methodology for developing stability-indicating methods and offers a 'how-to guide to creating novel stability-indicating methods using liquid chromatography. It provides the detailed information needed to devise a stability-indicating method for drug substances and drug products that comply with international regulatory guidelines. As such, it is a must-read for anyone engaged in analytical and bioanalytical chemistry: professionals at reference, test, and control laboratories; students and academics at research laboratories, and scientists working for chemical, pharmaceutical, and biotechnology companies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Overview; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations;
    1: Introduction; 1.1 Introduction to Analytical Methods; 1.2 History of Chromatography; 1.3 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography; 1.3.1 High-Performance Adsorption Chromatography; 1.3.2 High-Performance Partition Chromatography; 1.3.3 High-Performance Ion-Exchange Chromatography; 1.3.4 High-Performance Size-Exclusion Chromatography; 1.4 Instrumentation of High-Performance Liquid Chromatography [9-13]; 1.4.1 Mobile Phase Reservoir; 1.4.2 Pumping System; 1.4.3 Sample Injection System 1.4.4 Stationary Phase (Column)1.4.5 Detector; 1.4.6 Data System; 1.4.7 Backpressure Regulator; 1.5 Applications of HPLC; 1.6 General Considerations for HPLC Method Development; 1.6.1 Various Steps for Method Development [15, 16]; 1.6.2 Optimization of the Method Development Parameters [17, 18]; 1.7 HPLC Method Validation [19-23]; 1.7.1 Validation Parameters; 1.7.1.1 Different Validation Parameters; 1.7.1.2 Statistical Validation [24, 25]; 1.8 System Suitability [26, 27]; 1.8.1 Capacity Factor; 1.8.2 Efficiency; 1.8.3 Selectivity; 1.8.4 Resolution; 1.8.5 Tailing Factor 1.8.6 Asymmetry Factor1.9 Stability-Indicating Method Development [28-30]; 1.9.1 Objective of Stability Studies; 1.9.2 Stability Protocols [31]; 1.9.3 Degradation Pathways and Their Role in SIM Development; 1.9.3.1 Need of Stress Testing in SIMs; References;
    2: Research Envisaged; 2.1 Plan of Work;
    3: Drug(s) Profile; 3.1 Ambroxol Hydrochloride; 3.1.1 Description [1-3]; 3.1.2 Pharmacopoeial Specifications; 3.1.3 Pharmacology [7-10]; 3.1.4 Adverse Effect; 3.1.5 Drug Interaction; 3.1.6 Doses; 3.1.7 Brand Name; 3.2 Cetirizine Hydrochloride; 3.2.1 Description [1-3] 3.2.2 Pharmacopoeial Specifications3.2.3 Pharmacology; 3.2.4 Interaction Studies; 3.2.5 Toxicity; 3.2.6 Side Effects; 3.2.7 Adverse Effects; 3.2.8 Dosage and Safety [17, 18]; 3.2.9 Brand Names; 3.3 Chlorpheniramine Maleate; 3.3.1 Description [2, 3]; 3.3.2 Pharmacopoeial Specifications [4-6]; 3.3.3 Pharmacological Action; 3.3.4 Indications and Usage; 3.3.5 Adverse Effects; 3.3.6 Drug Interactions; 3.3.7 Doses [14, 15]; 3.3.8 Dosage Forms [16]; 3.3.9 Brand Names; 3.4 Guaiphenesin; 3.4.1 Descriptions [1-3]; 3.4.2 Pharmacopoeial Specifications [4-6]; 3.4.3 Pharmacology 3.4.4 Adverse Effect3.4.5 Drug Interaction; 3.4.6 Dose; 3.4.7 Brand Names; 3.5 Paracetamol; 3.5.1 Description; 3.5.2 Pharmacopoeial Specifications [4-6]; 3.5.3 Pharmacological Action; 3.5.4 Indications and Usage; 3.5.5 Adverse Effects; 3.5.6 Drug Interactions; 3.5.7 Doses; 3.5.8 Dosage Forms; 3.5.9 Brand Names; 3.6 Phenylephrine Hydrochloride; 3.6.1 Description [1-3]; 3.6.2 Pharmacopoeial Specifications [4-6]; 3.6.3 Pharmacological Action; 3.6.4 Indications and Usage; 3.6.5 Adverse Effects; 3.6.6 Contraindications; 3.6.7 Overdose; 3.6.8 Drug Interactions
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ala-Eddin Al Moustafa, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to provide the reader with a complete understanding of the development of oral cancer by explaining the role of a wide variety of implicated risk factors and identifying their gene targets and key regulators. Some of the discussed risk factors are well known, including smoking, alcohol, betel quid chewing, and oncoviruses such as high-risk human papillomaviruses and Epstein-Barr virus; however, careful attention is also paid to less widely recognized factors, such as Qat chewing and yerba Mate consumption. The book concludes by describing and evaluating the most important strategies currently available for the prevention of oral carcinogenesis in humans. In presenting the most up-todate research and knowledge on these topics, this book will serve as a valuable source of up-to-date information for oncologists, cancer scientists, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Section on Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, American Academy of Pediatrics ; editor, Robert G. Voigt ; associate editors Michelle M. Macias, Scott M. Myers, Carl D. Tapia.
    Summary: Fully revised and expanded, the second edition of this best-selling resource provides expert guidance for primary pediatric health care professionals on caring for children with developmental and behavioral concerns - from medical evaluation and care initiation to transition to adulthood.

    Contents:
    Child development: the basic science of pediatrics
    Nature, nurture, and their interactions in child development and behavior
    Environmental influences on child development and behavior
    Biological influences on child development and behavior and medical evaluation of children with developmental-behavioral disorders
    Interviewing and counseling children and families
    Early intervention
    Basics of child behavior and primary care management of common behavioral problems
    Development and disorders of feeding, sleep, and elimination
    Developmental and behavioral surveillance and screening within the medical home
    Developmental evaluation
    Making developmental-behavioral diagnoses
    Social and emotional development
    Sensory impairments: hearing and vision
    Motor development and disorders
    Cognitive development and disorders
    Speech and language development and disorders
    Learning disabilities
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Interpreting psychoeducational testing reports, individualized family service plans (IFSP), and individualized education program (IEP) plans
    Disruptive behavior disorders
    Anxiety and mood disorders
    Basics of psychopharmacological management
    Complementary health approaches in developmental and behavioral pediatrics
    Social and community services for children with developmental disabilities and/or behavioral disorders and their families
    Transition to adult medical care
    Billing and coding for developmental and behavioral problems in outpatient primary care --
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    Friedemann Kiefer, Stefan Schulte-Merker, editors.
    Summary: "For decades, lymphatic vessels were considered to be of "lesser significance" than blood vessels, and the fundamental importance of lymphatic vessels for physiological tissue homeostasis and their involvement in many pathological processes have only recently been fully appreciated. It is clear by now that all higher vertebrates possess a lymphatic vessel system, and that malfunctioning of the lymphatic vasculature has severe pathophysiological consequences. Still, many central aspects of the developmental origin, growth control and regulation of lymphatic vessels are not sufficiently understood. This volume of 'Advances in anatomy, embryology, and cell biology' focuses on the lymphatic vascular system from a developmental point of view, presenting exciting recent advances in elucidating the development and molecular control of lymphatic vessels. A collection of focused reviews, written by respected experts, describes ostensively how advanced genetic models and state-of-the-art imaging are being used to decipher the action of transcriptional programs, growth factors and matrix components in the regulation of lymphatic endothelial cell behavior. A synopsis is provided for each chapter, concisely highlighting the main points"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Transcriptional control of lymphatic endothelial cell type specification
    Mechanosensing in developing lymphatic vessels
    Plasticity of airway lymphatics in development and disease
    Regulation of lymphatic vasculature by extracellular matrix
    Interplay of mechanotransduction, FOXC2, connexins and calcineurin signaling in lymphatic valve formation
    Development of secondary lymphoid organs in relation to lymphatic vasculature
    Platelets in lymph vessel development and integrity
    Interactions of immune cells and lymphatic vessels
    Lymphatic vessels in the development of tissue and organ rejection
    The role of neuropilin-1/semaphorin 3A signaling in lymphatic vessel development and maturation
    A fisheye view on lymphangiogenesis
    Visualization of lymphatic vessel development, growth and function
    Clinical disorders of primary malfunctioning of the lymphatic system.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Marvin I. Gottlieb and John E. Williams.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ135 .D475
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Heidi M. Feldman, Ellen Roy Elias, Nathan J. Blum, Manuel E. Jimenez, Terry Stancin.
    Summary: Addressing the major advances in biomedical, psychological, social, and environmental sciences over the past decade, Developmental-Behavioral Pediatrics, 5th Edition, remains the reference of choice for professionals in a wide range of fields, including medicine and health care, education, social service, advocacy, and public policy. This foundational, pioneering resource emphasizes children’s assets and liabilities, not just categorical labels. Comprehensive in scope, it offers information and guidance on normal development and behavior, psychosocial, and biologic influences on development, developmental disorders, neurodevelopmental disabilities, and mental health conditions. It also discusses tools and strategies for diagnosis and management, including new assessments that can be used in telehealth encounters.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Print
    Scott F. Gilbert, Swarthmore College and the University of Helsinki, Michael J.F. Barresi, Smith College.
    Contents:
    Part I. Patterns and processes of becoming: a framework for understanding animal development
    1. Making new bodies: mechanisms of developmental organization
    2. Specifying identity: mechanisms of developmental patterning
    3. Differential gene expression: mechanisms of cell differentiation
    4. Cell-to-cell communication: mechanisms of morphogenesis
    5. Stems cells: their potential and their niches
    Part II. Gametogenesis and fertilization: the circle of sex
    6. Sex determination and gametogenesis
    7. Fertilization: beginning a new organism
    Part III. Early development: cleavage, gastrulation, and axis formation
    8. Rapid specification in snails and nematodes
    9. The genetics of axis specification in Drosophila
    10. Sea urchins and tunicates: deuterostome invertebrates
    11. Amphibians and fish
    12. Birds and mammals
    Part IV. Building with ectoderm: the vertebrate nervous system and epidermis
    13. Neural tube formation and patterning
    14. Brain growth
    15. Neural crest cells and axonal specificity
    16. Ectodermal placodes and the epidermis
    Part V. Building with mesoderm and endoderm: organogenesis
    17. Paraxial mesoderm: the somites and their derivatives
    18. Intermediate and lateral plate mesoderm: heart, blood, and kidneys
    19. Development of the tetrapod limb
    20. The endoderm: tubes and organs for digestion and respiration
    Part IV. Postembryonic development
    21. Metamorphosis: the hormonal reactivation of development
    22. Regeneration
    23. Aging and senescence
    Part VII. Development in wider contexts
    24. Development in health and disease: birth defects, endocrine disruptors, and cancer
    25. Development and the environment: biotic, abiotic, and symbiotic regulation of development
    26. Development and evolution: developmental mechanisms of evolutionary change.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH491 .G54 2016
    1
  • Print
    Michael J.F. Barresi, Smith College, Scott F. Gilbert, Emeritus, Swarthmore College and University of Helsinki.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH491 .G54 2020
    2
  • Print
    Michael J.F. Barresi, Professor of Biological Sciences and Neuroscience, Smith College, Scott F. Gilbert, Howard A. Schneiderman Professor Emeritus of Biology, Swarthmore, Finland Distinguished Professor (Emeritus), University of Helsinki.
    Summary: "The definitive market leader and decisive text for the field, Michael Barresi's Developmental Biology includes new features and active learning approaches to help students and instructors succeed, including electronic interviews, videos, tutorials, and case studies. Built on the excellent writing, accuracy, and enthusiasm of the original text, the new edition features on line resources that dynamically convey ideas and concepts, and creates an experience that meets the desires of those teaching Developmental Biology to a new generation"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    editors, Martin J. Stoddart, April M. Craft, Girish Pattappa, Oliver F.W. Gardner.
    Summary: Developmental Biology and Musculoskeletal Tissue Engineering: Principles and Applications focuses on the regeneration of orthopedic tissue, drawing upon expertise from developmental biologists specializing in orthopedic tissues and tissue engineers who have used and applied developmental biology approaches. Musculoskeletal tissues have an inherently poor repair capacity, and thus biologically-based treatments that can recapitulate the native tissue properties are desirable. Cell- and tissue-based therapies are gaining ground, but basic principles still need to be addressed to ensure successful development of clinical treatments. Written as a source of information for practitioners and those with a nascent interest, it provides background information and state-of-the-art solutions and technologies. Recent developments in orthopedic tissue engineering have sought to recapitulate developmental processes for tissue repair and regeneration, and such developmental-biology based approaches are also likely to be extremely amenable for use with more primitive stem cells.

    Contents:
    1. Developmental biology of musculoskeletal tissues for tissue engineers
    2. The mechanics of skeletal development
    3. Development, tissue engineering, and orthopedic diseases
    4. Limb synovial joint development from the hips down: implications for articular cartilage repair and regeneration
    5. Stem cell-based approaches for cartilage tissue engineering: what can we learn from developmental biology
    6. Endochondral ossification: recapitulating bone development for bone defect repair
    7. Challenges in cell-based therapies for intervertebral disc regeneration: lessons learned from embryonic development and phathophysiology
    8. Developmental biology in tendon tissue engineering
    9. Biomimetric tissue engineering for musculoskeltal tissues
    10. Clinical translation of cartilage tissue engineering, from embryonic development to a promising long-term solution.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Martin Wabitsch, Carsten Posovszky.
    Contents:
    Gastrointestinal hormones induced the birth of endocrinology / Wabitsch, M.
    The changing concept of gut endocrinology / Rehfeld, J.F.
    Development and anatomy of the enteroendocrine system in humans / Posovszky, C.
    Incretins and their endocrine and metabolic functions / Seufert, J.
    Role of incretin hormones in bowel diseases / Zietek, T., Waldschmitt, N., Rath, E.
    Ghrelin and growth / Perchard, R., Clayton, P.E.
    Development of sweet taste perception : implications for artificial sweetener use / Sylvetsky, A.C., Conway, E.M., Malhotra, S., Rother, K.I.
    Just a gut feeling : central nervous effects of peripheral gastrointestinal hormones / RoTh, C.L., Doyle, R.P.
    Gastrointestinal endocrinology in bariatric surgery / Wabitsch, M.
    Enteroendocrine cells : metabolic relays between microbes and their host / Plovier, H., Cani, P.D.
    Treatment of diabetes and obesity by rationally designed peptide agonists functioning at multiple metabolic receptors / Khajavi, N., Biebermann, H., Tschöp, M., DiMarchi, R.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    edited by David J. Carroll, Stephen A. Stricker.
    Contents:
    Culturing larvae of marine invertebrates / Richard R. Strathmann
    Obtaining gametes and embryos of ascidians / Charles C. Lambert
    Artificial seawater culture of the gastropod Crepidula fornicate for studies of larval settlement and metamorphosis / Anthony Pires
    Trichoplax adhaerens, an enigmatic basal metazoan with potential / Andreas Heyland, Roger Croll, Sophie Goodall, Jeff Kranyak, and Russell Wyeth
    Rearing gymnolaemate bryozoan larvae for cellular and molecular analyses / Michael H. Temkin
    An invertebrate embryologist's guide to routine processing of confocal images / George von Dassow
    TEM analyses of chaetognath reproductive organs / George L. Shinn
    SEM analysis of marine invertebrate gametes / John Buckland-Nicks
    Imaging neural development in embryonic and larval sea urchins / Oliver Krupke, Shunsuke Yaguchi, Junko Yaguchi, and Robert D. Burke
    Preparation and use of sea urchin egg homogenates / Anthony J. Morgan and Antony Galione
    Microinjection and 4D fluorescence imaging in the eggs and embryos of the ascidian Phallusia mammillata / Alex McDougall, Karen Wing-man Lee, and Remi Dumollard
    Isolating specific embryonic cells of the sea urchin by FACS / Celina Juliano, S. Zachary Swartz, and Gary Wessel
    Biotinylation of oocyte cell surface proteins of the starfish Patiria miniata / Samantha Cihal and David J. Carroll
    Perturbations to the hedgehog pathway in sea urchin embryos / Jacob F. Warner and David R. McClay
    Regulation of DNA synthesis at the first cell cycle in the sea urchin in vivo / Jolanta Kisielewska and Michael Whitaker
    Immunoblotting analyses of changes in protein phosphorylations during oocyte maturation in marine nemertean worms / Jose R. Escalona and Stephen A. Stricker
    Multicolor labeling in developmental gene regulatory network analysis / Aditya J. Sethi, Robert C. Angerer, and Lynne M. Angerer
    A 96-well plate format for detection of marine zooplankton with the sandwich hybridization assay / Julio B.J. Harvey
    Isolation and assessment of signaling proteins from synchronized cultures during egg activation and through the egg-to-embryo transition in sea urchins / Michelle M. Roux-Osovitz and Kathy R. Foltz
    Tools for sea urchin genomic analysis / R. Andrew Cameron
    Antibody inhibition of protein activity in starfish oocytes / Eiichi Okumura, Masatoshi Hara, and Takeo Kishimoto
    Immunophotoaffinity labeling of the binding proteins for 1-methyladenine, an oocyte maturation-inducing hormone of starfish / Tetsuo Kida, Shinjiro Matsuda, Atsushi Kuyama, and Tetsuo Toraya.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Developmental clinical psychology and psychiatry to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Joseph O'Beirne, Konstantinos Chlapoutakis, editors.
    Summary: This book is a reference source containing all the relevant information about Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip (DDH), for people who practice or utilize hip sonography for the early detection and treatment of DDH. It aims at improving the population screening for DDH, thus contributing to the elimination of the disorder and its devastating consequences. What makes this book different from existing literature is the fact that, apart from the (updated) information about the disorder (including development, pathophysiology, etiology, pathogenesis, risk factors etc.) and a short technical guidance, the reader will find all relevant knowledge to organize training and set up screening. This includes analysis of the rationale behind universal sonographic screening, a comparative presentation of the sonographic techniques, teaching course structure / management and setting up a screening service, including audit, quality control of the scans etc. Special chapters about radiological diagnosis, imaging the consequences of non-diagnosis or maltreatment of the disorder, clinical management of DDH cases and shaping the future of hip sonography, are also provided. The book will be of interest to any medical doctor, but in particular to those working in the fields of radiology, pediatrics, orthopedics or general medicine, sonographers performing hip scans, or specialist nurses dealing with DDH.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Development of the Hip Joint: Embryology and Anatomy of the neonatal hip joint
    DDH: Definition, Epidemiology, Pathogenesis & Risk Factors
    Clinical examination in DDH
    An overview of diagnostic imaging modalities for DDH
    Imaging of early-onset osteoarthritis
    Early Detection of Hip Dysplasia
    Freehand sonographic techniques
    Hip sonography according to Graf
    Comparison of sonographic techniques
    Sonographic based treatment
    Further treatment
    Setting up an effective hip screening service
    Hip sonography training
    Hip sonography preparing for the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Susan Wray, Seth Blackshaw, editors.
    Summary: In this book, experts in the field discuss the latest research in developmental neuroendocrinology. Given that the hypothalamus is the center of neuroendocrine activity, the reader will learn about the molecular specification of hypothalamic cells, developmental modulators and epigenetic factors influencing hypothalamic development, and the development of neuroendocrine circuits. Each chapter provides a concise review of the current and future perspectives in developmental neuroendocrinology. Important insights into state-of-the-art techniques applied to functional circuit tracking, lineage tracing of hypothalamic cells, and the identification of genes altered through epigenetic mechanisms are also provided. Given its scope, the book will appeal to all students and researchers who are eager to understand the processes involved in hypothalamus development and the establishment of neuroendocrine circuits. This is the ninth volume in the International Neuroendocrine Federation (INF) Masterclass in Neuroendocrinology series* that aims to illustrate highest standards and encourage the use of the latest technologies in basic and clinical research and hopes to provide inspiration for further exploration into the exciting field of neuroendocrinology. *Volumes 1-7 published by Wiley.

    Contents:
    Part I. Molecular Specification of Hypothalamic/Pituitary Cells
    Development of the Neuroendocrine Hypothalamus
    Sonic hedgehog in Hypothalamus Development
    Development of the Hypothalamus in Xenopus laevis
    Gene Regulatory Programs in the Development of Hypothalamic Arcuate Nucleus Neurons
    Winding the Clock: Development of Hypothalamic Structures Controlling Biological Timing and Sleep
    Pituitary Development and Organogenesis: Transcription Factors in Development and Disease
    Part II. Developmental Modulators and Epigenetic Factors
    Hypothalamic Development: Role of GABA
    Epigenetic and Transcriptional Regulation of the Reproductive Hypothalamus
    Epigenetic Regulation of the GnRH and Kiss1 Genes: Developmental Perspectives
    Imprinted Genes and Hypothalamic Function
    Rhythmic Epigenetics in Neuroendocrine and Immune Systems
    Part III. Development of Neuroendocrine Circuits
    Development of Limbic System Stress-Threat Circuitry
    Organization and Postnatal Development of Visceral Sensory Inputs to the Neuroendocrine Hypothalamus
    Astrocytes and Development of Neuroendocrine Circuits
    Origins of Sex Differentiation of Brain and Behavior
    Development and Modulation of Female Reproductive Function by Circadian Signals.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited] by Homa Adle-Biassette, Brian Harding, Jeffrey Golden.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Takeo Kubota, Hideoki Fukuoka.
    Summary: This book addresses the developmental origins of health and disease (DOHaD), a new medical concept that demonstrates that various adult diseases start in the fetal period. It discusses our current understanding of the molecular mechanisms of DOHaD, including gene body epigenetics and non-coding RNA, and comprehensively examines diseases such type 2 diabetes, a well known as standard DOHaD-associated disease, as well as non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, hypertension and neurodevelopmental disorders. It argues that most adult diseases start at a very early stage, such as in the fetal and neonatal periods, and that earlier prevention and intervention would result in better outcomes for adult diseases such as type 2 diabetes and cardiac disorders, which are increasing in both developed and developing countries. The book appeals to obstetricians and pediatricians, as well as physicians who treat adult patients, wanting to understand the origins of diseases.

    Contents:
    Part I. Biological Basis
    One-carbon metabolism and lipid metabolism in DOHaD
    Novel models of epigenetic gene regulation in the nutritional environment
    Epigenetic switching and neonatal nutritional environment
    Part II. Disease and Environment
    Developmental origins of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD)
    Fetal origins of hypertension
    Involvement of noncoding RNAs in stress-related neuropsychiatric diseases caused by DOHaD theory
    Part III. Transgenerational Mechanism and Its Consequences
    Placental development and nutritional environment
    Risk of neurodevelopmental disease by paternal aging: a possible influence of epigenetic alteration in sperm
    Part IV. Clinical Significance
    Preemptive epigenetic medicine based on fetal programming.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Michelle M. Martel.
    Contents:
    Part I. Features and assessment of disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders
    Part II. Risk markers of externalizing problems
    Part III. Evidence-based treatment components of disruptive behavior disorders
    Part IV. New directions for disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Fred R. Volkmar, Eli R. Lebowitz, Denis G. Sukhodolsky.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Print
    O'Rahilly, Ronan.
    Contents:
    Part A. Embryos of the first three weeks (stages 1 to 9).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    A183 .C28 1973
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    31
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    27
  • Digital/Print
    Straub, Wolfgang.
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1981-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    27
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    17
  • Digital
    Paolo A. Ascierto, David F. Stroncek, Ena Wang, editors.
    Contents:
    1. New insight of peptide vaccination in cancer immunotherapy
    2. The determinants of T cell function for effective anticancer vaccine
    3. T cell fate in the tumor microenvironment
    4. T cell receptor avidity and affinity and tumor specific TCR engineer
    5. Host genetic variation and somatic alteration associated with favorable or compromised T cell function
    6. Production of Clinical T Cell Therapies
    7. Clinical success of adoptive cell transfer therapy using tumor infiltrating lymphocytes.-8. Harnessing stem cell-like memory T cells for adoptive cell transfer therapy of cancer
    9. T cell blockade- anti-CTLA4 immunotherapy against cancer and Abscopal effect in combination therapy
    10. T cell modulation- anti-OD-1 antibodies for the treatment of cancer
    11. T cell based therapies in combination with other procedures
    12. Chimeric antigen receptor T cells CD19 CAR
    13. Hematopoietic Stem Cell transplantation as immune therapy of malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Vincent T. DeVita, Jr., Theodore S. Lawrence, Steven A. Rosenberg ; with 404 contributing authors.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC261 .C274 2015
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Vincent T. DeVita, Jr., Theodore S. Lawrence, Steven A. Rosenberg.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editors, Vincent T. DeVita, Jr., Theodore S. Lawrence, Steven A. Rosenberg ; with 71 contributing authors.
    Summary: "This title will help you understand and apply the scientific advances that are revolutionizing cancer research and practice with Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology: Primer of the Molecular Biology of Cancer. Derived from DeVita, Hellman, and Rosenberg's Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology - widely hailed as the definitive clinical reference in oncology - the third edition of this popular Primer focuses on the molecular biology information that is of critical importance to research scientists and clinical oncologists alike. Get up-to-date, dependable coverage of every important frontier in aspect of the molecular biology of cancer with contributions from a noteworthy roster of leading scientists and clinicians. See how molecular biology advances are impacting clinical practice with separate chapters on each of the 19 most common cancer types. Navigate the challenges and ethical dilemmas of cancer genetics with a thorough section chapters on genetic counseling and genetic testing"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Ramaswamy Govindan, Daniel Morgensztern.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC261 .C274 2016
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Daniel Morgensztern, Ramaswamy Govindan, Siddhartha Devarakonda, Nikolaos A. Trikalinos
    Summary: "Based on DeVita, Hellman, and Rosenberg's Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology, Eleventh Edition, this comprehensive review book covers the entire specialty of oncology, including new or expanded coverage of molecular biology; epidemiology and etiology; screen and prevention; genetics; clinical trials; and immunotherapy. Inside, readers will discover hundreds of multiple-choice and case-based questions, along with detailed answers and explanations to help explain the how and why behind each correct response. The ideal way to maximize exam scores for today's student and residents"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Md. Shahidul Islam.
    Summary: This contributed volume discusses the most important aspects of diabetes in 27 selected chapters contributed by experts in the field. Its contents range from essential background information to recent advances, state-of-the-art treatments and in-depth discussions on many of the critical issues involved in diabetes pathophysiology and therapy. Throughout these pages, the most important areas of uncertainties and future directions of research have been outlined, covering a wide range of topics including latent immune diabetes, hypoglycemia, dietary recommendations, gestational diabetes and diabetes treatments, among others. This book is highly recommended for clinicians, researchers and students interested in diabetes care and research. ABOUT THE EDITOR Md. Shahidul Islam, M.D., Ph.D. is a Senior Consultant Physician at the Department of Emergency Care and Internal Medicine in the Uppsala University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden; and an Associate Professor at the Department of Clinical Science and Research, Södersjukhuset, in the Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden. Other books recently edited by the author include: Hypertension: from Basic Research to Clinical Practice, Thrombosis and Embolism: from Research to Clinical Practice, and Heart Failure: from Research to Clinical Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    E. Albert Reece,, M.D., PH.D., M.B.A., Executive Vice President for Medical Affairs, UM Baltimore, John Z. and Akiko K. Bowers Distinguished Professor, Dean, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Donald R. Coustan, M.D., Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University ; assistant publication editor [JWu1], Julie A. Rosen, PH.D., Executive Director, Medical Science and Research Publications, University of Maryland School of Medicine.
    Summary: "Publisher's Note: Products purchased from 3rd Party sellers are not guaranteed by the Publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Providing comprehensive, expert coverage of this timely topic, Diabetes and Obesity in Women: Adolescence, Pregnancy, and Menopause is a readable, practical guide to these two widespread and comorbid conditions. This one-stop resource covers women across the lifespan, with particular emphasis placed on the childbearing years. Primary care physicians, OB/GYNs, maternal-fetal medicine specialists, perinatologists, and endocrinologists will find a wealth of useful information that can be used in everyday practice. Offers reliable guidance from internationally recognized experts, designed for on-the-spot reference and practical application. Provides up-to-date information on diabetes and obesity, including drug treatment options, dietary management, and long-term care of complications. Includes detailed guidelines on management of gestational diabetes, pregnancy complicated by pre-existing diabetes and obesity, and peripartum and neonatal care. Covers prenatal diagnosis of abnormal fetal growth, congenital malformations, and diabetes and obesity in stillbirth. Features hundreds of clear line drawings and quick-reference tables that clarify key information. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I : General medical and primary care for women with diabetes. The history of diabetes mellitus / E. Albert Reece
    The rising tide of diabetes mellitus and obesity : implications for women of all ages / Emily D. Szmuilowicz, Lynn P. Lowe, and Boyd E. Metzger
    Management of diabetes mellitus / Kashif M. Munir, Perceval Bahado-Singh, and Stephen N. Davis
    Diabetes care for adolescents / Paula Holland Price, Kristen J. Nadeau, and Melanie Cree-Green
    Genetics, perinatal counseling, and diabetes education / Tabitha M. Quebedeaux, Shifa Turan, and Toni I. Pollin
    Preconceptual care of women with diabetes / Barak M. Rosenn
    Long-term care of medical complications of diabetes and obesity / Kenneth K. Chen
    Menopause, diabetes, and obesity / Catherine Kim
    Diabetes and obesity in pregnancy in resource-restricted countries / Elizabeth M. McClure, Iman M. Saleh, and Robert L. Goldenberg
    Section II : Metabolic considerations. Carbohydrate, lipid, and amino acid metabolism / May Alattar, Marjorie A. Pennant, and Robert S. Sherwin
    Metabolic changes in normal and obese pregnancies and in gestational diabetes / Linda A. Barbour, Jacob E. Friedman, and Teri L. Hernandez
    Section III : The fetus and placenta. The placenta with obesity and diabetes / Leslie Myatt and Gernot Desoye
    The biology of normal and abnormal fetal growth and development / Paul J. Rozance and Henry L. Galan
    Congenital malformations : epidemiology, pathogenesis, and experimental methods of induction and prevention / Peixin Yang [and 3 others]
    Perinatal mortality and morbidity / Donald R. Coustan
    Stillbirth and diabetes / Sarah D. Crimmins and Uma M. Reddy
    Section IV : Pregnancy complicated by gestational diabetes. Testing for gestational diabetes / Donald R. Coustan
    Management of gestational diabetes / Stephen Thung and Mark B. Landon
    Pregnancy with diabetes and obesity : the long-term meternal consequences / Shelley Ehrlich and Jane C. Khoury
    Section V : Pregnancy complicated by preexisting diabetes. Glucose evaluation and control / E. Albert Reece and Carol J. Homko
    Insulin treatment of the pregnant patient with diabetes mellitus / Celeste P. Durnwald, Mark B. Landon, and Steven G. Gabbe
    Dietary management of pregnancies complicated by preexisting diabetes / Cara M. Schrager
    Lifestyle modification in pregnancy : exercise to prevent and/or manage gestational diabetes / Raul Artal
    The role of obesity in diabetic pregnancies / Erin R. Hager and Nanette Steinle
    Prenatal diagnosis and management of congenital malformations in pregnancies complicated by diabetes / Sandro Gabrielli [and 3 others]
    Diagnosis and management of abnormal fetal growth / Oded Langer
    Fetal biophysical testing / Barak M. Rosenn
    Diabetic ketoacidosis in pregnancy / Martin N. Montoro
    Obstetric complications in diabetic pregnancies / Sarah D. Crimmins and E. Albert Reece
    Hypertensive disorders in pregnancy / Andrea C. Hinton and Baha M. Sibai
    Diabetic retinopathy / Maisa N. Feghali and Jason G. Umans
    Diabetic kidney disease before and during pregnancy / Matthew R. Weir and E. Albert Reece
    Diabetic neuropathy and coronary heart disease / Gustavo F. Luguizamón and E. Albert Reece
    Section VI : Peripartum and neonatal care. Delivery : timing, mode, and management / Donald R. Coustan
    Postpartum management, lactation, and contraception / Sarah D. Crimmins, Bianca Loverde, and Katherine R. Goetzinger
    Neonatal outcome and care / William Oh
    Long-term outcome of infants of mothers with diabetes / Allison L.B. Shapiro, David J. Pettitt, and Dana Dabelea.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Francesco Paneni, Francesco Cosentino.
    Summary: This book provides a practical hands-on approach to the management of patients with diabetes and cardiovascular disease, with original and up-to-date coverage of a variety of aspects of emerging clinical importance. Practical advice is offered on diagnosis, risk stratification, management of cardiovascular risk factors, and available drug therapies. Appropriate myocardial revascularization strategies are explained, and the current state of knowledge is documented regarding target-led multifactorial treatment and the management of acute coronary syndromes, heart failure, and cerebrovascular disease. New algorithms for diagnosis and treatment are presented, and to ensure ease of reference each chapter includes a box with practical recommendations as well as informative color illustrations and tables. The handbook will be of value for all cardiologists and diabetologists and will be especially helpful for young cardiologists, who are ever more frequently confronted by patients with diabetes and cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Edgar V. Lerma, Vecihi Batuman, editors.
    Summary: "Diabetes and Kidney Disease reviews the most up-to-date research on diabetic nephropathy, the current understanding of its pathophysiology, renal structural alterations and clinical features, and summarizes recent evidence-based clinical treatment modalities for the prevention and management of diabetic kidney disease. General clinical aspects are covered, as well as an overview to the novel approaches being designed by leading researchers in the field. A convenient compendium for physicians involved in the care of diabetic patients with varying degrees of kidney involvement, Diabetes and Kidney Disease is also a handy resource for medical residents and students interested in the current status and future approaches to reducing the burden of diabetes and diabetic kidney disease."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Edgar V. Lerma, Vecihi Batuman, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive resource on Diabetic Kidney Disease. Similar to the previous edition, the book reviews the most up-to-date research on diabetic nephropathy, the current understanding of its pathophysiology, renal structural alterations and clinical features, and summarizes recent evidence-based clinical treatment modalities for the prevention and management of diabetic kidney disease. General clinical aspects are also covered, as well as an overview to the novel approaches being designed by leading researchers in the field. A convenient compendium for physicians involved in the care of diabetic patients with varying degrees of kidney involvement, Diabetes and Kidney Disease, 2e is also a handy resource for medical residents and students interested in the current status and future approaches to reducing the burden of diabetes and diabetic kidney disease.

    Contents:
    Historical Background of Diabetic Kidney Disease
    Review of Clinical Practice Guidelines
    Natural Course, Pathogenesis, Morphology and Genetics
    Diabetic Kidney Disease: Scope of the Problem
    Natural Course
    Pathogenesis: Hemodynamic alterations
    Pathogenesis: Structural Changes in the Kidneys in Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes
    Diabetes in Children and Adolescents
    Clinical Presentation and Associated Conditions
    Screening, Early Diagnosis, Genetic markers and Predictors of Progression
    Atypical Presentations
    Albuminuria and Proteinuria
    Hypertension and Diabetes
    Obesity and Metabolic Syndrome
    Anemia and Diabetes
    Carvdiovascular Disease and Diabetes
    Dyslipidemia and Diabetes
    Bone Disease and Diabetes
    Diabetic Retinopathy
    Pregnancy and Diabetes
    Kidney Transplantation and Kidney Pancreas Transplantation
    Diabetic Kidney Disease and Covid-19
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Glycemic Control
    Computerized Clinical Decision Support
    Antihypertensive therapies
    Metformin
    Sodium-glucose Cotransporter-2 (SGLT2) Inhibitors
    Glucagon-like Peptide-1 Receptor Agonists (GLP1-RA)
    Dipeptidyl Peptidase-4 (DPP4) Inhibitors
    Novel Treatments and the Future of DKD: What is on the Horizon?
    Putting it All Together: Practical Approach to the Patient with Diabetic Kidney Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Julia H. Goedecke, Cape Town, Edward O. Ojuka, Cape Town.
    Contents:
    The relationship between exercise, nutrition, and type 2 diabetes / Stephenson, E.J., Smiles, W., Hawley, J.A.
    Sedentary behavior as a mediator of type 2 diabetes / Hamilton, M.T., Hamilton, D.G., Zderic, T.W.
    Increasing prevalence of type 2 diabetes in sub-Saharan Africa : not only a case of inadequate physical activity / Ojuka, E., Goyaram, V.
    Exercise interventions to prevent and manage type 2 diabetes : physiological mechanisms / Dela, F., Prats, C., Helge, J.W.
    Relationships between exercise, mitochondrial biogenesis, and type 2 diabetes / Joseph, A.-M., Hood, D.A.
    Interaction between lipid availability, endurance exercise, and insulin sensitivity / Newsom, S.A., Schenk, S.
    Mechanisms in exercise-induced increase in glucose disposal in skeletal muscle / Ojuka, E., Goyaram, V.
    The effect of exercise on obesity, body fat distribution and risk for type 2 diabetes / Goedecke, J.H., Micklesfield, L.K.
    Gene-physical activity interactions and their impact on diabetes / Kilpelinen, T.O., Franks, P.W.
    Physical activity and gestational diabetes mellitus / van Poppel, M.N.M., Ruchat, S.-M., Mottola, M.F.
    Physical activity in children : prevention of obesity and type 2 diabetes / Rush, E., Simmons, D.
    Diabetes and exercise in the elderly / Ferriolli, E., Pinheiro Amador S., Pessanha, F., Lemos S. Marchesi, J.C.
    Public health recommendations for physical activity in the prevention of type 2 diabetes mellitus / Lambert, E.V., Bull, F.
    Exercise for people with type 1 diabetes / Gallen, I.W.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Douglas W. Zochodne and Rayaz A. Malik.
    Summary: This is a unique compilation, by experts worldwide, addressing how diabetes impacts the nervous system. For example, diabetic polyneuropathy, a disorder more common than MS, Parkinson's disease, and ALS combined, is a major source of disability to diabetic persons worldwide. This book addresses diabetic polyneuropathy and how diabetes alters other parts of the nervous system.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology of polyneuropathy in diabetes and prediabetes/ Dan Ziegler, Nikolaos Papanas, Aaron I. Vinik, Jonathan E. Shaw
    Chapter 2. Clinical features of diabetic polyneuropathy / Douglas W. Zochodne
    Chapter 3. Focal and entrapment neuropathies / Benn E. Smith
    Chapter 4. Diabetic radiculoplexus neuropathies / Ruple S. Laughlin, P. James B. Dyck
    Chapter 5. Painful diabetic neuropathy: clinical aspects / Triantafyllos Didangelos, John Doupis, Aristidis Veves
    Chapter 6. Diabetic autonomic neuropathy / Roy Freeman
    Chapter 7. Motor neuropathy / Henning Andersen
    Chapter 8. Diabetic neuropathy and foot complications / Andrew J.M. Boulton
    Chapter 9. Glucose intolerance, metabolic syndrome, and neuropathy / Melissa Cortez, J. Robinson Singleton, A. Gordon Smith
    Chapter 10. Diabetic neuropathy in children / Jean K. mah, Danièle Pacaud
    Chapter 11. Cognitive disorders in diabetic patients / Paula S. Koekkoek, Guy E.H.M. Rutten, Geert Jan Biessels
    Chapter 12. Stroke and diabetes mellitus / Michael D. Hill
    Chapter 13. Neurologic infections in diabetes mellitus / Cheryl A. Jay, Marylou V. Solbrig
    Chapter 14. Recognition and management of psychosocial issues in diabetic neuropathy / Loretta Vileikyte, Jeffrey S. Gonzalez
    Chapter 15. General aspects of diabetes mellitus / Uazman Alam, Omar Asghar, Shazli Azmi, Rayaz A. Malik
    Chapter 16. Sexual dysfunction in diabetes / Várkonyi Tamás, Peter Kempler
    Chapter 17. Electrophysiologic testing in diabetic neuropathy / Bruce Perkins, Vera Bril
    Chapter 18. Pathology of human diabetic neuropathy / R.A. Malik
    Chapter 19. Epidermal innervation in diabetes / Gigi Ebenezer, Michael Polydefkis
    Chapter 20. Clinical and diagnostic features of small fiber damage in diabetic polyneuropathy / S. Javed, I.N. Petropoulos, M. Tavakoli, R.A. Malik
    Chapter 21. Central nervous system imaging in diabetic cerebrovascular diseases and white matter hyperintensities / Simerpreet Bal, Mayank Goyal, Eric Smith, Andrew M. Demchuk
    Chapter 22. Therapy for diabetic neuropathy: an overview / Bernadette Calabek, Brian Callaghan, Eva L. Feldman
    Chapter 23. Methodology for conduct of epidemiologic surveys and randomized controlled trials of diabetic polyneuropathy / Peter James Dyck
    Chapter 24. Neuroscience of glucose homeostasis / S.E. La Fleur, E. Fliers, A. Kalsbeek
    Chapter 25. Mechanisms of disease: Mitochondrial dysfunction in sensory neuropathy and other complications in diabetes / Paul Fernyhough, Jonathan McGavock
    Chapter 26. Mechanisms of diabetic neuron damage: Molecular pathways / Douglas W. Zochodne
    Chapter 27. Mechanisms of diabetic neuropathy: Schwann cells / Andrew P. Mizisin
    Chapter 28. Mechanisms of diabetic neuropathy: axon dysfunction / Anders A.F. Sima, Weixian Zhang
    Chapter 29. Mechanisms of disease: role of neurotrophins in diabetes and diabetic neuropathy / Valerie M.K. Verge, Christer S. Andreassen, Terra G. Arnason, Henning Andersen
    Chapter 30. Experimental motor neuropathy in diabetes / Natalie M. Wilson, Douglas E. Wright
    Chapter 31. Ischemia and diabetic neuropathy / Hitoshi Nukada
    Chapter 32. Diabetes and neurodegeneration in the brain / Cory Toth
    Chapter 33. Neurologic damage in hypoglycemia / Simin Mohseni
    Chapter 34. Painful neuropathy: Mechanisms / Corinne A. Lee-Kubli, Nigel A. Calcutt
    Chapter 35. Insights into the pathogenesis and treatment of painful diabetic neuropathy / Marni Greig, Solomon Tesfaye, Dinesh Selvarajah, Iain D. Wilkinson
    Chapter 36 - Autonomic neuropathy in experimental models of diabetes mellitus
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Fabrizio Barbetti, Lucia Ghizzoni, Federica Guaraldi.
    Contents:
    Neonatal diabetes : permanent neonatal diabetes and transient neonatal diabetes / Barbetti, F., Mammì, C., Liu M., Grasso V., Arvan, P., Remedi, M., Nichols, C.
    Maturity-onset diabetes of the young : from genetics to translational biology and personalized medicine / Vaxillaire, M.; Froguel, P.
    Thiamine-responsive megaloblastic anemia syndrome / Franzese, A., Fattorusso, V., Mozzillo, E.
    Diabetes mellitus in mitochondrial disease / Ng, Y.S., Taylor, R.W., Schaefer, A.M.
    Diabetes in Wolfram syndrome : update of clinical and genetic aspects / Rigoli, L.C., d'Annunzio, G.
    Type 1 diabetes mellitus in monogenic autoimmune diseases / Bacchetta, R., Maccari, M.E.
    Genetic and immunological features of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus as a clinical manifestation of type 1 autoimmune polyglandular syndrome / Fierabracci, A., Russo, B.
    Syndromes associated with mutations in the insulin signalling pathway / Leiter, S.M., Semple, R.K.
    Insulin resistance and diabetes associated with lipodystrophies / Leiter, S.M., Semple, R.K.
    Alström syndrome / Maffei, P., Favaretto, F., Milan, G., Marshall, J.D.
    Prader-Willi syndrome / Grugni, G.
    47, XXY Klinefelter syndrome is associated with an increased risk of insulin resistance : the impact of hypogonadism and visceral obesity / Panimolle, F., Radicioni, A.F.
    Down syndrome (trisomy 21) and diabetes / Bizzarri, C., Cappa, M.
    Turner syndrome and diabetes / Grossi, A., Cappa, M.
    Diabetes in Friedreich ataxia / Ran, S., Abeti, R., Giunti, P.
    Diabetes in myotonic dystrophy / Dahlqvist, J.R., Vissing, J.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Enzo Bonora, Ralph A. DeFronzo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with comprehensive information on the interactions between diabetes and a wide range of comorbid conditions and on disease management in such patients. It has the aim of empowering health care providers in their daily battle against the disease and its consequences. Diabetes has been identified by WHO and the United Nations as a medical emergency because of the increase in its global prevalence, which may reach one billion in three to four decades if the trend remains unchanged. Despite improved care that is helping to prolong life, diabetes impacts substantially on the quality of life of those affected and kills or disables several million people each year. The disease is systemic because all organs, tissues, and cells suffer in the presence of hyperglycemia and are damaged by the diabetic milieu. Unfortunately, most patients with diabetes will consequently experience chronic diabetic complications. This book will be of value for all physicians an d nurses who care for patients with diabetes and face the challenge of treating hyperglycemia and related acute and chronic complications.

    Contents:
    Diabetes and obesity
    Diabetes and dyslipidemia
    Metabolic syndrome
    Ageing and diabetes
    Hypertension and diabetes
    Diabetes and the cardiovascular system
    Pathogenesis of microvascular complications
    Diabetes and the kidney,. Diabetes and the eye
    Diabetes and the nervous system
    Diabetic foot
    Diabetes and cancer
    Diabetes, bone and joints
    Diabetes and the skin
    Diabetes and periodontal disease
    Diabetes and sexual disorders
    Diabetes and NAFLD
    Diabetes secondary to other diseases
    Ketoacidosis and the hyperosmolar non ketosic syndrome
    Hypoglycemia
    Pregnancy and diabetes
    Diabetes, depression and cognitive disorders
    Burden and sustainability of diabetes in the world.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Enzo Bonora, Ralph A. DeFronzo.
    Springer Nature eReference.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with comprehensive information on the interactions between diabetes and a wide range of comorbid conditions and on disease management in such patients. It has the aim of empowering health care providers in their daily battle against the disease and its consequences. Diabetes has been identified by WHO and the United Nations as a medical emergency because of the increase in its global prevalence, which may reach one billion in three to four decades if the trend remains unchanged. Despite improved care that is helping to prolong life, diabetes impacts substantially on the quality of life of those affected and kills or disables several million people each year. The disease is systemic because all organs, tissues, and cells suffer in the presence of hyperglycemia and are damaged by the diabetic milieu. Unfortunately, most patients with diabetes will consequently experience chronic diabetic complications. This book will be of value for all physicians and nurses who care for patients with diabetes and face the challenge of treating hyperglycemia and related acute and chronic complications.

    Contents:
    Diabetes and obesity
    Diabetes and dyslipidemia
    Metabolic syndrome
    Ageing and diabetes
    Hypertension and diabetes
    Diabetes and the cardiovascular system
    Pathogenesis of microvascular complications
    Diabetes and the kidney, . Diabetes and the eye
    Diabetes and the nervous system
    Diabetic foot
    Diabetes and cancer
    Diabetes, bone and joints
    Diabetes and the skin
    Diabetes and periodontal disease
    Diabetes and sexual disorders
    Diabetes and NAFLD
    Diabetes secondary to other diseases
    Ketoacidosis and the hyperosmolar non ketosic syndrome
    Hypoglycemia
    Pregnancy and diabetes
    Diabetes, depression and cognitive disorders
    Burden and sustainability of diabetes in the world.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Enzo Bonora, Ralph A. DeFronzo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with comprehensive information on the epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis, pathophysiology, clinical features, prevention, and treatment of diabetes with the aim of empowering health care providers in their daily battle against the disease. Diabetes has been identified by WHO and the United Nations as a medical emergency because of the increase in its global prevalence, which may reach one billion in three to four decades if the trend remains unchanged. Despite improved care that is helping to prolong life, diabetes impacts substantially on the quality of life of those affected and kills or disables several million people each year. The disease is systemic because all organs, tissues, and cells suffer in the presence of hyperglycemia and are damaged by the diabetic milieu. Unfortunately, most patients with diabetes will consequently experience chronic diabetic complications. This book, combining basic science with a practical clinical orientation, will be of value for all physicians and nurses who care for patients with diabetes.

    Contents:
    Overview of glucose homeostasis
    Insulin signaling and biological effects
    Diagnostic criteria and classification
    Epidemiology and risk factors of type 1 diabetes
    Epidemiology and risk factors of type 2 diabetes
    Genetics
    Pathogenesis of type 1 diabetes
    Pathogenesis of type 2 diabetes
    Monogenic diabetes
    Methods to assess in vivo insulin secretion and insulin sensitivity
    Diabetes screening and prediabetes
    Metabolic follow-up and home blood glucose monitoring
    Glycemic targets and prevention of chronic complications
    Prevention of type 1 diabetes
    Prevention of type 2 diabetes
    Patient education and empowerment
    Prevention of type 1 diabetes
    Prevention of type 2 diabetes
    Patient education and empowerment
    Treatment of diabetes with life style changes
    Treatment with oral drugs
    Treatment with GLP-1 receptor agonists
    Insulin treatment
    Insulin pumps
    Islet cell or pancreas transplantation
    Metabolic surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Darren K. McGuire, Nikolaus Marx.
    Contents:
    Definition and epidemiology of type 2 diabetes mellitus
    Insulin resistance : pathophysiology, molecular mechanisms, genetic insights
    Type 1 diabetes : pathophysiology, molecular mechanisms, genetic insights
    The metabolic syndrome : prevalence and controversies in clinical context
    Lifestyle interventions for the prevention of type 2 diabetes mellitus
    Pharmacologic and surgical interventions that prevent or worsen type 2 diabetes
    Epidemiology of coronary and peripheral atherosclerosis in diabetes
    Pathology of diabetic atherosclerosis : composition, characteristics, and distribution
    Vascular biology of atherosclerosis in patients with diabetes : hyperglycemia, insulin resistance, and hyperinsulinemia
    Vascular biology of atherosclerosis in patients with diabetes : dyslipidemia, hypercoagulability, endothelial dysfunction, and inflammation
    Type 1 diabetes and associated cardiovascular risk and disease
    Effect of lifestyle interventions on coronary heart disease risk in patients with diabetes
    Effect of glucose management on coronary heart disease risk in patients with diabetes
    Effect of blood pressure management on coronary heart disease risk in patients with type 2 diabetes
    Effect of lipid management on coronary heart disease risk in patients with diabetes
    Effect of antiplatelet therapy on coronary heart disease risk in patients with diabetes mellitus
    Role of percutaneous coronary intervention in patients with diabetes
    Role of coronary artery bypass surgery in diabetes and perioperative glucose management
    Epidemiology of acute coronary syndromes in patients with diabetes
    Hyperglycemia and acute coronary syndromes : association with outcomes and management
    Antiplatelet and antithrombotic therapy in diabetic patients with acute coronary syndrome
    Role of primary invasive strategy and revascularization in diabetic patients with acute coronary syndromes
    Epidemiology of heart failure in diabetes
    Diabetic cardiomyopathy : mediators and mechanisms
    Prevention of heart failure in patients with diabetes
    Treatment of heart failure in diabetes : systolic dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, and post-acute coronary syndrome
    Peripheral artery disease in diabetes
    Cerebrovascular disease in patients with diabetes
    Cardiovascular autonomic neuropathy
    Disparities in diabetes risk, cardiovascular consequences, and care : women, ethnic minorities, and the elderly
    The quality chasm : diabetes mellitus.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    William V. Tamborlane, editor.
    Summary: Currently, available information on pediatric and adolescent diabetes is limited to chapters in larger books covering the broader topic of pediatric endocrinology, and these do not have the space to delve into specific topics. This concise, timely book contains everything that a practicing provider needs to know in order to provide comprehensive, up-to-date care for children and adolescents with diabetes, from the latest methods for diagnosing various types of diabetes to integrating cutting-edge technology in the care of this patient population. Initial management, the use of insulin pumps, continuous glucose monitoring, and automated insulin delivery are discussed in detail, as are nutrition therapy, exercise, psychosocial challenges, acute and long-term complications, and future directions for treatment and research. Further, this book provides clinicians with guidelines for the implementation of best practices as outlined by leading associations such as the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and International Society of Pediatric and Adolescent Diabetes (ISPAD). The Yale Childrens Diabetes Program has been ranked among the best in the United States, including clinicians and researchers who are world-renowned for their efforts in improving the care of children with diabetes. This wealth of knowledge and experience positions the author team well as experts in this field.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology of Pediatric and Adolescent Diabetes Types
    Diagnosis of Type 1 Diabetes
    Initial Management of Youth with Type 1 Diabetes
    Insulin Treatment of Type 1 Diabetes
    Insulin Pump Therapy
    Glucose Monitoring
    Automated Insulin Delivery
    Medical Nutritional Therapy
    Acute Diabetes Complications
    Sick Day Management
    Screening for Co-morbidities and Complications of Type 1 Diabetes
    Adjunctive Therapies for Type 1 Diabetes
    Exercise and Diabetes
    Psychosocial Challenges of Diabetes
    Managing Type 1 Diabetes: A Young Patients View
    Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD) Association with Pediatric Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes
    Current Treatment of Pediatric Type 2 Diabetes
    The Yale Bright Bodies Lifestyle Intervention Program: An Intensive Lifestyle Intervention for Obese Children and Adolescents with and without Type 2 Diabetes
    Appendix: The Family Guide to the Yale Childrens Diabetes Program.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alan J. Sinclair, Trisha Dunning, Leocadio Rodriguez Mañas, Medha Munshi.
    Summary: "Diabetes in Old Age was the first textbook dedicated specifically to the issue of diabetes in older people, and is accepted internationally as the market-leading contribution to the literature. Comprehensive in its content and with a strong evidence-based focus throughout, the entire range of issues surrounding diabetes and its many complications are covered, and all with a clear focus on how they relate specifically to the elderly patient. In addition, areas unique to the elderly such as management of falls, diabetes and frailty, and diabetes and cognitive dysfunction form a key cornerstone of the book. In every chapter, best practice points and key learning outcomes are provided, as well as published evidence bases for each major conclusion. Diabetes in Old Age 4e will be an essential read for diabetologists of all levels, geriatricians, and all other health professionals involved in providing diabetes care to older people. All health professionals and social care professionals who are directly involved in the care of older people with diabetes will gain benefit from this textbook. This applies to doctors and nurses and allied health professionals who have acquired professional qualifications and are licensed to practice by their regulatory body. All clinicians in training grades will also acquire new learning experiences and valuable insightful information which will assist them in their study processes"--Provided by publisher. "Only textbook to give different approaches to optimising diabetes care in the community, primary care and secondary care health care arenas for older people"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Craig A. Alter.
    Summary: Utilizing clinical case material of children with diabetes insipidus (DI), this concise, practical pocket guide will provide clinicians with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and manage the various manifestations of the disorder they may encounter. It presents a detailed cross-section of pediatric patients, with different etiologies of the disease and possible complications, to provide sensible management scenarios to physicians treating patients with DI. The cases presented include diagnostic strategies and radiological findings for familial and nephrogenic DI as well as DI resulting from hypophysitis, germ cell tumors, Rathkes Cleft Cysts, Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis, craniopharyngiomas, genetic causes, and congenital malformations. Each case focuses on a specific learning objective with clinical pearls, and together these cases represent a comprehensive understanding of children with DI from many aspects. Managing pediatric patients with DI is a threefold challenge of determining the diagnosis, etiology and treatment. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Diabetes Insipidus in Children is an excellent resource to assist endocrinologists and other clinicians caring for patients with this disease.

    Contents:
    Primary Polydipsia
    Diagnosing DI (Water Deprivation)
    MRI Lesions in Diabetes Insipidus
    Central Diabetes Insipidus with Pituitary Stalk Thickening
    Hypophysitis
    Germ Cell Tumors
    The Gist of a Rathke's Cleft Cyst
    Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis and Diabetes Insipidus
    Craniopharyngioma and Diabetes Insipidus
    Diabetes Insipidus after Craniopharyngioma Resection
    Partial Central Diabetes Insipidus Following Endonasal Biopsy
    Septo-optic Dysplasia Spectrum
    Familial Diabetes Insipidus
    Treatment with Thiazides in Infants with Central Diabetes Insipidus
    Absent Thirst and Diabetes Insipidus
    Nephrogenic Diabetes Insipidus.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tahseen A. Chowdhury, editor.
    Summary: At a time when clinicians are bombarded with masses of clinical information from numerous sources, and the wide variety of changes/advances in diabetes management, there is a need for a concise, easy-to-read book that provides an up-to-date review of the major advances in management of diabetes, with an evidence-based approach. This book is a collection of short chapters, each focused on a subject related to the management of diabetes and its complications. The chapters are written by acknowledged experts in the field, who are also clinicians dealing with diabetes on a day-to-day basis. The text is highly evidence based and well referenced with reviews of relevant trials. It includes the latest developments in diabetes management, prospects for future therapies and avenues of research, as well as therapies currently undergoing clinical trial. In order to facilitate ease of reading, it has a user-friendly appearance, with multiple headings, illustrations and summary boxes. The primary audience is clinical, including all healthcare professionals involved in the management of diabetes and its complications. This encompasses diabetologists and endocrinologists, family practitioners with an interest in diabetes, specialist nurses, dietitians and podiatrists.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sam Dagogo-Jack, editor.
    Summary: Adopting a truly global perspective and a practical approach to diabetes--including pathophysiology, genetics, regional peculiarities, management, prevention and best practices--this book is an excellent resource for clinicians and policy-makers working with patients in more austere settings. The global prevalence of diabetes is estimated to increase from 422 million in 2014 to 592 million in 2035. Sadly, low- and middle-economy countries are projected to experience the steepest increase, but even in developed economies, vulnerable demographic subgroups manifest disparities in diabetes prevalence, quality of care, and outcomes. This book extends coverage to those underserved and minority communities in the developed world. In a consistent chapter format, it discusses classification, pathophysiology, genomics, diagnosis, prevention and management of diabetes in economically challenged regions as well as underserved populations in affluent nations. Suggestions regarding future directions in the organization of diabetes care delivery, prevention and research priorities are also provided. The detailed identification of barriers to optimal care and the practical approach to the management and prevention of diabetes make Diabetes Mellitus in Developing Countries and Underserved Communities a valuable resource for clinicians, researchers and health policy leaders.

    Contents:
    1. The Global Burden of Diabetes: An Overview / William H. Herman
    2. Primary Prevention of Type 2 Diabetes: An Imperative for Developing Countries / Sam Dagogo-Jack
    3. Diabetes in Sub-Saharan Africa / Felix Assah and Jean Claude Mbanya
    4. Type 2 Diabetes in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) / Yasmin Khan and Osama Hamdy
    5. Diabetes in China and the Western Pacific Region / Juliana C.N. Chan, Elaine Y.K. Chow, and Andrea A.O. Luk
    6. Diabetes in India and Southeast Asia / Shashank R. Joshi and S.R. Aravind
    7. Diabetes in Latin America / Omar Y. Bello-Chavolla and Carlos A. Aguilar-Salinas
    8. Diabetes in the Carribean / Michael S. Boyne
    9. Diabetes in Indigenous Australians and Other Underserved Communities in Australia / Stephen Colagiuri
    10. Diabetes among Māori and Other Ethnic Groups in New Zealand / Evan Atlantis, Grace Joshy, Margaret Williams, and David Simmons
    11. Diabetes in Eastern Europe / Mykolay Khalangot, Vitaliy Gurianov, Alexander Vaiserman, Ieva Strele, Vasile Fedash, and Victor Kravchenko
    12. Diabetes in Ethnic Minorities and Immigrant Populations in Western Europe / Oliver Razum and Helmut Steinberg
    13. Diabetes Among Indigenous Canadians / Sudaba Mansuri and Anthony J. Hanley
    14. Diabetes in Native Populations and Underserved Communities in the USA / Joshua J. Joseph and Sherita Hill Golden
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ezio Ghigo, Massimo Porta.
    Contents:
    Diabetes from growth hormone excess / Neggers, S.J., van der Lely, A.J.
    Diabetes in growth hormone deficiency / Prodam, F., Zavattaro, M., Caputo, M., Marzullo, P., Aimaretti, G.
    Diabetes associated with glucocorticoid excess / Janssen, J.A.M.J.L., Lamberts, S.W.
    Diabetes in hyperaldosteronism / Crudo, V., Mulatero, P., Monticone, S., Veglio, F.
    Diabetes from catecholamine excess / Mannelli, M., Parenti, G., Zampetti, B., Canu, L., Mannucci, E.
    Diabetes and hyperthyroidism / Mitrou, P., Dimitriadis, G., Raptis, S.A.
    Diabetes secondary to neuroendocrine gastroenteropancreatic tumors / Minuto, F., Ferone, D., Boschetti, M., Albertelli, M., Gatto, F.
    Type 2 diabetes in polycystic ovary syndrome / Pasquali, R., Gambineri, A.
    Diabetes in hyperparathyroidism / Thomas, A., Kautzky-Willer, A.
    Posttransplant diabetes / Secchi, A., Scavini, M.
    Diabetes in pancreatitis, pancreatectomy, and other pancreatic diseases / Tiengo, A., Vigili de Kreutzenberg, S., Del Prato, S.
    Fibrocalculous pancreatic diabetes / Unnikrishnan, R., Mohan, V.
    Diabetes and hemochromatosis / Wood, M.J., Gonsalkorala, E.S., Powell, L.W.
    Secondary diabetes : clinical considerations / Ghigo, E., Guaraldi, F., Porta, M.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Michael T. McDermott and Jennifer M. Trujillo.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Joel Rodriguez-Saldana, editor.
    Summary: Diabetes has become a worldwide health problem, the global estimated prevalence approaches ten percent and the burden of this disease in terms of morbidity and mortality is unprecedented. The advances acquired through the knowledge of the mechanisms of the disease and the variety of therapeutic approaches contrast with the inability of private and public health systems in underdeveloped and even developed countries to achieve the goals of treatment. This paradox has been described in many sources: the surge of scientific advances contrast with an unprecedented amount of human suffering. Thus, a patient centered and an evidence based approach with the capacity to produce measurable clinical and economic outcomes is required. The purpose of this textbook is multiple: to offer a comprehensive resource covering all aspects of outpatient management; to address diabetes as a health problem from an epidemiological, economic and clinical perspective; to discuss the role of social determinants of health on the worldwide increase in diabetes; to highlight the challenges and obstacles in providing adequate care; and to outline a multidisciplinary approach to management in which medical visits retain their importance as part of a team comprising the patient, his or her family and a multidisciplinary group of health professionals who are able to move beyond the traditional approach of diabetes as a disease and greatly improve outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Beata Lecka-Czernik, John L. Fowlkes, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Clinical and Pre-clinical Applications and Research
    Skeletal deficits in Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus- Skeletal Deficits in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Fracture Risk Assessment in Diabetes
    Diabetes-related Conditions and Complications in Orthopedic Surgery
    Impact of Diabetes on Periodontal Disease
    Biomarkers of Diabetic Bone Disease
    Safety of Anti-diabetic Therapies on Bone
    Bone Marrow Stem Cells and Bone Turnover in Diabetic Disease
    Part II: Biomechanics and Bone Quality
    Material Properties of Diabetic Bone
    Bone Quality in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Imaging of Diabetic Bone Structure.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Belma Turan, Naranjan S. Dhalla, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Metabolic derangements in diabetic cardiomyopathy
    Part II. Cellular mechanisms of diabetic cardiomyopathy
    Part III. Therapeutic aspects of diabetic cardiomyopathy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Aristidis Veves, John M. Giurini, Raul J. Guzman, editors.
    Summary: In its updated edition, this book covers important advances in knowledge of the pathogenesis of diabetic foot problems, and reviews optimal treatment for this debilitating condition. Blends new knowledge with time-tested principles of diabetic foot management.

    Contents:
    Clinical features and diagnosis
    Epidemiology and health care cost of diabetic foot problems
    Clinical examination and risk classification of the diabetic foot
    Diabetic neuropathy
    Diagnosis of peripheral arterial disease in the diabetic patient
    Imaging of infection in the diabetic foot
    Principles of care in the diabetic surgical patient
    Pathophysiology
    Physiology and pathophysiology of wound healing in diabetes
    Neuropeptides, inflammation, and diabetic wound-healing : lessons from experimental models and human subjects
    Dermal regeneration and induction of wound closure in diabetic wounds
    Microvascular changes in the diabetic foot
    Structural and functional changes in skin of the diabetic foot
    Biomechanics of the diabetic foot: the road to foot ulceration
    Cell therapies : new frontier for the management of diabetic foot ulceration
    MicroRNAs : novel therapeutic targets for diabetic wound healng
    Tissue-engineered wound dressings for diabetic foot ulcers
    Preparation of the wound bed of the diabetic foot ulcer
    Management of the diabetic foot
    Microbiology and treatment of diabetic foot infection
    Topical wound care treatment and indications for their use
    Surgical treatment of the ulcerated foot
    Lower extremity arterial reconstruction in patients with diabetes mellitus: principles of treatment
    Soft tissue reconstruction options for the ulcerated or gangrenous diabetic foot
    The diabetic charcot foot
    Amputations and rehabilitation
    Organization and preventive care
    Organization of the diabetic foot care team
    Quality of health care
    Psychosocial and educational implications of diabetic foot complications
    Role of footwear in the prevention of diabetic foot problems : the state of the art.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Joon Pio Hong, Hyunsuk Suh, editors.
    Summary: This excellently illustrated book offers clear guidance on diabetic foot reconstruction based on a multidisciplinary and practical approach. In the past, the ulceration and necrosis associated with diabetic foot very frequently necessitated amputation. Now, microsurgical reconstruction of the diabetic foot, a procedure in which the author is an acknowledged expert, offers a means of saving the foot while also greatly improving long-term survival rates. The book covers all aspects of diabetic foot reconstruction with the aim of equipping readers with the knowledge required in order to achieve optimal outcomes. Preoperative evaluation is explained and full instruction provided on debridement, infection control, and vascular intervention the key steps in preparing for a successful reconstruction. All stages in reconstruction are then described and illustrated, covering selection of the recipient vessel and flap, flap elevation, and microanastomosis. Guidance is also provided on toe and transmetatarsal amputation and surgical offloading procedures. Finally, the essentials of postoperative care are presented.

    Contents:
    Understanding Diabetes for Reconstruction
    Vasculopathy in Diabetic Foot
    Diabetic Neuropathy
    Understanding Infection
    Understanding Wound Bed Preparation
    Elective Surgery in the Diabetic Foot to Heal Foot Ulcerations and Prevent Re-ulceration
    "When and How to Prepare for Surgery
    When and how to perform Local flap
    When and how to Perform Free Flaps
    BKA with TMR are Changing the Options in Limb Salvage
    Understanding Autologous Stem Cell as Future Minimal Invasive Modalities for Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Alberto Piaggesi, Jan Apelqvist.
    Contents:
    The diabetic foot syndrome today : a pandemic uprise / J. Apelqvist
    A complication of the complications : the complexity of pathogenesis and the role of co-morbidities in the diabetic foot syndrome / M. Meloni, V. Izzo, L. Giurato, L. Uccioli
    Re-evaluating the outcomes in diabetic foot management / G. Clerici, E. Iacopi, M. Caminiti, A. Casini, V. Curci, E. Faglia, A. Piaggesi
    The Charcot's foot revisited : how the new pathogenetic findings explain the clinical course of the disease / N.L. Petrova
    Diabetic peripheral arteriopathy : a tale of two diseases / M.E. Edmonds, C. Shanahan, N. Petrova
    Does microangiopathy contribute to the pathogenesis of the diabetic foot syndrome? / A. Coppelli, L. Abbruzzese, C. Goretti, E. Iacopi, N. Riitano, A. Piaggesi
    The organization of care for the diabetic foot syndrome : a time-dependent network / A. Piaggesi, L. Abbruzzese, A. Coppelli, E. Iacopi, N. Riitano, C. Goretti
    Offloading the diabetic foot : the evolution of an integrated strategy / S.A. Bus
    Surgical management of the Charcot's foot / L. Dalla Paola, G. Scavone, A. Carone, L. Vasilache, G. Boscarinoa
    Indications to revascularization in the ischaemic diabetic foot / R. Ferraresi, F. Losurdo, R. Lorenzoni, M. Ferraris, M. Caminiti, A. Casini
    An integrated approach for the effective management of limb-threatening ischaemia in the diabetic foot / J.L. Mills
    Resistant infections in the diabetic foot : a frightening scenario / C. Tascini
    Antibacterial treatment in diabetic foot infections / E. Senneville
    The role of surgery in the management of the infected diabetic foot / J. Aragón-Sánchez
    Local management of diabetic foot ulcers, dressings and other local treatments / F.L. Game
    Towards extending ulcer-free days in remission in the diabetic foot syndrome / J.A. Boghossian, J.D. Miller, D.G. Armstrong.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Dirk Hochlenert, Gerald Engels, Stephan Morbach, Stefanie Schliwa, Frances L. Game.
    Summary: This book provides a clear and integrated guide to the diagnostic pathways and therapeutic options available for the treatment of diabetic foot syndrome. The link between the location of the lesion and its potential causes are discussed in relation to its diagnosis, biomechanics, treatment and prognosis. Chapters covering interdigital lesions, the lateral side of the foot, torsion of the hallux, and the charcot foot are included. Diabetic Foot Syndrome: From Entity to Therapy aims to facilitate interdisciplinary understanding and is relevant to endocrinologists, as well as vascular and orthopedic surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohammad Zubair, Jamal Ahmad, Abida Malik, Mallikarjuna Rao Tallur, editors
    Summary: This book discusses essential aspects of diabetic foot ulcers, including evidence-based information on its pathogenesis and pathophysiology, as well as the molecular mechanisms and biomechanics of the diabetic foot. It also highlights the need for a multidisciplinary team to be involved in the management of diabetic patients with foot ulcers, and describes available and future tools for evaluating patients who are at risk. Exploring the main current therapies as well as the latest developments, future directions and potential new treatments, such as growth factors, stem cell therapy, alternative medicine and nanotechnology, the book is a valuable resource for clinicians and medical graduates but will also appeal to researchers working in the field.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Takashi Wada, Kengo Furuichi, Naoki Kashihara, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest information on the clinical-pathological features of diabetic kidney disease. The data included is based on a cohort study of biopsy-proven diabetic nephropathy patients and nephrosclerosis patients, who were observed over a long term, and on the long-term registry for diabetic nephropathy (diabetic kidney disease) in Japan. It provides a clinical-pathological axis in clinical settings, including differential pathological/clinical diagnoses of CKD in diabetic patients (e.g. the presence of "classic" diabetic nephropathy and/or nephrosclerosis and/or other primary kidney diseases). The abundant biopsy specimens with long-term medical records provide a detailed pathological and clinical description. The book also includes urine-sample data for developing and validating possible candidates for novel biomarkers for diabetic kidney disease. Many countries, including Japan, have ageing populations, in which nephrosclerosis contributes to the progression of kidney lesions in patients with diabetic kidney disease. As such, a comparison of a diabetic nephropathy cohort with nephrosclerosis is indispensable to offer better treatments. This comprehensive and informative book is an indispensible reference resource for all physicians and researchers in the field of nephrology and diabetes. .

    Contents:
    Clinical Epidemiology
    The Japanese registries of diabetic nephropathy/diabetic kidney disease
    Diabetic kidney disease and cardiovascular disease
    Possible biomarkers for diabetic kidney disease
    Blood pressure management in diabetic kidney disease
    Glycemic control and future perspectives for treatment
    Nutrition and diet therapy for DKD
    Renal structural-functional relationships at the early stage of diabetic nephropathy among types 1 and 2 diabetes
    Similarity and difference
    Study at AMED collecting 600 biopsy-proven diabetic nephropathy
    Evaluation of diabetic kidney lesions
    Nephrosclerosis and diabetic kidney disease
    Pathologic aspects I. Non diabetic-renal disease (NDRD) and diabetic kidney disease (DKD)
    Experimental Animal Models of Diabetic Kidney Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sandeep Saxena, Gemmy Cheung, Timothy Y. Y. Lai, Srinivas R. Sadda, editors.
    Summary: The book focuses on diabetic macular edema and provides comprehensive practical knowledge on the subject. This timely book summarizes all the aspects of diabetic macular edema. The book is edited by leading authorities of vitreoretinal diseases having expertise in diabetic macular edema. It comprises over dozen chapters, authored by a subject authority in the world. Chapters provide diagnostic, medical and surgical approach. The book is clinically relevant, covers application of the latest clinical trials as well as application of novel imaging technologies. It includes uniquely structured chapters for easy learning. The book is beneficial to ophthalmic resident doctors, retina fellows and practicing retina specialists throughout the world.

    Contents:
    1. Diabetic macular edema (DME): A primer
    2. Pathophysiology of diabetic macular edema (DME)
    3. OCT biomarkers for anti-VEGF therapy
    4. Effect of anti-VEGF therapy on inner and outer retinal layers on SD-OCT
    5. Angio-OCT in diabetic macular edema (DME)
    6. Macular ischemia and anti-VEGF therapy
    7. Targetted screening for diabetic macular edema (DME): Translational aspects
    8. DRCR.net trials for diabetic macular edema (DME)
    9. Anti-VEGF agents for diabetic macular edema (DME)
    10. TIE-Ang2 agents for diabetic macular edema (DME)
    11. Intravitreal dexamethasone implant for diabetic macular edema (DME)
    12. Laser photocoagulation for diabetic macular edema (DME)
    13. Surgical management of diabetic macular edema (DME)
    14. Diabetic macular edema (DME) - One minute preceptor
    15. Artificial intelligence in diabetic macular edema (DME)
    16. End points of anti-VEGF clinical trials for diabetic macular edema (DME)
    17. Adjuvant therapies in diabetic macular edema (DME)
    18. QOL in diabetic macular edema (DME)
    19. Diabetic macular edema (DME) in young adults
    20. Diabetic retinopathy and diabetic macular edema (DME): Fighting the emerging global disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael W. Stewart.
    Summary: A well-illustrated and comprehensive analysis of the treatment of diabetic retinopathy, this book covers current treatment options and guidelines, whilst also providing a detailed discussion of emerging therapeutic targets. Existing therapeutic options are covered in depth, with a major focus on anti-vascular endothelial growth factor drugs and sustained release corticosteroids, including a review of trial results supporting current treatment guidelines. The use of agents off-label is also discussed. Controversial topics are discussed in detail with an emphasis on helping the reader make informed decisions, particularly when treating patients for which several treatment approaches may be appropriate because trial data does not clearly define the best option. Emerging therapeutic areas are evaluated, as work continues to identify agents that produce superior morphologic responses and visual acuity gains by targeting other molecules that contribute to diabetic retinopathy. Promising new drugs, targets and delivery systems are identified, and their development analysed.

    Contents:
    1. Diabetes and Diabetic Retinopathy: Overview Of A World-Wide Epidemic
    2. The Diabetic Retina: Anatomy and Pathophysiology
    3. Treatment of Diabetic Retinopathy: A Historical Perspective
    4. Targeting Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor
    5. Corticosteroids: Targeting Multiple Cytokines and Chemokines
    6. Current Treatment Recommendations
    7. Vitreolysis: Targeting the Vitreoretinal Interface
    8. Investigational Medications
    9. Safety Considerations of Pharmacotherapy
    10. Socioeconomic Cost of Diabetic Retinopathy and Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Charumathi Sabanayagam, Tien Y. Wong.
    Contents:
    Cardiovascular disease risk in diabetes mellitus / Hare, M.J.L., Shaw, J.E
    Epidemiology and risk factors for diabetic retinopathy / Jonas, J.B., Sabanayagam, C
    Reducing cardiovascular risk in diabetes : insights from diabetes trials / Lee, P.T., Chin, C.W.L
    Diabetic retinopathy and heart disease / Quek Qiao Yun, D., Cheung, N
    Diabetic retinopathy and stroke / Lai, J., Wong, V., Liew, G
    Chronic kidney disease and diabetic retinopathy / Yean, K.S., Sabanayagam, C
    Diabetic retinopathy and mortality / Grauslund, J
    Novel retinal imaging in assessment of cardiovascular risk factors and diseases / Ting, D.S.W., Peng, L., Varadarajan, A.V., Liu, T.Y.A
    Anti-VEGF therapy and CVD risk / Chatziralli, I.P., Sivaprasad, S
    Retinal vascular changes in diabetes and dementia / Chan, V.T.T., Wong, P., Cheung, C.Y.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Michael D. Lockshin, Mary K. Crow, Medha Barbhaiya, editors.
    Summary: Doctors, patients, investigators, administrators, and policymakers who assign diagnoses assume three elements: the name describes an entity with conceptual or evidentiary boundaries, the person setting the name has a high degree of certainty, and the name has a consensus definition. This book challenges this practice and offers an alternative to assigning diagnoses: quantitating diagnostic uncertainty in personal and public medical plans. This book offers the stakeholders' views participating in a workshop, sponsored by the Barbara Volcker Center/Hospital for Special Surgery, taking place in April 2020, about uncertain diagnoses. Chapters examine the circumstances in which diagnosis names are "unassignable", either because patients do not fit within diagnostic "boxes" or because health abnormalities evolve and change over time. In addition, the book deconstructs the processes of diagnosis and explores how different stakeholders used diagnosis names for various purposes. In examining pertinent questions, the book offers a roadmap to achieving consensus definitions or including measures of uncertainty in personal care, research, and policy. Diagnoses Without Names: Challenges for Medical Care, Research, and Policy is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in internal medicine, rheumatology, and clinical immunology as well as investigators, administrators, policymakers.

    Contents:
    Part I
    What is a diagnosis
    1. Chasing My Cure: Lessons learned from my rare illness
    2. A Pragmatic Approach to Diagnostic Categorization
    3. How diagnoses are assigned
    4. Toward Molecular Diagnoses for Autoimmune Rheumatic Diseases
    Part II
    Purposes of diagnosis
    5. Diagnostic Uncertainty in Drug Development
    6. Confronting the Inevitability of Diagnostic Uncertainty Across Multiple Legal Domains
    7. The FDA and the Drug Development Process
    Part III
    Assigning diagnoses
    8. Diagnosis of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus in the Age of Precision Medicine
    9. The Impact of Antinuclear Antibody Testing on the Naming and Misnaming of Disease
    10. In the Box or Out of the Box
    11. Ever Evolving Disease Classification Criteria for Clinical Trials and Studies: The Case of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    12. Prognosis: A framework for clinical practice when patients have symptoms with no diagnosis
    13. When the Illness Has No Name: Focus on Clinical Trials in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    14. The Epidemiology of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Part IV
    Uncertainty
    15. Managing and tolerating diagnostic uncertainty
    16. Is there a textbook for non-textbook patients?
    17. The Changing Role Of Uncertainty In Physician-Patient Relationships
    18. Syndromes in Search of a Name: Disorders of Consciousness, Neuroethics & Nosological Humility
    19. Reflections on the Conference by a Physician-Patient
    20. Clinical Ambiguity in the Intelligent Machine Era (Treats Breaks and Discharges)
    21. Shame, Name, Give Up the Game? Three Approaches to Uncertainty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Tina Iyama-Kurtycz.
    Summary: This unique resource is designed to be a practical, user-friendly guide for pediatricians, primary care providers, and all healthcare providers who work with children with autism spectrum disorder. Diagnosing and Caring for the Child with Autism Spectrum Disorderoffers state-of-the art instruction to clinicians on how to recognize, diagnose and assist children with autism spectrum disorders, from early in life to transition to adulthood. This book will also delve into how to support pediatric patients by working with families, and discuss how to best interact with and support these families. The book opens with a comprehensive introduction of ASD and obstacles to diagnosis and common myths. Section Two is devoted to the early recognition of atypical development and reviews the steps in diagnosing autism, including the evaluation, the diagnostic visit, the developmental exam, and the discussion of findings with parents. Section Three covers treatment and interventions for the autism spectrum and includes a discussion on alternative therapies and how to direct parents toward evidence-based or plausible treatments. Section Four and Five addresses special topics that are relevant to the PCPs or pediatricians long-term relationship with families, including chapters on anxiety, parents, challenging behaviors and common scenarios that occur across childhood for those who have ASD. Later chapters delve more deeply into providing informed, sensitive care for patients with intersecting identities, and discusses how gender identity and cultural perspective and attitudes can impact the pediatric patient with ASD. Engaging, and written in a conversational style, Diagnosing and Caring for the Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder will be an ideal resource for the pediatrician, primary care provider, and all healthcare providers working with children with ASD, providing concrete, step-by-step methods that readers can incorporate into their own practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andre Luis Moreira, Anjali Saqi, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a practical yet comprehensive guide to manage the shift in the diagnosis of lung cancer from large resections to small samples, including cytology specimens and core biopsies. Specifically, it outlines various available minimally-invasive modalities and presents algorithms to optimize and maximize sample collection and processing beginning at the time of tissue acquisition during the procedure. Secondly, the book provides an overview of the various existing and emerging lung cancer therapies and why a specific diagnosis is crucial. Key elements for the classification of small biopsies and cytology proposed by the ATS, IASLC, and ERS are highlighted. A section dedicated to immunohistochemistry offers a logical, step-by-step guide to sub-classify lung cancers and to differentiate them from metastases. The text also provides a review of the various molecular tests (and alternatives in cases of scant tissue) required for lung adenocarcinomas. Finally, potential pitfalls to avoid during acquisition, processing, and classification are discussed. With contributions from a team of multidisciplinary authors who are regularly involved in the care of lung cancer patients , Diagnosing Non-small Cell Carcinoma in Small Biopsy and Cytology is an invaluable reference guide for pathologists, pathologists-in-training, and allied professionals, including oncologists, pulmonologists, surgeons, and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Histological Classification and Its Need for Treatment of Lung Cancer
    Advances in Non-surgical Sampling Techniques for the Diagnosis and Staging of Lung Cancer
    Adequacy and Tissue Preservation of Small Biopsy and Cytology Specimens
    Optimization and Triage of Small Specimens
    Ancillary Immunohistochemical Techniques for the Subclassification of Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    Adequacy and Utilization of Small Biopsy Material for Molecular Diagnosis
    Role of Immunohistochemistry in the Detection of Targetable Mutations
    New Discoveries for the Treatment of Lung Cancer and the Role of Small Biopsy Material
    Evaluation of Small Biopsy Material in Patients with Multiple and Secondary Tumors
    Common Benign Mimickers of Lung Carcinoma in Cytology and Small Biopsy Specimens.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Rita Conigliaro, Marzio Frazzoni, editors.
    Contents:
    Confocal laser endomicroscopy in GI tract
    OTSC system in all possible applications
    Radiofrequency ablation of pancreatic mass
    TEM and TAMIS for large rectal neoplasm
    Unusual applications of metal stents in gastrointestinal tract
    Endoscopic suturing systems
    Endoluminal therapy for treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
    The point on the POEM: comparison between different techniques and outcomes
    News in ESD
    ERCP in altered anatomy
    Endoscopic and surgical management of Zenker's diverticulum: new approaches
    Cholangioscopy systems: state of the art
    Esophageal motility testing: the present and the future
    The diagnostic yield of novel parameters in reflux monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael A. Gatzoulis, Gary D. Webb, Piers E.F. Daubeney.
    Contents:
    Adults with congenital heart disease : a growing population
    Grown-up congenital heart or adult congenital heart disease : historical perspectives
    Cardiac morphology and nomenclature
    Adults with congenital heart disease : a genetic perspective
    Clinical assessment
    Echocardiography
    Heart failure, exercise intolerance, and physical training
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Cardiac computed tomography
    Cardiac catheterization in adult congenital heart disease
    Late repair and reoperations in adult congenital heart disease
    Venous shunts and the Fontan circulation in adult congenital heart disease
    Late complications following the Fontan operation
    Heart and lung transplantation in adult congenital heart disease
    Noncardiac surgery in adult congenital heart disease
    Critical care
    Arrhythmias in adult congenital heart disease
    Invasive electrophysiology
    Pacemakers and internal cardioverter defibrillators in adult congenital heart disease
    Infective endocarditis
    Transition of care from pediatrics
    Pregnancy and contraception
    Obstetric analgesia and anesthesia
    Quality of life in patients with pulmonary hypertension and nursing in adults with congenital heart disease
    Psychosocial issues in adult congenital heart disease
    Supportive and palliative care for adults with congenital heart disease
    Anesthesia in adult congenital heart disease, including anesthesia for noncardiac surgery
    Insurability of adults with congenital heart disease
    Atrial septal defect (interatrial communication)
    Ventricular septal defect
    Atrioventricular septal defects
    Cor triatriatum and congenital mitral stenosis
    Mitral valve prolapse, mitral regurgitation
    Partial anomalous pulmonary venous connections and the scimitar syndrome
    Valvular aortic stenosis
    Subvalvular and supravalvular aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Sinus of valsalva aneurysms
    Patent ductus arteriosus and aortopulmonary window
    Aortic coarctation and interrupted aortic arch
    Truncus arteriosus
    Vascular rings, pulmonary slings, and other vascular abnormalities
    Ebstein anomaly
    Tricuspid regurgitation and stenosis
    Pulmonary stenosis
    Double-chambered right ventricle
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Pulmonary atresia with ventricular septal defect
    Absent pulmonary valve syndrome
    Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum
    Transposition of the great arteries
    Eisenmenger syndrome
    Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries
    Double-outlet right ventricle
    Double-inlet ventricle
    Atrioventricular valve atresia
    Heterotaxy and isomerism of the atrial appendages
    Congenital anomalies of the coronary arteries
    Kawasaki disease
    Myocarditis and dilated cardiomyopathy
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Constrictive pericarditis and restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
    Noncompacted myocardium
    Rheumatic fever
    Cardiac tumors
    Marfan syndrome : a cardiovascular perspective
    Idiopathic pulmonary hypertension.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Mark W. Russo, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of autoimmune hepatitis (AIH). The book reviews diagnosis criteria for AIH, biochemical and histologic findings in typical and atypical cases, and treatment with first, second, and third line therapies. Furthermore, the book discusses management of AIH for specific patient populations, including pediatric patients, pregnant patients, and patients undergoing liver transplantation. Criteria for stopping therapy and risk of relapse, studies demonstrating the efficacy and safety of alternatives to corticosteroids, and diagnosis and treatment of overlap syndromes are also explored in the text. Written by experts in the field, Diagnosis and Treatment of Autoimmune Hepatitis: A Clinical Guide is a state-of-the-art resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat and manage patients with AIH.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Burden of Disease
    The Pathogenesis of Autoimmune Liver Diseases
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis
    The Pathology of Autoimmune Hepatitis
    Treating the Adult Patient-First Line Therapy
    Treating the Adult Patient: Alternative Drug Therapies
    The Approach to the Pediatric Patient
    Autoimmune Hepatitis and Pregnancy
    Liver Transplantation for Autoimmune Hepatitis
    Autoimmune Overlap Syndromes
    Drug Induced Liver Injury with Autoimmune Features.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    James H. Tabibian, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of cholangiocarcinoma (CCA). The text is structured to effectively present a broad yet concise overview of bile duct cancer, its relevant definitions, classification schemata, clinical management tenets, translational (including molecular and cellular) facets, and future directions. The book features numerous high-yield illustrations and is authored by an eclectic range of renowned experts in various areas of CCA, reflecting the multidisciplinary nature of the field. Filling a critical gap in the field, Diagnosis and Management of Cholangiocarcinoma: A Multidisciplinary Approach is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients with bile duct cancer.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Biliary Tree: Normal, Anomalous, and Relationship to Cholangiocarcinoma
    Anatomic and Morphologic Classifications of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Intraductal tumors of the biliary tract: Precursor lesions and variants
    Pathologic Basis and Classification of Biliary Epithelial Neoplasms
    Clinical epidemiology of cholangiocarcinoma
    Biochemical indicators of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Imaging of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Pathological diagnosis of cholangiocarcinoma
    Challenges in diagnosing cholangiocarcinoma: pulling together biochemical, radiological, and cytopathological data
    PSC-Associated Cholangiocarcinoma: Diagnostic And Therapeutic Considerations
    Fluke-associated Cholangiocarcinoma: a regional epidemic
    Endoscopic Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
    The Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound in Cholangiocarcinoma
    Surgical approach to the treatment of cholangiocarcinoma
    Liver Transplantation for Cholangiocarcinoma
    Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Therapy for Cholangiocarcinoma
    Palliative chemotherapy and radiotherapy for cholangiocarcinoma
    Interventional Radiology Therapies for Intrahepatic Cholangiocarcinoma
    Established and emerging biomarkers for prediction, early detection, and prognostication of cholangiocarcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma Surveillance in Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis and IgG4-related sclerosing cholangitis
    Novel targeted therapies in clinical use and on the horizon for cholangiocarcinoma
    In vitro and in vivo model systems of cholangiocarcinoma
    Organoid models of Cholangiocarcinoma
    The tumor environment: cholangiocarcinoma-associated fibroblasts and beyond
    Glycosylation in cholangiocarcinoma development and metastasis: diagnostic and therapeutic considerations
    The investigative therapeutic pipeline for cholangiocarcinoma: insights from model systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hyeon Yu, Charles T. Burke, Clayton W. Commander, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive guide for selective venous sampling procedures and the role of interventional radiologists in the care and treatment of patients with endocrine disorders. Selective venous sampling is a minimally invasive interventional procedure that interventional radiologists perform to localize sites of abnormal hormone secretion. As these various venous samplings are increasingly performed worldwide, the collaboration between interventional radiology, endocrinology, surgical endocrinology, surgical oncology, neurosurgery, and gynecology teams is essential. With limited literature on the topic, this volume fills the gap with in-depth coverage of selective venous sampling alongside the pathophysiology, epidemiology, clinical diagnosis, as well as medical, surgical, and interventional management of endocrine disorders. The book is divided into five parts: Clinical, Laboratory, and Radiological Diagnosis of Endocrine Disorders; Selective Venous Sampling in Interventional Radiology; Medical Treatment of Endocrine Disorders; Surgical Treatment of Endocrine Disorders; Interventional Treatment of Endocrine Disorders. Throughout these parts, endocrine disorders that require venous sampling are covered in depth: primary aldosteronism, primary hyperparathyroidism, Cushing's disease, hormone-secreting pancreatic adenomas, and androgen-secreting ovarian tumors. There is additionally an emerging role for interventional management in thyroid gland disorders, which is covered here. This is an ideal guide for interventional radiologists caring for patients with endocrine disorders, as well as endocrinologists, endocrine surgeons, surgical oncologists, otolaryngologists, neurosurgeons, gynecologists, and nephrologists.

    Contents:
    PART 1. Clinical & Laboratory Diagnosis of Endocrine Disorders
    Clinical Evaluation
    Laboratory Evaluation (Clinical Chemistry and Pathology)
    PART 2. Selective Venous Sampling in Interventional Radiology
    Primary Aldosteronism
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hyperandrogenism (Hirsutism)
    Cushing's Disease (ACTH-producing Pituitary Adenoma)
    Pancreatic Islet tumors (Insulinoma & Gastrinoma)
    PART 3: Medical Treatment of Endocrine Disorders
    Medical Treatment of Endocrine Disorders
    PART 4: Surgical Treatment of Endocrine Disorders
    Surgical Treatment of Primary aldosteronism
    Surgical Treatment of Hyperparathyroidism
    Surgical Treatment of Hyperandrogenism (Hirsutism)
    Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic islet cell tumors (insulinoma & gastrinoma)
    Surgical Treatment of Cushing's disease (ACTH-producing pituitary tumor)
    PART 5: Interventional Treatment of Endocrine Disorders
    Interventional Treatment of Adrenal Adenoma with Primary Aldosteronism
    Interventional Treatment of Parathyroid Adenoma with Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Interventional Treatment of Thyroid Nodule with Hyperthyroidism
    Interventional Treatment of Pancreatic Islet Cell Transplantation
    Interventional Treatment of Hepatic Endocrine Tumor.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Olufemi R. Ayeni, Jón Karlsson, Marc J. Philippon, Marc R. Safran, editors.
    Contents:
    Need for Evidence Based Decision Making
    Historical Background of FAI Treatment
    Differential Diagnosis of Hip Pain
    Clinical Diagnosis of FAI: History & Physical Examination
    Imaging of FAI
    Indications for FAI surgery
    Arthroscopic Management (CAM)
    Arthroscopic Management (Pincer)
    Open Management: (CAM)
    Open Management: (Pincer)
    Treatment of Labral Tears in FAI Surgery
    Treatment of Cartilage Injuries in FAI Surgery
    Non Operative of Management of FAI
    Rehabilitation after FAI Surgery
    Complications of FAI surgery
    Revision FAI surgery
    Management of Concurrent diagnoses
    Future Directions of FAI Surgery: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Future Directions in Training FAI Surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Bettina F. Cuneo, Julia A. Drose, D. Woodrow Benson
    Summary: "Accurate diagnosis of fetal arrhythmias is a challenging and essential skill for obstetric practitioners. Diagnosis and Management of Fetal Arrhythmias is the first and only text devoted exclusively to these difficult-to-diagnose abnormalities, helping you distinguish similar rhythms and provide appropriate patient care. Abundant illustrations and dozens of videos online provide clear visual guidance for ultrasound diagnosis of fetal cardiac rhythms. Offers simple, straightforward methods to diagnose and triage fetal arrhythmias, written with the obstetric practitioner in mind. Highlights the well-organized text with more than 400 full-color images and line drawings. Features an extensive library of more than 50 video case examples included with eBook. Provides expert, focused coverage of a key area for obstetricians and residents, maternal-fetal medicine fellows and attendings, obstetric sonographers, and pediatric cardiologists. Includes access to an additional image-based chapter of arrhythmia case studies in the eBook"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Overview of Fetal Arrhythmias / Julia A. Drose and Bettina F. Cuneo
    Before Diagnosis: Initial Evaluation of the Pregnancy With Fetal Arrhythmia / Julia A. Drose and Bettina F. Cuneo
    Genetics of Fetal Arrhythmias / Susan Etheridge and Lindsay Meyers
    Electronic Monitoring / Rachel L. Rodel and Henry L. Galan
    Echocardiography / Lisa Willis Howley
    Magnetocardiography / Ronald Wakai
    Ectopy / Katherine Anne Kosiv and Anita J. Moon-Grady
    Supraventricular Tachyarrhythmias / Stacy Ann Stratemann Killen and Frank A. Fish
    Ventricular Tachycardias / Sally-Ann Barker Clur, Lisa K. Hornberger, Arja Suzanne Vink, and Nico A. Blom
    Atrioventricular Block and Structural Cardiac Defects / Fayeza Alrais and Anita J. Moon-Grady
    Immune-Mediated Atrioventricular Block / Helena M. Gardiner and Bettina F. Cuneo
    Channelopathies / Hitoshi Horigome
    Treatment of Supraventricular Tachyarrhythmias / Stacy Ann Stratemann Killen and Frank A. Fish
    Treatment of Ventricular Tachycardias / Sally-Ann Barker Clur, Arja Suzanne Vink, Nico A. Blom, and Hitoshi Horigome
    Treatment of Immune-Mediated Atrioventricular Block / Helena M. Gardiner and Bettina F. Cuneo
    The Inherited Arrhythmia Syndromes / Danna Spears
    The Anti-Ro/SSA Positive Pregnancy / Helena M. Gardiner and Bettina F. Cuneo
    Delivery Planning / Mary T. Donofrio and Alfred Abuhamad
    The Elusive Fetal Electrocardiogram / Helena M. Gardiner
    Magnetocardiography for the Fetus at Risk for Stillbirth / Janette F. Strasburger
    The Fetal Pacemaker / Yaniv Bar-Cohen, Gerald E. Loeb, Michael J. Silka, Jay D. Pruetz, and Ramen H. Chmait
    Diagnosis from a Distance : Telecardiology in the Evaluation of Fetal Arrhythmias / J. Fred Thomas, Christina A. Olson, Gerard Frunzi, and Bettina F. Cuneo
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Guy A. Weiss, editor.
    Summary: This clinical casebook provides a comprehensive yet concise state-of-the-art review of gluten-associated disorders. Presented in a case-based format, the casebook reviews the overall management of celiac disease (from seronegative through classical to refractory disease) as well as non-celiac gluten/wheat sensitivity, with an emphasis on gastrointestinal and extra-intestinal manifestations of these disorders. Specific topics presented in these cases include, for instance, dermatitis herpetiformis, celiac disease and the liver, non-responsive celiac disease, celiac crisis, overlap with functional gastrointestinal disorders, and fructan intolerance. Two chapters written by expert dieticians share their experience in managing celiac disease and gluten/wheat sensitivity. Written by international experts in the field, Diagnosis and Management of Gluten-Associated Disorders: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for both adult and pediatric gastroenterologists, hepatologists, primary care physicians, dermatologists, registered dieticians, trainees, and researchers interested in gluten-associated disorders.

    Contents:
    From Classical to Non-Classical Celiac Disease
    Dermatitis Herpetiformis
    Celiac Disease and the Liver
    Pediatric Celiac Disease
    Celiac Disease and Womens Health
    Gluten Challenge in Gluten-Associated Disorders
    Seronegative Celiac Disease
    Non-Responsive Celiac Disease
    Type I Refractory Celiac Disease
    Type II Refractory Celiac Disease
    Enteropathy-associated T-cell Lymphoma
    Celiac Crisis
    The Role of Capsule Endoscopy in Celiac Disease
    Between Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders and Celiac Disease
    The Dietitian Role in Celiac Disease
    Non-Celiac Gluten Sensitivity
    The Dietitian Role in Non-Celiac Gluten Sensitivity
    Fructan Intolerance.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    James Y. Suen, Erika Petersen, editors.
    Summary: This text is a comprehensive guide to the evaluation of patients with head and face pain. It is a resource for any physician or dentist to properly diagnosis and to learn the options for treating head and face pain, as well as know when to refer a patient to a specialist and how to identify which specialist is needed. It discusses the basic anatomy, etiology, and pathophysiology of head and face pain, classification guidelines for treatment, and clinical case examples. Additional chapters on nerve blocks, nerve stimulators, radiosurgery, microvascular decompression, Botox, and alternative and complementary medicine are also included. Diagnosis and Management of Head and Face Pain will be an invaluable resource for otolaryngologists, family physicians, oral surgeons, dentists, neurologists, neurosurgeons, pain specialists, and patients who suffer from head and face pain.

    Contents:
    Part I: Clinical Fundamentals
    Applied Neuroanatomy of the Face and Head
    Etiology of Head Pain
    Pathophysiology of Head and Facial Pain
    Nomenclature and Differential Diagnosis
    Part II: Evaluation and Diagnosis
    History and Physical Examinations
    Imaging Approach for the Diagnosis of Head and Face Pain
    Psychological Assessment in the Context of Head and Facial Pain
    Diagnosis of Orofacial Pain of Dental Origin
    Diagnostic Nerve Blocks
    Interventional Approach to the Diagnosis of Head and Face Pain
    Part III: Management & Treatment
    Medical Management of Head and Face Pain
    Management of Pain of Oral-Dental Origin: An Evidence Based Approach
    Therapeutic Nerve Blocks
    Botox for Migraine Headaches and Facial Pain
    Psychological and Psychiatric Treatment of Chronic Head and Face Pain
    Acupuncture in the Management of Head and Neck Pain: An Introduction
    Gamma Knife Radiosurgery for Trigeminal Neuralgia
    ^Percutaneous Procedures for Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Microvascular Decompression of the Trigeminal Nerve for Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Advanced Neurosurgical Interventions
    Surgical Management of Migraines
    Vestibular Migraine
    Neuromodulation for Trigeminal Autonomic Cephalalgias
    Part IV: Representative Clinical Cases
    Clinical Case of Type I Trigeminal Neuritis
    Representative Clinical Cases: Atypical Trigeminal Neuralgia, Type 2
    Trigeminal Nerve Pain, V1 Distribution: Representative Case
    Representative Clinical Case: Trigeminal Nerve Pain, V-2 Distribution
    V-3 Pain-Representative Clinical Case
    Temporomandibular Pain Case Presentation
    Pain of Dental Origin
    Pain from Nasal Origin-Clinical Case
    Post Herpes Zoster Neuritis
    Bilateral Face and Head Pain
    Anesthesia Dolorosa
    Facial Pain Treated with Stellate Ganglion Block
    Non-surgical Management of Migraines
    Surgical Techniques of Migraine Surgery
    ^Representative Clinical Case: Occipital Neuralgia
    Head and Neck Cancer Pain: A Case Study
    Cervical Plexus Pain Case Report
    Head Pain in Pediatrics. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jasmohan S. Bajaj, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of hepatic encephalopathy. Through a case-based approach, the text reviews new data and studies about the role of microbiota in liver disease and hepatic encephalopathy, explores the burden of hepatic encephalopathy on readmissions, costs, and patient care, and highlights management strategies for patients in differing stages of hepatic encephalopathy. Exploratory new therapies and treatment targets are also discussed in the guide. Written by experts in the field, Diagnosis and Management of Hepatic Encephalopathy: A Case-based Guide is a valuable resource for physicians and researchers who deal with this challenging complication of cirrhosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Roy K. Aaron, editor.
    Contents:
    Health Care Organization and its Impact on Care of Diseases of the Hip
    Prevalence and Societal Burden of Hip Osteoarthritis
    Metabolic Syndrome, Obesity, and Osteoarthritis
    Biomechanical Considerations in Arthritis of the Hip
    Gait Pathomechanics in Hip Disease
    Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Osteonecrosis
    Osteoporosis and Hip Fractures
    Preoperative Management of Paget's Disease
    Metabolic Bone Disease Following Organ Transplantation
    Options for Primary Hip Arthroplasty
    Hip Sepsis and the Prevention of Perioperative Infections
    Venous Thromboembolism in Total Hip Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Michelangelo Mancuso and Thomas Klopstock.
    Summary: This book will help readers navigate the complexity of mitochondrial disorders, by addressing the role of mitochondrial dysfunction and the complex pathophysiological mechanisms associated with a growing number of illnesses, not only of neurological interest. Further, it provides updated concepts on genotype-phenotype correlations, clinical syndromes, diagnostic algorithms and therapies. Written by the world's foremost mitochondrial researchers, the book comprehensively presents the state-of-the-art in mitochondrial medicine, making it of interest to a wide variety of specialists, including neurologists, geneticists, internists and biologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Aziz Nazha, editor.
    Summary: Myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) are a group of clonal disorders characterized by pancytopenias and the risk of progression to acute myeloid leukemia. The diagnosis of MDS can be challenging, while the outcomes of MDS patients vary widely. This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of MDS. The book begins by reviewing the diagnostic workup of MDS, with a specific focus on the 2016 WHO criteria for MDS diagnosis, and the biology and pathophysiology of the disease. The text then presents the molecular landscape of MDS and its impact on disease diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment decisions. The book continues by profiling different prognostic models of MDS and concludes with a thorough review of treatment algorithms for lower and higher-risk MDS, as well as the use of hematopoietic stem cell transplant to combat the disease. Written by experts in the field, Diagnosis and Management of Myelodysplastic Syndromes: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and researchers who are interested in MDS. The text also features over 100 illustrations, photographs, and tables.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology, Etiology, and Clinical Presentation of Myelodyplastic Syndromes
    Morphological, Flow Cytometry, and Cytogenetic Diagnosis of MDS
    Biology and Pathophysiology of MDS with del5q
    MDS Stem Cell Biology
    Molecular Landscape of MDS
    MDS Mimics (CHIP, ICUS, CCUS)
    Prognostic Models in Myelodyplastic Syndromes
    Treatment Algorithms for Lower-risk Disease
    Treatment Algorithms for Higher-risk Disease
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for MDS Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    R. Douglas Collins.
    Contents:
    Taking a history of the patient with neck pain
    Examination of the patient with neck pain
    Diagnosis of the patient with neck pain
    Conservative management with the patient with neck pain
    Illustrated cases of neck pain
    Taking a history of the patient with thoracic pain
    Examination of the patient with thoracic pain
    Diagnosis of the patient with thoracic pain
    Conservative management of the patient with thoracic pain
    Illustrated cases of thoracic pain
    Taking a history of the patient with low back pain
    Examination of the patient with low back pain
    Diagnosis of the patient with low back pain
    Conservative management of the patient with low back pain
    Illustrated cases of low back pain.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Alec M. Ansons, Helen Davis.
    Contents:
    History
    Ophthalmic examination
    Refraction
    Visual function
    Ocular deviation
    Ocular movements
    Binocular function
    Nonsurgical management
    Surgical management
    Amblyopia
    Introduction to concomitant strabismus
    Esotropia
    Exotropia
    Infantile strabismus and dissociated strabismus complex
    Microtropia and allied conditions
    Heterophoria and anomalies of convergence and accommodation
    Alphabet patterns
    Introduction to paralytic strabismus
    Neurogenic palsies
    Myogenic palsies
    Mechanical disorders of ocular motility
    Congenital cranial dysinnervation disorders and other paradoxical innervation conditions
    Supranuclear and internuclear disorders
    Nystagmus and related oscillations
    Miscellaneous disorders of ocular movement.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Neil J. Paloian, Kristina L. Penniston, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, yet comprehensive overview of pediatric nephrolithiasis. The text covers the epidemiology and pathophysiology of pediatric stone disease, describes the appropriate workup for children with nephrolothiasis, and reviews strategies for managing the disease and preventing stone recurrence. Examples of complex cases of pediatric stone disease are also presented in the book. Written by experts in the field, Diagnosis and Management of Pediatric Nephrolithiasis is an essential guide for medical providers who care for pediatric patients with nephrolithiasis.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of pediatric nephrolithiasis
    2. The Pathophysiology of kidney stone formation
    3. Genetic contributors to kidney stones in children
    4. Diseases and comorbid conditions predisposing children to kidney stones
    5. Medication induced nephrolithiasis
    6. Nutritional contributors to nephrolithiasis in children
    7. Urological surgery in children with nephrolithiasis
    8. The Role of Imaging in Management of Stone Disease
    9. Workup, testing, and interpretation when evaluating the child with stones
    10. Medical management of pediatric stones
    11. Nutritional prevention of nephrolithiasis in children
    12. Mechanisms and catalysts related to achieving lifestyle changes in pediatric kidney stone prevention
    13. The role of the multidisciplinary team in pediatric nephrolithiasis
    14. Urinary stone, bone, and cardiovascular disease in children
    15. Obesity and pediatric nephrolithiasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    James R. Klinger, Robert P. Frantz, editors.
    Contents:
    The Pulmonary Circulation
    Epidemiology and Disease Classification of Pulmonary Hypertension
    Pathogenesis of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Hypoxic Pulmonary Hypertension
    Pulmonary Hypertension In Chronic Heart And Lung Disease
    Chronic Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension
    Schistosomiasis- Associated Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Approach to the Patient with Elevated Pulmonary Arterial Pressure
    Echocardiography
    Pulmonary Hemodynamics and Right Heart Catheterization
    Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing in Pulmonary Hypertension
    Adjunct Therapy and Calcium Channel Blockers
    Prostacyclin Therapy for Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Endothelin Receptor Antagonists.-Modulation Of cGMP Synthesis And Metabolism
    Combination Therapy for the Treatment of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Investigative Therapies in Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Pulmonary Hypertension In Critically Ill Patients
    Perioperative Management of Pulmonary Hypertension.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Susanne Krege, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the views of leading European experts on the diagnosis and management of testicular cancer, with coverage of current hot topics in the field. It opens by providing an overview of the recommendations in the most recent consensus paper from the European Germ Cell Cancer Consensus Group, which is based on interdisciplinary cooperation among urologists, medical oncologists, radio-oncologists, pathologists, and basic scientists. The remainder of the book focuses on areas of controversy in the diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up of testicular cancer. In each case the evidence base is discussed and results from the most recent studies are reviewed, drawing attention to new findings that might alter treatment recommendations. The treatment-related chapters cover a broad range of issues, including the best approach in patients with poor-prognosis and recurrent disease and those with long-term toxicities. Relevant aspects of survivorship care are also addressed. The book will help clinicians and practitioners to achieve the goals of minimizing therapy and its side-effects without reducing efficacy in low stage disease, improving the cure rate in advanced disease, and enhancing follow-up and long-term survivorship.

    Contents:
    Part I: Overview of the latest recommendations of the European Germ Cell Cancer Group
    Part II: Special topics about controversial aspects, new results from studies, which might change treatment recommendations and long-term-survivorship: Is there still an indication for radiotherapy in seminoma CS I/ IIA/B?- How should we treat nonseminoma CSI?
    Is there still an indication for diagnostic RPLND in nonseminoma CSI?
    How could the prognosis of patients with intermediate risk disease be improved?
    How should patients with poor-prognosis disease be treated actually?
    How should patients with recurrent disease be treated actually?
    How important are prognostic factors for determining treatment in patients with primary or recurrent disease?
    What should be the boundaries in retroperitoneal residual tumor resection in nonseminoma?
    How should residual disease outside the retroperitoneum be treated?
    What are the recent recommendations for follow up in testicular cancer?
    What are the long-term toxicities to be controlled and treated?
    Consequences of the disease and its treatment concerning sexuality and fertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Jørgen Serup, Wolfgang Bäumler.
    Contents:
    From technique of tattooing to biokinetics and toxicology of injected tattoo ink particles and chemicals / Serup, J.
    Individual risk and prevention of complications : doctors' advice to persons wishing a new tattoo / Serup, J.
    Tattoo infections, personal resistance, and contagious exposure through tattooing / Serup, J.
    Diagnostic tools for doctors' evaluation of tattoo complications / Serup, J.
    How to diagnose and classify tattoo complications in the clinic : a system of distinctive patterns / Serup, J.
    Medical treatment of tattoo complications / Serup, J.
    Surgical treatment of tattoo complications / Sepehri, M.; Jorgensen, B.
    Laser treatment of tattoos : basic principles / Bäumler, W.
    Removal of tattoos by q-switched nanosecond lasers / Karsai, S.
    New and advanced picosecond lasers for tattoo removals / Adatto, M.A.; Amir, R.; Bhawalkar, J.; Sierra, R.; Bankowski, R.; Rozen D.; Dierickx, C.; Lapidoth, M.
    Laser surgeon, client education, and satisfaction with tattoo removal / Hutton Carlsen, K.; Esmann, J.; Serup, J.
    Guide to treatment of tattoo complications and tattoo removal / Serup, J.; Bäumler, W.
    Atlas of illustrative cases.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Renjie Shi, Lihua Zheng, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an interdisciplinary reference for diagnosis and treatment of anal fistula. First chapters provide state of the art review of anatomy, etiology, sign and symptoms, medical findings and differential diagnosis of anal fistula. The following chapters cover surgical and non-surgical treatment of anal fistula. Other important chapter presents diagnosis and treatment of special anal fistula, including anal fistula of Crohn's disease, anal fistula in infants, tuberculous anal fistula, and anal fistula associated with AIDS. It will appeal to proctologists and surgeons in gastroenterology.

    Contents:
    1 History of Cognition and Treatment of Anal Fistula
    2 Anatomy and Physiology of Anal Fistula
    3 The Etiology of Anal Fistula
    4 Clinical Manifestation of Anal Fistula
    5 Common Methods of Examination for Anal Fistula
    6 Classification and diagnosis of anal fistula
    7 The Therapeutic Principle of Fistula-in-ano
    8 Surgical Treatment of Anal Fistula
    9 Non-operative Treatment of Anal Fistula
    10 Diagnosis and Treatment of Special Anal Fistula
    11 Controversial Problems in the Diagnosis and Treatment of Anal Fistula.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sang Heon Cho, Woo-Jung Song, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical resource for clinicians who manage patients with chronic cough, which represents a major challenge in the clinic due to multiple diagnostic and therapeutic considerations. Essential assessments for cough and treatable traits are described, covering the upper and lower airways and the gastrointestinal tract, and appropriate treatments are identified according to the different findings and diagnoses. Based on recent mechanistic and clinical advances, the authors also discuss novel diagnostic and therapeutic options, including pharmacological and non-pharmacological approaches to control cough. Particular considerations of importance when dealing with chronic cough in children and the elderly are addressed separately. The book will be an invaluable guide and reference for all practitioners who require up-to-date information on how best to assess, diagnose, and treat patients with chronic cough.

    Contents:
    1. What is chronic cough?
    2. How to assess cough in the clinic
    3. Diagnostic and therapeutic trials for chronic cough in adults: an overview
    4. Upper airways: assessment and treatment for cough
    5. Lower airways: assessment and treatment for cough
    6. Gastro-intestinal tract and other conditions: assessment and treatment for cough
    7. Pharmacological control of cough
    8. Non-pharmacological control of cough
    9. Chronic cough in the elderly
    10. Understanding patients with chronic cough. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Duane R. Hospenthal, Michael G. Rinaldi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part One Approach to Patients
    Chapter 1 Approach to Patients with Suspected Fungal Infections
    Part Two Laboratory and Radiological Diagnosis
    Chapter 2 Basic Mycology
    Chapter 3 Diagnostic Molecular Biology
    Chapter 4 Diagnostic Histopathology
    Chapter 5 Diagnostic Immunology
    Chapter 6 Diagnostic Radiology
    Part Three Antifungal Agents
    Chapter 7 Antifungal Agents
    Part Four Mycoses
    Chapter 8 Candidiasis
    Chapter 9 Infection Due to non-Candidal Yeasts
    Chapter 10 Aspergillosis
    Chapter 11 Hyalohyphomycosis
    Infection Due to Hyaline Moulds
    Chapter 12 Phaeohyphomycosis
    Infection Due to Dark (Dematiaceous) Moulds
    Chapter 13 Mucormycosis (Zygomycosis)
    Chapter 14 Pneumocystosis
    Chapter 15 Cryptococcosis
    Chapter 16 Blastomycosis
    Chapter 17 Coccidioidomycosis
    Chapter 18 Histoplasmosis
    Chapter 19 Paracoccidioidomycosis
    Chapter 20 Sporotrichosis
    Chapter 21 Dermatophytosis (Tinea) and Other Superficial Fungal Infections
    Chapter 22 Fungal Infections of Implantation (Chromoblastomycosis, Mycetoma, Entomophthoramycosis and Lacaziosis)
    Part Five Instructive Cases. Instructive Cases
    Instructive Cases Discussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nabil Aziz, Ashok Agarwal, editors.
    Summary: This case-based guide is written from the clinician's perspective, dealing with a defined male infertility problem, tracing the actual clinical pathway arriving at the diagnosis, and discussing the treatment options and the likely outcome. Rather than focusing on excessive theoretical details, each chapter presents a unique clinical vignette or scenario, the relevant aspects of which are followed throughout the entire chapter, correlating specific fertility issues with clinical findings, describing treatment options, prognoses and procedures (when indicated), and concluding with practical clinical pearls. Opening with chapters describing current diagnoses of male infertility and semen analysis, the subsequent cases presented cover a variety of relevant topics in male infertility, including anabolic steroid use, ejaculatory and erectile dysfunction, azoospermia, Klinefelter Syndrome, varicocele, cystic fibrosis and spinal cord injury. Additional chapters discuss choosing the right assisted conception technique and developing and managing a sperm bank. Practical and illustrative of a wide array of male fertility issues, The Diagnosis and Treatment of Male Infertility is a go-to resource for clinical andrologists, reproductive endocrinologists, urologists, primary care physicians and any professional working to treat the infertile male.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Scott M. Goldman, William A. Gray.
    Summary: "The only reference wholly dedicated to this complex topic, Diagnosis and Treatment of Mitral Valve Disease: A Multidisciplinary Approach provides authoritative, must-have information on the disease processes affecting the mitral valve, interpretation of diagnostic studies, and medical, transcatheter, and surgical treatments needed for mitral valve repair. Using a multidisciplinary approach, Drs. Scott Goldman and William Gray oversee a 'who's who' team of contributing authors who offer a holistic view of the modern treatment of mitral valve disease for today's cardiac surgeons, cardiologists, and other cardiac team members"-- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Mitral Valve
    Pathophysiology of Mitral Valve Disease
    ACC/AHA Guidelines and Treatment Options for Mitral Valve Disease
    Physical Examination
    Transthoracic Echocardiogram
    Diagnostic Tools: Transesophageal Echocardiography for Mitral Valve
    Special Imaging Considerations for Transcatheter Mitral Therapy
    Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging for Mitral Regurgitation
    Computed Tomography Scan in Mitral Valve Disease and Its Treatments
    Cardiac Catheterization
    Diuretics and Neurohormonal Medications
    Cardiac Rhythm Management Implantable Devices
    Medical Devices and Instruments
    Myocardial Protection and Perfusion Techniques in Mitral Valve Surgery
    Mitral Operation: Sternotomy Approach
    Mitral Valve Surgery: Right Thoracotomy Approach
    Mitral Operation: Endoscopic Approach
    Mitral Operation: Robotic Approach
    Surgical Repair of the Mitral Valve
    Surgical Replacement of the Mitral Valve
    Evaluation, Common Pitfalls, and Complications
    Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair
    Transcatheter Valvuloplasty
    Transcatheter Mitral Valve Replacement
    Percutaneous Mitral Valve Interventions: Evaluation, Pitfalls, and Complications
    Developing Successful Structural Heart Programs
    Quality Improvement and Outcomes
    Establishing a Comprehensive Mitral Valve Program: Educating Patients and Referring Physicians
    Ten Elements for a Successful Mitral Program.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Yoshihiro Fukumoto, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH, Group 1) and chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH, Group 4) among the various groups of pulmonary hypertension (PH) whose classification was updated into five major categories at the 5th World Symposium held in Nice, France, in 2013. Readers will find recent progress, methods, and up-to-date information on PH mechanisms, diagnostic images, and treatment in the management of PH. This volume, with contributions by leading researchers worldwide in the field, consists of five parts, starting with the fundamentals of PH, then pathophysiology and genetics, treatment, and right ventricular function.

    Contents:
    Part I Fundamentals of Pulmonary Hypertension
    1. Clinical Classification
    2. Diagnosis? Imagings
    Part II Pathophysiology and Genetics
    3. Pathogenic and Therapeutic Role of MicroRNA in Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    4. Sex Hormones
    5. Rho-Kinase
    6. The Unique Property of the Pulmonary Artery Regard-ing the Smooth Muscle Effects of Proteinase-activated Receptor 1
    The Possible Contribution to the Pathogenesis of Pulmonary Hypertension
    7. Animal Models with Pulmonary Hypertension
    8. Human Pathology
    9. Pathophysiology and Genetics: BMPR2
    Part III Treatment of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension (PAH)
    10. Prostacyclin
    11. Targeting the NO-sGC-cGMP pathway in pulmonary arterial hypertension
    12. Endothelin Receptor Antagonist
    13. LUNG TRANSPLANTATION
    Part IV Treatment of Chronic Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension (CTEPH)
    14. Medical Therapy for Chronic Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension
    15. Balloon Pulmonary Angioplasty
    16. Pulmonary Endarterectomy for Chronic Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension
    Part V Right Ventricular Function
    17. Right Ventricular Function.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Seilesh Babu, Christopher A. Schutt, Dennis I. Bojrab, editors.
    Summary: This text reviews the current understanding of vestibular anatomy allowing for a framework of reference, and how it's applied to vestibular testing, diagnosis and management of dizziness. Vestibular testing is an important tool in the evaluation and management of the patient with dizziness. It aids in establishing a diagnosis and determining the side or site of the lesion. In addition, it guides practitioners in selection of treatment and allows the ability of the patient’s condition to be evaluated over its time course. Common vestibular pathologies such as benign positional vertigo, Meniere’s disease, multisensory imbalance, vestibular neuritis, superior canal dehiscence, and vestibular migraine will be addressed in a concise and understandable manner. The text follows a clear format in which the etiology, pathophysiology, diagnostic features and medical or surgical management of such pathologies are discussed. The book gains increased importance as superior canal dehiscence and vestibular migraine are relatively new hot topics. Lastly, relatively rare entities such as bilateral vestibular hypofunction, pediatric vestibular disorders and central vestibular disorders are discussed. This text serves as a complete reference for clinicians, students and researchers interested in this common and severe disorder allowing for improved patient care and advancement of knowledge in the field. Chapters are written by acknowledged experts, allowing summary review of the newest and most up-to-date understanding of scientific information. Diagnosis and Treatment of Vestibular Disorders will be an invaluable resource for otolaryngologists, neurologists, otologists and neurotologists, basic science and translational researchers with interests in the vestibular system, fellows and residents in aforementioned fields, and general practitioners with an interest in patients with symptoms of dizziness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephen J. Stefanac, Samuel P. Nesbit.
    Contents:
    Patient evaluation and assessment
    Common diagnoses in dentistry
    Evidence based treatment planning : assessment of risk, prognosis, and expected treatment outcomes
    Developing the treatment plan
    Interprofessional treatment planning
    Ethical and legal considerations when treatment planning
    Systemic phase of treatment
    Acute phase of treatment
    Disease control phase of treatment
    Definitive phase of treatment
    Maintenance phase of care
    Patients with special needs
    Patients who are substance dependent
    Patients who are anxious or fearful
    Patients with a psychological disorder
    Adolescent patients
    Geriatric patients
    Patients who are motivationally compromised or financially limited patient.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    Stephen J. Stefanac, Samuel P. Nesbit.
    Summary: "A full-color, all-in-one reference, Diagnosis and Treatment Planning in Dentistry, 4th Edition helps you create person-centered dental treatment plans for adolescent and adult patients. Using evidence-based research, this text shows how risk assessment, prognosis, and expected treatment outcomes factor into the planning process. Detailed coverage guides you through each phase of the treatment plan. New to this edition are chapters covering digital tools used in treatment planning and revised content in all chapters. The book renews a core section that describes how to plan and provide optimal oral health care for unique patient populations"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Patient evaluation and assessment
    Common diagnoses in dentistry
    Evidence-based treatment planning: assessment of risk, prognosis, and expected outcomes
    Digital tools for diagnosis and treatment planning
    Developing the treatment plan
    Interprofessional treatment planning
    Ethical and legal considerations when treatment planning
    The systemic phase of treatment
    The acute phase of treatment
    The disease control phase of treatment
    The definitive phase of treatment
    The maintenance phase of care
    Patients with special needs
    Patients who are substance dependent
    Patients with anxiety, fear, or a phobia of dental care
    Patients with a psychological disorder
    Adolescent patients
    Geriatric patients
    Patients who are motivationally or financially challenged.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    T. Metin Önerci, Zeynep Önerci Altunay.
    Summary: This revised and expanded second edition provides a comprehensive and up-to-date pictorial overview of the majority of ENT conditions. When making a diagnosis, it is of paramount importance that the ear, nose and throat (ENT) specialist views the lesion and recognizes its pathology. Recent advances in endoscopic technology have enabled us to obtain clear images of such lesions and have changed our approach to diseases and techniques in the fields of ENT and head and neck surgery. Featuring schematic drawings to make difficult topics more understandable, the book supports beginners in their search for the correct diagnosis, and increases their understanding of basic surgical approaches. It provides fundamental information required for diagnosis and treatment in an easily accessible form, while the tables, photographs and schematic drawings allow readers to grasp the problems quickly. It is also a useful guide for all experts involved in teaching diagnostic and surgical skills. Diagnosis in Otorhinolaryngology 2nd Edition is intended for general practitioners, medical students and ENT trainees, fellows, academicians and teachers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Ear
    Ear Anatomy
    Inner Ear
    Vestibular Anatomy
    ENT Examination
    Tuning Fork Tests
    Weber Test
    Rinne Test
    False Rinne
    Tympanometry
    The Pinna
    External Ear Canal
    Otitis Media with Effusion
    Acute Otitis Media
    Chronic Otitis Media
    Facial Nerve Paralysis
    Complications of Otitis Media
    Hearing Loss
    Otalgia
    Temporal Bone Fractures
    Tinnitus
    Vertigo
    Benign Paroxysmal Positional Vertigo (BPPV)
    Vestibular Neuronitis
    Meniere's Disease
    Eustachian Tube
    Chapter 2: Nose
    The Common Cold and the Flu Other Remedies
    Flu Vaccines may Help to Prevent Getting the Flu
    Rhinitis
    Allergic Rhinitis
    Allergic Reaction
    Early Response
    Late Response
    Nasal Vestibulitis, Nasal Furunculosis and Mucormycosis
    Sinusitis
    Complications of Sinusitis
    Nasal Polyposis
    Nasal Obstruction
    Septum
    Epistaxis
    Traumas
    Orbital Floor Blow-out Fracture
    Nasolacrimal Obstructions
    Optic Neuropathy
    Tumors
    Chapter 3: Throat and Neck
    Acute Tonsillopharyngitis
    Adenoids
    Snoring
    Temporomandibular Joint
    Airway Obstructions
    3.6
    Larynx CA
    Cysts Salivary Gland Tumors
    3.10
    Neck Masses
    Thyroglossal Duct Cyst
    Dermoid Cyst
    Branchial Arch Anomalies
    First Branchial Cleft Anomalies
    Second Branchial Cleft Anomalies
    Laryngoceles
    Cystic Hygromas
    Hemangiomas
    Neck Malignancies
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sa A. Wang, Robert P. Hasserjian, editors.
    Contents:
    Secondary Causes of Cytopenias
    Bone Marrow Failure Syndromes
    Myelodysplastic Syndromes and Acute Leukemias
    Secondary Causes of Leukocytosis
    Myeloid Neoplasms Associated with Leukocytosis
    Secondary Causes of Thrombocytosis
    Myeloid Neoplasms Associated with Thrombocytosis
    Myeloid Neoplasms Associated with Leukocytosis and/or Thromboctysis and Cytopenia(s)
    Secondary Causes of Erythrocytosis
    Polycythemia Vera
    Secondary Causes of Eosinophilia
    Myeloid Neoplasms Associated with Eosinophilia
    Secondary Causes of Monocytosis
    CMML
    JMML
    Other Myeloid Neoplasms Associated with Monocytosis Including Acute Monocytic Leukemias
    Reactive Lymphocytosis
    T/NK-cell Neoplasms
    B-cell Neoplasms
    Plasma Cell Neoplasms.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antonio Subtil.
    Summary: This volume is the first of its kind to emphasize the visual approach in the diagnosis of cutaneous lymphoid infiltrates. Written and designed in an accessible yet highly detailed format by an expert in the field, this book bridges the knowledge gaps so often found when dealing with skin lymphomas. Complete with more than two hundred high quality images and illustrations, Diagnosis of Cutaneous Lymphoid Infiltrates offers pearls and pitfalls as well as differential diagnoses. Additionally, images are explained and decoded with the use of illustrations and analogies, proving to be an invaluable resource for pathologists, dermatologists, dermatopathologists, hematopathologists, and residents and fellows in these fields.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Etsuko Hashimoto, [and 4 others], editors.
    Summary: This book guides practitioners in the assessment of patients with a liver problem. The emphasis is on the role of macro- and microscopic pathology in elucidating pathogenesis as well as identifying confounding features of image findings that may lead to a more elaborate differential diagnosis. If appropriate, the role of light and electron microscopic examination, along with the role of specific stains and molecular techniques, is illustrated. In addition, the concept of each liver disease is summarized briefly and its up-to-data is provided, and unresolved problems in diagnosis, treatment, and pathogenesis are clearly described. The approach in this book is a practical one with a focus on the evaluation of illustrative cases, simultaneously demonstrating cross-sectional images (ultrasonography, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and angiography), pathological findings, and peritoneoscopic images. The diagnosis and therapy are summed up in helpful tables, and association of clinical manifestations with image analysis and pathological findings is shown to be important in differential diagnosis and treatment. With the authors comprising internationally renowned experts, this book will serve as a useful source of information for medical students, physicians, internists, hepatologists, gastroenterologists, radiologists, and pathologists worldwide.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Editors; Acknowledgments I; Acknowledgments II; Contents; Contributors;
    1: Anatomy and Function; 1.1 Anatomy of the Liver; 1.2 Anatomy of the Biliary Tract; 1.3 Development of the Liver; 1.4 Functional Heterogeneity of the Liver; 1.5 Microanatomy of the Liver (Fig. 1.9); 1.6 Junctional Complex Between Hepatocytes; 1.7 Regeneration; References;
    2: Laboratory Tests in Liver Diseases; 2.1 Biochemistry; 2.1.1 Transaminases; 2.1.2 Biliary Enzymes; 2.1.3 Hepatic Synthetic Function; 2.1.4 Severity of Liver Disease; 2.1.4.1 BTR (Branched-Chain Amino Acids/Tyrosine Ratio) 2.2 Peripheral Blood Cell Count2.2.1 Platelets; 2.3 Immunological Tests; 2.4 Other Blood Tests; 2.5 Hepatic Fibrosis Markers; 2.5.1 Hyaluronic Acid; 2.5.2 Type 4 Collagen 7S; 2.5.3 Pro-C3; 2.5.4 M2BPGi (Mac-2-Binding Protein Glycosylation Isomer); 2.5.5 Scoring Systems; 2.5.5.1 Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) Score; 2.5.5.2 AAR (AST to ALT Ratio); 2.5.5.3 APRI (AST to Platelet Ratio Index); 2.5.5.4 FIB4 Index; 2.6 Approach to Evaluation of Liver Injury Pattern; 2.6.1 Evaluation of Acute Liver Injury; 2.6.2 Evaluation of Chronic Liver Injury/Chronic Liver Disease 3.8 Hepatitis Associated with Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV)References;
    4: Acute Liver Failure; 4.1 General Consideration and Classification; 4.2 Pathogenesis of ALF and Regeneration Failure; 4.3 Symptoms; 4.4 Hepatic Encephalopathy; 4.5 Clinical Findings; 4.6 Treatment; 4.7 Case Presentation; 4.7.1 HBV carrier with Crohn's disease; 4.7.2 Anti-pyretic drug-induced liver injury; 4.7.3 Autoimmune hepatitis; References;
    5: Chronic Hepatitis; 5.1 Hepatitis B Virus; 5.2 Hepatitis C Virus; 5.3 Hepatitis E Virus; 5.4 Combined Viral Infection; 5.5 Non-viral Causes of Chronic Hepatitis 5.6 Staging and Grading of Chronic HepatitisReferences;
    6: Liver Cirrhosis; 6.1 Classification; 6.1.1 Hepatitis C; 6.1.2 Primary Biliary Cholangitis; 6.1.3 Wilson's Disease; 6.1.4 Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 6.2 Pathology; 6.3 Clinical Symptoms; 6.4 Laboratory Examination; 6.5 Complications; 6.6 Prognosis; 6.7 Therapy; 6.7.1 Etiology-Based Therapy; 6.7.2 Complication Treatment; 6.8 Reversibility; References;
    7: Alcoholic Liver Disease and Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease/Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis; 7.1 Alcoholic Liver Disease (ALD)
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Piero Picci, Marco Manfrini, Davide Maria Donati, Marco Gambarotti, Alberto Righi, Daniel Vanel, Angelo Paolo Dei Tos, editors.
    Summary: Drawing on the Rizzoli Orthopedic Institute's archive of more than 40,000 cases, this superb new resource includes invaluable biomolecular analyses. It covers a vast array of lesions, highlighting clinical, radiological, and histological correlations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mostafa M. Fraig, editor.
    Contents:
    Small Sample Lung Biopsy Techniques in the Diagnosis of Airway and Parenchymal Lung Diseases
    Principles of Imagining Lung Disease
    Types of Biopsies
    Air Space Occupying Diseases
    Interstitial Lung Diseases in Small Lung Biopsies
    Diagnosis of Granulomatous Disease and Vasculitis in Small Lung Biopsies
    Benign Tumors of the Lung in Small Lung Biopsies
    Malignant Tumors of the Lung in Small Lung Biopsies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Samuel Goldfarb, Joseph Piccione, editors.
    Summary: Collaboratively authored by international experts and innovators, this book serves as a comprehensive introduction to flexible bronchoscopy in children, a guide to normal and abnormal bronchoscopy findings, and as the first pediatric bronchoscopy text to describe the array of innovative technologies now being utilized in advanced diagnostic and interventional bronchoscopy programs. Flexible bronchoscopy is a core clinical service provided by academic pediatric pulmonary medicine programs and a critical skill that trainees are expected to develop. The role of flexible bronchoscopy in the care of children with disorders of the respiratory tract has evolved rapidly over the past decade due to technological advances in diagnostic and therapeutic instruments. While many of these tools were designed for adult patients, pediatric pulmonologists have adapted them to meet the unique needs of children. The book is organized into three sections: the history and fundamentals of flexible bronchoscopy; the role of flexible bronchoscopy in evaluation of pediatric respiratory tract disorders; and advanced diagnostic and interventional bronchoscopy. Throughout, images and videos enhance the text and provide invaluable perspective. This is an ideal guide for practicing pediatric pulmonologists and trainees, and will also prove useful to pediatric anesthesiologists, intensivists, otolaryngologists and respiratory therapists.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Stefan Scholz, Marcus D. Jarboe, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pediatric Spinal Sonography
    Surgical Ultrasound of the Pediatric Head and Neck
    The Thorax
    The Liver
    The Biliary Tract
    The Pancreas
    The Spleen
    Abdominal Vessels
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Intra-abdominal and Retroperitoneal Masses
    Emergency Ultrasound in the Evaluation of Pediatric Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    The Kidney
    Adrenal Gland
    The Pediatric Pelvis
    Groin and Testicle
    Contrast-enhanced Ultrasound (CEUS) for Children
    Ultrasound-Guided Vascular Access
    Core Biopsy of Masses and Solid Organs
    Fine Needle Aspiration (FNA) of the Thyroid Gland
    Diagnostic and Therapeutic Drainage
    Sclerotherapy of Vascular Malformations
    Regional Blocks for Postoperative Pain Control
    An Introduction to Intraoperative Ultrasound.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Connor, Justin Clark.
    Summary: "The word hysteroscopy takes its origins from the Greek words hystera meaning 'uterus' and skopeo meaning 'to look or view'. Hysteroscopy is well recognised as the gold standard for uterine cavity assessment and treatment of endometrial pathology. The initial development of the hysteroscope focused on the process of illumination, intrauterine distension and direct visualisation of the uterine cavity."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    American Psychiatric Association.
    Summary: "The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR), is the most comprehensive, current, and critical resource for clinical practice available to today's mental health clinicians and researchers. DSM-5-TR includes fully revised text and references, updated diagnostic criteria and ICD-10-CM codes since DSM-5 was published in 2013. It features a new disorder, prolonged grief disorder, as well as codes for suicidal behavior available to all clinicians of any discipline without the requirement of any other diagnosis. With contributions from over 200 subject matter experts, this updated volume boasts the most current text updates based on the scientific literature. Now in four-color and with the ability to authenticate each printed copy, DSM-5-TR provides a cohesive, updated presentation of criteria, diagnostic codes, and text. This latest volume offers a common language for clinicians involved in the diagnosis and study of mental disorders and facilitates an objective assessment of symptom presentations across a variety of clinical settings-inpatient, outpatient, partial hospital, consultation-liaison, clinical, private practice, and primary care. Important updates in DSM-5-TR include 1) fully revised text for each disorder with updated sections on associated features, prevalence, development and course, risk and prognostic factors, culture, diagnostic markers, suicide, differential diagnosis, and more; 2) addition of prolonged grief disorder (PGD) to Section II; 3) over 70 modified criteria sets with helpful clarifications since publication of DSM-5; 4) fully updated Introduction and Use of the Manual to guide usage and provide context for important terminology; 5) considerations of the impact of racism and discrimination on mental disorders integrated into the text; 6) new codes to flag and monitor suicidal behavior, available to all clinicians of any discipline and without the requirement of any other diagnosis; 7) fully updated ICD-10-CM codes implemented since 2013, including over 50 coding updates new to DSM-5-TR for substance intoxication and withdrawal and other disorders"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mansoor Amiji, Rajagopal Ramesh.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to exosomes and cancer
    2. Extracellular vesicle biogenesis in cancer
    3. Composition, physicochemical and biological properties of exosomes secreted from cancer cells
    4. Heterogeneity of tumor exosomes- role in precision medicine
    5. Proteomic profiling of tumor exosomes
    6. Nucleic acid profiling in tumor exosomes
    7. Nanotechnology platforms for cancer exosome analyses
    8. Exosome RNAs as biomarkers and targets for cancer therapy
    9. Diagnostic potential of tumor exosomes
    10. Biodistribution of cancer-derived exosomes
    11. Exosome-mediated communication in the tumor microenvironment
    12. Exosomes and tunneling nanotube conduits: synergistic interaction that facilitates intercellular communication between malignant and stromal cells in the tumor microenvironment
    13. Exosomes in tumor angiogenesis- multifunctional messengers with mixed intentions
    14. Role of exosomes in development of premetastatic niche
    15. Exosomes: key supporters of tumor metastasis
    16. The emerging roles and clinical potential of exosomes in cancer: drug resistance
    17. Exosomes in cancer immunotherapy
    18. Extracellular vesicles as vehicles of B cell antigen presentation: implications for cancer vaccine therapies
    19. Translational potential of tumor exosomes in diagnosis and therapy
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    João Xavier, Cristiana Vasconcelos, Cristina Ramos, editors ; foreword by Mario Muto.
    Summary: This book presents a wide-ranging series of illustrative clinical cases that cover the main pathologies and areas of interest in diagnostic and therapeutic neuroradiology. The aim is to enable the reader to learn important lessons from real cases that exemplify the caseload and capabilities of a large, modern neuroradiology department. The cases are presented in a quiz format. For each one, the first page documents clinical and imaging findings, followed by questions concerning these findings, differential diagnosis, and other aspects. On the second page, the answers are provided, with concise explanation and discussion. Attention is also drawn to the relevant available literature. Most of the cases derive from the Department of Neuroradiology at the University Hospital Center of Porto (Portugal), which is staffed by a large multidisciplinary team providing cutting-edge services. In addition, some cases from other centers have been included to ensure wider representation of experience. The book will be of particular value for residents and fellows in neuroradiology, radiology, neurology, and neurosurgery.

    Contents:
    Paediatrics and Foetal
    Inflammatory diseases
    Infectious diseases
     Brain Tumours
    Vascular
    Degenerative diseases
    Spine
    Metabolic and Toxic diseases
    Head and Neck
    Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Karel Pacak, David Taïeb, editors.
    Summary: Based on the most novel approaches and cutting-edge clinical and scientific information regarding radionuclide imaging and therapies for neuroendocrine tumors, this clinical guidebook represents a unique collaborative effort between endocrinologists, nuclear physicians, oncologists, surgeons, physicists, radio-pharmacists and geneticists. It begins with the embryology, classification and molecular genetics of gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumors and carcinoids, chromaffin cell tumors, and MEN1- and MEN2-related tumors. Following a chapter on radiopharmaceuticals in neuroendocrine imaging, it turns to the physics and technology of current and cutting-edge radiology, including SPECT/CT and PET/CT and PET/MR. Discussing of radionuclide imaging covers the tumors mentioned above, as well as pulmonary and thymic neuroendocrine tumors and medullary thyroid carcinoma. A presentation of radionuclide therapies follows, including 131I-MIBG therapy, somatostatin receptor-based therapy, and alpha radionuclide therapy, as well as the role of nanoparticles. Comprehensive and up-to-date, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine for Neuroendocrine Tumors will assist and guide physicians who encounter patients with these conditions, either from a diagnostic or therapeutic standpoint, and particularly emphasizes the current and emerging medical devices and imaging and therapeutic options.

    Contents:
    Classification of neuroendocrine tumors
    Molecular genetics of Pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Molecular Genetics of MEN1-related Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Molecular genetics of MEN2-related neuroendocrine tumors
    Molecular genetics of Neuroblastoma
    Molecular Genetics of Gastroenteropancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Current and future radiopharmaceuticals in neuroendocrine tumors imaging
    SPECT/CT, PET/CT and PET/MR: Principles
    Internal dosimetry: Principles and Applications to NET
    Principles and Application of Molecular Imaging for Personalised Medicine and Guiding Interventions in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Tumor metabolism and metabolomics of pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas
    Radionuclide imaging of pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma in the era of multi-omics
    Radionuclide imaging of Head and neck PGLs
    Radionuclide imaging of Chromaffin cell tumors
    Radionuclide imaging of Gastrointestinal neuroendocrine tumors
    Radionuclide imaging of Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
    Radionuclide imaging of Pulmonary, thymic neuroendocrine tumors and other neuroendocrine tumors
    Radionuclide imaging of Medullary thyroid carcinoma
    131I-MIBG therapy for pheochromocytoma/paraganglioma and neuroblastoma
    Somatostatin receptors-based radionuclide therapy
    Alpha radionuclide therapy: Principles and Applications to NET
    Nanoparticles for Radionuclide Imaging and Therapy: Principles.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Eduardo Calonje, Alexander J. Lazar, Bostjan Luzar.
    Contents:
    Adipocytic tumors
    Fibroblastic and myofibroblastic tumors of the skin
    Fibrohistiocytic tumors
    Cutaneous smooth muscle tumors
    Pericytic (perivascular) tumors
    Skeletal muscle tumors
    Tumors of vascular origin
    Bone- and cartilage-forming tumors and tumors of joints
    Tumors of neuroectodermal origin
    Miscellaneous tumors of uncertain differentiation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Sylvia H. Heywang-Koebrunner, MD, Professor and Head, Reference Center for Mammography Munich, Munich, Germany, Ingrid Schreer, MD, Professor, Radiologic Center Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany, Susan Barte, MB BS, DMRD, FRCR, FRCP, Consultant Radiologist, Cambridge Breast Unit, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge University Hospitals Foundation Trust, Cambridge, UK ; with contributions by Fleur Kilburn-Toppin, John Kotre, Joerg Naehrig.
    Summary: "Encompassing the entire spectrum of breast imaging and diagnostics, this acclaimed text provides a systematic and pragmatic guide for all clinicians involved in diagnosing breast disease. The new third edition has been fully updated to include advances in mammography, ultrasound, breast MRI, percutaneous interventions, and emerging technologies, with pros and cons and evidence-based approaches throughout. Special features of the third edition: Coverage of the field, with comprehensive sections on examination procedures and technical requirements; histologic, clinical, and radiologic appearance of a wide range of breast pathologies; results of international screening studies; and much more. Nearly 1,200 clear radiographic images showing normal findings, benign and malignant disorders, and post-traumatic, post-surgical, and post-therapeutic changes to the breast. Innovations in digital mammography, tomosynthesis, and computer assisted detection (CAD); new chapters on imaging of implants, lesions of uncertain malignant potential, developing technologies; and more. A systematic, highly reproducible methodology for detection, diagnosis, and assessment of findings. Easy-to-follow flowcharts for the diagnostic work-up of both typical and atypical cases. Written by world-renowned authorities with decades of clinical experience, this book provides a brilliant orientation to the multimodality diagnostic approach and therapeutic significance of breast imaging findings. It is an essential reference and board review for radiologists, residents and fellows, gynecologists, oncologists, surgeons, technologists, and any other interdisciplinary specialist working to improve outcomes in breast disease"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Puneet Monga, Lennard Funk, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a definitive guide to diagnosing shoulder conditions for trainees, general practitioners, physiotherapists, orthopaedic surgeons and radiologists with an interest in shoulder pathology. It comes at a time when the knowledge regarding shoulder conditions has vastly improved, with the shoulder sub-speciality growing at a rapid pace in terms of practitioner numbers, procedures and evidence base. It is unclear, in most circumstances, which single clinical test or indeed radiological investigation is the best for diagnosing a particular condition. In fact, the diagnosis of a particular shoulder condition rests on the four sub-components of clinical history, conventional examination, special tests and radiological investigations. It is often the case that all these sub-components are to be used in conjunction with each other as "clusters" rather than in isolation. This forms the basis of the cluster approach, which is the key concept for the title and content of this book. This book presents a practical guide for diagnosis, written by a select group of surgeons and physiotherapists with a special interest in shoulder pathologies, who have painstakingly extracted these relevant clusters for each shoulder conditions from clinical experience and published work.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Rationale of Diagnostic Clusters
    Clinical History
    The Conventional: Look Feel & Move
    Special tests
    Radiological Techniques
    Choosing the Right Cluster
    Part 2. Shoulder Pain Clusters
    Impingement
    Supraspinatus
    Infraspinatus
    Subscapularis
    Teres Minor
    LHB tendinitis
    SLAP tear
    AC joint
    GH arthritis
    Internal Impingement
    Coracoid Impingement
    Scapular Dyskinesia
    Part 3: Shoulder Instability Clusters
    Anterior Instability
    Posterior Instability
    Inferior Laxity
    SC instability
    AC joint instability
    Part 4: Neurology Clusters
    Cervical disc disease
    Axillary Nerve palsy
    Supraspinatus Nerve Palsy
    Brachial Plexus palsy
    Part 5: Radiological clusters
    RC disease
    Instability
    Fractures
    Tumours
    Shoulder Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bradley C. Tenny, Michael O'Neill.
    Summary: Diagnostic cystoscopy is the gold standard procedure in assessing anatomical variations and/or bladder pathologies. For example, for a clinician to adequately rule out carcinoma in situ of the bladder the clinician must directly visualize the whole bladder. Mastering this skill is thus incredibly important for the training MD and training advanced practice provider (Nurse Practitioner or Physician Assistant). Once mastered, this readily available reference will serve to benefit said clinician in differentiating benign and malignant pathologies. This text is designed as a comprehensive review by experts in the field of urology on the cystoscope, including both the flexible and rigid instrument, technical use, and certainly bladder pathologies. The rigid cystoscope includes three parts: the scope/lens, bridge, and sheath. These three parts may seem self-explanatory, however there are array of varying options within these three parts that have specific indications for use. Thus, being very familiar with these instruments is vital in being a great cystoscopist. This book will prepare all practitioners to improve and perfect their skills as cystoscopists. Perhaps most significantly, this book will cover numerous topics in normal anatomy, benign and malignant urethral pathology, and benign and malignant bladder pathology. Dialogue on each presented topic includes a brief pathological discussion, associated clinical significance such as common signs or symptoms, suggested treatment for said topic, additional references for further reading, and photographs. Photographs are included on every topic, with a minimum of one image and a maximum of five for reference. A comprehensive reference on diagnostic cystoscopy has been needed for quite some time. This book will satisfy this need for both the developing and experienced cystoscopist.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cystoscopy
    Parts of the Cystoscope
    Operative Technique
    Clinical Pearls
    Innovations in the Field
    Fluorescence Cystoscopy, Disposable Instruments Normal Bladder Anatomy
    Typical Bladder Anatomy Male
    Bladder Anatomy Female
    Normal Variants of Male Urethra
    Normal Variants of Female Urethra
    Normal Variants of Bladder Trigone and UO
    Normal Variant of Bladder Wall
    Benign Urethral Pathology
    Urethritis
    Stricture Disease
    Bladder Neck Contracture
    Benign Prostatic Enlargement
    Prostate Abscess
    Urethral Valves
    Urethral Diverticulum
    Megalourethra
    Urethral Tumors
    Epithelial or Mixed, Mesenchymal, or Inflammatory Pseudotumors (False Polyps)
    Urethral Trauma
    False Passage
    Ant. Versus Post. Disruption
    Partial versus Complete Disruption
    Urethral Fistula
    Foreign Bodies
    Medical Devices, Other
    Malignant Urethral Pathology
    TCC, Squamous Cell, Adenocarcinoma, Clear Cell, Others
    Benign Bladder Pathology
    Acute Cystitis
    Inflammatory Polyps
    Malakoplakia, Cystitis Cystica, Xanthoma
    Hyperemic/Confluence of Vessels
    Hemorrhagic Cystitis, Mucosal Edema
    Nonkeratinizing Squamous Metaplasia
    Interstitial Cystitis
    Bladder Trabeculations
    Bladder Fistula
    Vesicovaginal, Enterovesical
    Ureterocele
    Bladder lithiasis
    Foreign Bodies
    Medical Devices, Other
    Malignant Bladder Pathology
    Invading Prostate Cancer
    Carcinoma In Situ
    Urothelial Cell Carcinoma
    Sessile, Pedunculated, Ta-T4, Small versus Large
    Extrinsic Malignant Invasion
    Cervical Cancer, Colon/Rectal Cancer, Other Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Walid E. Khalbuss, Qing Kay Li, editors.
    Summary: Diagnostic Cytopathology Board Review and Self-Assessment provides a comprehensive systems-based review of non-gynecological cytology including cytomorphology, pitfalls and ancillary studies, presented in a high-yield format with board-type multiple choice questions and detailed answers. It provides an excellent review, resource, and self-assessment for pathologists, cytopathologists, and cytotechnologists, as well as trainees (pathology residents, cytopathology fellows, and cytotechology students) who are preparing for board examinations or in-service examinations, in addition to those who are looking to fine-tune their cytology diagnostic skills. The volume is organized in a systems-based format including chapters covering lung, lymph nodes, pancreas, liver, gastrointestinal tract, thyroid, salivary gland, central nervous system, soft tissue and bone, kidney, adrenal, retroperitoneal, and exfoliative cytology of urine, serous fluids, and CSF. This book is enriched with high yield review, board exam-type questions, and high quality full-color images to maximize studying and review of cytopathology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Lung Cytopathology (Bronchial and Aspiration Cytology)
    Chapter 2. Serous Fluid Cytopathology
    Chapter 3. Cerebrospinal Fluid Cytology
    Chapter 4. Thyroid Fine-Needle Aspiration
    Chapter 5. Lymph Node Cytopathology
    Chapter 6. Salivary Gland Fine-Needle Aspiration
    Chapter 7. Liver Fine-Needle Aspiration
    Chapter 8. Pancreatic Fine-Needle Aspiration
    Chapter 9. Gastrointestinal and Bile Duct Brushing Cytology
    Chapter 10. Renal and Adrenal Fine-Needle Aspiration
    Chapter 11. Urine Cytopathology
    Chapter 12. Soft Tissue and Bone Fine-Needle Aspiration
    Chapter 13. Application of Molecular Diagnostics to Cytopathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Klaus Gottlieb, Gustavo Marino.
    Summary: The available textbooks on endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) typically focus on technique and interpretation of commonly observed images and scenarios and are aimed primarily at trainees. However, independent practitioners of EUS are often challenged by unusual cases which they are expected to handle competently despite the absence of authoritative guidance. The Diagnostic Endosonography aims to fill this gap by presenting carefully selected cases that will expand the practitioner's knowledge base and cover important clinical challenges. The case material is organized principally according to anatomic site. Approximately 170 case reports are included, each of which is accompanied by an average of three to five high-quality EUS images; in addition, CT and PET scans are shown when appropriate. For each case, the case description is followed by helpful 'teaching points' as well as up-to-date literature references and suggestions for future research.

    Contents:
    General Topics and Anatomy
    Esophagus
    Mediastinum
    Stomach
    Duodenum
    Gallbladder
    Liver and Bile Ducts
    Peritoneum and Retroperitoneum
    Pancreas
    Celiac Vessels
    Spleen and Adrenals
    Colon, Rectum and Anus.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pranab Dey.
    Summary: The book covers the essential practical techniques of flow cytometry in detail. It is divided into two sections: The first section includes the basic practical techniques of flow cytometry in cytology samples. Chapters under this section provide detailed description of the sampling technique, processing, acquisition of the sample, instrumentation and basic principles of flow cytometry. The second section elucidates clinical applications of flow cytometry. Chapters cover the flow cytometry applications in various haematolymphoid neoplasms, tumors of solid organs and body fluid samples. The flow cytometry findings of different tumors are described with the help of multiple colored cytology microphotographs, flow cytometry graphs, boxes, and tables. In addition, it also describes other ancillary techniques in those neoplastic lesions. The book helps practicing pathologists, technical staff and post graduate students to understand flow cytometry findings of the haematolymphoid neoplasms and solid tumor with special emphasis on cytology along with advanced technique. This book will help the students to interpret flow cytometry graphs.

    Contents:
    Part I: Technical aspects
    Introduction and history of flow cytometry
    Basic principles of flow cytometry and instrumentation
    Specimen preparation and data acquisition
    Interpretation of graphs and quality control
    Fluorescent probes and different useful markers for flow cytometry
    Nuclei acid dye for flow cytometry
    Part II: Applications of flow cytometry
    Application of flow cytometry in lymphoid neoplasms
    Application of flow cytometry in body cavity fluids
    Application of flow cytometry in solid tumors
    Cell cycle analysis, DNA flow cytometry and ploidy analysis
    Future applications of flow cytometry
    Practical cases in flow cytometry.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christopher P. Crum [and 5 others] ; associate clinical editors, Hope K. Haefner, William A. Peters III.
    Summary: "Comprehensive and practice-oriented, the fully updated 3rd Edition of this easy-to-use text covers the full range of obstetric and gynecologic pathology, including information on treatment and patient management. Written largely by the pathology and clinical faculty at Harvard's Brigham and Women's Hospital, it covers the most up-to-date information available in the field, including molecular genetics and diagnostics. Drs. Christopher P. Crum and Marisa R. Nucci are joined by new editors Scott R. Granter, Brooke E. Howitt, Mana M. Parast, and Theonia K. Boyd, to provide complete, beautifully illustrated coverage of both neoplastic and non-neoplastic disorders of the female genital system, ideal for improving pathological diagnosis"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Female genital tract development and disorders of childhood
    Noninfectious inflammatory disorders of the vulva
    Localized vulvodynia
    Infectious disorders of the lower genital tract
    Benign cysts, rests, and adnexal tumors of the vulva
    Squamous neoplasia of the vulva
    Glandular and other malignancies of the vulva
    Melanocytic lesions of the vulva
    Soft tissue lesions of the vulva and vagina
    Diseases of the anus
    Benign conditions of the vagina
    Epithelial and mixed epithelial-stromal neoplasms of the vagina
    Cervical squamous neoplasia
    Columnar cell neoplasia of the cervix
    Neuroendocrine carcinoma, mixed epithelial/mesenchymal and mesenchymal tumors, and miscellaneous lesions of the cervix
    Evaluation of the cyclic endometrium and benign endometrial disorders
    Preinvasive endometrial neoplasia
    Altered endometrial differentiation (metaplasia)
    Adenocarcinoma, carcinosarcoma, and other epithelial tumors of the endometrium
    Uterine mesenchymal tumors
    The fallopian tube and broad ligament
    Benign conditions of the ovary
    Disorders of the peritoneum
    Assessing pelvic epithelial cancer risk and intercepting early malignancy
    Pelvic/ovarian epithelial-derived tumors
    Germ cell tumors of the ovary
    Stromal, sex cord-stromal, and miscellaneous tumors of the ovary
    Metastatic tumors involving the ovary
    Placental development and complications of previable pregnancy
    Trophoblastic neoplasia
    Evaluation of the placenta
    Placental correlates of unanticipated fetal death
    Gestational diseases and the placenta.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Print
    [edited by] R. Brooke Jeffrey, B.J. Manaster, Anne G. Osborn, Melissa L. Rosado-de-Christenson ; With contributions from Andrew Sonin ... [et al.]
    Summary: Forlagets beskrivelse: Imaging plays a central role in the evaluation of the acutely ill patient. In the current age, it would be unthinkable not to have a state-of-the-art emergency room without a closely stationed multidetector CT scanner. Diagnostic Imaging: Emergency, 2nd edition is intended as a readable and approachable reference for all major traumatic and non-traumatic diagnoses that can be encountered in the acutely ill patient. The book evaluates multiple organ systems including the brain, spine, chest, abdomen, pelvis and musculoskeletal system in both adults and pediatric patients. Furthermore, the organization was designed to provide the ideal model for a quick reference text. The book is divided into two large parts - Trauma and Non-Trauma - and within each of these parts, diagnoses within each individual organ system are thoughtfully divided to provide an organized approach. Each section has an Introduction that is designed to explain the appropriate work-up for the specific clinical scenario. Diagnostic Imaging: Emergency, 2nd edition is designed to be a resource for all physicians taking care of acutely ill patients. FEATURES: Published by Amirsys, a globally recognized medical information publisher. Written by experts for each organ system: Brain, Spine, Chest, Abdomen, Pelvis, and Musculoskeletal System. Fully updated references from previous edition. Features nearly 260 chapters and hundreds of annotated images and illustrationsComes with Amirsys eBook Advantage(TM), an online eBook featuring expanded content, additional eBook images, and fully searchable text.

    Contents:
    Indhold: Trauma (Central Nervous System (Brain ; Head and Neck ; Spine) ; Chest/Cardiovascular (Airway/Lung ; Mediastinum/Cardiovascular ; Pleura/Chest Wall/Diaphragm) ; Abdomen/Pelvis (Gastrointestinal ; Genitourinary ; Pediatric) ; Musculoskeletal (Fractures With Olther Contributing Etiologies ; Soft Tissue Trauma ; Fractures, Upper Extremity ; Fractures, Lower Extremity ; Pediatric Fractures)) ; Nontrauma (Central Nervous System (Brain ; Head and Neck ; Spine) ; Chest/Cardiovascular (Airway/Lung ; Mediastinum/Cardiovascular ; Pleura/Chest Wall/Diaphragm) ; Abdomen/Pelvis (Peritoneum, Mesentery, Abdominal Wall ; Gastrointestinal ; Spleen ; Hepatobiliary ; Pancreas ; Genitourinary ; Pediatric ; Gynecology) ; Musculoskeletal (Infection ; Acute Arthritic Flares ; Joint Swelling ; Osteonecrosis ; Orthopedic Hardware Complications))
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    [edited by] Anne G. Osborn, Karen L. Salzman, Miral D. Jhaveri.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Print
    [edited by] Michael P. Federle and Siva P. Raman.
    Summary: "The 2nd edition of Diagnostic Imaging: Abdomen was a major expansion of the 1st edition, containing over 150 additional diagnoses. In planning this, the 3rd edition, we soon realized that comprehensive coverage of all of the advances in imaging and management of abdominal disorders was no longer possible in a single volume text. Therefore, we elected to separate diagnoses into those judged primarily "gastrointestinal," covered in this thoroughly updated text, from the "genitourinary" topics, to be covered in a subsequent book. We have updated and replaced most images from the 2nd edition, maintaining only those judged to be so classic that newer examples would not be an improvement. All references and text have been updated as well, with all material being current to within a few months of the publication date of this book."--Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael P. Federle and Siva P. Raman.
    Summary: "The 2nd edition of Diagnostic Imaging: Abdomen was a major expansion of the 1st edition, containing over 150 additional diagnoses. In planning this, the 3rd edition, we soon realized that comprehensive coverage of all of the advances in imaging and management of abdominal disorders was no longer possible in a single volume text. Therefore, we elected to separate diagnoses into those judged primarily "gastrointestinal," covered in this thoroughly updated text, from the "genitourinary" topics, to be covered in a subsequent book. We have updated and replaced most images from the 2nd edition, maintaining only those judged to be so classic that newer examples would not be an improvement. All references and text have been updated as well, with all material being current to within a few months of the publication date of this book."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Bernadette L. Koch, MD, Associate Director of Radiology, Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Professor of Clinical Radiology and Pediatrics, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH, Bronwyn E. Hamilton, MD, Professor of Radiology, Director of Head & Neck Radiology, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon, Patricia A. Hudgins, MD, FACR, Professor of Radiology and Otolaryngology, Director of Head & Neck Radiology, Department of Radiology and Imaging Sciences, Emory University School of Medicien, Atlanta, Georgia, H. Ric Harnsberger, MD, R.C. Willey Chair in Neuroradiology, Professor of Radiology and Otolaryngology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Paula J. Woodward, Anne Kennedy, Roya Sohaey, Janice L.B. Byrne, Karen Y. Oh, Michael D. Puchalski.
    Contents:

    Section 1 : First Trimester. Introduction and overiew. Abnormal intrauterine gestation. Ectopic gestation. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 2: Brain. Introduction and overiew. Cranial defects. Midline developmental anomalies. Cortical developmental anomalies. Cysts. Destructive lesions. Posterior fossa malformations. Vascular malformations. Tumors. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 4 : Face and neck. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 5: Chest. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 6: Heart. Introduction and overiew. Abnormal location. Septal defects. Right heart malformations. Left heart malformations. Conotruncal malformations. Myocardial and pericardial abnormalities. Abnormal rhythm. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 7: Abdominal wall and gastrointestinal tract. Introduction and overiew. Abdominal wall defects. Bowel abnormalities. Peritoneal abnormalities. Hepatobiliary abnormalities. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 8: Genitourinary tract. Introduction and overiew. Renal developmental variants. Renal malformations. Adrenal abnormalities. Bladder malformations. Genital abnormalities. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 9: Musculoskeletal. Dysplasias. Extremity malformations. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 10: Placenta, membranes, and umbilical cord. Introduction and overiew. Placenta and membrane abnormalities. Umbilical cord abnormalities. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 14: Infection. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 15: Fluid, growth and well-being. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Section 16: Maternal conditions in pregnancy. Pertinent differential diagnoses.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Paula J. Woodward, Anne Kennedy, Roya Sohaey.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lisa J. Koenig, Dania Tamimi, C. Grace Petrikowski, Susanne E. Perschbacher, Axel Ruprecht, Byron W. Benson, David Hatcher, Brad Potter, and H. Ric Harnsberger.
    Summary: Bridging the gap between dentistry and medical radiology, this up-to-date volume covers the anatomic zones, imaging modalities, patient conditions, and presenting clinical signs and symptoms shared by dentistry and medicine. Written by oral and maxillofacial radiologists specifically for those using CT or CBCT technology, this unique title not only offers a dentist's perspective on oral and maxillofacial imaging but also benefits radiologists in the Head and neck field. Dr. Lisa Koenig and her expert author team provide carefully updated information in a concise, bulleted format, keeping you current with recent advances in oral maxillofacial radiology. (Back cover of book).
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] A. James Barkovich, Bernadette L. Koch, and Kevin R. Moore.
    Summary: "Diagnostic Imaging: Pediatric Neuroradiology, Second Edition is a useful tool for all health professionals involved in ordering, performing, or interpreting imaging studies of the child's brain, head, neck, spinal column, and spinal cord. The book consists of diagnoses of all common disorders of the pediatric nervous system and many that are not common. For each diagnosis, information is included concerning the clinical presentation(s) of affected patients, the best sequences to perform for imaging analysis, what each imaging sequence is expected to show (in both common and uncommon presentations), and examples of images showing the key features. In addition, information is included concerning the pathophysiology and pathology of the disorders being discussed, and some basic information concerning the causative genes (when appropriate). In addition to the diagnoses, the book contains introductory chapters in multiple sections that give background on basic embryology, anatomy, and physiology as well as typical imaging features of normal structures in areas being imaged. Put together, the contents of the book make it useful for readers of many different backgrounds and at nearly all stages of training as well as practicing health professionals. This beautiful second edition comes with Amirsys eBook Advantage, an online and searchable version of the book with linked references. In classic Amirsys style, both print and electronic content is viewable in easy-to-read bulleted lists supported by clearly described images. With a comprehensive overhaul, Diagnostic Imaging: Pediatric Neuroradiology, Second Edition promises to become another classic."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey S. Ross and Kevin R. Moore.
    Summary: "Welcome to the third edition of Diagnostic Imaging: Spine. Five years have passed since the second edition, and 11 years have flown by since the first edition was published. This edition is a refresh with new images, new diagnoses, and updated text and references. The same excellent Amirsys formatting is present, with individual diagnoses capable of standing alone but with a logical integration within the larger sections. The Key Facts box retains its visual prominence at the beginning of each diagnosis, allowing for a quick scan of the most important bullet points when time is short (and when is it not?). The text format remains in the hallmark Diagnostic Imaging bulleted form that allows a large amount of important information to be displayed in an easy-to-use and inviting layout. Prose text chapters are included for the introduction to major sections, which are color coded, and the use of tables allows quick scanning for important data and measurements."--From the publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Michele Anzidei, Marco Anile, editors.
    Summary: "This book offers a comprehensive overview of thoracic pathologies of surgical interest involving the lung, mediastinum, esophagus, and chest wall with the aim of providing both radiologists and thoracic surgeons with a reference of high value in everyday clinical practice. Oncologic and non-oncologic conditions are reviewed from both the radiological and the surgical point of view, each one being documented with the aid of high-quality radiologic images from several modalities (including X-ray, fluoroscopy, CT, MR, and PET), illustrations/artwork, and high-definition images from the surgical table. The postoperative anatomy and complications associated with thoracic surgery procedures are also described in detail, with provision of imaging examples that highlight aspects of importance in differentiating between normal and abnormal findings. Written by experts in the field, Diagnostic Imaging for Thoracic Surgery is exceptional in combining precise descriptions of surgical procedures with key teaching points in imaging interpretation."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Hiroya Ojiri.
    Summary: This succinct compendium focuses on the key practical aspects of head and neck cancer imaging. It also provides essential information on handling and analyzing imaging data. Head and neck cancer is the sixth most common cancer worldwide. CT and MRI imaging are absolutely crucial to accurate diagnosis and staging, and radiologists have to be especially familiar with the anatomy of that region of the body. In addition, they must be highly proficient in interpreting radiographic images in order to judge the patterns of metastasis, response to treatment, and the signs and patterns of recurrence. This concise but detailed book describes the latest imaging modalities for all types of head and neck cancer diagnosis in light of recent technological advances. Featuring abundant high-quality images supplemented by advice from experts on the management of each cancer, it is a valuable resource for diagnostic and general radiologists, as well as all medical staff involved in the management of head and neck cancers.

    Contents:
    1 Perspectives and Trends in Diagnostic Imaging of Head and Neck Cancer
    2 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma
    3 Oropharynx
    4 Diagnostic Imaging of Oral Cavity Cancer
    5 Diagnostic Imaging of Laryngeal and Hypopharyngeal Cancers
    6 Diagnostic imaging of Metastatic nodal disease
    7 Sinonasal tumors
    8 Diagnostic Imaging of Salivary Gland Tumors
    9 Diagnostic Imaging of Perineural Spread
    10 PET in Diagnosis of Head and Neck Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Matthias Gutberlet
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Pu-Xuan Lu, Bo-Ping Zhou, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces the diagnosis of Emerging Infectious Diseases (EIDs), including newly emerging infectious diseases and also infectious diseases that show resistance to present treatments. Radiographic examinations are of great value in EIDs diagnosis, differential diagnosis, treatment efficacy assessment and prognosis evaluation. This book covers severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), human avian influenza (H5N1, H7N9), influenza A (H1N1), hand-foot-mouth disease, acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), viral hepatitis, pulmonary tuberculosis. All seven of these EIDs are associated with high incidence and mortality. This book details the imaging techniques, radiological appearance and characteristics of EIDs, and diagnosis and differential diagnosis of EID-related complications. Considering the unique and in some cases only partially understood nature of EIDs, appropriate space is provided in this book for the detailed explanation of the etiology, epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical symptoms and signs, laboratory tests, clinical diagnosis and differential diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and prognosis of EIDs. As such, it will be a valuable resource for improving the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of EIDs. Editors Pu-Xuan Lu and Bo-Ping Zhou are professors at Shenzhen Third People's Hospital, Guangdong Medical College, China.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Alberto Signore, MD, PhD, Professor of Nuclear Medicine, Nuclear Medicine Unit, Department of Medical-Surgical Sciences and of Translational Medicine and Psychology, "Sapienza" University, Rome, Italy, Ana Maria Quintero, MD, Radiologist, Department of Radiology, Clinica Reina Sofia, Clinica Colsanitas, Bogotá, Colombia.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of infections in the new century / Nicola Petrosillo
    Bacterial osteomyelitis : the clinician point of view / Ilker Uçkay, Nicolas Christian Buchs, Khalid Seghrouchni, Mathieu Assal, Pierre Hoffmeyer, and Daniel Lew
    Radiologic imaging of osteomyelitis / Jenny T. Bencardino, Zoraida Restrepo-Velez, Randall Bujan, and Diego Jaramillo
    Radiological evaluation of spine infection / Ana Marøa Quintero and Roy Riascos
    Radiological imaging of soft tissue infections / Carolina Whittle and Giancarlo Schiappacasse
    Radiological imaging of abdominal infection and inflammatory disease / Carolina Whittle, Giancarlo Schiappacasse, and Francesca Maccioni
    Radiological imaging of vascular graft infection / Alejandro Romero, Tobøas Zander, Jorge Lopera, Sergi Quiroga, Manuel Maynar
    Radiological imaging of TB and HIV / Jorge Carrillo
    Nuclear medicine imaging of infections : techniques, acquisition protocol, and interpretation criteria / Alberto Signore
    Nuclear medicine imaging of osteomyelitis : WBC, monoclonal antibody, or bacterial imaging? / Christopher J. Palestro
    Nuclear medicine imaging of spondylodiscitis : the emerging role of PET / Elena Lazzeri, Paola Anna Erba, Martina Sollini, Giuliano Mariani
    Nuclear medicine imaging of soft tissue infections / Bárbara Roxana Morales Klinkert
    Nuclear medicine imaging of infections and inflammatory diseases of the abdomen / Josep Martøn Comøn, Alba Rodrøguez Gasén, and Christophe Van de Wiele
    Nuclear medicine imaging of vascular graft infections : the added role of hybrid imaging / Ora Israel
    Nuclear medicine imaging of TB and HIV / Mike Sathekge, Christophe van de Wiele, and Alberto Signore
    Nuclear medicine imaging in fever of unknown origin / François-Xavier Hanin and François Jamar
    Nuclear medicine imaging of inflammatory diseases / Marco Chianelli, Gaurav Malviya, Andor W.J.M. Glaudemans, and Alberto Signore.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Song Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This book systematically introduces the clinical and imaging characteristics of mediastinal diseases, with emphasis on the essential relationship between clinical diseases and imaging, and on imaging diagnosis and differential diagnosis. This book systematically expounds the etiology, clinical and imaging manifestations, diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment of diseases, supplemented by a large number of cases to focus on analysis, focus on clinical thinking, and strive to combine theory with practice, so that readers have a systematic and in-depth understanding of diagnosis and treatment and differential diagnosis of related diseases.

    Contents:
    Thymic Hyperplasia
    Thymic Cyst
    Epithelial Tumor of Thymus
    Thymic Neuroendocrine Tumor
    Mediastinal Lymphoma
    Mediastinal Granulocytic Sarcoma
    Mediastinal Germ Cell Tumor
    Mediastinal Soft Tissue Tumor
    Neurogenic Tumor
    Intrapulmonary Lymph Nodes.-Metastatic Calcification
    Amylpodosis
    Fat Embolism Syndrom
    Lung Diseases Associated with IgG4
    Endometriosis
    Extramedullary Hematopoiesis
    Plasma Cell Tumor
    Castleman Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Minming Zhang, Bin Lin, editors.
    Summary: This book presents radiological findings in patients with 2019 Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia (COVID-19). It starts with a general review of COVID-19 Pneumonia discovery, including etiology characteristics, transmission routes and pathogenic mechanisms. In the following chapters, details in clinical classification, imaging manifestations in different groups, and imaging features of family aggregated coronavirus pneumonia are introduced. In addition, key points in differential diagnosis of COVID-19 Pneumonia are summarized in the last chapter. The book provides a valuable reference source for radiologists and doctors working in the area of COVID-19 Pneumonia.

    Contents:
    1. Overview of Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia
    2. Clinical Classification and Diagnosis
    3. Imaging manifestations of Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia
    4. Typical cases of Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia in Adult
    5. Imaging Features of Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia in Elder People
    6. Imaging Features of Family Aggregated Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia
    7. Imaging Features of Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia in Children
    8. Differential Diagnosis of Novel Coronavirus Pneumonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dag Wormanns.
    Summary: "Due to the remarkable concentration of various vital organs that can be visualized in thoracic imaging, the region occupies a firm central place in the spectrum of diagnostic imaging. The book is based on the contents of the curriculum for thoracic imaging of the European Society of Radiology and covers the gamut of issues in thoracic imaging that radiologists are faced with in their daily clinical practice. Contents are divided into four main sections: fundamentals of diagnostic thoracic imaging, diseases of the chest and special findings, differential diagnostic considerations and incidental findings, and glossary. Key Features: Full coverage of all disease entities as they affect the lungs, airways, pleura, mediastinum, thorax wall and diaphragm, thoracic arteries and veins, and the heart All imaging modalities are covered in detail: projection radiography, fluoroscopy, ultrasound, CT, and MRI, as well as digital image postprocessing Subsections concentrate on the more critical findings, such as pulmonary nodules and cavitary lesions Special section on occupational pulmonary diseases Congenital malformations of the thorax, and much more Diagnostic Imaging of the Chest is an essential reference guide for radiologists, both in training and in practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Examination Technique
    Basic Anatomy
    General Symptomatology
    Indications
    Pneumonia
    Diffuse Parenchymal Lung Diseases
    Immunologic Diseases of the Lung
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Tumors of the Lung
    Airway Diseases
    Pleural Diseases
    Mediastinal Diseases
    Diseases of the Chest Wall and Diaphragm
    Vascular Diseases
    Chest Trauma
    Diagnostic Imaging of the Chest in Intensive Care Medicine
    Treatment-Related Changes
    Occupational Lung Diseases
    Congenital Thoracic Diseases and Malformations
    Nonvascular Interventions
    Pulmonary Nodules
    Cavities
    Persistent or Migratory Pulmonary Infiltrates
    Diagnostic Schema for Typical Computed Tomography Findings of Diffuse Pulmonary Diseases
    Fleischner Society Glossary of Terms for Thoracic Imaging.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Ulrike Szeimies, Axel Staebler, Markus Walther.
  • Digital
    Rana S. Hoda, Christopher VandenBussche, Syed A. Hoda.
    Summary: Liquid-based cytology preparations are currently the standard of care for gynecological cytology, and are being increasingly used for non-gynecological cytology. Diagnostic Liquid-Based Cytology serves as a handy guide to diagnostic cytopathology on liquid-based preparations. The authors, renowned experts in the field, provide clear, concise, and practical diagnostic guidance. This handbook equips you to achieve accurate diagnosis of most commonly and uncommonly encountered diseases in exfoliative and aspirated tissue samples from various sites. The key cytopathological features of various diseases are described. The book is lavishly illustrated with dozens of color images that depict the full range of common and rare conditions. Diagnostic Liquid-Based Cytology offers highly practical guidance and information needed to solve common diagnostic challenges in liquid-based cytology preparations. Appropriate histopathological correlations and a consideration of the possible differential diagnosis accompany the cytological findings. The book is an excellent resource not only for practicing pathologists as well as for pathologists-in-training, and will be the perfect practical resource for daily reference in the cytopathology laboratory.

    Contents:
    Liquid-Based Specimen Collection, Preparation and Morphology
    Gynecologic Cytology
    Urinary Tract Cytology
    Gastrointestinal Tract Cytology
    Body Cavity Fluids
    Respiratory Exfoliative Cytology
    Fine Needle Aspiration of Thyroid Gland
    Fine Needle Aspiration of Salivary Glands
    Fine Needle Aspiration of Lung
    Cytologic Diagnosis of Lymphoproliferative Disorders by Morphology and Ancillary Techniques
    Fine Needle Aspiration of Pancreas & Liver
    Fine Needle Aspiration of Breast.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Biondi-Zoccai, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first exclusively devoted to the systematic synthesis of accuracy studies. It builds upon the major recent developments in reporting standards, search methods, and, in particular, statistical tools specifically devoted to diagnostic studies. In addition, it borrows extensively from the latest advances in systematic reviews and meta-analyses of intervention studies. After a section dedicated to methods for designing reviews, synthesizing evidence and appraising inconsistency in research, the application of these approaches is demonstrated in the context of case studies from various clinical disciplines. Diagnosis is central in medical decision-making, and in many other fields of human endeavor, such as education and psychology. The plurality of sources of evidence on diagnostic test accuracy poses a huge challenge for practitioners and researchers, as do the multiple dimensions of evidence validity, which include sensitivity, specificity, predictive values, and likelihood ratios. This book offers an invaluable resource for anyone aiming to improve decision-making processes in diagnosis, classification or risk prognostication, from epidemiologists to biostatisticians, radiologists, laboratory physicians and graduate students, as any physician interested in refining his methodological skills in clinical diagnosis.

    Contents:
    SECTION I
    1. Introduction to Clinical Diagnosis
    2. The Evidence Hierarchy
    3. Peculiarities of Diagnostic Test Accuracy Studies
    4. Meta-analyses of Clinical Trials vs Diagnostic Test Accuracy Studies
    SECTION II
    5. Designing the Review
    6. Registering the review
    7. Searching for Diagnostic Test Accuracy Studies
    8. Abstracting Evidence
    9. Appraising Evidence
    10. Synthesizing Evidence
    11. Appraising Heterogeneity
    12. Statistical Packages and Diagnostic Meta-analysis and Their Application
    13. Network Meta-analysis of Diagnostic Test Accuracy Studies
    14. Transition to Intervention Meta-analysis
    15. Updating Diagnostic Test Accuracy Systematic Reviews: Which, When and How Should They be Updated?
    SECTION III
    16. Diagnostic Meta-Analysis: Case Study in Endocrinology
    17. Diagnostic Meta-Analysis: Case Study in Gastroenterology
    18. Diagnostic Meta-Analysis: Case Study in Oncology
    19. Diagnostic Meta-analysis: Case Study in Surgery
    SECTION IV
    20. Avenues for Further Research
    21. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Annalisa Berzigotti, Jaime Bosch, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a unique up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the most important diagnostic methods available for assessing liver cirrhosis and portal hypertension. The book covers all the significant advances made in the last 10 years in HVPG and biopsy interpretation, imaging and elastography. This is a unique and well structured book authored by senior experts in the field aimed at providing updated knowledge to the hepatology specialist and to the physicians interested in chronic liver disease. The book starts by giving an overview of the disease, outlining the clinical needs in this field; this is followed by detailed information both on the invasive gold-standard methods (HVPG measurement, liver biopsy, endoscopy), and on the standard and emerging non-invasive methods, including serum markers of fibrosis, ultrasound-elastography, magnetic resonance elastography, ultrasound, contrast-enhanced ultrasound, CT, magnetic resonance and derived methods (dynamic flow assessment). The final part of the book is devoted to diagnostic tests in non-cirrhotic causes of portal hypertension (Budd-Chiari Syndrome, Portal vein thrombosis, idiopathic portal hypertension, etc), and in pediatric portal hypertension. Written by a team of worldwide opinion leaders this book pays special attention to the most promising novel non-invasive methods in the field.

    Contents:
    Introduction.- Cirrhosis and portal hypertension: natural history and prognosis.-Part I:Gold-standard invasive diagnostic methods
    Liver Biopsy.- Hepatic venous pressure measurement.- Endoscopy.- Part 2: non-invasive diagnostic methods.- Non-invasive serum markers of fibrosis
    Ultrasound elastography: general and technical overview
    Liver stiffness by ultrasound (transient) elastography.- Spleen stiffness by ultrasound elastography
    Magnetic resonance elastography.- Imaging: ultrasound and Doppler ultrasound
    Contrast-enhanced ultrasound and dynamic contrast-enhanced ultrasound.- Subharmonic aided pressure estimation (SHAPE)
    Endoscopic ultrasound
    Computerised Tomography.- Magnetic resonance imaging (including dynamic flow assessment).- Part 3: invasive and non-invasive diagnostic methods in special conditions Budd-Chiari Syndrome.- Portal vein thrombosis and Extrahepatic portal vein obstruction- An Asian and Global Perspective.- Idiopathic portal hypertension
    Rendu-Osler disease and Artero-venous fistulae.- Pediatric population.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Randall T. Hayden, Donna M. Wolk, Karen C. Carroll, Yi-Wei Tang.
    Contents:
    I. Overview of infections in the immunocompromised host
    Overview of infections in the immunocompromised host / Lesia K. Dropulic and Howard M. Lederman
    II. Laboratory diagnosis: approaches, interpretations, and limitations : infections by specific etiologic agents
    Human immunodeficiency virus / Wendy S. Armstrong, Jeannette Guarner, Colleen S. Kraft, and Angela M. Caliendo
    Chronic hepatitis B, C, and D in the immunocompromised patient / Bryan R. Cobb and Alexandra Valsamakis
    Cytomegalovirus / Veronica Dioverti and Raymund R. Razonable
    Epstein-Barr infection in the immunocompromised host / Andrew Nowalk and Michael Green
    Herpes simplex virus and Varicella-Zoster virus / Myron J. Levin, Adriana Weinberg, and D. Scott Schmid
    Human herpesviruses 6A, 6B and 7 / Henri Agut, Pascale Bonnafous, and Agnes Gautheret-Dejean
    Human papillomavirus / Eileen M. Burd and Christina L. Dean
    Polyomaviruses / Linda Cook
    Adenovirus / Michael G. Ison and Randall T. Hayden
    Respiratory RNA viruses / Richard L. Hodinka
    Enteroviruses and parechoviruses / James J. Dunn
    Parvovirus B19 / Marie Louise Landry
    Filamentous fungi / Margaret V. Powers-Fletcher, Brian A. Kendall, Allen T. Griffin, and Kimberly E. Hanson
    Yeasts / Sean X. Zhang and Nathan P. Wiederhold
    Mycobacteria / Patricia J. Simner, Gail L. Woods, and Nancy L. Wengenack
    Aerobic actinomycetes of clinical significance / A. Brian Mochon, Den Sussland, and Michael A. Saubolle
    Parasites / Elitza S. Theel and Bobbi S. Pritt
    Aerobic bacteria and infections in the immunocompromised host / Geraldine Hall and Karen C. Carroll
    Selected topics in anaerobic bacteriology / Deirdre L. Church
    III. Laboratory diagnosis: approaches, interpretations and limitations : infections of specific organ systems
    Etiology, epidemiology and diagnosis of lower respiratory tract infections in immunocompromised patients / Karen C. Carroll and La'Tonzia L. Adams
    Genitourinary tract infections in immunocompromised patients / Odaliz Abreu Lanfranco and George J. Alangaden
    Gastrointestinal infections / Kevin Alby and Irving Nachamkin
    Central nervous system infections
    Andrea J. Zimmer, Victoria E. Burke, and Karen C. Bloch
    Bloodstream / Donna M. Wolk, Raquel M. Martinez, and Diana R. Hernandez
    Skin and soft tissue infection / Anne Spichler Moffarah, Mayar Al Mohajer, Bonnie L. Hurwitz, and David G. Armstrong
    IV. Special topics
    Prosthetic device infections / Raquel M. Martinez, Thomas R. Bowen, and Michael A. Foltzer
    Hospital-associated infections / Esther Babady
    Role of surgical pathologic diagnosis for immunocompromised hosts / Mary K. Klassen-Fischer and Ronald C. Neafie.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Peter Resteghini.
    Summary: Resource added for the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program 105262 and Radiography 105261 program.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic ultrasound and guided injection
    The shoulder : diagnostic imaging
    The shoulder : guided injection techniques
    The elbow : diagnostic imaging
    The elbow : guided injection techniques
    The wrist and hand : diagnostic imaging
    The wrist and hand : guided injection techniques
    The hip : diagnostic imaging
    The hip : guided injection techniques
    The knee : diagnostic imaging
    The knee : guided injection techniques
    The ankle and foot : diagnostic imaging
    The ankle and foot : guided injection techniques.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018
  • Digital
    Wu-Chung Shen.
    Summary: CT and MRI are two of the most important tools in diagnostic neuroradiology. This book will help readers identify key features of CT and MRI images of various common brain and spine diseases and make rapid diagnoses. It presents comprehensive information, including more than 2,000 illustrative CT and MRI images, accompanied by concise and easy-to-use tips based on the authors 40 years of teaching and clinical experience. Helping them improve their CT and MRI image interpretation skills in connection with head injuries, stroke, intracranial tumors, CNS infections, and spinal diseases, this book offers a valuable reference guide not only for residents and fellows in neuroradiology and radiology, but also for medical physicians, medical students, and other specialists interested in diagnostic neuroradiology.

    Contents:
    1 Brain Neuroimaging Anatomy
    2 Basics of Interpretation of Brain CT and MRI
    3 Medical Imaging of Head Injury
    4 Medical Imaging of Cerebral Hemorrhagic Stroke
    5 Medical Imaging of Ischemic Stroke
    6 Medical Imaging of Intracranial Tumors
    7 Medical Imaging of CNS Infections
    8 Medical Imaging of Spinal Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    G. Petur Nielsen, Andrew E. Rosenberg, Vikram Deshpande, Francis J. Hornicek, Susan V. Kattapuram, Daniel I. Rosenthal.
    Summary: "Diagnostic Pathology: Bone, second edition is designed for practicing pathologists who need access to up-to-date, comprehensive, and concise bone pathology knowledge in one convenient place. It includes the latest diagnostic information in this challenging subspecialty, while its unique image collection serves as an exceptional aid." -- Back cover

    Contents:
    Benign bone-forming tumors
    Malignant bone-forming tumors
    Benign cartilage tumors
    Malignant cartilage tumors
    Fibrous and fibrohistiocytic tumors
    Fibroosseous tumors
    Malignant small round cell tumors
    Notochordal tumors
    Giant cell-rich tumors
    Cystic lesions of bone
    Vascular tumors
    Hematopoietic tumors
    Miscellaneous mesenchymal tumors
    Metastatic tumor of skeleton
    Bone tumor mimics.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joel K. Greenson.
    Summary: "DP: Gastrointestinal, Second Edition provides quick, up-to-date information on gastrointestinal pathology, both visual and factual, to either help the pathologist arrive at the correct diagnosis or refresh his or her memory about the diagnosis itself. Instead of full prose text, we have provided a stripped-down outline format. The key facts regarding each diagnosis are then highlighted in a box for ease of use. Tables highlighting the salient immunostains &/or molecular tests useful in the differential diagnosis of lesions are provided when appropriate, and all diagnoses are illustrated with high-quality color images taken with the intent of mimicking real practice. We hope that this book is useful as a quick reference at the microscope during sign-out, whether to look up something as esoteric as microsporidia or something as common as serrated colorectal polyps. While the images in this book will never be outdated, the same cannot be said for the text (how many new antibodies have come out in the time it took you to read this page?). To help alleviate this problem, the purchaser has a license to ExpertConsult, the eBook version of Diagnostic Pathology: Gastrointestinal, Second Edition, which will undergo regular updates."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Robert B. Colvin [and 11 others].
    Summary: "Welcome to the world of renal pathology! The team of renal pathologists who developed this book has over 250 years of combined experience in renal pathology. We are motivated by the desire to create a comprehensive, succinct, and diagnostically useful resource for practicing pathologists, nephrologists and all students of kidney diseases. Here you will find the most complete survey available of non-neoplastic diseases of native and transplant kidneys amply illustrated by over 3500 pathology images of classic and variant features. The information and images are web-accessible to all owners of the book and to subscribers of ExpertPath© by Elsevier. Renal pathologists typically consider pathogenesis and etiology, in addition to the diagnosis. This approach requires knowledge of the clinical presentation, relevant laboratory and molecular data and evidence from mechanistic research studies. We provide all of these elements in a highly structured format for each disease entity. The authors are particularly delighted to present the second edition of this text. The excellent reception to the first edition has encouraged us to update and expand the contents. We have added 40 chapters and 5 new authors, reorganized some of the sections, updated and polished text in all of the chapters and added current references and innumerable new images. Overall we are pleased that the book reflects significant progress on our quest to provide a useful, accurate and accessible compendium of all non-neoplastic renal diseases for clinicians, pathologists and investigators. One may ask why so many chapters? The answer is that medical research has led to an increasing number of distinct diseases, once categorized by clinical and pathologic characteristics, and now increasingly further defined and separated by etiologic and genetic criteria. The structured format of the book is conducive to presenting this expanding list that will continue to grow in the era of personalized medicine. We hope this text will help improve the diagnosis of renal disease and stimulate advances in the field."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Introduction
    Section 2. Glomerular diseases
    Section 3. Vascular diseases
    Section 4. Tubulointerstitial diseases
    Section 5. Infections of the kidney
    Section 6. Developmental diseases
    Section 7. Cystic diseases
    Section 8. Diseases of the collecting system
    Section 9. Diseases of the renal allograft
    Section 10. Protocols
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] L. Jeffrey Medeiros, MD, Professor and Chair, Department of Hematopathology, the University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Yuri E. Nikiforov, Paul W. Biddinger, Lester D.R. Thompson ; drawings by Marina N. Nikiforova, Alyaksandr V. Nikitski, and Paul W. Biddinger.
    Summary: "Offering a comprehensive overview of the diagnostic surgical pathology, cytopathology, immunohistochemistry and molecular genetics of the thyroid diseases, this updated reference now incorporates recent, groundbreaking studies and major changes in the field"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Normal anatomy and histology
    Embryology and developmental lesions
    Thyroid physiology
    Thyroiditis
    Diffuse and nodular hyperplasia
    Other non-neoplastic conditions
    Thyroid tumors: classification, incidence, and general considerations
    Staging of thy roid cancer
    Follicular adenoma and Hurthle cell (oncocytic) adenoma
    Hyanlinizing trabecular tumor
    Noninvasive trabecular tumor
    Noninvasive follicular thyroid neoplasm with papillary-like nuclear features
    Follicular carcinoma and Hurthle cell (Oncocytic) carcinoma
    Papillary carcinoma
    Poorly differentiated carcinoma
    Anaplastic (Undifferentiated) carcinoma
    Medullary carcinoma
    Rare primary thyroid epithelial tumors
    Rare primary thyroid nonepithelial tumors and tumor-like conditions
    Primary thyroid lymphoma
    Tumors metastatic to the thyrooid
    Principles of reporting thyroid cytopathology specimens
    Gross examination
    Principls pf molecular diagnostics in thyroid samples
    Molecular testing og theroid fine-needle aspiration samples
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Ling Zhang, Haipeng Shao, Serhan Alkan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the pathologic features of common benign and malignant hematopoietic disorders in spleen and liver for practicing pathologists, hematopathologists and clinicians. The authors are from large academic centers, affiliated teaching hospitals and central referral clinics and are experienced in the diagnosis of hematopoietic disorders in the spleen and liver. The book consists of 21 chapters, with the first three chapters devoted to normal histologic features, conventional, cytogenetic and molecular studies necessary for the diagnosis of hematopoietic disorders in the spleen and liver. Chapters 4 to 17 cover the primary and secondary mature B- and T/NK cell lymphomas, Hodgkin lymphoma, B and T cell lymphoblastic leukemias, myeloid neoplasms, histiocytic and dendritic neoplasms, and post-transplant disorders including post transplant lymphoproliferative disorders. Chapters 19 to 21 encompass red blood cell disorders, other benign hematologic disorders and infectious/inflammatory disorders that could mimic hematopoietic neoplasms. These chapters are formatted on specific hematopoietic neoplasms to comprise epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis, morphology, immunophenotyping, molecular genetics, prognosis and brief treatment guidelines. Diagnostic caveats are included in order to have a quick review of the key points in each chapter. Diagnostic Pathology of Hematopoietic Disorders of Spleen and Liver covers most, if not all of the benign and malignant hematopoietic disorders in the spleen and liver and serves as a practical and useful resource for general pathologists and hematopathologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Anatomy and Histology of Normal Liver and Spleen
    Spleen
    Anatomy
    Embryology
    Normal Function
    Imaging Findings
    Gross
    Microscopic Findings
    White Pulp
    Red Pulp
    Liver
    Anatomy
    Embryology
    Normal Function
    Imaging Findings
    Gross
    Microscopic Findings
    References
    2: Diagnostic Approaches to Hematopoietic Disorders of the Spleen and Liver
    Introduction
    Spleen
    Indications of Splenectomy
    Indications of Splenic Fine Needle Aspirate and Needle Core Biopsy
    Grossing
    Spleen from Splenectomy Splenic Biopsy
    Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Sample Processing
    Microscopy
    Ancillary Studies
    Immunohistochemistry Study
    Flow Cytometry
    Liver
    Indications for Liver Biopsy
    Imaging Study
    Grossing
    Liver Biopsy
    Resection/Lobectomy
    Sample Processing
    Fixation, Routine, and Special Staining
    Microscopic Examination
    Ancillary Studies
    Flow Cytometry
    Immunohistochemistry Study
    References
    3: Molecular and Genetic Diagnostic Approaches of Hematopoietic Disorders of the Spleen and Liver
    Introduction
    Cytogenetics
    Conventional Karyotyping Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization (FISH)
    Cytogenetic Abnormalities Detectable by Conventional Karyotyping or FISH in Lymphomas
    Array-Based Comparative Genomic Hybridization (aCGH) and Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP) Array
    Polymerase Chain Reaction
    B- and T-Cell Receptor Studies
    Sanger Sequencing
    Next-Generation Sequencing
    Genetic Mutations in Splenic and Hepatic Lymphomas
    References
    4: Hairy Cell Leukemia, Hairy Cell Leukemia Variant, and Splenic Diffuse Red Pulp Small B-Cell Lymphoma
    Introduction
    Hairy Cell Leukemia
    Definition
    Cell Origin Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathogenesis
    Clinical Presentations
    Morphology
    Gross Features
    Microscopic Features
    Peripheral Blood
    Bone Marrow
    Spleen, Liver, and Lymph Nodes
    Cytochemical Findings and Immunophenotyping
    Cytogenetics
    Molecular Findings
    Differential Diagnosis
    Hairy Cell Leukemia Variant (HCL-V)
    Splenic Marginal Zone Lymphoma (SMZL)
    Mantle Cell Lymphoma
    Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL)
    Splenic Diffuse Red Pulp Small B-Cell Lymphoma (SDRPL)
    Aplastic Anemia
    Prognosis and Treatment
    Diagnostic Caveats Splenic B-Cell Lymphoma/Leukemia, Unclassifiable
    Hairy Cell Leukemia, Variant
    Etiology and Pathogenesis
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Presentations
    Morphology
    Cytochemical Findings and Immunophenotyping
    Cytogenetics and Molecular Findings
    Differential Diagnosis
    Hairy Cell Leukemia (HCL)
    Splenic Marginal Zone Lymphoma (SMZL)
    Splenic Diffuse Red Pulp Small B-cell Lymphoma (SDRPL)
    Treatment
    Splenic Diffuse Red Pulp Small B-Cell Lymphoma (SDRPL)
    Etiology and Pathogenesis
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Presentations
    Morphology
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard L. Kradin.
    Contents:
    General principles in the diagnosis of infection / Richard L. Kradin, Vikram Deshpande, and A. John Iafrate
    The biopsy in the diagnosis of infection: clinical approach / Jay A. Fishman
    Cytopathology of infectious and inflammatory diseases / Vicki J. Schnadig
    Ultrastructural diagnosis of infection / Alton B. Farris III, Martin K. Selig, and G. Petur Nielsen
    New technologies for the diagnosis of infection / Nicole Pecora and Danny A. Milner, Jr.
    Ear, nose, and throat infections / Matthew M. Johnson
    Pathology of pulmonary infection / Richard L. Kradin and Eugene J. Mark
    Cardiac infections / Richard L. Kradin and H. Thomas Aretz
    Infections of the gastrointestinal tract / Gregory Y. Lauwers, Mari Mino-Kenudson, and Richard L. Kradin
    Liver and bile duct infections / Ricard Masia and Joseph Misdraji
    Infectious lymphadenitis / Judith A. Ferry
    Infectious diseases of the bone marrow and spleen / Robert P. Hasserjian and Lawrence Zukerberg
    Infection of bone / Andrew E. Rosenberg, Susan V. Kattapuram, and G. Petur Nielsen
    Infections of joints, synovium-lined structures, and soft tissue / Elizabeth G. Demicco, Susan V. Kattapuram, Richard L. Kradin, and Andrew E. Rosenberg
    Genitourinary infectious disease pathology / Alton B. Farris III and G. Petur Nielsen
    Gynecologic infections / Rosemary Tambouret
    Perinatal infections / Drucilla J. Roberts
    Infections of the nervous system / Sandra Camelo-Piragua and E. Tessa Hedley-Whyte
    Skin infections / Carlos N. Prieto-Granada, Alice Z.C. Lobo, and Martin C. Mihm, Jr.
    Infections of the eye and its adnexa / Anna M. Stagner, Frederick A. Jakobiec, Ralph C. Eagle, Jr., and Norman C. Charles.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Pauline M. Chou, Paolo Gattuso, Vijaya B. Reddy, Miguel Reyes-Mugica.
    Summary: Written as a response to the increasing utilization of minimally invasive procedures in children, this state-of-the-art book provides a comprehensive review of pediatric cytopathology with histopathologic correlation, focusing particularly on those entities unique to the pediatric population and highlighting differences between children and adult patients. As most pathologic diagnoses require knowledge of clinical presentation and/or imaging features, these are integral parts of the work-up in each chapter. This comprehensive guide provides optimal use of the newest diagnostic techniques (including molecular, genetic and immunohistochemical studies) to help overcome diagnostic challenges. The book is illustrated with more than 1000 high-quality color images and a password in each copy of the book provides the reader with full electronic access to all text and images. This book will provide a practical resource for practicing pediatric pathologists and cytopathologists, and a valuable educational tool for the residents and fellows in training.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Erik Beek, Rick R. van Rijn.
    Summary: ""Diagnostic Pediatric Ultrasound is a complete "go-to" reference for daily practice. It clearly shows why ultrasound is the pediatric imaging modality of first choice, offering safe, noninvasive, high-quality results, leading to an accurate diagnosis. It provides a wide range of normal reference images for comparison with pathologic findings. This book contains instructive ultrasound videos available on Thieme Media Center showing diagnoses.""--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Print
    by David Rapaport, Ph.D., with the collaboration of Merton M. Gill, M.D. and Roy Schafer, B.S.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L602 .R21 1945
    2
  • Print
    Robert S. Katz, Anupam Basu, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an introduction to the role of medical imaging in the diagnosis and management of rheumatologic diseases. It reviews basic radiographic findings of common and rare arthropathies while offering a focused and practical discussion of advanced imaging modalities such as CT, ultrasonography, and MRI. The book begins with a discussion on soft tissue changes, bone and bone density, articular surface changes, and bone alignment. Following this is an examination of the use of advanced imaging modalities including CT, ultrasound, and MRI as well as different disease categories such as inflammatory arthritis, degenerative arthritis, infectious arthritis, and crystalline arthropathy. Subsequent chapters include exercises and case examples for imaging hands and wrists, knees, hips, foot and ankle, shoulder, and the spine. Diagnostic Radiology of Rheumatic Diseases is an essential and practical resource for senior medical students, residents, fellows, and physicians in rheumatology, imaging and radiology, immunology, and internal medicine.

    Contents:
    Part I. Approaches
    Chapter 1. Soft Tissue Changes
    Chapter 2. Bone and Bone Density
    Chapter 3. Articular Surface Changes
    Chapter 4. Bone Alignment
    Part II. Advanced Imaging Modalities
    Chapter 5. CT Scan
    Chapter 6. Ultrasound Chapter 7. MRI
    Part III. Disease Categories
    Chapter 8. Inflammatory Arthritis
    Chapter 9. Degenerative Arthritis
    Chapter 10. Infectious Arthritis
    Chapter 11. Crystalline Arthropathy
    Chapter 12. Rare Diseases
    Part IV. Exercises
    Chapter 13. Hands and Wrists
    Chapter 14. Knees
    Chapter 15. Hips
    Chapter 16. Foot and Ankle
    Chapter 17. Shoulder
    Chapter 18. Spine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by Marvin A. Sackner.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC733 .D536
    2
  • Digital
    Ben Challacombe, Simon Bott, editors.
    Summary: From signs and symptoms to key diagnosis of urological diseases, Diagnostic Techniques in Urology focuses on the current status of urological investigations. This book looks at common conditions of prostate and renal cancer, discusses emergency urological diagnosis, and examines the evaluation of benign diseases as well as miscellaneous urological conditions including erectile dysfunction, incontinence and prostatitis. Bringing together contributions from major international leaders in the field, Diagnostic Techniques in Urology is a useful, easy-to-read book which will benefit urologists and other clinicians interested in urology.

    Contents:
    1. Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA)
    2. Prostate Biopsy and Management of a Rising PSA Post Initial Biopsy
    3. Abnormal Digital Rectal Examination
    4. Imaging of the Prostate
    5. Haematuria
    6. Haematospermia
    7. Diagnostic Techniques in Male LUTS/BPE
    8. Storage Lower Urinary Tract Syndromes: Evaluation and Investigations
    9. Urinary Incontinence
    10. Recurrent Urinary Tract Infections in Adults
    11. Loin Pain
    12. Recurrent Stone Formation
    13. Testicular Mass and Acute Testicular Pain
    14. Penile Curvature
    15. Erectile Dysfunction
    16. OAT Syndrome
    17. Male Hypogonadism and Cryptorchidism
    18. Renal Trauma
    19. Penoscrotal Trauma
    Enterovesical Fistulae and Pneumaturia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ariane Neuber, Tim Nuttall.
    Contents:
    Introduction to dermatological tests
    Looking for parasites
    Hair plucks and trichograms
    Dermoscopy
    Cytology
    Fungal and bacterial cultures and identification
    Introduction to histopathology
    Allergy testing
    Immune-mediated skin diseases
    Endocrine and metabolic skin diseases
    Infectious disease
    Diagnostic imaging
    Otoscopy and examination of the ear
    Which test to choose when
    Genetic tests for skin diseases.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Methods (1): Participants and Test Methods
    Methods (2): Statistical Methods
    Results
    Discussion
    Future prospects for diagnostic test accuracy studies in dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner.
    Summary: The new and updated edition of this book explains the key steps in planning and executing diagnostic test accuracy studies in dementia, serving as an introduction to the topic with clear explanations of difficulties and pitfalls. It has been fully revised in light of developments over the past 5 years and includes STARD publications which have appeared since the first edition as well as the use of biomarkers of cognitive disorders as increasingly enshrined in diagnostic criteria. The book covers the presentation of study results in terms of measures of discrimination, taking examples from studies in dementia looking at various diagnostic methods including cognitive instruments, neuroimaging, and biochemical studies. The book continues to reflect the authors own experience in diagnostic test accuracy studies, particularly in the sphere of cognitive screening instruments.. Diagnostic Test Accuracy Studies in Dementia encourages clinicians to adopt a pragmatic approach to diagnostic test accuracy studies rooted in day-to-day clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: Methods (1)
    Chapter 3: Methods (2)
    Chapter 4: Results (1)
    Chapter 5: Results (2)
    Chapter 6: Discussion
    Chapter 7: Future prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stephanie D. Davis, Ernst Eber, Anastassios C. Koumbourlis, editors.
    Summary: Over the past 20 years, diagnostic tests for pediatric pulmonologists have revolutionized care of children afflicted with respiratory disorders. These tests have been used to not only help in diagnosis, but also in the management and treatment of these children. Bronchoscopic, imaging and physiologic advances have improved clinical care of these children and have been used as outcome measures in research trials. Diagnostic Tests in Pediatric Pulmonology: Applications and Interpretation describes the various diagnostic modalities (especially the newer ones) that are available for the evaluation of pediatric respiratory disorders. It also provides an understanding of the advantages and limitations of each test so that the clinician may choose the most appropriate ones. An internationally renowned group of authors describe how best to interpret the key findings in a variety of tests as well as the possible pitfalls in incorrect interpretation. This volume focuses on the main diagnostic modalities used in the evaluation of pediatric patients with respiratory disorders and presents up-to-date information on the advantages and limitations of each test for a variety of conditions encountered in the practice of pediatric pulmonology. Clinical utility of these tests is also highlighted. This valuable resource is well suited to practicing clinicians, including pediatric pulmonologists, pediatricians and primary care practitioners, as well as trainees, respiratory therapists and clinical researchers.

    Contents:
    The Evaluation of the Upper And Lower Airways in Infants and Children.? Principles and Pearls from 4 Decades in the Trenches
    Bronchoalveolar Lavage: Tests and Applications
    Understanding Interventional Bronchoscopy
    Nasal Nitric Oxide and Ciliary Video microscopy: Tests Used for Diagnosing Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia
    Functional Evaluation of Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator
    Allergic and Immunologic Testing in Children with Respiratory Disease
    Interpretation of Pulmonary Function Tests in Clinical Practice
    Infant and Preschool Pulmonary Function Tests
    Newer Pulmonary Function Tests
    Selection and Appropriate Use of Spirometric Reference Equations for the Pediatric Population
    Polysomnography for the Pediatric Pulmonologist
    Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing Techniques to Evaluate Exercise Tolerance
    Imaging for the Pediatric Pulmonologist
    Fractional Exhaled Nitric Oxide: Indications and Interpretation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Annikka Weissferdt.
    Summary: This book covers the wide subject of pathological processes that can affect the lung, pleura and mediastinum. It is meant to offer the practicing surgical pathologist as well pathologists in training a practical approach to the diagnosis of the many entities that can be found in the thoracic cavity. The current work covers the whole range of neoplastic and non-neoplastic thoracic pathology subdivided by anatomic site and arranged by family of tumors for neoplastic disease and by etiology or affected structure for non-neoplastic disease. The emphasis of this book lies on a morphological approach to the diagnosis of thoracic pathology, and is supported by information about ancillary techniques and inclusion of generous photomicrographs, tables and illustrations. Diagnostic Thoracic Pathology aims to enhance the interest of the reader in the subject of thoracic pathology and most of all assist surgical pathologists in their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributor
    Part I: Lung: Non-neoplastic Lung Disease
    1: Infectious Lung Disease
    1.1 Bacterial Pneumonias
    1.1.1 Pulmonary Actinomycosis
    1.1.1.1 Clinical Features
    1.1.1.2 Pathological Features
    1.1.1.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.1.1.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.1.2 Pulmonary Nocardiosis
    1.1.2.1 Clinical Features
    1.1.2.2 Pathological Features
    1.1.2.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.1.2.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.1.3 Pulmonary Botryomycosis 1.1.3.1 Clinical Features
    1.1.3.2 Pathological Features
    1.1.3.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.1.3.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.2 Mycobacterial Pneumonias
    1.2.1 Pulmonary Tuberculosis
    1.2.1.1 Clinical Features
    1.2.1.2 Pathological Features
    1.2.1.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.2.1.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.2.2 Pulmonary Atypical Mycobacterial Infection
    1.2.2.1 Clinical Features
    1.2.2.2 Pathological Features
    1.2.2.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.2.2.4 Differential Diagnosis 1.3 Fungal Pneumonias
    1.3.1 Pulmonary Histoplasmosis
    1.3.1.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.1.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.1.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.1.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.3.2 Pulmonary Cryptococcosis
    1.3.2.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.2.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.2.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.2.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.3.3 Pulmonary Coccidioidomycosis
    1.3.3.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.3.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.3.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.3.4 Differential Diagnosis 1.3.4 Pulmonary Blastomycosis
    1.3.4.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.4.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.4.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.4.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.3.5 Pulmonary Paracoccidioidomycosis
    1.3.5.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.5.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.5.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.5.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.3.6 Pulmonary Pneumocystosis
    1.3.6.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.6.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.6.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.6.4 Differential Diagnosis 1.3.7 Pulmonary Candidiasis
    1.3.7.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.7.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.7.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.7.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.3.8 Pulmonary Aspergillosis
    1.3.8.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.8.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.8.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.8.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.3.9 Pulmonary Mucormycosis
    1.3.9.1 Clinical Features
    1.3.9.2 Pathological Features
    1.3.9.3 Laboratory Diagnosis and Histochemical Stains
    1.3.9.4 Differential Diagnosis
    1.3.10 Pulmonary Sporotrichosis
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carol M. Rumack, Deborah Levine.
    Summary: "Diagnostic Ultrasound, edited by Carol M. Rumack, Stephanie R. Wilson, J. William Charboneau, and Deborah Levine, presents a greater wealth of authoritative, up-to-the-minute guidance on the ever-expanding applications of this versatile modality than you'll find in any other single source. Preeminent experts help you reap the fullest benefit from the latest techniques for ultrasound imaging of the whole body...image-guided procedures...fetal, obstetric, and pediatric imaging...and more. This completely updated edition encompasses all of the latest advances, including 3D and 4D imaging, fetal imaging, contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) of the liver and digestive tract, and much more - all captured through an abundance of brand-new images. And now, video clips for virtually every chapter allow you to see the sonographic presentation of various conditions in real time!"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    I. Physics. Physics of ultrasound
    Biologic effects and safety
    Contrast agents for ultrasound imaging and Doppler
    II. Abdominal, pelvic, and thoracic sonography. The liver
    The spleen
    The biliary tree and gallbladder
    The pancreas
    The gastrointestinal tract
    The kidney and urinary tract
    The prostrate
    The adrenal glands
    The retroperitoneum
    Dynamic ultrasound of hernias of the groin and anterior abdominal wall
    The peritoneum
    The uterus
    The adnexa
    Ultrasound-guided biopsy of chest abdomen and pelvis
    Organ transplantation
    III. Small parts, carotid artery, and peripheral vessel sonography. The thyroid gland
    The parathyroid glands
    The breast
    The scrotum
    Overview of musculoskeletal ultrasound techniques and applications
    The shoulder
    Musculoskeletal interventions
    The extracranial cerebral vessels
    The peripheral vessels
    IV. Obstetric and fetal sonography. Overview of obstetric imaging
    Bioeffects and safety of ultrasound in obstetrics
    The first trimester
    Chromosomal abnormalities
    Multifetal pregnancy
    The fetal face and neck
    The fetal brain
    The fetal spine
    The fetal chest
    The fetal heart
    The fetal abdominal wall and gastrointestinal tract
    The fetal urogenital tract
    The fetal musculoskeletal system
    Fetal hydrops
    Fetal measurements: normal and abnormal fetal growth and assessment of fetal well-being
    Sonographic evaluation of the placenta
    Cervical ultrasound and preterm birth
    V. Pediatric sonography. Neonatal and infant brain imaging
    Doppler sonography of the neonatal and infant brain
    Doppler sonography of the brain in children
    The pediatric head and neck
    The pediatric spinal canal
    The pediatric chest
    The pediatric liver and spleen
    The pediatric kidney and adrenal glands
    The pediatric gastrointestinal tract
    Pediatric pelvic sonography
    The pediatric hip and musculoskeletal ultrasound
    Pediatric interventional sonography.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Print
    [edited by] Aya Kamaya and Jade Wong-You-Cheong [and eight others].
    Summary: "Ultrasound is often the first imaging study for evaluation of patients presenting with abdominal or pelvic pain, abnormal biochemical tests, suspected mass, or gynecologic symptoms. Depending on the ultrasound findings, patients may go on to further imaging or, in many cases, the clinical decision is based on ultrasound findings alone. It is therefore imperative for the radiologist to confidently recognize the sonographic appearance of specific diagnoses. The more the radiologist knows about the sonographic appearance of specific entities, the less likely a patient will be referred for potentially unnecessary imaging. We hope this book highlights this information in an easily digestible and image-focused format. We have tailored this book for the well-rounded abdominal radiologist who uses all imaging modalities in evaluation of the abdomen and pelvis but with a focus on ultrasound. You will find numerous examples of grayscale, color, power, and spectral (pulsed) Doppler imaging in each chapter and, when applicable, contrast-enhanced ultrasound. Correlation with CT and MR is provided in many chapters. Detailed artistic renderings of each disease entity further complement the visual splendor of the book. In this era, when conservative use of radiation exposure from CT as well as minimization of iodinated- or gadolinium-based contrast are increasingly important, ultrasound is re-emerging as an extremely attractive and optimal imaging modality. Moreover, ultrasound technology continues to improve, resulting in dramatic changes in image quality in the last decade. New transducer materials, improved image quality with higher resolution, noise-reduction techniques, increased Doppler sensitivity, together with widespread use of 3D transducers have significantly impacted our daily ultrasound practice. It is thus time for a second edition of Diagnostic Ultrasound: Abdomen and Pelvis in the highly acclaimed Amirsys series. This edition presents dedicated sections on ultrasound anatomy, diagnoses, and differential diagnoses, organized by organ. Ultrasound images, text and references have been extensively updated and new chapters have been added to reflect current ultrasound practice."--Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.U4 D515 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Aya Kamaya, Jade Wong-You-Cheong, Paula J. Woodward, Anne M. Kennedy, Roya Sohaey, Xin Yuan, Oscar R. Del Barco, Jenny Burke.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.U4 D53 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Thomas Szabo, Boston University, Boston, MA, USA.
    Summary: Diagnostic Ultrasound Imaging provides a unified description of the physical principles of ultrasound imaging, signal processing, systems and measurements. This comprehensive reference is a core resource for both graduate students and engineers in medical ultrasound research and design. With continuing rapid technological development of ultrasound in medical diagnosis, it is a critical subject for biomedical engineers, clinical and healthcare engineers and practitioners, medical physicists, and related professionals in the fields of signal and image processing. The book contains 17 new and updated chapters covering the fundamentals and latest advances in the area, and includes four appendices, 450 figures (60 available in color), and almost 1,500 references. In addition to the continual influx of readers entering the field of ultrasound worldwide who need the broad grounding in the core technologies of ultrasound, this book provides those already working in these areas with clear and comprehensive expositions of these key new topics as well as introductions to state-of-the-art innovations in this field. Enables practicing engineers, students and clinical professionals to understand the essential physics and signal processing techniques behind modern imaging systems as well as introducing the latest developments that will shape medical ultrasound in the futureSuitable for both newcomers and experienced readers, the practical, progressively organized applied approach is supported by hands-on MATLAB code and worked examples that enable readers to understand the principles underlying diagnostic and therapeutic ultrasound. Covers the new important developments in the use of medical ultrasound: elastography and high-intensity therapeutic ultrasound. Many new developments are comprehensively reviewed and explained, including aberration correction, acoustic measurements, acoustic radiation force imaging, alternate imaging architectures, bioeffects: diagnostic to therapeutic, Fourier transform imaging, multimode imaging, plane wave compounding, research platforms, synthetic aperture, vector Doppler, transient shear wave elastography, ultrafast imaging and Doppler, functional ultrasound and viscoelastic models.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Overview
    Acoustic wave propagation
    Attenuation
    Transducers
    Beamforming
    Array beamforming
    Wave scattering and imaging
    Scattering from tissue and tissue characterization
    Imaging systems and applications
    Doppler modes
    Nonlinear acoustics and imaging
    Ultrasonic exposimetry and acoustic measurements
    Ultrasound contrast agents
    Ultrasound-induced bioeffects
    Elastography
    Therapeutic ultrasound
    The Fourier transform
    Development of one-dimensional KLM model based on ABCD matrices
    List of groups interested in medical ultrasound.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Huixiong Xu, Lehang Guo, Qiao Wang, editors.
    Summary: This book offers readers details in application of high-frequency ultrasound in dermatology, a new method playing increasingly important roles in diagnosis of skin diseases. At first, chapters introduce anatomy and ultrasound features of normal skin. Then terminology, image quality, and artifact of dermatologic ultrasound are presented. After that, ultrasound features of benign and malignant skin tumors, inflammation, autoimmune disease, and traumas are described with diagnostic tips for specific disease. It will be a valuable reference book not only for dermatologist and radiologist, but also for plastic surgeon and cosmetologist.

    Contents:
    Introduction of Diagnostic Ultrasound in Dermatology
    The Anatomy and Ultrasound Features of Normal Skin
    Modality of Dermatology Image Technology
    Terminology, Image Quality, and Artifact of Dermatologic Ultrasound
    Ultrasound Features of Benign Skin Tumors
    Ultrasound Features of Malignant Skin Tumors
    Ultrasound Features of Common Inflammatory Dermatologic Disease
    Ultrasound Features of Skin Non-Tumorous Diseases
    Ultrasound in Aging and Cosmetic
    Future of Dermatologic Ultrasound.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mehrdad Mohammadpour, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a new avenue in the field of ophthalmology and sheds light on the field of eye imaging. With the increasing availability of electronic devices and their important role in both personal and professional aspects of human life, there is a growing need for perfect vision. Ophthalmic imaging is a major tool for screening and documenting eye diseases in both medical and surgical fields of ophthalmology and is also of use for ophthalmologists around the globe. The number of eye-imaging devices has increased dramatically, however undiagnosed or poorly managed eye diseases remain a significant cause of ocular and visual problems worldwide. This essential guide addresses the need for a book that is dedicated to ophthalmic imaging, covering the cornea, glaucoma, retina and orbital imaging with updates on medical and surgical aspects of the topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Boas, Ismar; Boas, Ismar.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L819 .B662
    2
  • Print
    Cornfeld, David; Silverman, Benjamin K.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ1 .D53
    3
  • Digital
    Alexander S. Yevzlin, Arif Asif, Robert R. Redfield III, Gerald A. Beathard, editors.
    Summary: Moving beyond the science of hemodialysis access, this collection of clinical cases covers procedural and practical aspects of arteriovenous fistula, arteriovenous graft, dialysis catheter, draining veins, central veins, arterial interventions and hand ischemia. World experts in the disciplines of interventional nephrology, interventional radiology and surgery offer creative visions of their practice and provide insights on topics from routine access creation to advanced novel techniques. Dialysis Access Cases presents solutions to problems encountered in practice while capturing the art of this medical discipline and challenging procedure.

    Contents:
    Section I. Arteriovenous Fistula
    Chapter 1 Arteriovenous Graft-Arteriovenous Fistula Conversion (Secondary Arteriovenous Fistula Creation)
    Chapter 2 Proximal forearm Arteriovenous Fistula Creation
    Chapter 3 Fistula with Stenosis of Feeding Artery
    Chapter 4 Juxta-Anastomotic Stenosis of Brachial-Cephalic Fistula
    Chapter 5 Fistula with Diffuse Venous Stenosis
    Chapter 6 Balloon-Guidewire Entrapment
    Chapter 7 Angioplasty of Juxta-anastomotic Stenosis with Venous Rupture
    Chapter 8 Treatment of Accessory Vein with Embolization Coil
    Chapter 9 Using a Snare to Extract Misplaced Coil
    Chapter 10 Basilic Vein Transposition
    Chapter 11 Balloon Assisted Banding For High Output Heart Failure
    Chapter 12 Ruptured Angioplasty Balloon
    Chapter 13 Arteriovenous Fistula Percutaneous Flow Reduction: Balloon Assisted Banding
    Chapter 14 Hemodynamic monitoring Arteriovenous Fistula-Gram
    Chapter 15 Arterial Embolus
    II. Arteriovenous Graft
    Chapter 16 Exotic Arteriovenous Graft Creation
    Chapter 17 Accessory Brachial Artery Feeding Arteriovenous Graft
    Chapter 18 Swollen Arm with Suspected Arteriovenous Graft Infection
    Chapter 19 Arteriovenous Graft Thrombosed for 3 Years
    Chapter 20 Arteriovenous Graft Inflow Stenosis
    Chapter 21 Arteriovenous graft peri-anastomotic outflow stenosis
    Chapter 22 Arteriovenous Graft AVG with Traumatic Fistula
    Chapter 23 Pseudoaneurysm Treated with Stent-Graft
    Chapter 24 Superior Vena Caval Stenosis
    Chapter 25 Thrombosed Infected Graft
    Chapter 26 Thigh Arteriovenous Graft Cannulated from Contralateral Side
    Section III. Dialysis Catheter
    Chapter 27 Central Vein Stenosis with Angioplasty Prior to Catheter Placement
    Chapter 28 Catheter Placement in a Stenotic Central Vein
    Chapter 29 Catheter Placement in a Collateral Vein
    Chapter 30 Catheter Placement in the External Jugular Vein
    Chapter 31 Tunneled Femoral Hemodialysis Catheter Placement
    Chapter 32 Transhepatic Catheter Placement
    Chapter 33 Anterior Jugular Vein Tunneled Dialysis Catheter
    Chapter 34 Transatrial Internal Jugular Dialysis Catheter in Inferior Vena Cava
    Chapter 35 Internal Jupiter Catheter Insertion with No Vein Apparent on Ultrasound
    Chapter 36 Wiring the Tunnel to Replace a Tunneled Dialysis Catheter
    Chapter 37 Internal Jugular Vein Catheter Inserted Through Side of Stent
    Chapter 38 Pneumothorax Occurring with Dialysis Catheter Insertion
    Chapter 39 Perforation of Superior Vena Cava with Dialysis Catheter Insertion
    Section IV. Draining Veins
    Chapter 40 Grade II Extravasation Complicating Venous Angioplasty
    Chapter 41 Grade III Venous Rupture
    Chapter 42 Parallel Guidewire Angioplasty
    Chapter 43 Cephalic Outflow Relocation
    Chapter 44 Venous Hypertension of Hand Associated with Arteriovenous Fistula
    Chapter 45 Grade I Extravasation
    Section V. Central Veins
    Chapter 46 Central Vein Occlusion- Compensated
    Chapter 47 Central Vein Stenosis Accessed from Femoral Vein
    Chapter 48 Patient with Intractable pain in Arteriovenous Graft
    Section VI. Arterial interventions
    Chapter 49 Directional Atherectomy for Arteriovenous Access Dysfunction
    Chapter 50 Excimer Laser Atherectomy
    Chapter 51 Focal Arterial Lesion of the Upper Extremity
    Chapter 52 Brachial Artery Stenosis
    Section VII. Hand Ischemia
    Chapter 53 True Steal Syndrome
    Chapter 54 Dialysis Access Steal Syndrome (DASS) in a Patient with Distal Revascularization with Interval Ligation (DRIL)
    Chapter 55 Dialysis Access Steal Syndrome Following Percutaneous Transluminal Angioplasty in a Radial-Cephalic Fistula
    Chapter 56 Ischemic Monomelic Neuropathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Steven Wu, Sanjeeva P. Kalva.
    Summary: This practical book covers the basic principles and practice of dialysis access management, a crucial part of the care of patients undergoing hemodialysis. It has been written in an easy-to-read, step-by-step format to help facilitate learning and understanding of the procedures, and has been supplemented with numerous operative photographs and diagrams demonstrating the commonly performed dialysis access exams, interventions, procedures and surgeries. Dialysis Access Management is an essential text for residents, fellows, and physicians who are learning or practicing in dialysis and/or dialysis access management, especially in the fields of nephrology, radiology, surgery, and vascular medicine.

    Contents:
    Angiographic Imaging Equipment
    Endovascular Tools
    Basic Endovascular Skills and Techniques
    Radiation Safety
    Conscious Sedation and Anesthesia Care
    Vascular Anatomy for Hemodialysis Access
    Hemodialysis Access: Types
    Hemodialysis Access: Physical Examination and Surveillance
    Hemodialysis Access: Imaging Diagnosis
    Angiogram and Angioplasty
    Declotting of Hemodialysis Arteriovenous Access
    Endovascular Stent Placement
    Minimally Invasive Banding Procedure
    Peripheral Arterial Disease in Hemodialysis Access
    Non-tunneled Hemodialysis Catheter
    Tunneled Hemodialysis Catheter
    Surgical Placement of Hemodialysis Vascular Accesses
    Surgical Management of Deep Fistulae Veins
    Preoperative and Postoperative Care for Hemodialysis Vascular Access Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Steven Wu, Sanjeeva Kalva, Harold Park, Chieh Suai Tan, Gerald A. Beathard, editors.
    Summary: This updated volume covers the basic principles and practice of dialysis access management. To cover the latest trends and evidence from clinical trials, new chapters on the management of cephalic arch stenosis and swing zone stenosis, the role of drug eluting balloon in dialysis access interventions, the management of central vein stenosis, endovascular creation of AVF, and the management of steal syndrome have been included. Dialysis Access Management gives readers a step-by-step guide to endovascular interventions with special emphasis on the principles and rationale behind these approaches. This book is an essential text for residents, fellows, and physicians who are learning or practicing in dialysis, especially in the fields of nephrology, radiology, surgery, and vascular medicine.

    Contents:
    1 Brief introduction of Hemodialysis and Vascular Access
    2 Angiographic Imaging Equipment
    3 Endovascular Tools
    4 Basic Endovascular Skills and Techniques
    5 Radiation Safety
    6 Conscious Sedation and Anesthesia Care
    7 Vascular Anatomy for Hemodialysis Access
    8 Hemodialysis Access: Types
    9 Physical Examination of Dialysis Vascular Access and Vascular Access Surveillance
    10 Non-invasive Imaging of Dialysis Access Circuit
    11 Angiogram and Angioplasty
    12 Declotting of Dialysis Vascular Access
    13 Endovascular Stent Placement
    14 Minimally Invasive Banding Procedure
    15 Peripheral Arterial Disease in Hemodialysis Access
    16 Swing Point Stenosis
    17 Thoracic Central Vein Obstruction
    18 Vascular Steal
    19 Role of Drug eluting balloon in dialysis access interventions
    20 Non-tunneled Hemodialysis Catheter
    21 Tunneled Hemodialysis Catheter
    22 Surgical Placement of Hemodialysis Vascular Accesses
    23 Endovascular creation of Arteriovenous Fistulas
    24 Surgical Management of Deep Fistula Veins
    25 Preoperative and Postoperative Care for Hemodialysis Vascular Access Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Madhukar Misra, editor.
    Summary: This practical handbook offers quick and sound advice on the many issues faced when dialyzing the older patient. It is authored by well-known international experts who have covered the full range of end stage renal disorders including treatment options, patient management and maximization of quality of life. Accessible and easy-to-read, Dialysis in Older Adults serves as the go-to reference for clinicians and members of their team as they treat this challenging patient population.

    Contents:
    ESRD in the elderly: scope of the problem
    Choice of Dialysis in the elderly: Impact of specific education
    Hemodynamic considerations during Hemodialysis in the Elderly
    The pros and cons of home versus in-center HD in the elderly
    HD access in the elderly: planning to execution
    PD in the elderly (home/assisted/in nursing home)
    Managing Blood pressure in the elderly: what is different?- A sensible approach to address dialysis adequacy in the elderly
    Anemia management in the elderly dialysis patient: is it different?- Mineral bone Disease in the elderly dialysis patient:management pearls
    Altered pharmacology and pill burden in the elderly: a balancing act.- Dialyzing the elderly patient with CHF: what is important to know?- Dialyzing the elderly patient with Acute kidney Injury
    Dialysis versus conservative care in the elderly: making a choice
    Unplanned start of HD and transition to community: avoiding pitfalls
    Shared decision making: Role of the nephrologist in Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Allan L. Klein, Mario J. Garcia.
    Summary: Accounting for more than 40% of all heart failure problems, diastolic heart failure is a complex and often difficult diagnosis with rapidly evolving diagnostic management protocols. Diastology: Clinical Approach to Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction, 2nd Edition, brings you up to date and equips you to successfully diagnose and manage even the most challenging incidences of diastolic heart failure and their comorbidities. It incorporates the latest guidelines for the diagnostic evaluation of the patient with suspected or known diastolic dysfunction, provides a comprehensive review of clinical conditions associated with heart failure with preserved ejection fraction, and describes the complementary role of imaging modalities and novel therapeutic approaches"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Molecular, gene, and cellular mechanism
    Pathophysiology of heart failure with a preserved ejection fraction: measurements and mechanisms causing abnormal diastolic function
    Role of the pericardium in diastolic dysfunction
    Left atrial function: basic physiology
    Physical determinants of diastolic flow
    Ventricular-arterial interaction in patients with heart failure and a preserved ejection fraction
    General principles, clinical definition, epidemiology, and pathophysiology
    Invasive hemodynamic assessment in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Two-dimensional and doppler evaluation of left ventricular filling, including pulmonary venous flow velocity
    Evaluation of diastolic function by tissue doppler, strain, and torsion analysis
    Color m-mode doppler
    Assessment of left atrial size and function
    Evaluation of intracardiac filling pressures
    Evaluation of right ventricular diastolic function
    Evaluation of diastolic function by cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    Evaluation of diastolic function by radionuclide techniques
    Diastolic echocardiographic examination
    Diastology stress test
    ASE/EACVI diastolic guidelines: strength and limitations
    Hypertension and its relation to heart failure with a preserved ejection fraction
    Valve disease
    Stage D heart failure with preserved ejection fraction, heart transplantation, and mechanical circulatory support
    Primary restrictive, infiltrative, and storage cardiomyopathies
    Coronary artery disease
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Pericardial diseases: constrictive pericarditis and pericardial effusion
    Diastolic function in children and in children with congenital heart disease
    Diabetes mellitus
    Global and regional systolic function of the left ventricle
    Chronotropic incompetence and pacing in HPEF heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Aging and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Perioperative assessment of diastolic function
    Pulmonary hypertension in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    General treatment of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction and randomized trials
    Echo-based approach to the management of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Future therapies in HFpEF
    Cases of diastolic heart failure
    Review question answers.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Print
    H. Gastaut, in collaboration with an international group of experts.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC372.A1 G37 1973
    1
  • Digital
    Maryanne Tate Maltby.
    Summary: "A Dictionary of Hearing is a comprehensive reference that defines terms used in audiology, ENT, and related areas. This dictionary covers a wide range of terms in audiology and will be very useful to students and professionals in the field of hearing, including audiologists, nurses and doctors, teachers of the deaf, and speech and language therapists. Key features: Contains more than 4,000 common and uncommon audiological terms with clear meanings; Includes the etymology of words, providing a historical context for students; Entries have the breadth and depth of definition that students and professionals need. This dictionary is an essential resource that all professionals in the field of audiology will want to have at their fingertips"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Jozef Rovenský, Juraj Payer, Manfred Herold, editors ; with contributions by: Milan Bayer [and 6 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Frank J. Dye.
    Summary: "Stem cells, regenerative medicine, and translational medicine, are all areas of burgeoning basic research and clinical application. This dictionary includes the fundamental terminology of each of these areas, the major discoveries and significant scientists that comprise the history and current development of the field, as well as a number of concepts. The vocabulary is presented within the broader lexicon of developmental biology and embryology, which provides context for these three fields. Topics covered range from stem cells (embryonic, adult, and iPSCs) to teratology. The inclusion of extensive cross-referencing of the terms will enable readers to broaden their understanding of them. The Dictionary of Stem Cells, Regenerative Medicine, and Translational Medicine will provide both the basic background terminology needed by pre-health professions/biology major undergraduate students and early-stage graduate students, as well as being a valuable reference for university professors, researchers and peers in related disciplines."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Rajkumar Rajendram, Victor R. Preedy, Vinood B. Patel, editors.
    Summary: Diet, Nutrition, and Fetal Programming provides an overview on the effects of fetal programming on disease, and comprehensive looks at maternal nutrition factors and fetal programming effects on brain and behavior, and physiology and disease. It also provides an in depth look at specific nutrient restrictions and supplements on physiology and disease, the effects of maternal disease on fetal programming, mechanisms of programming, and a special section on the international aspects and policies on fetal programming.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Tahira Farooqui and Akhlaq A. Farooqui, editors.
    Summary: "Diet and Exercise in Cognitive Function and Neurological Diseases looks at the role and impact that nutrition and activity have on cognitive function and neurological health. The book is divided into the two sections. The first focuses on diet and its impact on neurobiological processes. Chapters focus on the impacts of specific diets, such as the Mediterranean diet, ketogenic and vegan diets, as well as the role specific nutrients, fats, fatty acids, and caloric intake have on neurological health and cognitive function. The second part of the book focuses on exercise, and its role in maintaining cognitive function, reducing neuroinflammatory responses, regulating adult neurogenesis, and healthy brain aging. Other chapters in this section look at the impacts of disease in the management of specific neurological disorders such multiple sclerosis and Parkinson's disease. Collectively, the chapters in Diet and Exercise in Cognitive Function and Neurological Diseases come together to form a timely reference on the neurobiological interplay between diet and exercise on long-term brain health and cognitive function"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Rajkumar Rajendram, Victor R. Preedy, Vinood B. Patel, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Rodney A. Samaan.
    Summary: Dietary Fiber for the Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease: Fiber's Interaction between Gut Micoflora, Sugar Metabolism, Weight Control and Cardiovascular Health compiles the most up-to-date research discoveries to provide a timely and scientific rationale for the significant impact of a fiber rich diet for the prevention of heart disease. By focusing on the science behind how fiber, both soluble and insoluble can lead to lower rates of heart disease, this important reference will educate researchers, cardiologists, medical providers and students on how to improve patients' hearts via a fiber rich diet. Coverage includes the known mechanisms of how fiber works to reduce insulin resistance, control weight, reduce cholesterol by binding with bile, maintain stable glucose levels and influence gut microflora.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Dietary fiber and human health: an introduction
    Chapter 2. The mechanisms of fiber effects on insulin resistance
    Chapter 3. The interaction between insoluble and soluble fiber
    Chapter 4. The influence of fiber on gut microbiota: butyrate as molecular player involved in the beneficial interplay between dietary fiber and cardiovascular health
    Chapter 5. The relationship between probiotics and dietary fiber consumption and cardiovascular health
    Chapter 6. Dietary fiber and risk of cardiovascular diseases
    Chapter 7. Sources of fiber
    Chapter 8. High fiber diet in the clinical setting
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Claude Leray.
    Contents:
    Brain development
    Cognitive development
    Cognitive decline and Alzheimer's disease
    Other neurological diseases
    Mental disorders.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Mark L. Dreher.
    Contents:
    Part I. Overview of Aging and Disease
    Part II. Gastrointestinal tract
    Part III. Weight management and related diseases
    Part IV. Cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases, and age-related cognitive function
    Part V. Cancer prevention and survival.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Summary: The USP Dietary Supplements Compendium is an online resource providing a compilation of official public standards and supporting auxiliary information. Although titled USP Dietary Supplements Compendium, it contains monographs not only for dietary supplements, but also for other dietary ingredients and for the dietary supplement components such as excipients.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    USP
    Login page (for registered users) Create a USP Access Point account prior to accessing USP DSC
  • Digital
    Jonathan I. Epstein, George J. Netto.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Prostate
    Chapter 2. Kidney
    Chapter 3. Bladder
    Chapter 4. Testis
    Chapter 5. Penis/scrotum.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Fadi W. Abdul-Karim, Charles Sturgis.
    Summary: An essential resource to solve challenging cases and sign out with confidence! An all-new volume in the popular Foundations in Diagnostic Pathology series, Differential Diagnoses in Surgical Pathology: Tumors and Their Mimickers is a crucial foundation text for residents and pathologists. Packed with information that helps you quickly differentiate entities that have similar, overlapping histopathologic features, it guides you through the decision-making process, providing a road map to the main differential diagnostic considerations that must be addressed when formulating a diagnosis. Practical and affordable, this resource is ideal for study and review, as well as for everyday surgical pathology practice.

    Contents:
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Gynecologic tract
    Neuropathology
    Hepatobiliary and pancreas
    Genitourinary: Prostate, bladder, and kidney pathology
    Breast
    Bone and joint
    Soft tissue neoplasms
    Head and neck
    Endocrine pathology
    Lung
    Mediastinum
    Dermatopathology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    R. Douglas Collins.
    Summary: "Advance your differential diagnostic skills! For more than three decades, Differential Diagnosis and Treatment in Primary Care has helped primary care practitioners to systematically approach the differential diagnosis of the symptoms and signs they see in practice. Organized into categories such as pain, mass, bloody discharge, non-bloody discharge, functional changes, and abnormal laboratory results, this bestselling clinical reference helps you apply your basic science knowledge to consider all the possible causes of each symptom, and then take the appropriate steps to determine which one is most likely. Apply the latest knowledge due to comprehensive updates throughout the text, including new signs and symptoms, new and expanded case histories, updated diagnostic tests, and more. Interact with patients more effectively with a new section on bedside manner, and get therapeutic guidance from a new section on the treatment of common diseases. Know what to look for thanks to abundant anatomical drawings that highlight relevant features in each body area. Develop your diagnostic skills with cases and clinical questions for each sign or symptom, as well as the framework for thinking through those questions to arrive at the appropriate diagnosis. Select the appropriate diagnostic procedures and laboratory tests to include in the workup. Recognize when to refer a patient to a specialist with a special section on this topic. Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click. See the inside front cover to find out how to access your eBook"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Print
    A. Bernard Ackerman ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL105 .A25
    2
  • Digital
    Gary M. Hollenberg, Eric P. Weinberg, Steven P. Meyers.
    Contents:
    Introduction to magnetic resonance imaging for evaluation of musculoskeletal abnormalities / Steven P. Meyers
    The shoulder / Gary M. Hollenberg
    The elbow / Gary M. Hollenberg
    The wrist / Eric P. Weinberg
    The hand / Eric P. Weinberg
    The hip / Eric P. Weinberg
    The knee / Eric P. Weinberg
    The ankle and foot / Gary M. Hollenberg
    Magnetic resonance imaging of bone and soft-tissue tumors and tumor-like lesions : an overview / Steven P. Meyers
    Lesions involving bones / Steven P. Meyers
    Lesions within joints / Steven P. Meyers
    Lesions involving the soft tissues / Steven P. Meyers.
  • Digital
    Steven P. Meyers.
    Contents:
    Skull and temporal bone
    Orbits
    Paranasal sinuses and nasal cavity
    Suprahyoid neck
    Infrahyoid neck
    Lesions that can involve both surphyoid and infrahyoid neck
    Brachial plexus.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Steven P. Meyers.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Abbreviations
    Introduction
    Congenital and developmental abnormalities of the spinal cord or vertebrae
    Abnormalities involving the craniovertebral junction
    Intradural intromedullary lesions (spinal cord lesions)
    Dural and intradural extramedullary lesions
    Extradural lesions
    Solitary osseous lesions involving the spine
    Multifocal lesions and/or poorly defined signal abnormalities involving the spine
    Traumatic lesions involving the spine
    Lesions involving the sacrum
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Steven P. Meyers.
    Contents:
    Brain, ventricles, meninges, skull, and vascular structure
    Ventricles and cisterns
    Extra-axial lesions
    Meninges
    Vascular abnormalities.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Sotirios A. Tsementzis.
    Summary: "Now in a greatly expanded and updated new edition: The essential pocketbook for rapid and correct differentiation and interpretation of signs and symptoms of neurological and neurosurgical diseases and conditions. Key Features: - Exhaustive range of neurological and neurosurgical diseases and conditions covered - Vital information presented in short texts, high-yield lists, and concise tables, for maximum efficiency in diagnostic work-ups - Clinical and neuroimaging findings, guidelines and classifications, summarized in readily accessible tabular form - Statistic overviews (common vs. rare, etc.) help guide diagnostic thought processes - Special chapters highlight epidemiology, pediatric disorders, neuroradiology Differential Diagnosis in Neurology and Neurosurgery is ideal as a quick reference in your daily practice, or as an exam preparation guide. This wealth of easily accessible information makes it invaluable for experienced practitioners (especially ER physicians) and novices alike"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] Paolo Gattuso, Vijaya B. Reddy, Odile David, Daniel J. Spitz, Meryl H. Haber.
    Contents:
    Special diagnostic techniques in surgical pathology / Alexandra Kalof, Mark Evans, Kossivi Dantey, Kumarasen Cooper
    Skin and adnexal structures / Vijaya Reddy
    Head and neck / Adel El-Naggar
    Lung and pleura / Aliya Husain
    Thymus and mediastinum / Jose Plaza, Cesar Moran, Saul Suster
    Gastrointestinal system / Robert Petras
    Hepatobiliary system / Matthew Yeh
    The pancreas / Ralph Hruban, Michael Cruise
    Adrenal gland / Sylvia Asa, Sandra Fischer
    Ureter, urinary bladder, and kidney / Cristina Magi-Galluzzi, Ming Zhou, Laura Barisoni
    Male genitourinary system / Michael Pins
    Female reproductive system / Pincas Bitterman, Vijaya Reddy
    Breast / Maria Merino
    Lymph nodes / Attilio Orazi, Julia Geyer
    Spleen / Attilio Orazi, Sonam Prakash
    Bones and joints / Byron Crawford II, John Schmieg
    Soft tissue / Robin LeGallo, Mark Wick
    Heart, pericardium, and blood vessels / Carmela Tan, E. Rene Rodriguez
    Central nervous system / Elizabeth Cochran
    Eye and orbit / Richard Grostern.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Guenter Schmidt, Lucas Greiner, Dieter Nuernberg.
  • Digital
    Charles V. Pollack, Jr., editor.
    Summary: This clinical handbook is designed to aid with the fast and accurate diagnosis of cardiopulmonary disease. Chapters are structured to support the clinical decision-making process and cover key points such as differential diagnosis, typical and atypical presentation, co-morbidities, and critical steps that should not be missed. The text also outlines time-dependent interventions, overall principles of treatment, and disease course. Abundant images and links to external audio and video resources reinforce understanding. Although the chapters are organized to provide ready access to essential information, the scope of the book is comprehensive and addresses topics including acute coronary syndrome, heart failure, pulmonary embolism, primary and secondary lung diseases, and relevant upper gastrointestinal and neuromuscular diseases. Both adult and pediatric considerations are presented. The book is intended for diagnosticians in emergency medicine, critical care, internal medicine, primary care, and related fields. Medical students, residents, and other medical professionals will appreciate the concise and clear approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert H. Seller, Andrew B. Symons.
    Contents:
    Abdominal pain in adults
    Abdominal pain in children
    Backache
    Belching, bloating, and flatulence
    Breast lumps
    Chest pain
    Colds, flu, and stuffy nose
    Constipation
    Cough
    Diarrhea
    Dizziness/Lightheadedness and Vertigo
    Earache
    Facial Pain
    Fatigue
    Fever
    Forgetfulness
    Headache
    Heartburn, indigestion, and dyspepsia
    Insomina
    Menstrual irregularities
    Menstrual pain
    Nausea and/or vomiting without Abdominal pain
    Pain in the foot
    Pain in the lower extremity in adults
    Pain in the lower extremity and limping in children
    Pain in the upper extremity
    Palpitations
    Shortness of breath
    Skin problems
    Sore throat
    Swelling of the legs
    Urethral discharge and dysuria
    Vaginal discharge and itching
    Vision problems and other common eye problems
    Voiding disorders and incontinence
    Weight gain and weight loss
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Abdul Qayyum Rana, Peter Hedera.
    Summary: This practical, pocket-sized, quick reference book is for those who need to manage movement disorder patients without the immediate help of a movement disorder neurologist. Only the most pertinent information is covered. This book is divided into five chapters covering the common phenomenology of movement disorders and includes tremor, dystonia, chorea, myoclonus, and tics. The etiology, pathophysiology, symptoms and treatments of these conditions are briefly reviewed, with the emphasis on the most common practical challenges encountered with these patients. Differential Diagnosis of Movement Disorders in Clinical Practice is aimed at postgraduates training in neurology, emergency care physicians, internists and primary care providers. Medical students will also find this book particularly helpful during their neurology rotations.

    Contents:
    Tremor
    Dystonia
    Chorea
    Tics
    Myoclonus.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Isidoro Di Carlo, editor.
    Summary: This extensive and yet easy-to-read book covers technical aspects of the management of difficult acute cholecystitis. It discusses diagnostic evaluation, treatment, and strategies for avoiding and managing complications based on both evidence-based data and the experiences of the editor and the international contributors. Further, it analyses the latest guidelines to find the best clinical applications. Each chapter describes the current diagnostic and management strategies, focusing on a possible risk stratification by scores proposed in literature. Lastly, the book describes the relevant technical considerations and tips and tricks, explaining them in full. Illustrated throughout and including line graphs depicting fundamental anatomic and technical principles, making it easy-to understand, it is a useful toolkit for all residents, fellows and general surgeons needing a guide to the treatment of difficult acute cholecystits.

    Contents:
    1 Anatomy of the gallbladder and biliary tract
    2 Pathophysiology and diagnosis of acute calculous cholecystitis
    3 Pathophysiology and diagnosis of acute acalculous cholecystitis
    4 Guidelines for the management of acute cholecystitis
    5 Tokyo Guidelines and their limits
    6 Preoperative evaluation and management of acute cholecystitis: Optimal timing and surgical approach
    7 Preoperative evaluation and decision making. When to operate and by which approach: Tube cholecystostomy
    8 Difficult laparoscopic cholecystectomy: Intra-operative evaluation
    9 Difficult laparoscopic cholecystectomy: Timing for conversion
    10 Difficult laparoscopic cholecystectomy: When to convert to open technique
    11 When it's safe to continue laparoscopically
    12 Open partial or subtotal cholecystectomy: techniques and indications
    13 Laparoscopic sub total cholecystectomy and other laparoscopic techniques
    14 Indocyanine green role in acute cholecystitis
    15 How to avoid CBD injuries and their classification
    16 Iatrogenic lesions of the biliary tree: the role of a multidisciplinary approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, Dimitri T. Azar, Alessandro Abbouda, Amr El Aswad, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated book is intended as a gold standard for the refractive surgeon. It complements the authors? successful previous book, Management of Complications in Refractive Surgery, by providing detailed practical information on the management of specific cases. Worldwide leaders in the field document a wide range of challenging cases drawn from their own clinical practice. These cases relate to the planning of refractive laser treatment; intraoperative complications when using LASIK (Microkeratome and Femtosecond) and various surface treatments, including PRK, PTK, and EpiLASIK; early and late postoperative complications with these treatments; and a range of other complications that may arise during or after refractive surgery. This book will be an indispensable aid for the refractive surgeon and will assist in decision making when the surgeon is confronted by a difficult case.

    Contents:
    Refractive Laser Treatment Plan
    Intraoperative Complications
    Early Postoperative Complications
    Late Postoperative Complications
    Optic Neuropathy and Retinal Complications after Refractive Surgery
    Complications of Refractive Keratotomy
    Phakic Intraocular Lens Complications
    Refractive Lens Exchange
    Retinal Detachment
    Choroidal Neovascularization
    Refractive Suprises after Cataract Post-Corneal Refractive Surgery
    Complications of Radial Keratotomy and Conductive Keratoplasty
    Complications of Intrastromal Corneal Ring Segments
    Complications of Corneal Cross Linking
    Corneal Inlays.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Guy I. Benrubi, Erin H. Burnett, Kristy K. Ward.
    Summary: "Rising numbers of Cesarean sections and maternal obesity and associated health risks have resulted in increasingly complex Cesarean deliveries and outcomes, requiring today's surgeon to stay attuned to evolving best practices and master new surgical techniques. This first-of-its-kind reference provides step-by-step, highly illustrated guidance on managing challenging Cesarean sections with a focus on the challenges of abnormal placentation and strategies to manage it. In a concise, readable format, this text is designed to help surgeons anticipate intraoperative and postoperative challenges and optimize outcomes for mother and baby"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Impact of Cesarean Delivery on Maternal Mortality and Morbidity / Guy I. Benrubi
    The Obesity Epidemic / Guy I. Benrubi
    Normal Physiology of Placentation / Erin H. Burnett
    Abnormal Placentation After Cesarean Delivery / Erin H. Burnett
    Diagnostic Imaging in Abnormal Placentation / Kimberly Vickers, Erin H. Burnett
    Choice of Incisions: Obese Patient, Multiple Sections, and Abnormal Placentation / Kristy K. Ward
    Intraoperative Management of Accreta, Percreta, and Increta / Kristy K. Ward
    Peripartum Hysterectomy / Todd Boren, Sarah Boyd, Stephen DePasquale, C. David Adair
    Urologic and Gastrointestinal Injuries / Kristy K. Ward
    Postoperative Management of the Difficult Cesarean Delivery / S. Kyle Gonzales, Shae Connor, Tripp Nelson, C. David Adair
    Anesthesia for the Difficult Cesarean Delivery / Anjum Anwar, Ted Bangert, Kristen Vanderhoef
    The Role of Interventional Radiology in the Management of the Difficult Cesarean Delivery / Joanna Kee-Sampson, Travis E. Meyer, Daniel Siragusa
    Operative Suite Prerequisites for Successful Outcomes / / Guy I. Benrubi.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    Ahmed Al-Kandari, Arvind P. Ganpule, Raed A. Azhar, Inderbir S. Gill, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John Alverdy, Yalini Vigneswaran, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to decision making within bariatric surgery. Through uniform and well-structured chapters, topics relating to patient selection, preoperative preparation, the ethics of bariatric surgery, choice of procedure, complications, late failure and management, malabsorptive procedures, and pediatric bariatric surgery are discussed and examined. Difficult Decisions in Bariatric Surgery aims to help readers navigate an increasingly complex surgical specialty and come to reasoned and evidence-based conclusions. This book is of interest to practicing and trainee surgeons, endocrinologists, endoscopists, and pediatricians.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vassyl A. Lonchyna, editors.
    Summary: Critical care medicine is responsible for many of the most important advances in outcomes after cardiothoracic surgery in the past two decades. The expertise developed in this subspecialty accounts for the resiliency that characterizes gold standard results evident in institutions recognized for excellence. This volume is intended to share ideas and algorithms that will improve outcomes in cardiothoracic critical care units. This book is part of the Difficult Decisions in Surgery series that covers surgical specialties. The volumes are multi-authored, containing brief chapters, each of which are devoted to one or two specific questions or decisions within that specialty that are difficult or controversial. The volumes are intended as a current and timely reference source for practicing surgeons, surgeons in training, and educators that describe the recommended ideal approach, rather than customary care, in selected clinical situations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Neil Hyman, Konstantin Umanskiy, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Evaluating evidence.-IBD/ Management of symptomatic anal fistulas in pts with Crohn's disease
    Management of a painful anal fissure and skin tags in pts with Crohn's disease
    Elective surgical management in patients with ulcerative colitis-how many stages?
    Which UC patients should not have IPAA?
    Management of pouch-vaginal fistulas
    IPAA for Crohn's colitis?
    Steroid management in patients undergoing surgery for IBD
    Management of dysplasia in patients with ulcerative colitis
    Postoperative prophylaxis in patients with Crohn's disease
    Colon cancer/ Followup in patients after curative resection for colon cancer
    Management of patients with acute large bowel obstruction from colon cancer,
    Management of patients with colon cancer and synchronous liver metastases
    Management of the patient with an endoscopically unresectable cecal polyp
    Role of chemotherapy for resected Stage 2 colon cancer
    Rectal cancer/ Management of T1 rectal cancer
    Management of T2 rectal cancer
    Management of the pt with a complete clinical response after neoadjuvant chemoradiation
    Management of the patient with rectal cancer presenting with synchronous liver metastases
    Who needs a loop ileostomy after LAR for rectal cancer?
    Selection factors for reoperative surgery for local recurrent rectal cancer
    Anal dysplasia/ Management of patients with AIN 3
    Management of the abnormal pap smear in HIV positive patients
    Benign colon disease/ Indications for surgery in patients with severe C dificile colitis
    Do we need to operate on patients after successful percutaneous drainage of a diverticular abscess?
    Acute surgery for Hinchey 3 diverticulitis-resect or washout?
    Surgery for acute complicated diverticulitis-Hartmann vs primary anastomosis
    Who needs elective surgery for recurrent diverticulitis?
    Deciding on IRA vs IPAA for FAP
    How do we select the operation for pts with rectal prolapse?
    Benign anal disease/ Optimal management of the transsphincteric anal fistula
    Management of the recurrent anovaginal fistula
    When to do surgery for the pt with an anal fissure
    Management of the recurrent fissure after LIS
    Third degree hemorrhoids-Who really needs surgery?
    Which patients with fecal incontinence require physiologic workup?
    Who are the right candidates for sacral nerve stimulation?
    When is an anal sphincter repair indicated?
    Quality improvement/ What role checklists?
    Where are we with bowel preps for patients undergoing colon resection?.-Are fast track pathways for laparoscopic surgery needed?
    What are the right ingredients for a successful fast track pathway for open surgery?
    Preventing readmission after colon and rectal surgery
    Technique/ What is the best approach to transanal surgery: TEM vs TAMIS vs traditional transanal excision.-/ Lap vs robotic vs open surgery for rectal cancer
    Reservoir construction after LAR-Who and what?
    Hand assisted vs multiport vs single port approaches to laparoscopic colectomy
    Management of an anastomotic leak after LAR
    Management of the unhealed perineal wound after proctectom
    Erratum to: Difficult decisions in colorectal surgery
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter Angelos, Raymon H. Grogan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of difficult decisions encountered within endocrine surgery. Brief uniformly formatted chapters are devoted to answering specific questions relevant to a range of topics across endocrine surgery based upon detailed analysis of available evidence.Topics covered include clinical decision analysis, decision making from the surgeon’s and patient’s perspective, using surgery as opposed to observation for papillary thyroid microcarcinoma, and the use of parathyroid cryopreservation. Difficult Decisions in Endocrine Surgery: An Evidence-Based Approach features a wealth of information on ideal approaches for making clinical decisions in selected clinical situations. It is an important and timely resource for all endocrine surgical trainees, fellows, practitioners, educators, and healthcare providers involved in the management of these patients. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Zhen Gooi, Nishanr Agrawal, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to decision making in head and neck oncologic surgery. As new technology is introduced, there is increasing knowledge regarding the efficacy of traditional head and neck surgical therapies and how to select among these varied and complex approaches is becoming increasingly difficult. Concise easy to follow chapters are devoted to one or two specific questions or decisions in head and neck oncologic surgery, aiding the reader to develop their decision making skills. Difficult Decisions in Head and Neck Oncologic Surgery is a timely reference source for practicing surgeons, surgeons in training, and educators on the recommended ideal approaches in selected clinical situations. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Oral Cavity; 1: Elective Versus Therapeutic Neck Dissection for Clinically Node Negative Early Oral Cancer; Introduction; Literature Search; Results; Outcomes of Elective Neck Dis
    section Versus a Wait and Watch Approach; Follow Up and Its Role in Effective Nodal Salvage; Personal View of the Data; References; 2: Management of Moderate Dysplasia of the Oral Cavity; Introduction; Literature Search Strategy; Results; Observation; Surgery; A Personal View of the Data; References; 3: Ideal Resection Margins in Oral Cavity Cancer IntroductionSearch Strategy; Results; Intraoperative Resection Margins; Assessment of Intraoperative Margins; Postoperative Surgical Margins; A Personal View of the Data; References; 4: Should Margin Sampling Be Obtained from the Specimen or from the Resection Bed in Oral Cavity Cancer?; Introduction; Literature Search Strategy; Defect-Driven Approach; Specimen-Driven Approach; Specimen-Driven vs Defect-Driven Approaches; Recommendations Based on the Data; A Personal View of the Data; References; 5: Should Level IIb Be Addressed Routinely in Clinically Node Negative Oral Cancers?; Background Search StrategyResults; Incidence of Nodal Metastasis at Level IIb in cN0 Oral Cavity Cancers; Association with Positive Nodes at Other Levels; Association with Sub-Site; Accessory Nerve Dysfunction; Personal View; References; 6: Role and Efficacy of Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy in Oral Cavity Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Introduction; SLNB Background; Literature Search Strategy; Results; Head and Neck Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy; Efficacy and Survival Outcomes; Functional Outcomes; Technical Advances; Comparison to Sulfur Colloid; Personal View of the Data; References 7: Surgical or Non-surgical Treatment for Advanced Oral Cavity CancerIntroduction; Literature Search Strategy; Results; Randomized Controlled Trial; Database Reviews; Retrospective Cohort Reviews; Personal View of the Data; References; Part II: Oropharynx; 8: Surgical Versus Non-surgical Management of Early T-Stage Oropharyngeal Cancer; Introduction; Literature Search Strategy; Oncologic Outcomes; Transoral Surgical Approach vs IMRT: Concepts; Transoral Surgical Approach vs IMRT: Outcomes of Single Modality Therapy; Functional Outcomes; Complications; Transoral Surgery; Radiotherapy Cost-EffectivenessOur Personal View; References; 9: Management of Unknown Primary Cancer of the Head and Neck; Introduction; Search Strategy; Results; Imaging Modalities in the Evaluation of CUP; Molecular Testing; Surgical Management of the Neck and Nodal Assessment; Role of Transoral Surgery for Diagnosis and Oncologic Treatment; Role of Radiotherapy to the Neck and Mucosal Sites; Dysphagia After Treatment; Recommendations Based on the Data; Personal View of Data in the Management of CUP; References; Part III: Larynx; 10: Early Oral Feeding Following Primary Total Laryngectomy; Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vassyl A. Lonchyna, Peggy Kelley, Peter Angelos, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed guide to the ethical considerations involved when making decisions in surgery. Chapters feature a uniform format, which feature a case that represents a real-life problem, discussion of the medical indications of that issue, the latest available medical solutions, and related ethical considerations. In some cases, more in-depth debate is provided on why a particular decision should or should not be made based-upon ethical principles. Information boxes containing key statements and relevant data in clear easy-to-digest tables facilitates the reader in being able to assimilate the most important points covered in each chapter. Difficult Decisions in Surgical Ethics: An Evidence-Based Approach is a thorough review of ethical considerations in a range of surgical scenarios encompassing both adult and pediatric topics, training surgical residents, ethical care during a pandemic, critical care, palliative care, sensitivity to religious and ethnic mores, clinical research, and innovation. It is intended to be a vital resource for practicing and trainee surgeons seeking a comprehensive up-to-date resource on ethical topics in surgical practice. The work is part of the Difficult Decisions in Surgery series covering a range of surgical specialties.

    Contents:
    Preface
    In the Beginning
    Importance of Formal Education in Medical Ethics in the XXIst Century
    What Makes Surgical Ethics Unique?
    Notable Ethical Sugeons
    Communication
    Transparency in Surgery
    Is Informed Consent Truly Informed? And Does It Matter?
    Shared Decision Making. "What would you do in my case, Doctor?"
    Obtaining Surgical Consent Under Duress. When Not to Operate?
    Goals of Care Discussions in High Risk Surgery.
    When Surgeons and Patients Disagree
    How to Deliver Bad News. A Family Post-mortem
    Surgical Empathy. - Surgical Education
    Teaching Surgical Ethics
    Training Residents: Disclosure to Patients, Communication During Awake Surgery
    Informed Consent of Patients Regarding Trainee Participation
    Can Professionalism be Taught During Residency?
    Autonomy In Residency: the Dual Role of the Academic Surgeon
    Medical Discrepancy/ Medical Error
    Concurrent Operations in Different ORs
    Disclosure of Surgical Errors
    Expert Witness Testifying Against Colleagues
    Cultural / Religious Diversity
    Acceptance of Refusal of Surgery due to Religious or Cultural Reasons
    Is it Inappropriate to use the Word "Death" when obtaining Surgical Consent?
    Bloodless Surgical Strategy for Jehovah's Witness Patients
    Surgery on the Incarcerated Patient
    Surgical Dilemmas in the Adult Patient
    Surgical Buy-in for Major Surgical Procedures
    Ethics of Caeserian Delivery on Maternal Request (CDMR)
    Fertility Sparing Surgery Instead of Definitive Cancer Resections
    Ethical Decision-Making in Treatment of Aortic Aneurysms, Elective or Emergent (Ruptured)
    Denial of Mechnical Assist Devices/Transplantation Due to Disability, Economics or Social Status
    Surgical Dilemmas in the Pediatric Patient / Family
    Changing Landscape of Surgical Ethics
    Management of Fatal Diseases in the Neonate
    Destination ECMO in the Pediatric Patient. (Pro/Con)
    ECMO as a Terminal Event
    Brain death in NICU/PICU
    Ethics of Fetal Interventions for Lethal Anomalies
    Critical Care
    Dealing with Families of Patients with severe Brain Injury: Turning off Support, Organ Donation
    Ethical Dilema when a Mechanical Assist Device is Futile
    Burned Beyond Recognition. Ethics of Care
    Do Not Resuscitate/ Palliative Care/ End of Life
    Peri-Operative DNR: An Ethical Dilema
    Approach to Palliative Surgery at End of Life
    Conflicts with Surrogate Decision Makers and Goals of Care
    Global Surgery
    Medical Missions to Developing Countries (Pro/Con)
    Rebuttal: The View From The Lake Tanganyika Floating Clinic
    Why is No Program Training "The Complete Surgical Missionary?"
    One Can Make a Difference in National Health Policy. The Transplant Program in China
    Surgical Innovation/ Research
    Ethical Questions of Surgical Trials
    Introducing New Techniques, Technology and Medical Devices
    Uterine Transplantation: More than Saving a Life.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mark K. Ferguson, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Evidence Based Medicine: Quality of Evidence and Evaluation Systems
    Decision Analytic Techniques and Other Decision Processes
    Decision Making: The Surgeon's Perspective
    Decision Making: The Patient's Perspective
    Indications for Pretreatment Pathologic Mediastinal Staging in Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    Preoperative Smoking Cessation for Lung Resection Patients
    High Tech Exercise Testing in Assessing Candidates for Lung Resection
    Management of Perioperative Anticoagulation in Lung Resection
    Perioperative Arrhythmia Prophylaxis for Major Lung Resection
    VATS Versus Open Lobectomy for Stage I or II NSCLC
    Robotic-Assisted Thoracoscopic Surgery (RATS) Versus Video-Assisted Thoracoscopic Surgery (VATS) Lobectomy for Stage I or II Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    Lobectomy After Induction Therapy for NSCLC in the Presence of Persistent N2 Disease
    Pneumonectomy After Induction Therapy for Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    Resection Versus SBRT for Stage I Non-small Cell Lung Cancer in Patients with Good Pulmonary Function
    Digital Drainage Systems After Major Lung Resection
    Management of Persistent Post-operative Alveolar Air Leak
    Surveillance After Resection of Stage I Non Small Cell Lung Cancer
    Support Therapy for Lung Failure: The Utility of Device Therapy
    Extracorporeal Support for Lung Grafts Prior to Transplantation
    Pulmonary Metastasectomy
    Optimal Therapy for Barrett High Grade Dysplasia
    Preoperative Chemo Versus Chemoradiotherapy for Regionally Advanced Esophageal Adenocarcinoma
    The Role of Surgery in the Management of Regionally Advanced Esophageal Squamous Cell Cancer
    Optimal Surgical Approach to Esophagectomy for Distal Esophageal Adenocarcinoma
    Regional Extent of Lymphadenectomy for Esophageal Cancer
    Optimal Lymph Node Dissection in Esophageal Cancer
    Salvage Esophagectomy for Persistent or Recurrent Disease After Definitive Chemoradiotherapy
    Gastric Emptying Procedure After Esophagectomy
    Postoperative Adjuvant Therapy After Resection of Regionally Advanced Esophageal Cancer
    Prophylactic Antireflux Surgery in Lung Transplantation
    Surgical Versus Endoscopic Management for Esophageal Perforations
    Stents for Esophageal Anastomotic Leak
    Management of Small Esophageal GIST Tumors
    Surgery for Minimally Symptomatic Pulsion Diverticula of the Thoracic Esophagus
    Partial Versus Total Fundoplication for GERD in Patients with Normal Esophageal Motility
    Diaphragm Pacing
    Minimally Invasive Versus Open Repair of Giant Paraesophageal Hernia
    Synthetic Reinforcement of Diaphragm Closure for Large Hiatal Hernia Repair
    Diaphragmatic Plication for Eventration
    Management of Minimally Symptomatic Recurrent Hiatal Hernia
    Stenting for Benign Airway Obstruction
    Bioengineered Tissues for Tracheal Reconstruction
    Percutaneous Versus Standard Tracheostomy in the Critically Ill Adult
    Carinal Resection for Non Small Cell Lung Cancer
    Management of Persistent Postoperative Air Leaks
    Fibrinolytics for Managing Pleural Empyema
    VATS Versus Open Management of Pleural Empyema
    Optimal Management of Symptomatic Malignant Pleural Effusion
    Pleurectomy Versus Radical Pleuropneumonectomy for Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
    Surgical and Medical Therapy for Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
    Extended Versus Standard Thymectomy for Myasthenia Gravis
    Optimal Approach for Resection of Encapsulated Thymoma: Open Versus VATS
    Robotic Versus VATS Thymectomy for Encapsulated Thymoma
    Video Mediastinoscopy Versus Standard Mediastinoscopy
    Debulking for Extensive Thymoma
    Surgery for Palmar Hyperhidrosis: Patient Selection and Extent of Surgery
    Synthetic Versus Biologic Reconstruction of Bony Chest Wall Defects
    Management of Flail Chest
    Management of Pectus Deformities in Adults.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mark K. Ferguson, editor.
    Summary: This updated volume provides a practical guide to decision making within thoracic surgery. Focussed chapters contain pithy analyses and recommendations that allow useful information to be identified at a glance. All new chapters bring insight into the challenges faced operating on the lung, esophagus, diaphragm, airway, pleaura, mediastinum, and chest wall. Difficult Decisions in Thoracic Surgery aims to help the reader navigate the complexities of thoracic surgery through clearly formatted and evidence-based chapters. The book is relevant to practicing and trainee surgeons, as well as medical professionals working within thoracic surgery.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the First Edition
    Preface to the Fourth Edition
    Contents
    1: Introduction
    Introduction
    Early Surgical Decision Making
    Evidence-Based Surgical Decisions
    The Age of Information
    The Age of Data
    What Lies in the Future?
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Evidence Based Medicine: Quality of Evidence and Evaluation Systems
    Introduction
    The GRADE Approach
    Defining the Clinical Question
    What Outcomes Should We Consider for Clinical Decision Making?
    Grading the Quality of Evidence Rating the Quality of Evidence from Randomized Controlled Trials
    Limitations in Study Design
    Inconsistency of Study Results
    Indirectness of Evidence
    Imprecision
    Publication Bias
    Rating Up the Quality of Evidence from Observational Studies
    Moving from Quality of Evidence to Formulating Recommendations
    Resource Use
    Presenting Summary of Findings
    How Should Clinical Guidance Be Worded?
    Applying GRADE
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Decision Analytic Techniques and Other Decision Processes
    Introduction
    Application of Decision Analytic Techniques Action Versus Inaction
    Choice Among Various Actions That Seem Plausible
    Optimizing Timing or Interval of Action
    Technical Aspects
    P: Problem(s)-Define Problem Explicitly
    R: Reframe
    O: Objective-Focus on the Objective(s)
    A: Alternatives
    C: Consequences/Chances
    T: Trade-Offs
    I: Integrate
    V: Value
    E: Explore/Evaluate
    Creating a Decision Tree
    Special Situations
    Cost-Effectiveness Analysis (CEA)
    Markov Modeling
    Other Clinical Applications of Decision Analysis
    Healthcare Policy
    Clinical Protocols
    Patient Decision Aids Benefits of Decision Analysis
    Drawbacks and Limitations of Decision Analysis
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Decision Making: The Surgeon's Perspective
    Introduction
    Models of the Surgeon-Patient Relationship
    Methodology for Evaluating Decision-Making Factors
    Surgeon Factors Related to Clinical Decision-Making
    Impact of Risk-Taking Attitude on Clinical Decision-Making
    Impact of Surgeon Age
    Impact of Surgeon Gender
    Impact of Specialty Training
    Healthcare System Factors Related to Clinical Decision Making
    Impact of Practice Environment Impact of Political Environment
    Impact of the Medico-Legal Environment
    Summary
    References
    5: Involving Patients in Difficult Decisions About Having Surgery
    Introduction
    What Is Shared Decision Making?
    Call for Shared Decision Making
    Meeting the Requirement of Informed Patients in SDM
    Impact of SDM on Clinical Outcomes
    The Need for SDM in Surgical Care
    Problems with SDM and Surgery
    Patient Clinical Complexity
    Difficulties in Patient Comprehension
    Surgical Practice
    The Way Forward
    Summary
    References
    Part I: Lung
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kenneth Wilson, Selwyn O. Rogers, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to decision making within the realm of trauma surgery. Each chapter covers the ideal approach, rather than customary care, for the treatment of the chosen difficult decision or controversy. A broad range of topics are covered with particular attention given to resuscitation, wound management, thoracic and abdominal trauma, antimicrobial management, transplant considerations, vascular trauma, traumatic brain injury, pediatric trauma and ethics. Difficult Decisions in Trauma Surgery aims to help improve the treatment of trauma patients and is relevant to surgical trainees and practicing surgeons, and as well as medical professionals working within trauma medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ralph M. Trüeb.
    Summary: You could read every textbook available on hair growth and disorders, and still not be able to treat hair loss effectively. In every art, there are many techniques, but few principles. The only way to achieve success is to have a firm foundation of principles to build upon, and the right attitude about how to achieve your goals. This book offers a detailed guide that goes beyond the technical aspects of trichology and evidence based medicine, providing specialists and primary care physicians experienced in the basic management of hair loss with the additional know-how they need to master the ultimate challenge of difficult hair loss patients. First, the prerequisites for successful management of hair loss are reviewed ? basically, making a diagnosis and understanding the patient and his or her problem. Then, guidelines on the management of difficult dermatologic conditions and of psychopathological disorders associated with hair loss are provided. Lastly, important aspects of follow-up are covered?specifically the problems of adverse effects, patient non-compliance, and their management?before concluding with exemplary case studies of successful treatment of alopecia and related conditions.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Defining the Difficult Hair Loss Patient
    Prerequisites for Successful Management of Hair Loss
    Patient Expectation Management
    The Difficult Dermatologic Condition
    Psychopathological Disorders
    Tackling Side-Effects
    Patient Non Compliance
    Optimizing Therapy Beyond Evidence Based Medicine
    Epilogue: Faith Healing.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sergio V. Delgado, Jeffrey R. Strawn.
    Summary: This innovative and important book describes a practical and clinically-relevant approach to the 'difficult' psychiatric consultation. The authors systematically examine psychodynamic theories, family systems theories, and legal and ethical aspects of these consultations. Difficult Psychiatric Consultations: An Integrated Approach is unique compared to most psychiatric texts, in that it weaves traditional concepts in understanding a person and their family with contemporary developmental and relational concepts. The importance of these concepts, when applied to the study of the complexities and the interplay between patients, treatment teams and patients' families in today's medical centers, is brought to life through rich, real-life clinical examples. These powerful clinical vignettes allow the reader to put himself in the psychiatric consultant's shoes as he navigates practical interventions to improve the outcomes of 'difficult' consultations. To that end, the authors provide tables to outline pre and post diagnosis observable patterns of the parties involved in the psychiatric consultation. This book has much to offer to general psychiatrists, child and adolescent psychiatrists, psychiatric residents, psychologists, nurse practitioners and social workers.

    Contents:
    Integrating theoretical paradigms
    The patient
    The Family
    The treatment team
    Ethical and Medicolegal issues
    The culture
    The clinical presentation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Sandhya Khurana, Fernando Holguin, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical, stepwise, evidence-based approach to effective management of patients with difficult to treat asthma. The impact of asthma on morbidity and healthcare utilization increases exponentially with severity. Severe refractory asthma accounts for less than 5% of all asthma. Its prevalence, however, is often overestimated as there are several other confounding factors that make asthma 'difficult to treat'. Many novel (albeit expensive) therapies are now available and providers caring for patients with severe asthma are charged with selecting the best evidence treatment. This calls for complex and nuanced decision-making. Whether people with asthma gain and maintain control over their condition depends not only on the availability of effective drugs, but also multiple patient and healthcare provider behaviors. Therefore, now more than ever, it has become increasingly important to differentiate "difficult" from "severe refractory" asthma to allow identification of patients most likely to benefit from these therapies. This volume delves into the current understanding of mechanisms and increasingly recognized heterogeneity of this complex disease. It discusses a structured approach to identification and optimization of factors contributing to poor asthma control, including nonadherence, comorbidities and occupational/environmental triggers. The book includes 'state of the art' reviews on recent advances in traditional and targeted asthma therapies, as well as a glimpse into what the future may hold. Highlights include a comprehensive guide to management of severe asthma in children and pregnancy, as well as practical considerations to management of asthma based on different clinical phenotypes. Each chapter is authored by leading experts in the field who share their own clinical approach. This is an ideal guide for clinical pulmonologists and allergist/immunologists, as well as primary care providers, physician extenders in specialty practice, physicians in pulmonary/allergy training, and even industry partners. .

    Contents:
    Scope of the problem, definition and pathophysiology
    Is it Asthma? Recognizing asthma mimics
    Beyond Refills: Promoting Adherence to Optimize Outcomes
    Addressing Comorbidities in Difficult Asthma
    Evaluation and Management of Work-Related Asthma
    Advances in Inhaled Medications
    Heterogeneity in Severe asthma
    Biomarkers, Targeted Therapies, Biologics and Bronchial Thermoplasty
    Practical Considerations in Management of Allergic Asthma
    Practical considerations in the management of eosinophilic asthma
    Practical considerations in management of non-eosinophilic asthma
    Practical considerations in management of obesity associated asthma
    Severe asthma in pregnancy: Special considerations
    Severe asthma in childhood: Special considerations
    High-risk asthma clinic: Putting it all together
    Difficult Asthma: Unmet Needs and Future Directions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nishant Gupta, Kathryn A. Wikenheiser-Brokamp, Francis X. McCormack, editors.
    Contents:
    Definition and Classification of Diffuse Cystic Lung Diseases
    Mechanisms of Lung Cyst Formation
    Radiologic Evaluation of Cystic Lung Disease
    Pathological Evaluation of Pulmonary Cysts
    Pathophysiology of Lymphangioleiomyomatosis
    Smoking-induced Diffuse Cystic Lung Diseases
    Birt-Hogg-Dubé Syndrome
    Lymphocytic Interstitial Pneumonitis and Follicular Bronchiolitis
    Amyloidosis and Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
    Infectious Etiologies of Diffuse Cystic Lung Diseases
    Neoplasms that Present as Multicystic Lung Disease
    Congenital and Developmental Causes of Cystic Lung Disease
    Rare Causes of Cystic Lung Disease
    Mimics, Impersonators and Semblances of Pulmonary Cysts
    Extrapulmonary Manifestations of Diffuse Cystic Lung Diseases
    Clinical Presentation and Management of Pleural Disease in Diffuse Cystic Lung Diseases
    Air Travel in Diffuse Cystic Lung Diseases
    Approach to the Diagnosis and Management of Diffuse Cystic Lung Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tiago Biachi de Castria, Rodrigo Santa Cruz Guindalini, editors.
    Summary: We live in an era of personalized medicine and the knowledge about pathophysiology of diffuse gastric cancer has had many advances. Thus, the role of this work is to clarify what is new from diagnosis to treatment of this disease in order to treat patients in the most tailored manner as possible. Almost all phase III trials in gastric cancer have been performed without taking in consideration histologic subtypes, i.e. they have disregarded the differences between diffuse gastric cancer and general gastric cancer. However, the clinical practice reveals that diffuse gastric cancer is a completely distinct disease, with an aggressive course and generally worse prognosis. The loss of cohesion between tumor cells due to the loss of E-cadherin synthesis is the critical point on the oncogenesis of diffuse gastric cancer and is at the root of its marked heredity. This book intends to give special attention to Diffuse Gastric Cancer as a particular oncological entity, differentiating it from general gastric cancer, exploring and discussing all its peculiarities, and addressing the basic aspects (pathology and genetics) along with the most recent therapeutic alternatives for this condition.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hugues Duffau, editor.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction: Diffuse Low Grade Gliomas (DLGG)
    Epidemiology
    Molecular Epidemiology and DLGG
    New Pathological Classification
    Towards an Intermediate Grade in Glioma Classification
    Genetics of DLGG
    Molecular Classification
    Pathogenesis of DLGG
    Mechanisms of DLGG migration
    Genomics of DLGG
    DLGG-associated stem cells
    Molecular imaging
    Clinical Presentation
    Epilepsy and DLGG
    Quality of Life in patients with DLGG
    Oncological and Metabolic MRI
    Positron Emission Tomography
    Dynamics of DLGG and Clinical Implications
    Natural History and Spontaneous Prognostic Factors
    Language, Cognitive and Emotional Evaluation
    Functional MRI in DLGG
    Diffusion Tensor Imaging in DLGG
    Magnetoencephalography and Functional Connectivity in DLGG
    Interactions between DLGG and Neuroplasticity
    Surgery: Oncological Considerations
    Surgery: Functional Considerations
    Chemotherapy^tion in Patients with DLGG
    New Individualized Strategies
    Pregnancy and DLGG
    Social cognition and DLGG
    Biomathematical Modeling of the DLGG Behavior
    Towards a Resection Probability Map
    The Onco-functional Balance in DLGG
    The Origins of DLGG
    DLGG and Cognitive Neurosciences.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Timothy Craig Allen, editor.
    Summary: This volume is the most up-to-date text available on diffuse malignant mesothelioma and includes all the newest imaging modalities, immunohistochemical features, and ever-expanding information on the molecular characteristics of the cancer. In-depth chapters contain fully referenced text as well as detailed tables and images. While the primary audiences for this book are pathologists and pathology residents, the broad examination of diffuse malignant mesothelioma, including its epidemiology, makes this book valuable to radiologists, surgeons, oncologists, and other clinical physicians and their residents as well. Written by experts in the field, Diffuse Malignant Mesothelioma is a concise yet comprehensive resource for clinicians involved in the management of one of the most widely recognized and feared cancers in the world.

    Contents:
    Approaching the Diagnosis of Diffuse Malignant Mesothelioma
    Epidemiology
    Clinical and Radiologic Features
    Histology
    Immunohistochemistry
    Molecular Characteristics
    Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mami Iima, Savannah C. Partridge and Denis Le Bihan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Wim Van Hecke, Louise Emsell, Stefan Sunaert, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    How to Use This Book
    Introduction to Diffusion Tensor Imaging
    Part II: Diffusion Tensor Imaging: From Theory to Practice
    Concepts of Diffusion in MRI
    From Diffusion to the Diffusion Tensor
    Quantitative DTI Measures
    Survivor's Guide to DTI Acquisition
    Checking and Correcting DTI Data
    Part III: Diffusion Tensor Imaging Analysis
    Strategies and Challenges in DTI Analysis
    DTI Analysis Methods: Region of Interest Analysis
    DTI Analysis Methods: Voxel-based Analysis
    DTI Analysis Methods: Fibre Tracking and Connectivity
    Part IV: Normal Diffusion Tensor Imaging Anatomy
    Normal Diffusion Tensor Imaging-based White Matter Anatomy
    Part V: Clinical Applications of Diffusion Tensor Imaging
    DTI in Clinical Practice: Opportunities and Considerations
    DTI in Neurosurgical Planning
    DTI in Diagnosis and Follow-up of Brain Tumors
    The Role of DTI in Multiple Sclerosis and Other Demyelinating Conditions
    DTI in Dementing Conditions
    DTI in Psychiatry
    Diffusion Tensor Imaging in Traumatic Brain Injury
    Part VI: Beyond Diffusion Tensor Imaging
    High Angular Resolution Diffusion Imaging
    Diffusion Kurtosis Imaging
    Glossary. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rahul P. Kotian, Prakashini Koteshwar.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of one of the most advanced magnetic resonance imaging techniques, namely Diffusion Tensor Imaging (DTI) and Fractional Anisotropy (FA) values in early Parkinson’s disease (PD) patients. It provides step-by-step descriptions of DTI and its use in the early diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease by using FA values at several grey and white matter regions of the brain with helpful MRI DTI images. It includes clear flow charts with MRI DTI imaging protocol for Parkinson’s disease to aid in early diagnosis and treatment. The book covers essential information on anatomy and pathology in Parkinson’s disease and includes dedicated chapters on diffusion tensor imaging and FA in Parkinson’s disease. Additionally, it covers the role of magnetic resonance imaging in Parkinson’s disease with routine findings for Parkinson’s disease in MRI, followed by advanced imaging biomarkers and predictors in Parkinson’s disease. The book will assist the practitioners in the early detection of Parkinson’s disease using specific imaging biomarkers with the help of FA values, which will help in the early treatment of PD patients and thus extend and improve their quality of life. It will also be relevant for MD radiology, M.Sc. medical imaging technology students/trainees and Ph.D. medical imaging graduates as well as B.Sc MIT students.​

    Contents:
    History and Basic Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Image Contrast Mechanisms in Diffusion-Weighted and Diffusion-Tensor Imaging
    DWI Physics and Imaging Techniques
    Advanced MRI Neuroimaging Technique: Diffusion-Tensor Imaging
    Fractional Anisotropy: Scalar Derivative of Diffusion-Tensor Imaging
    Diffusion-Tensor Imaging Instrumentation
    Diffusion-Tensor Imaging and Fractional Anisotropy Protocol at 1.5-T MRI for Early Parkinson’s Disease
    Introduction: Types of Parkinson’s Disease
    Evidence of Fractional Anisotropy in Parkinson’s Disease
    FA Characteristics as Imaging Biomarkers Among the Indian Population in Early Parkinson’s Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Claudia da Costa Leite, Mauricio Castillo.
    Contents:
    Physics of DTI and DWI / Maria Concepción Garcia Otaduy
    Brain edema : phatophysiology / Falgun H. Chokshi and Amit M. Saindane
    Supratentorial white matter tracts and their organization /
    Christopher P. Hess and Jason M. Johnson
    DWI and DTI of the brain during early brain development : the first two years of life / Wei Gao, John H Gilmore, and Weili Lin
    DWI and DTI in aging / Andrew Joseph Degnan and Lucien M. Levy
    DWI in vascular pathology / Sangam Kanekar and Chandan Misra
    Diffusion weighted-imaging in the evaluation of brain tumors / Fernanda C. Rueda-Lopes, Celso Hygino da Cruz Jr, and Emerson L. Gasparetto
    DWI and DTI in infectious diseases / Claudia da Costa Leite, Maria da Graça Morais Martin, and Mauricio Castillo
    DWI and DTI in demyelination and toxic diseases / Celi dos Santos Andrade, Carolina de Medeiros Rimkus, Claudia da Costa Leite, Alexander M.McKinney, Leandro Tavares Lucato
    DWI and DTI of white matter diseases in children / Julie H. Harreld and Zoltan Patay
    Diffusion imaging for the assessment of traumatic brain injury (TBI) / Michael L. Lipton
    DWI in hemmorrhage / Joana Ramalho and Mauricio Castillo
    DWI and DTI in spine and spinal cord diseases / Majda Thurnher
    DWI and DTI in head and neck diseases / Eloisa M Santiago Gebrim, Regina Lucia Elia Gomes, Flavia K Issa Cevasco, Marcio Ricardo Taveira Garcia
    Future applications of DWI-diffusional kurtosis and other non-Gaussian diffusion techniques / Maria Gisele Matheus.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Celso Matos, Nickolas Papanikolaou, editors.
    Summary: This bookpresents the core principles and technical aspects of Diffusion Weighted Imaging (DWI), as well as pearls and pitfalls concerning the imaging techniques application to the hepatobiliary system. All technical aspects and clinical applications discussed focus on the related anatomical region and its pathologies. Given that magnetic resonance physics is complex and can be cumbersome to learn, the volume editors and authors have made it as simple and practical as possible. Accordingly, tables related to technical details (imaging protocols, artefacts, and optimization techniques) are provided for each chapter. Though DWI is frequently used in the abdomen and pelvis, its clinical role is still evolving, especially for the diagnostic workup of oncologic patients. Although certain efforts have been undertaken to standardize and provide imaging guidelines for different clinical indications, the standardisation and clinical validation of quantitative DWI-related biomarkers are still works in progress. Addressing this gap, the book offers a useful tool for radiologists with a particular interest in abdominal radiology, as well as for radiology residents.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: DW MRI: Techniques, Protocols and Post-processing Aspects
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Formal Definition of Diffusion
    1.3 Diffusion-Weighted Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    1.3.1 The Stejskal-Tanner Sequence, Image Contrasts, and Basic Image Processing
    1.4 Pulse Sequences Considerations
    1.5 Diffusion Modelling in Abdominal Organs
    1.6 Factors Influencing the ADC Value
    1.7 Factors Influencing the SNR and Artefacts in DWI
    1.8 Conclusions
    References
    2: Benign Liver Lesions
    2.1 Introduction 2.2 Lesions Showing Marked Hyperintensity on High b-Value Images
    2.2.1 Hemangioma
    2.2.2 Angiomyolipoma
    2.2.3 Solitary Fibrous Tumor
    2.2.4 Heterotopic Tissue
    2.3 Lesions Showing Moderate Signal Intensity on High b-Value Images
    2.3.1 Focal Nodular Hyperplasia (FNH)
    2.3.2 Hepatocellular Adenomas
    2.3.3 Regenerative Process-Nodular Regenerative Hyperplasia
    2.3.4 Inflammatory Pseudotumor
    2.3.5 Biliary Cystadenomas
    2.3.6 Focal Fibrosis
    2.4 Lesions Not Visible on High b-Value Images
    2.4.1 Hepatic Cysts
    2.4.2 Biliary Hamartoma
    2.4.3 Pseudotumors 2.4.3.1 Focal Steatosis or Focal Fatty Sparing
    2.4.3.2 Arterio-Portal Shunts
    2.5 Pragmatic Diagnostic Approach: Specific Contexts
    2.5.1 Chronic Liver Disease
    2.5.1.1 Ancillary Feature for the Differentiation Between Dysplastic Nodule and Early HCC
    2.5.1.2 Diagnosis of Cysts and Peribiliary Cysts
    2.5.1.3 Differentiating Hemangiomas from HCC
    2.5.1.4 Increase the Level of Confidence for the Diagnosis of Intrahepatic Shunts and Transient Perfusion Disorders
    2.5.2 Oncologic Patients
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    3: Malignant Liver Lesions
    3.1 Introduction 3.2 Reading DWI: Qualitative Reading
    3.3 Reading DWI: Quantitative Reading of ADC
    3.3.1 Lesion Characterization with DWI-A Shift from Classical Qualitative Assessment?
    3.4 Application of DWI to Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    3.4.1 Assessment of Tumor Response to Treatment (HCC)
    3.5 Application of DWI to Intrahepatic Cholangiocarcinoma
    3.6 Application of DWI in Liver Metastasis
    3.7 Future Directions
    3.8 Conclusions
    References
    4: Diffuse Liver Diseases
    4.1 Introduction-Virtual Biopsy of Diffuse Liver Diseases with DWI 4.1.1 Hallmarks of Chronic Liver Diseases
    4.1.2 MR Imaging to Provide Virtual Liver Biopsy
    4.2 Imaging Recommandations for DWI of Diffuse Liver Diseases
    4.2.1 Guidelines for DWI Acquisition
    4.2.2 Guidelines for DWI Data Processing
    4.2.3 Reference Examination
    4.2.4 Reproducibility
    4.3 Diffusion-Weighted Imaging for the Diagnosis and Staging of Diffuse Liver Diseases-Rationale and Results
    4.3.1 Diagnosis and Staging of Fibrosis
    4.3.2 Assessment of Steatosis
    4.3.3 Assessment of Inflammation and Hepatocyte Degeneration
    4.3.4 Effect of Iron Overload
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Rafael Toledo, Bernard Fried, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General aspects of trematodes. Form and function in the Digenea / Robert C. Peoples and Bernard Fried
    The systemics of the Trematoda / Aneta Kostadinova and Ana Pérez-del-Olmo
    part 2. Trematodes of interest in human health. Schistosomiasis / Fred A. Lewis and Matthew S. Tucker
    Fascioliasis / Santiago Mas-Coma, M. Adela Valerno and M. Dolores Bargues
    Paragonimiasis / David Blair
    Liver flukes: Clonorchis and Opisthorchis / Weerachai Saijuntha, Paiboon Sithithaworn, Nadda Kaitsopit, Ross H. Andrews, and Trevor N. Petney
    Intestinal trematode infections / Rafael Toledo, Carla Muñoz-Antoli, and J. Guillermo Esteban
    Epidemiology of trematode infections / Jong-Yil Chai
    Diagnosis of human trematode infections / J. Guillermo Esteban, Carla Muñoz-Antoli, Rafael Toledo, and Lawrence R. Ash
    part 3. Trematodes of interest in veterinary and wildlife disease. Schistosomatoidea and Diplostomoidea / Petr Horák, Libuš Kolá̌řová, and Libor Mikeš
    Amphistomes / Veena Tandon, Bishnupada Roy, Jollin Andrea Shylla
    Dicrocoeliidae family: major species causing veterinary diseases / M. Yolanda Manga-González and M. Carmen Ferreras
    Selected wildlife trematodiasis / Jane E. Huffman
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rafael Toledo, Bernard Fried, editors.
    Summary: Digenetic trematodes constitute a major helminth group that parasitize human and animals and are a major cause of morbidity and mortality. The diseases caused by trematodes have been neglected for years, especially as compared with other parasitic diseases. However, the geographical limits and the populations at risk are currently expanding and changing in relation to factors such as growing international markets, improved transportation systems, and demographic changes. This has led to a growing international interest to the trematode infections, although factors such as the difficulties entailed in the diagnosis, the complexity of human and agricultural practices, the lack of assessments of the economic costs, or the limited number of effective drugs are preventing the development of control measures of these diseases in humans and livestock. In-depth studies are needed to clarify the current epidemiology of these helminth infections and to identify new and specific targets for both effective diagnosis and treatments. The main goal of the second edition of this book is to present the major trematodes and their corresponding diseases in the framework of modern parasitology, considering matters such as the application of novel techniques and analysis of data in the context of host-parasite interactions and to show applications of new techniques and concepts for the studies on digenetic trematodes. This is an ideal book for parasitologists, microbiologists, zoologists, immunologists, professional of public health workers, clinicians and graduate and post-graduate students.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Aspects of the Trematodes
    Form and Function in the Digenea
    The Systematics of the Trematoda
    Part II: Trematodes of Interest in Human Health
    Schistosomiasis
    Fascioliasis
    Paragonimiasis
    Liver Flukes
    Intestinal Trematode Infections
    Part III: Trematodes of Interest in Veterinary and Wildlife Disease
    Schistosomatoidae and Diplostomoidea
    Paramphistomidae
    Dicrocoeliidae
    Selected Wildlife Trematodes
    Part IV: Clinical Aspects of Trematode Infections
    Epidemiology of Trematode Infections
    Genomics and Proteomics of Trematodes (NEW CHAPTER)
    Diagnosis of Human Trematode Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rokkam Madhavi, Rodney A. Bray.
    Summary: This book is the first to explore in detail the systematics and taxonomy of the digenean fauna of fish in Indian marine waters. It includes morphological descriptions of 648 species in 190 genera and 30 families. The figures from the original publications are enhanced and made more attractive. Each description is accompanied by information on hosts and distribution. Digenetic trematodes, usually known as Digeneans, are the most diverse group of metazoan parasites of marine fishes. They are parasitic flatworms (Phylum Platyhelminthes) with a complex life-cycle and as adults inhabit mainly the alimentary system and associated organs, but also occur in the blood, under the scales, in the body cavity and in the gall and urinary bladders. Keys to families, genera and species are provided, except for a few large and controversial genera, where morphological characters are insufficient for identification. Although there is extensive literature on Digeneans, it is scattered and largely in obscure local journals. Bringing together most of the primary literature on the subject, this book provides a primer for further study and a starting point for the use of modern molecular methods for the fauna of this region. Unique in its scope, it is a valuable resource for students, professional parasitologists and ecologists as well as fishery and wildlife biologists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Materials and methods
    The digenetic trematodes
    Systematic account : order displostomida Olsen, Cribb, Tkach, Bray & Littlewood, 2003
    Systematic account
    order plagiorchiida La Rue, 1957.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Baljendra S. Kapoor, Jonathan M. Lorenz.
    Contents:
    1. Intraprocedural Imaging and Navigational Tools in Digestive Disease Interventions
    2. Imaging of Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage and Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    3. Portal Hypertension
    4. Management of Complications of Portal Hypertension: Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt (TIPS)
    5. Management of Complications of Portal Hypertension: Special Considerations
    6. Management of Complications of Portal Hypertension: Balloon-Occluded Retrograde Transvenous Obliteration, Plug-Assisted Retrograde Transvenous Obliteration, Coil-Assisted Retrograde Transvenous Obliteration, and Balloon-Assisted Antegrade Transvenous Obliteration
    7. Nonvariceal Upper Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    8. Transcatheter Management of Nonvariceal Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    9. Interventional Management of Benign Refractory Ascites
    10. Mesenteric Ischemia
    11. Benign Biliary Strictures
    12. Malignant Obstructive Jaundice
    13. Acute Cholecystitis, Cholelithiasis, and Choledocholithiasis
    14. Imaging of Liver Tumors
    15. Hepatocellular Carcinoma: Staging and Clinical Management
    16. Management of Locally Advanced Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    17. Management of Liver Metastases
    18. Cholangiocarcinoma
    19. Portal Vein Embolization
    20. Ablation of Malignant Liver Tumors
    21. Pancreatic Cancer
    22. Embolization of Liver Tumors: Technical Challenges and Anatomic Considerations
    23. Yttrium-90 Radioembolization of Malignant Liver Tumors
    24. Liver Transplant Complications: Diagnosis and Management
    25. Islet Cell Transplantation
    26. Percutaneous Enteral Access
    27. Image-Guided Colorectal Obstruction Management
    28. Obesity and Bariatric Embolization
    29. Intra-Abdominal Fluid Collections
    30. Pediatric Gastrointestinal Interventions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Manuel Ramos-Casals...[et al.].
    Contents:
    Digestive system and autoimmunity
    Immunopathogenesis of autoimmune liver damage
    Autoantibodies in gastrointestinal autoimmune diseases
    Imaging techniques in digestive diseases
    Primary biliary cholangitis
    Autoimmune hepatitis
    Primary sclerosing cholangitis
    Systemic and autoimmune manifestations of Hepatitis B virus infection
    Extrahepatic manifestations in patients with chronic Hepatitis C virus infection
    New antivirals for extrahepatic manifestations of Hepatitis C virus: the model of mixed cryoglobulinemia vasculitis
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Digestive involvement in the antiphospholipid syndrome
    Gastrointestinal involvement in systemic sclerosis
    Gastrointestinal involvement in inflammatory myositis
    Digestive involvement in primary Sjögren's syndrome
    Gastrointestinal involvement in systemic vasculitis
    Mixed connective tissue disease
    Gastrointestinal manifestations of rheumatoid arthritis
    Spondyloarthritis and gastrointestinal involvement
    Intestinal Behçet's disease
    Gastrointestinal involvement of sarcoidosis
    IgG4-related disease: gastrointestinal involvement
    Gastrointestinal complications of antirheumatic drugs
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Pierre Poitras, editor ; Marc Bilodeau, Mickael Bouin, Jean-Eric Ghia, co-editors.
    Summary: This textbook on the digestive system was developed in collaboration with medical students to meet both students' and teachers' needs and objectives. It is currently the official gastroenterology textbook for undergraduate students in all French medical schools in Canada, and is also used in Europe and Africa. An updated and improved 3rd edition was published in French in 2020; this translation and update make the book available in English for the first time. The text features contributions from GI experts from Quebec, France, French Africa, and from key Canadian GI experts. The first part of the book covers the eight main organs of the digestive system, while the second half discusses the major clinical diseases and symptoms that affect the digestive system. This book is comprehensive and well-organized, and features color-coded and beautifully designed figures and tables that make the book helpful and accessible to students.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The Digestive Organs
    The Esophagus
    The Stomach
    The Small Intestine
    The Colon
    The Pancreas
    The Biliary Tract
    The Anorectum
    The Liver
    Part 2: Digestive Symptoms, Signs and Other
    Esophageal Symptoms: Heartburn, Dysphagia, Chest Pain
    Nausea and Vomiting
    Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding (UGIB)
    Dyspepsia
    Diarrhea
    Abdominal Distension and Bloating
    Constipation
    Abdominal Pain
    Abdominal Hernias
    Fecal Incontinence
    Anorectal Pain
    Rectal Bleeding
    Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Food Allergies
    Undernutrition and Nutritional Support
    Obesity
    Genes and Digestive Cancers
    Jaundice
    Abnormal Liver Tests
    Ascite
    Diets and Digestive Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Maria Gazouli, George E. Theodoropoulos, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews recent knowledge of the role of stem cells in the gastrointestinal system. It covers extensive topics for each organ, including the pancreas, esophagus, liver, and colon, while also discussing the contributions of stem cells to therapeutic approaches toward gastrointestinal diseases, including inflammatory bowel diseases. Comprehensive and cutting-edge, Digestive System Diseases: Stem Cell Mechanisms and Therapies deepens a reader's theoretical expertise in gastrointestinal stem cell biology. It furthers scientists' understanding of gastrointestinal stem cells and, most importantly, the development of novel therapeutic targets. Graduate and postdoctoral students, medical doctors (including gastroenterologists and surgeons), and principal investigators in both academia and industry will benefit from this book. In particular, it is a valuable resource for professionals within the fields of gastrointestinal research, pharmaceutical science, molecular biology, regenerative medicine, and genetics.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Digestive System Diseases: Stem Cell Mechanisms and Therapies; About the Editors; Contents; Introduction: Gastrointestinal Stem Cells in Human Health and Disease; References; Introduction to Stem Cell Principles and Biology; Embryonic Stem Cells (ESCs); Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells (iPSCs); Fetal Stem Cells (FSCs); Amniotic Fluid (AF); Umbilical Cord Blood; Stem Cells Derived from Extraembryonic Tissues; Amniotic Membrane (AM); Placenta; Adult Stem Cells; Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs); Mesenchymal Stromal Cells (MSCs); Neural Stem Cells (NSCs) Activation of Gene Signalling Pathways Phenotypical Changes via Drug Resistance; Mechanisms Evade DNA Damage; Modification of Cell Cycle Phases; Therapeutic Potential of CSCs in Colorectal Cancer; Concluding Remarks; References; The Role of Stem Cells in the Treatment of Anal Fistulas; Introduction; Perianal Fistula; Stem Cell Properties; Techniques; Isolation of Stem Cells; Administration; Results; Conclusions; References; Stem Cells in Inflammatory Bowel Disease: From Pathogenesis to Clinical Practice; Introduction; Pathophysiology of GI SCs; Therapeutic Value of HSCs in IBD Neural Stem Cells in the Developing Brain Regenerative Medicine; Conclusion; References; The Truth Behind Esophagus: The Stem Cells' Significance; Introduction; Stem Cells Are the Main Factors of Esophageal Homeostasis; Stem Cells in Esophageal Cancer; Stem Cells in Novel Esophageal Therapeutic Attempts; Conclusion; References; Pancreatic Diseases: The Role of Stem Cells; The Role of Stem Cells in Pancreatic Cancer; Introduction; Cancer Stem Cells in Pancreatic Cancer; Clinical Significance of Pancreatic Cancer Stem Cells; The Role of Stem Cells in the Treatment of Pancreatic Cancer Paracrine Effect of Mesenchymal Stem/Stromal Cells in Liver DiseasesConclusion; References; The Role of Stem Cells in Colorectal Cancer Carcinogenesis and Treatment; Introduction; The Intestine and the Origin of Colorectal CSCs; Colorectal CSCs: Phenotypic and Functional Characterisation; Role of CSCs in the Pathogenesis of Colorectal Carcinoma; CSCs in Initiation of Colorectal Carcinoma; CSCs in Vasculature of Colorectal Carcinoma; CSCs in Metastasis in Colorectal Carcinoma; CSC in Escaping Apoptosis in Colorectal Carcinoma; Roles of CSCs in Colorectal Carcinoma Therapy Resistance The Use of Genetically Engineered Mesenchymal Stem Cells to Induce Tumor Apoptosis; The Use of Genetically Engineered Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Gene-Directed Enzyme Prodrug Therapy; The Role of Stem Cells in Acute and Chronic Pancreatitis; Introduction; Stem Cells in the Treatment of Acute Pancreatitis; Stem Cells in the Treatment of Chronic Pancreatitis; Current Limitations of Stem Cell-Based Therapies; References; Stem Cell Therapy for Liver Diseases; Stem Cell Categories for Liver Disease Therapy; Extrahepatic Adult Stem Cells; Liver-Derived Stem Cells; Stem Cell-Treated Liver Diseases
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    WHO classification of tumours editoral board : [Dilani Lokuhetty, Valerie A. White, Reiko Watanabe, Ian A. Cree].
    Contents:
    Introduction to tumours of the digestive system
    Tumours of the oesophagus
    Tumours of the stomach
    Tumours of the small intestine and ampulla
    Tumours of the appendix
    Tumours of the colon and rectum
    Tumours of the anal canal
    Tumours of the liver and intrahepatic bile ducts
    Tumours of the gallbladder and extrahepatic bile ducts
    Tumours of the pancreas
    Haematolymphoid tumours of the digestive system
    Mesenchymal tumours of the digestive system
    Other tumours of the digestive system
    Genetic tumour syndromes of the digestive system.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC280.D5 W46 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Alberto Tagliafico, Nehmat Houssami, Massimo Calabrese, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jörg Barkhausen, Achim Rody, Fritz K.W. Schäfer ; translator, Terry C. Telger ; illustrator, Karin Baum.
    Contents:
    Technique of tomosynthesis / Thomas Mertelmeier
    Clinical evaluation of digital breast tomosynthesis / Berndt Michael Order, Christoph Mundhenke, Florian Vogt, Fritz. K.W. Schaefer
    Innovations and future developments / Fritz. K.W. Schaefer, Joerg Barkhausen
    Illustrative case reports / Kristin Baumann, Dorothea Fischer, Isabell Grande-Nagel, Smaragda Kapsimalakou, Berndt M. Order, Fritz. K.W. Schaefer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Jorge M. Galante, Nicolás A. Rubio, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the fusion of CBCT and CAD/CAM technologies for the purpose of surgical dental treatments and explains the advantages and applications of this digital approach for implant placement procedures and other oral surgical protocols. All aspects of computer-aided imaging and design are first covered in the textbook, including the creation of DICOM and STL files; followed by the process of virtual merging to obtain a combined image. Secondly, clinical tips for the use of digital wax up, software interactions and accurate template fabrication are explained, including subtractive and additive methods used for this manufacturing step. The remainder of the book is devoted to the application of technology fusion in implantology, guided bone regeneration, and maxillofacial surgery. Both static and dynamic guided surgeries are described. Materials characteristics and surgical instruments are also presented to define a correct selection criteria. The digital approach outlined in this textbook involves a paradigm shift in the way traditional oral surgery is conceived. Technology fusion aims to improve treatment accuracy, optimize clinical time and reduce patient morbidity. Clinicians will find this book to be a valuable guide for virtual surgical planning and a path to introduce themselves into the exciting world of digital dental surgery.

    Contents:
    PART I) DIGITAL WORKFLOW IN DENTAL SURGERY 1) CAI - Computer-Assisted Imaging
    2) CAD - Computer-Assisted Design
    3) CAM - Computer-Assisted Manufacturing
    PART II) GUIDED SURGERY IN IMPLANTOLOGY 4) Templates
    5) Implant Drilling Systems
    6) Implant Placement, Accuracy Assessment & Literature Review
    7) Implant Navigation System: Dynamic Guided Surgery
    PART III) GUIDED BONE REGENERATION 8) Clinical Applications of Digital Technologies for Combined Regenerative Procedures
    9) Digital Reconstructive Surgery
    PART IV) GUIDED MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY 10) Virtual surgical Planning in Orthognathic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nilmini Wickramasinghe, Suresh Chalasani, Elliot Sloane, editors.
    Summary: Digital disruption in health care is generating new technologies, applications, and large data sets, and these are all precipitating significant changes in healthcare processes. Emerging applications due to digital disruption and their impact on healthcare delivery and quality are becoming some of the key focus areas of research. However, to date, systematic, generalizable, full-scale evaluation of these new technologies/applications is lacking. Little is known about the net short- or long-term health and wellness impacts of digital technologies. Similarly, the care-delivery and management process changes caused by digital disruption are forcing healthcare organizations to react rather than plan for them in advance. Given these gaps, this book addresses the technology, applications, data, and process aspects of digital disruption in health care. This volume is a collection of key areas in health and wellness impacted by digital disruption. It highlights the benefits, barriers, facilitators, and transformative forces that are shaping healthcare digital disruption. Topics explored in the chapters include: Towards Network Medicine: Implementation of Panomics and Artificial Intelligence for Precision Medicine Telehealth Implementation: A Synopsis of Patients' Experience of Clinical Outcomes Realising the Healthcare Value Proposition of Better Access, Quality and Value of Care by Incorporating the Social Determinants of Health with Digital Health The Internet Hospital in the Time of COVID-19: An Example from China Given the diverse interest in healthcare delivery solutions today, the need is broad across academia and the healthcare industry for a comprehensive resource for teaching, practice, and research. Digital Disruption in Health Care is a point-of-entry resource for transferring theory into practice for heads of IT departments in hospitals, consultants, and academia, as well as scholars and researchers. Both graduate and undergraduate students as well as certificate-seeking health informatics and public health students would benefit from this book. Furthermore, it is useful for healthcare stakeholders including healthcare professionals, clinicians, medical administrators, managers, consultants, policy-makers, and IT practitioners within the healthcare space.

    Contents:
    How Technology Is Changing the Delivery and Consumption of Healthcare
    Brain-Computer Interfaces: Taking Thoughts out of the Human Body
    Towards Network Medicine: Implementation of Panomics and Artificial Intelligence for Precision Medicine
    Data Analytics for Accountable Care Organizations in a Shifting Landscape of Health and Medicine
    The Case for Digital Twins in Healthcare
    Using Coloured Petri Nets for Optimisation of Healthcare Processes
    Towards Concept Realisation of Digital Health Technologies
    Clinical Tele-assessment: The Missing Piece in Healthcare Pathways for Orthopaedics
    Telehealth Implementation: A Synopsis of Patients' Experience of Clinical Outcomes
    Disrupting LATAM Digital Healthcare with Entrepreneurship and Intrapreneurship
    Data for Social Good - A Tripartite Approach to Address Diabetes Self-care and Patient Empowerment
    Realising the Healthcare Value Proposition of Better Access, Quality and Value of Care by Incorporating the Social Determinants of Health with Digital Health
    Why Do You Want Me to Use This EMR?
    Leveraging Information Technology in Pharmacovigilance: Benefits for Pharmacists and Pharmaceutical Companies
    Scoping Mobile Clinical Decision Support Systems to Enhance Design and Recording of Usage Data Effectively: A Suggested Approach
    Better Pandemic Preparedness with the Intelligence Continuum
    COVID-19 Response in Australia and the USA (March-August 2020) and the Key Role for Digital Health: A Tale of Two Countries
    Digital Tools as Optimizing Enablers of Quantitative Medicine and Value-Based Healthcare in a SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 Pandemic World
    The Internet Hospital in the Time of COVID-19: An Example from China.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Robert Wachter.
    Summary: For the past few decades, technology has been touted as the cure for all of healthcare's ills, yet medicine stubbornly resisted computerization-- until now. Thanks largely to billions of dollars in federal incentives, healthcare has finally gone digital. Wachter examines healthcare at the dawn of its computer age, and shows how technology is changing care at the bedside. He questions whether government intervention has been useful or destructive-- and does so with clarity, insight, humor, and compassion.

    Contents:
    On call ; Shovel ready
    the note. The iPatient ; The note ; Strangers at the bedside ; Radiology rounds ; Go live ; Unanticipated consequences
    Decisions and data. Can computers replace the physician's brain? ; David and Goliath ; Big data
    The overdose. The error ; The system ; The doctor ; The pharmacist ; The alerts ; The robot ; The nurse ; The patient
    The connected patient. OpenNotes ; Personal health records and patient portals ; A community of patients
    The players and the policies. Meaningful use ; Epic and athena ; Silicon Valley meets healthcare ; The productivity paradox
    Toward a brighter future. A vision of health information technology ; The nontechnological side of making health IT work ; Art and science.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R858 .W33 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Haiyang Yu.
    Summary: This book focuses on the clear and simplified clinical techniques for microscopic restoration dentistry. With the help of microscope and hole reference technique (HRT), dentists can design the dimensional relationship and carry it out in preparation precisely. Authors firstly introduce an overview and surgical microscope and auxiliary instruments. In the second part, there are 4 techniques shown in each chapter.

    Contents:
    1 Overview
    Part 1 Analysis, Design and Preclinical Preparation of Micro Prosthodontics
    2 Theory and Practice of Target Restorative Space (TRS)
    3 Microscope and Auxiliary Devices for Micro Prosthodontics
    4 Posture and Microscopic View of Prosthodontic Microsurgery
    Part 2 Sequential and Key Clinical Techniques for Digital Micro Prosthodontics
    5 Pain Management and Comfortable Treatment in Micro Prosthodontics
    6 Isolation of the operative field in micro prosthodontics -Practical rubber dam technology
    7 Introduction to Digital Micro Tooth Preparation Technology
    8 Digital Impression Technology
    9 Digital Depth-Hole-Guiding Micro Tooth Preparation for Porcelain Veneer
    10 Digital Micro Tooth Preparation for Posterior Indirect Adhesive Restorations
    11 Digital Depth-Hole-Guiding Micro Preparation for All-Ceramic Crown
    12 Immediate Dentin Sealing and Micro Bonding
    Part 3 Complications and treatment after micro-prosthodontics
    13 Complications and treatment after micro-prosthodontics
    Part 4 Clinical Rehabilitation of Secondary Aesthetic Porcelain Restoration
    14 Decisions on Clinical Rehabilitation of Secondary Aesthetic Porcelain Restoration
    15 Occlusal Reconstruction Under the Guidance of Target Restorative Space
    16 Cases of Digital Micro Prosthodontics Guided by Target Restorative Space.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Homero Rivas, Katarzyna Wac, editors.
    Summary: "This book presents a comprehensive state-of the-art approach to digital health technologies and practices within the broad confines of healthcare practices. It provides a canvas to discuss emerging digital health solutions, propelled by the ubiquitous availability of miniaturized, personalized devices and affordable, easy to use wearable sensors, and innovative technologies like 3D printing, virtual and augmented reality and driverless robots and vehicles including drones. One of the most significant promises the digital health solutions hold is to keep us healthier for longer, even with limited resources, while truly scaling the delivery of healthcare. Digital Health: Scaling Healthcare to the World addresses the emerging trends and enabling technologies contributing to technological advances in healthcare practice in the 21st Century. These areas include generic topics such as mobile health and telemedicine, as well as specific concepts such as social media for health, wearables and quantified-self trends. Also covered are the psychological models leveraged in design of solutions to persuade us to follow some recommended actions, then the design and educational facets of the proposed innovations, as well as ethics, privacy, security, and liability aspects influencing its acceptance. Furthermore, sections on economic aspects of the proposed innovations are included, analyzing the potential business models and entrepreneurship opportunities in the domain."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Creating a case for Digital Health. Why this makes a lot of sense?
    Mobile Health
    Telemedicine
    Social Media and On-line Communities of Patients and Providers
    Informatics and Mass Data Analysis in Digital Health
    Wearable Technologies in healthcare
    The Quantified Self
    3D Printing
    Virtual and Augmented Reality
    Drones in healthcare
    Persuasion Technology and Behavioral Modification in Digital Health
    BioDesign of Digital Health
    Privacy and Security of Patient information in Digital Health
    Law aspects of Digital Health
    Entrepreneurship opportunities in Digital Health
    Who will pay for Digital Health? The Investor Point of View
    Education in Digital Health
    Ethics and Digital Health
    Future Directions of Digital Health and Final remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lotfi Chaari, editor.
    Summary: This collection, entitled #x1B;(S0#x1B;(B Digital Health for Predictive, Preventive, Personalized and Participatory Medicine#x1B;(S1#x1B;(B contains the proceedings of the first International conference on digital health technologies (ICDHT 2018). Ten recent contributions in the fields of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and machine learning, Internet of Things (IoT) and data analysis, all applied to digital health. This collection enables researchers to learn about recent advances in the above mentioned fields. It brings a technological viewpoint of P4 medicine. Readers will discover how advanced Information Technology (IT) tools can be used for healthcare. For instance, the use of connected objects to monitor physiological parameters is discussed. Moreover, even if compressed sensing is nowadays a common acquisition technique, its use for IoT is presented in this collection through one of the pioneer works in the field. In addition, the use of AI for epileptic seizure detection is also discussed as being one of the major concerns of predictive medicine both in industrialized and low-income countries. This work is edited by Prof. Lotfi Chaari, professor at the University of Sfax, and previously at the University of Toulouse. This work comes after more than ten years of expertise in the biomedical signal and image processing field.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Seizure onset detection in EEG signals based on entropy from generalized Gaussian PDF modeling and ensemble bagging classifer
    Arti_cial Neuroplasticity by Deep Learning Reconstruc-tion Signal to Reconnect Motion signal for Spinal Cord
    Improved Massive MIMO Cylindrical Adaptive Anten-na Array
    Multifractal Analysis With Lacunarity for Microcalci_cations Segmentation
    Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture: Analysis and Evaluation to Support the Interoperability of Tunisian Health
    Bayesian compressed sensing for IoT: application to EEG recording
    Patients Strati_cation in Imbalanced Datasets: A Roadmap
    Real-Time Driver Fatigue Monitoring with Dynamic Bayesian Network Model
    Epileptic seizure detection using a Convolutional Neural Network
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Lotfi Chaari.
    Summary: This collection, entitled Digital Health in Focus of Predictive, Preventive and Personalised Medicine contains the proceedings of the second International Conference on Digital Health Technologies (ICDHT 2019). Eighteen recent contributions are presented in the fields of Artificial Intelligence (AI), machine learning, Internet of Things (IoT), data analysis, optimization and health monitoring, all applied to digital health. This collection enables researchers to learn about recent advances in the above mentioned fields. It brings a technological viewpoint of PPP medicine and points out innovations and new applications. Readers will discover how advanced Information Technology (IT) tools can be used for healthcare. Most contributions are issue from collaborations between computer scientists and actors in the medical field. Participants from more than ten countries have contributed to enrich this content, either through original papers, keynote talks or discussions during the ICDHT 2019 conference. This work is edited by Prof. Lotfi Chaari, professor at the University of Toulouse. This work comes after more than ten years of expertise in the biomedical signal and image processing field. .

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    A new scalable and comprehensive real-time evaluation system of dependence
    An Ontology based Authentication Framework for Healthcare Monitoring
    DeepLCP: Towards a DeepLearning Approach To Prevent Lung Cancer
    A sleep monitoring method with EEG signals
    Numerical simulation of venous system blood flow for hepatic donor patient and portal hypertension's proposed measurement
    Medical decision-making: Incompressible Blood Flow Simulation for the coronary artery and bifurcation stenosis with CFD Module
    Accurate left ventricular segmentation towards 3D visualization
    A Smart Search Functionality for a Memory Prosthesis: A Semantic Similarity-Based Approach
    An Efficient Medical Image Retrieval based on Medical-Dependent Features
    Brain image processing using deep learning: an overview
    Discrete optimization model of free-fall-flow-rack based automated drug dispensing system
    Intuitive and intelligent solutions for elderly care
    Interactive Data Visualization for eHealth Retrieval System
    Accuracy Assessment of Cardiac Segmentation Tool Over Right Ventricle Short-axis Slices
    Big Data Analytics in Healthcare
    Towards an oversampling method to improve Hepatocellular carcinoma early prediction
    Towards a Chatbot based Smart Pervasive Healthcare (Medical Emergency Cases)
    A tool for multi-scale modeling of software architectures: Application to the smart home for telemonitoring elderly people at home.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Oleg S. Pianykh.
    Summary: Making a good diagnostic image is only the beginning; keeping it good and diagnostically sound is a much more difficult proposition, one that is often neglected or forgotten by clinical practitioners. With anything digital, the assumption of persistent original quality opens a Pandora's box of medical fiascos. Poorly selected image interpolation, thoughtlessly used compression, confused image enhancement options and the like can transform a good original into a useless clutter of pixels. This book is dedicated to learning better options.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    A Bit of History and Touch of Philosophy
    Image Interpolation
    Image Compression
    Image Enhancement
    Image Quality Online
    Image Display
    DICOM Calibration and GSDF
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Peter Hogg, Judith Kelly, Claire Mercer, editors.
    Summary: This up-to-date, evidence-based book covers the whole range of mammography and mammography-related techniques used in practice, and also the rapid and increasingly sophisticated evolution of mammographic clinical practice and technology.A wide range of topics, from the psychological and emotional support required from the practitioner to all aspects of screening and symptomatic mammographic imaging, are discussed. Digital Mammography: A Holistic Approach is aimed at radiographers, technicians, technologists, physicists, nurses and medical practitioners worldwide, and enables the reader to gain a better understanding of techniques, equipment and anatomy.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction and background
    1. Anatomy and physiology: Breast anatomy
    2. Breast Density and Influencing Factors
    3. Aetiology and epidemiology of breast cancer
    4. Other breast diseases
    5. Signs and symptoms of breast cancer with management pathways
    6. Disease progression ? local and distal spread (mechanisms)
    7. Mammography Screening: Philosophy evidence for and against
    8. Screening programs for breast cancer in Europe
    Part 2. Caring for Patients and Clients
    9. Sue's story: the big journey
    10. Psychological considerations in attending for mammography screening
    11. Emotional Intelligence
    12. Client-practitioner interactions within breast care services
    13. The use of Digital Health Technology and Social Media to support Breast Screening
    14. Pain in mammography
    15. Tissue viability and skin tearing in mammography
    Part 3. Equipment
    16. Mammography imaging equipment
    17. Equipment quality control
    18. Radiation dose in mammography
    19. Mammographic Density
    Part 4. Imaging Techniques
    20. Recording clinical and client information prior to imaging
    21. Practical mammography
    22. Mammography Compression: A Need for Mechanical Standardization
    23. Repetitive Strain Injury
    24. Supplementary Mammographic Projections
    25. Magnification and compression views
    26. Specimen Imaging
    27. Imaging the Augmented Breast
    28. Imaging Bariatric, Post Surgical and Limited Mobility Clients
    29. Male Mammography
    30. Digital Breast Tomosynthesis
    31. Reflection on the Oslo Tomosynthesis Screening Trial
    32. Purpose of Interventional Procedures
    33. Image Guided Interventional Techniques
    34. Contrast enhanced investigations
    Part 5. Service Quality Assurance
    35. Radiographic Service Quality.-36. Observer studies in Mammography.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Peter Hogg, Judith Kelly, Claire Mercer, editors.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition is a practically focused textbook focusing on how to successfully utilise mammography-related techniques. It covers a wide range of topics related to holistic mammographic imaging reflecting the emerging digital and artificial imaging technology. Furthermore, new chapters provide clear practical focused guidance on how to provide psychological and emotional support to both clients and colleagues, and the support of persons with dementia. Digital Mammography: A Holistic Approach is a concise textbook covering the latest techniques that can be applied in this field. Therefore, it is of significant interest to radiographers, technicians, technologists, physicists, and nurses seeking to improve their understanding of these techniques. Additional questions via app: Download the Springer Nature Flashcards app for free and use exclusive additional material to test your knowledge.

    Contents:
    Mammography Screening: Philosophy
    Screening Programmes for breast cancer
    Anatomy of the Breast
    Breast Density and Influencing Factors
    Aetiology and Epidemiology
    Benign Breast Change and Malignant Disease
    Signs and Symptoms of Breast Cancer and Management Pathways
    Disease Progression
    Interval Cancers
    Mammographic Density
    Caring for Patients and Staff
    Patient Story
    Phycological considerations in attending for mammography screening
    Patient and Staff Anxiety
    Transactional Analysis
    Client practitioner interaction within breast services
    Digital Health Technology
    Pain in Mammography
    Tissue Viability and Skin Tearing
    Equipment
    Mammography Equipment
    AI in Mammography
    Radiation Dose
    Image Appraisal and Quality Control
    Radiographic service quality
    Automated PGMI
    Imaging Techniques
    Recording Information
    Infection Control
    Repetitive strain injury
    Practical Mammography
    Mammography
    Compression
    Supplementary Projections
    Magnification and Compression Views
    Specimen Imaging
    Imaging the Augmented Breast
    Imaging the Male Breast
    Imaging Bariatric, post surgical and limited mobility clients
    Imaging Persons Living with Dementia
    Interventional Procedures
    Tomosythesis
    Contrast Enhanced Investigations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Arthur André, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Keith J. Kaplan, Luigi K.F. Rao, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. History and Perspective
    3. Digital Image Defined
    4. Global Perspective
    5. Design and Innovation
    6. Technology Advances
    7. Business Models
    8. Use Cases
    9. Education
    10. Research
    11. Workflow/LIS Interface
    12. Infrastructure/Automation
    13. Image Analysis
    14. Role in Medicine
    15. Teleconsultation
    16. Regulatory
    17. Standards
    18. Other Digital Modalities: Gross Imaging, IVM, Virtopsy
    19. Future
    20. Open.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harald Baumeister, Christian Montag, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a snapshot of cutting-edge applications of mobile sensing for digital phenotyping in the field of Psychoinformatics. The respective chapters, written by authoritative researchers, cover various aspects related to the use of these technologies in health, education, and cognitive science research. They share insights both into established applications of mobile sensing (such as predicting personality or mental and behavioral health on the basis of smartphone usage patterns) and emerging trends. Machine learning and deep learning approaches are discussed, and important considerations regarding privacy risks and ethical issues are assessed. In addition to essential background information on various technologies and theoretical methods, the book also presents relevant case studies and good scientific practices, thus addressing researchers and professionals alike. To cite Thomas R. Insel, who wrote the foreword to this book: "Patients will only use digital phenotyping if it solves a problem, perhaps a digital smoke alarm that can prevent a crisis. Providers will only use digital phenotyping if it fits seamlessly into their crowded workflow. If we can earn public trust, there is every reason to be excited about this new field. Suddenly, studying human behavior at scale, over months and years, is feasible."

    Contents:
    Mobile Sensing and Digital Phenotyping: Privacy and Ethics
    Mobile Sensing and Digital Phenotyping in Psycho-Social Sciences
    Mobile Sensing and Digital Phenotyping in Health Sciences.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Euclid Seeram.
    Summary: This second edition ... enriches the understanding of radiographers and radiologic technologists across the globe, and is designed to meet the needs of courses (units) on radiographic imaging equipment, procedures, production, and exposure. The book also serves as a supplement for courses that address digital imaging techniques, such as radiologic physics, radiographic equipment and quality control.

    Contents:
    Digital radiography: an overview
    Digital image processing concepts
    Computed radiography: physics and technology
    Flat-panel digital radiography
    The standardized exposure indicator
    Digital fluoroscopy
    Full-field digital mammography
    Digital tomosynthesis
    Picture archiving and communication systems
    Medical imaging informatics: an overview
    Continuous quality improvement for digital radiography
    Dose optimization in digital radiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Euclid Seeram.
    Summary: This book serves as a supplement to the book 'Digital Radiography: Physical Principles and Quality Control, 2nd Edition (ISBN 978-981-13-3243-2) published by Springer Nature in 2019. This book includes review questions of multiple choices, true/false and short answer formats based on the chapters of the already published book along with their answers. It includes questions that mimic the nature of the questions in certification examinations of professional radiologic technologist organizations, such as the American Association of Radiological Technologists (ASRT) and the Canadian Association of Medical Radiation Technologists (CAMRT) and other certification organizations in the United Kingdom and Australia. The book includes 10-15 review questions on each of the essential topics covering the scope of digital radiography (DR), such as definition of DR, limitations of film-screen radiography, digital image processing concepts, physics and technology of computed radiography (CR), flat-panel digital radiography (FPDR), image quality descriptors including artifacts for CR and FPDR, the standardized exposure indicator, the technical aspects of digital fluoroscopy, digital mammography, digital tomosynthesis, picture archiving and communication systems (PACS), imaging informatics, quality control for DR, and radiation dose optimization in DR. The book is relevant for diagnostic radiography students, diagnostic radiology residents (MDs), radiology practitioners and biomedical engineering technologists all over the world.

    Contents:
    Digital radiography: An overview
    Digital image processing concepts
    Computed radiography: Physics and technology
    Flat-panel digital radiography
    The standardized exposure indicator
    Digital fluoroscopy
    Digital mammography
    Digital tomosynthesis
    Picture archiving and communication systems
    Imaging informatics: A general overview
    Quality control for digital radiography
    Dose optimization in digital radiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Faleh Tamimi, Hiroshi Hirayama, editors.
    Summary: This book offers up-to-date, readily understandable guidance on the materials and equipment employed in digital restorative dentistry and on the specific clinical procedures that may be performed using the new technologies. The key components of digital restorative dentistry – image acquisition, prosthetic/restorative design, and fabrication – are fully addressed. Readers will find helpful information on scanners, the software for prosthetic design, and the materials and technologies for prosthesis fabrication, including laser sintering, 3D printing, CAD/CAM, and laser ablation. The section on clinical procedures explains all aspects of the use of digital technologies in the treatment of patients requiring removable partial dentures, complete dentures, fixed partial prostheses, crowns, endodontics, and implant surgery and prosthodontics. The field of restorative and prosthetic dentistry is undergoing rapid transition as these new technologies come to play an increasingly central role in everyday dental practice. In bridging the knowledge gap that this technological revolution has created in the field of dentistry, the book will satisfy the needs of both dentists and dental students.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    1: Introduction; References; Part I: Equipment;
    2: Digitalization in Restorative Dentistry; 2.1 Introduction to Digital Technology Concepts; 2.2 Digital Technologies in ICT; 2.3 Digital Dental Photography; 2.4 Digital Radiology; 2.5 Digital Spectrophotometers; 2.6 Extraoral Scanners; 2.6.1 Contact Extraoral Scanners; 2.6.2 Noncontact Extraoral Scanners; 2.7 Intraoral Digital Scanners; 2.7.1 Coating Scanners, Powder Scanners, or Monochromatic Scanners; 2.7.2 Non-coating Scanners, Powder-Free Scanners, and Chromatic Scanners 2.8 Digital Stereophotogrammetry Technology2.9 Jaw Motion Tracking; 2.10 Facial Scanning; 2.11 Cone Beam Computerized Tomography (CBCT); 2.11.1 Hardware; 2.11.2 Acquisition and Reconstruction; 2.12 Conclusions; References;
    3: Computer-Aided Design in Restorative Dentistry; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 2D Photography: Digital Smile Design; 3.3 3D Files; 3.4 3D Designs; 3.5 Virtual Tools in CAD Software; 3.6 CAD Software Currently Available; 3.6.1 Dental System (3Shape, Copenhagen, Denmark); 3.6.2 DWOS (Dental Wings, Montreal, Canada); 3.6.3 DentalCAD (Exocad, Germany) 3.6.4 inLab and CEREC (Dentsply-Sirona, Germany)3.7 Conclusions; References;
    4: Fabrication of Dental Restorations Using Digital Technologies: Techniques and Materials; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Subtractive Manufacturing; 4.2.1 Machining and Milling; 4.2.1.1 Overview of Machining and Milling; 4.2.1.2 Dental Applications of Machining and Milling; 4.2.1.3 Milling and Machining Production Process; Three-Axis Milling Machine; Four-Axis Milling Machine; Five-Axis Milling Machine; 4.2.1.4 Advantages of Milling and Machining; 4.2.1.5 Disadvantages of Machining and Milling 4.2.1.6 Potential and Future Direction of Machining and Milling4.2.1.7 Materials; 4.2.1.8 Equipment; 4.2.2 Chairside Solutions; 4.2.2.1 Overview of Chairside Solutions; 4.2.2.2 Dental Application of Chairside Solutions; 4.2.2.3 Advantages of Chairside Solutions; 4.2.2.4 Disadvantages of Chairside Solutions; 4.2.2.5 Potential and Future Direction of Chairside Solutions; 4.2.2.6 Materials; Predominantly Glass Ceramics; Leucite-Reinforced Ceramics; Lithium Disilicate; Zirconium Oxide and Lithium Silicate; Composite Resin and Polymers; 4.2.2.7 Equipment; CEREC System; Planmeca System 4.2.3 Laser Ablation4.2.3.1 Overview of the Laser Ablation; 4.2.3.2 Laser Ablation Process; 4.2.3.3 Advantages of Laser Ablation; High Precision and Quality; Cost-Effectiveness; High Productivity; 4.2.4 Potential and Future Direction of the Laser Ablation; 4.3 Additive Manufacturing; 4.3.1 3D Printing; 4.3.1.1 Overview of the 3D Printing; 4.3.1.2 Dental Applications of 3D Printing; 4.3.1.3 3D Printing Production Process; 4.3.1.4 Types of 3D Printing Technology; Stereolithography (SLA); Polyjet or Multijet; Inkjet Printing; Powder Bed Fusion (PBF); Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sam Atallah, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a trove of insightful perspectives on the current state and the realization of digital surgery. Digital surgery entails the application of artificial intelligence and machine learning toward automation in robotic-assisted surgery. More generally, the objective is to digitally define the patient, the surgical field, and the surgical problem or task at hand; to operate based on information, rather than based on anatomic planes alone. But digital surgery has shapeshifted into other, equally intriguing faces - many of which are exemplified by topics throughout this book. Digital surgery is fundamental to 3D-printed organs, mind-controlled limbs, image-guided navigation, and tele-mentoring. It is the key that unlocks the metaphorical doorway to surgical access, thereby creating a global framework for surgical training, education, planning, and much more. This text provides methods of measurement and perception outside of the human umwelt - including the ability to visualize fields beyond the visible light spectrum, via near infrared fluorescent organic dyes which are rapidly being bioengineered to target specific tumors, as well as native anatomic structures of interest. Written by experts in the field, Digital Surgery is designed to help surgeons operate with an enriched understanding of an individuals specific attributes: including the human phenome, physiome, microbiome, genome, and epigenome. It also aids surgeons in harnessing the power and fluidity of the cloud, which is emerging as a significant resource for surgeons both regionally and globally.

    Contents:
    The Cognitive Revolution
    The Vision of Digital Surgery
    Artificial Intelligence for Next Generation Medical Robotics
    Cloud Computing for Robotics and Surgery
    Quantum Theory and Computing for Surgeons
    5G Networks, Haptic Codecs, and the Operating Theater
    Haptics and Vision Systems for Surgical Robots
    Digital and Printed 3D Models for Surgical Planning
    Realistic Organ Models for Simulation and Training
    The Challenge of Augmented Reality in Surgery
    Navigation and Image-Guided Surgery
    Operating in the Near Infrared Spectrum
    Fluorescence Guided Resections: A Binary Approach to Surgery
    A Virtual Reality for the Digital Surgeon
    Robotic Automation for Surgery
    3D Bioprinting
    Augmented Reality for Interventional Procedures
    The Visible Patient: Augmented Reality in the Operating Theater
    Augmented Cognition in the Operating Room
    Cooperative and Miniature Robotics: Potential Applications in Surgery
    Human-Machine Integration and the Evolution of Neuroprostheses
    Non-Linear Robotics in Surgery
    Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning: Implications for Surgery
    AI and Endoscopy: Future Perspectives
    Explainable AI for the Operating Theater
    A Digital Doorway to Global Surgery
    Telementoring for Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Digital Medical School: New Paradigms for Tomorrow's Surgical Education
    3D Simulation and Modeling for Surgeon Education and Patient Engagement
    Next Generation Surgical Robots
    Artificial Intelligence and Computer Vision
    The Future of Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Priyanka Jain, Mansi Gupta, editors.
    Summary: This book provides evidence-based guidance on the clinical applications of digital dentistry, that is, the use of dental technologies or devices that incorporate digital or computer-controlled components for the performance of dental procedures. Readers will find practically oriented information on the digital procedures currently in use in various fields of dental practice, including, for example, diagnosis and treatment planning, oral radiography, endodontics, orthodontics, implant dentistry, and esthetic dentistry. The aim is to equip practitioners with the knowledge required in order to enhance their daily practice. To this end, a problem-solving approach is adopted, with emphasis on key concepts and presentation of details in a sequential and easy to follow manner. Clear recommendations are set out, and helpful tips and tricks are highlighted. The book is written in a very readable style and is richly illustrated. Whenever appropriate, information is presented in tabular form to provide a ready overview of answers to frequent doubts and questions.

    Contents:
    Artificial intelligence and big data in dentistry
    Digital Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
    Digital Oral Radiography
    Digitalization in Endodontics
    Digitization and Dental Lasers
    Digital Impressions
    Digital Orthodontics
    Digital Occlusal Analysis and Force Finishing
    Digitization in Management of TEmporomandibular Disorders
    Digitization in Operative Dentistry
    Digitization Periodontics
    Dental Implants and Digitization
    Digital Smile Design
    Virtual Reality in Dentistry.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Sinagra, Marco Merlo, Bruno Pinamonti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Daniel K. Mullady.
    Summary: This clinical casebook provides a comprehensive yet concise state-of-the-art review of endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP). Presented in a case-based format, each case focuses on a clinical dilemma commonly encountered when performing ERCP. Case scenarios include difficult biliary cannulation, post-ERCP pancreatitis, ERCP in recurrent acute pancreatitis, ERCP during pregnancy, and ERCP in pediatric patients. The book also features online videos demonstrating the use of ERCP in various situations. Written by experts in the field, Dilemmas in ERCP: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists and interventional endoscopists in achieving successful outcomes when performing ERCP.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Massimo Biondi, Massimo Pasquini, Angelo Picardi.
    Summary: This book presents an innovative approach to clinical assessment in psychiatry based on a number of psychopathological dimensions with a presumed underlying pathophysiology, that are related to fundamental phenomenological aspects and lie on a continuum from normality to pathology. It is described how the evaluation of these dimensions with a specific, validated rapid assessment instrument could easily integrate and enrich the classical diagnostic DSM-5 or ICD-10 assessment. The supplemental use of this dimensional approach can better capture the complexity underlying current categories of mental illness. The findings from a large patient sample suggest how this assessment could give a first glance at how variable and multifaceted the psychopathological components within a single diagnostic category can be, and thereby optimise diagnosis and treatment choices. Being short and easy to complete, this dimensional assessment can be done in a busy clinical setting, during an ordinary psychiatric visit, and in an acute clinical context, with limited effort by a minimally trained clinician. Therefore, it provides interesting and useful information without additional costs, and allows research work to be performed even in difficult settings.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    The Rapid Dimensional Assessment Scale (RADAS): development and applications in research
    Dimensional assessment with RADAS in clinical practice
    The Fear/Apprehension and Somatization/Somatic Preoccupation dimensions (psychic and somatic anxiety dimensions)
    The Reality Distortion and Thought Disorganization dimensions
    Violence and compulsory treatment in the psychiatric setting
    The Sadness, Demoralization and Apathy dimensions
    The "outer dimensions" Activation, Impulsivity, Anger/Aggressiveness
    The Obsessive-compulsive dimension
    Psychopathological dimensions and the clinician's subjective experience: a quantitative analysis
    The temporality dimension.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld and Carol Molinari, editors.
    Summary: "Long-term care is experiencing significant growth and continual change. Older adults and people with disabilities make up a larger segment of society than ever before, and with this shift in demographics comes an increased demand for long-term services and supports"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Dimensions of Long-Term Care / Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD, Jennifer Inker, PhD, LALFA, and Jennifer Pryor, MS, LALFA
    Long-Term Care After the Affordable Care Act / Mary W. Carter, PhD, Patricia M. Alt, PhD, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    Transitions of Care / Robert Kulesher, PhD, FACHE, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    Residential Settings for Long-Term Care Services / Jennifer Inker, PhD, LALFA, and Jennifer Pryor, MS, LALFA, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    Home, Community-Based, and Technology Services in Long-Term Care / Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    Hospice, Palliative Care, and End-of-Life Care Services / Christina M. Daley, PhD, and Brian Feld, MSW
    Population Health, Wellness, and Chronic Health Conditions / Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD, and Laurencia Hutton-Rogers, DrPH
    Diversity and the Delivery of Long-Term Care Services / Carol Molinari, PhD, and Emiko Takagi, PhD
    International Long-Term Care / Emiko Takagi, PhD, and Carol Molinari, PhD
    Leadership and Management in Long-Term Care / Sandi Lane, PhD, LNHA, FACHE, and Jennifer Johs-Artisensi, PhD
    Long-Term Care Operations / Patrick Nicovich, MPA, LNHA, Christopher Johnson, PhD, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    The Long-Term Care Workforce / Carol Molinari, PhD, Teta Barry, PhD, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    Legal and Ethical Issues in Long-Term Care / Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD, and Philip DuBois, MS, LNHA, FACHCA
    Regulation of Long-Term Care / Sharon Eyster, MS, LBSW, CNHA, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    Financing Long-Term Care Services / Patrick Nicovich, MPA, LNHA, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD
    Risk Management, Quality, and Safety in Long-Term Care / Cyrus Y. Engineer, DrPH, and Mary Helen McSweeney-Feld, PhD.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    Sheila Cunningham, editor.
    Summary: The book presents five significant areas of learning within professional programmes of preparation most applicable to student nurses and midwives in their pre-registration education but also with relevance to other learners on healthcare related disciplines. This volume has emerged from several sources: the editor's role as a Director for Learning and Teaching in Adult, Child Nursing and Midwifery and also from an EU funded project looking at quality benchmarks and assuring clinical learning environments (HEALINT). The Francis Report (Francis 2013) and the Shape of Caring Report (Willis 2015) highlighted challenges related to practice learning and mark a renewed focus in its overall significance (Morley et al 2017). In addition to discussions regarding models of support in practice, there is also a clear emphasis on the need for nurses to have the knowledge and skills to undertake more flexible roles and an increasing requirement for nurses to have higher order knowledge and skills at the point of registration, according to the UK Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC 2017). The book will meet these new educational needs especillay for educators working in Nurse and midwife colleges. The new standards of proficiency for pre-registration nursing were published in 2018, with all higher education institutions (HEIs) approved to deliver the programme from September 2019. This creates a demand for a publication which explores the potential impact of a new education approach and issues with preparation (teaching and learning) for nurses and the breadth and dimensions of teaching and learning. NMC proposed roles of Practice Supervisor, Practice Assessor and Academic Assessor will not have a prescribed preparation programme and universities and practice partners will be seeking guidance and direction in developing local programmes of preparation.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Pedagogy for nursing: challenging traditional theories
    Chapter 2. Learning in partnership
    Chapter 3. Clinical learning environments
    Chapter 4. Supervising, supporting learning and coaching
    Chapter 5. Inclusive learning
    Chapter 6. Innovative approaches to nurse teaching and learning.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Orhan Bukulmez, editor.
    Summary: This book brings together the most current research and the latest clinical approaches to the management of diminished ovarian reserve (DOR), one of the largest segments of the IVF patient population, both in the advanced reproductive age group as well as poor responders. Opening with a review of the definition and scope of the problem, as well as the current understanding of the natural history of DOR, subsequent chapters in part I outline dietary, hormonal, traditional supplements and conventional methods used to stimulate ovaries and improve ART outcomes. The main segment of chapters, comprising part II, present minimal and mild stimulation protocols and alternatives, frozen embryo transfer preparation, trigger agents and post-trigger testing, embryo culture and endometrial considerations, and a review of clinical outcomes. Part III discusses the utilization of contemporary technologies in the treatment of DOR, including fresh vs. frozen embryo transfer, cryopreservation and comprehensive chromosomal analysis. Future prospects are presented in part IV, such as the artificial oocyte and ovary development, early-age oocyte freezing, ovarian cortical tissue freezing and activation of the ovarian cortex. Utilizing the latest evidence and authored by an international array of thought leaders, Diminished Ovarian Reserve and Assisted Reproductive Technologies is an excellent resource for reproductive medicine and REI specialists, IVF lab professionals, and students and residents in these areas.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword I; Foreword II; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: The Paradigm of Diminished Ovarian Reserve, Conventional & Adjuvant Treatment Approaches for Assisted Reproductive Technologies;
    Chapter 1: Introduction: The Scope of the Problem with Diminished Ovarian Reserve; 1.1 Definitions: Fertility, Fecundability, and Fecundity; 1.2 Female Age; 1.3 Paradigm of Diminished Ovarian Reserve as a Clinical Reflection of Poor Ovarian Response in Assisted Reproductive Technology; 1.3.1 Poor Ovarian Response per European Society of Human Reproduction and Embryology 1.3.2 Poor Ovarian Response Criteria per Prognostic Factors; 1.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Ovarian and Hypothalamic Aging; 2.1 Female Reproductive Aging; 2.2 Female Reproductive Aging and the Ovary; 2.2.1 Markers of Ovarian Aging; 2.2.2 Mechanisms of Ovarian Aging; 2.2.2.1 Genetic and Epigenetic Factors; 2.2.2.2 Role of Mitochondria and Mitochondrial Dysfunction; 2.2.2.3 Oxidative Stress; 2.2.2.4 Stem Cells; 2.2.2.5 Telomeres; 2.2.2.6 Metabolic Factors; 2.2.2.7 Environmental Influence; 2.2.2.8 Other Mechanisms That Affect Ovarian Aging 2.2.3 Animal Models for Accelerated Folliculogenesis in Ovarian Aging 2.3 Female Reproductive Aging and the Hypothalamic-Pituitary Axis; 2.3.1 Neuroendocrine Changes; 2.3.1.1 Rodents; 2.3.1.2 Primates and Humans; 2.3.2 Anatomic and Histologic Changes in the Hypothalamic/Pituitary Axis; 2.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Natural History of Diminished Ovarian Reserve; 3.1 Oocyte Endowment Models: Fixed Versus Stem Cell Model; 3.2 Decline in Ovarian Reserve Over Time; 3.2.1 Estimating the Age of Natural Menopause with Histological Assessment of the Ovary 3.2.2 Estimating the Age of Menopause with Anti-Mullerian Hormone; 3.2.3 Past and Current Models for Ovarian Aging; 3.2.4 Stages of Reproductive Aging Workshop (STRAW) and the Ovarian Aging Model; 3.2.5 The Latest Ovarian Aging Model for NGF Loss; 3.2.6 Experience from Ovarian Autotransplantation; 3.3 Decline in Oocyte Quality; 3.4 Fertility Decline as Reflection of General Aging; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Definitions and Relevance: Diminished Ovarian Reserve, Poor Ovarian Response, Advanced Reproductive Age, and Premature Ovarian Insufficiency; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Different Definition of Diminished Ovarian Reserve; 4.3 Advanced Reproductive Age, Poor Ovarian Response, and Gonadotropin Dose; 4.4 Premature Ovarian Insufficiency; 4.5 Majority of the Poor Ovarian Response Is Due to Diminished Ovarian Reserve Albeit Ovarian Reserve Assessment in General Population May Not Predict Fertility; 4.6 Closing Remarks and Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Food Supplements and Hormonal Products to Improve Assisted Reproductive Technology Outcomes in Patients with Diminished Ovarian Reserve; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Hormonal Supplementation in Women with POR ; 5.2.1 Growth Hormone
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Avia Rosenhouse-Dantsker, Anna N. Bukiya, editors.
    Summary: In this book, renowned scientists describe how cholesterol interacts with various proteins. Recent progress made in the high-resolution visualization of cholesterol-protein interactions using crystallography and cryogenic electron microscopy has substantially advanced the knowledge of critical features. These features enable specific recognition of the cholesterol molecule by proteins, a process that was built on earlier studies using binding assays, computational modeling and site-directed mutagenesis. Direct Mechanisms in Cholesterol Modulation of Protein Function offers comprehensive insights into the current understanding of cholesterol-driven modulation of protein function via direct sensing. Its nine chapters are organized into two distinct parts. In the first part, the chapters introduce the reader to the general characteristics of cholesterol binding sites in proteins. This part starts with a tour into common cholesterol recognition motifs, followed by an overview of the major classes of steroid-binding proteins. It then continues with two chapters that present a comprehensive analysis of molecular and structural characteristics of cholesterol binding sites in transmembrane and soluble protein domains. In the second part of the book, examples of cholesterol binding sites and consequences of specific cholesterol recognition for protein function are presented for G protein-coupled receptors, ion channels and cholesterol-transporting proteins. The book is valuable for undergraduate and graduate students in biochemistry and nutrition, as well as basic science and medical researchers with a keen interest in the biophysical properties of cholesterol and physiological consequences of cholesterol presence in biological systems.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Direct binding of cholesterol to proteins
    Cholesterol-recognition motifs in membrane proteins
    Molecular determinants of cholesterol binding to proteins: overview of crystallographic studies
    Crystallographic studies of steroid-protein interactions
    Insights into cholesterol binding sites in proteins from computational studies
    Cholesterol binding to NPC1/NPC2
    I Biophysical elements of the interaction between cholesterol and the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
    Modulation of TRPV1 channels by cholesterol
    Cholesterol binding sites in inwardly rectifying potassium channels.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Riccardo Proietti, Ahmed AlTurki, Nicola Ferri, Vincenzo Russo, T. Jared Bunch, editors.
    Summary: This book concisely covers the latest developments in the application of direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) within cardiovascular medicine. It details the pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetic mechanisms of DOACs and their application in treating patients with conditions ranging from coronary heart disease through kidney disease and cancer, including their perioperative management. Direct Oral Anticoagulants: From Pharmacology to Clinical Practice systematically describes the underlying mechanisms associated with DOACs and their use to treat a range of conditions and is an indispensable resource for all trainee and practicing physicians in a range of disciplines seeking a concise up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    The Coagulative cascade
    Clinical Indications for Direct Acting Oral Anticoagulants
    Pharmacokinetic and pharmaco-dynamic of DOACDrug-drug interaction with DO-ACsDirect Oral Anticoagulant Reversal for Management of Bleeding and Emergent Surgery
    Risk stratification for and use of DOAC therapies for stroke prevention in patient with atrial fibrillationUse of DOAC in patients with kidney disease
    Anticoagulation In Elderly Patients With Atrial FibrallationThe obesity Paradox And The Use Of NOAC
    Direct Oral Anticoagulation In Cancer Patients
    DOACs and Dementia in Patients with Atrial Fibrillation
    Non-Vitamin K Antagonists and Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
    Direct Oral Anticoagulants and Atrial Fibrillation Ablation
    DOAC therapy in patients post left atrial appendage occlusion or isolation
    Use of Direct Oral Anticoagulants after Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Use of Direct Oral Anticoagulants after Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Direct oral anticoagulants and Left Ventricular Thrombosis: the evidence for a good therapeutic approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, John Smythies, Robert French.
    Summary: Direct versus Indirect Realism: A Neurophilosophical Debate on Consciousness brings together leading neuroscientists and philosophers to explain and defend their theories on consciousness. The book offers a one-of-a-kind look at the radically opposing theories concerning the nature of the objects of immediate perception-whether these are distal physical objects or phenomenal experiences in the conscious mind. Each side-neuroscientists and philosophers-offers accessible, comprehensive explanations of their points-of-view, with each side also providing a response to the other that offers a unique approach on opposing positions. It is the only book available that combines thorough discussion of the arguments behind both direct and indirect realism in a single resource, and is required reading for neuroscientists, neurophilosophers, cognitive scientists and anyone interested in conscious perception and the mind-brain connection.

    Contents:
    Part One: Papers Defending Indirect Realism
    The Metaphysical Foundations of Contemporary Neuroscience: A House Built on Sand
    A Defense of Representational Realism
    Is Direct Realism Falsifiable?
    Against the Combination of Materialism and Direct Realism
    The Epistemology of Visual Experience
    Part Two: Papers Defending Direct Realism
    The Virtues of Direct Realism
    Direct Realism, Disjunctivism, and Screening Off
    Perceptual Realism's Fundamental Forms
    A Dilemma for Epistemological Disjunctivism
    Seeing Things: Defending Direct Perception
    Part Three: The Debate
    Critiques of Papers by Indirect Realists by Direct Realists
    Critiques of Papers by Direct Realists by Indirect Realists
    Rebuttals by Indirect Realists
    Rebuttals by Direct Realists
    Postscript.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth M.J. Gillam, School of Chemistry and Molecular Bioscience, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, QLD, Australia, Janine N. Copp, Michael Smith Laboratories, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada, David F. Ackerley, School of Biological Sciences, Victoria University of Wellington, Wellington, New Zealand.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RT25 .U58
    1
  • Print
    Assembly of Life Sciences, National Research Council.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Q11 .N281
    3
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC279.N58 D4
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1979-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA407.3 .N714
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC261.A1 A53
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RM862.5 .I482 1970
    1
  • Digital
    Rhoda Olkin.
    Contents:
    1. Rationale for Disability-Affirmative Therapy and Definitions; 2. What Do We Know about Outpatient Psychotherapy with Persons with Disabilities?; 3. A Case Example: "Sam"; 4. D-AT I: Current Disability Status-Disability Sequelae and Their Management; 5. D-AT II: Developmental History-Disability, Medical, Educational, and Advocacy; 6. D-AT III: Models of Disability; 7. D-AT IV: Context and Intersectionality-Interplay of Disability and Other Demographic Variables; 8. D-AT V: Disability Culture and Community
    9. D-AT VI: Microaggressions-Experiences and Effects10. D-AT VII: Friendships and Social Interactions; 11. D-AT VIII: Affective Prescriptions and Prohibitions Imposed on People with Disabilities; 12. D-AT IX: Families and Intimate Relationships; 13. Disability-Affirmative Therapy Applied to the Case of "Sam"; Appendix: Other Works by R. Olkin; References; About the Author; Index.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Leslie Neal-Boylan, Lisa M. Meeks, editors.
    Summary: Administrators in medical, nursing and health science programs are witnessing a substantial increase in the number of students with disabilities entering their programs. Concurrently, the benefits of diversity in healthcare are becoming increasingly apparent and important. A commitment to disability inclusion for qualified students should be a high-level goal of nursing, medical, and other health science programs. To support this goal, leaders in these areas must develop robust programs and an understanding of the needs of qualified students with disabilities in the health sciences and accompanying best practices for inclusion. This book of case studies is the perfect companion to Meeks' and Neal-Boylan's recently-published book Disability as Diversity. It contains ten cases related to medicine and nursing but with significant relevance to other health professions. Each case is preceded by an introduction with instructions on how to use it. The cases are followed by discussion questions and perspectives from the student, faculty and disability resource professional viewpoints. The cases are then deconstructed with reference to the book Disability as Diversity, relevant citations from the literature and case law. Developed by some of the most notable researchers and clinicians in the field this case book serves as truly invaluable resource for deans, program directors, faculty and student affairs personnel. Offices can use these cases as a platform for critical discussion and training about disability processes, policies and decision-making regarding accommodations and inclusion.

    Contents:
    Front matter
    Part 1
    1. Chapter 1: The student with a learning disability- Clarissa Connors: A medical student with undiagnosed ADHD and a learning disability
    2. Chapter 2: The student with a physical disability-Tammy Thomas: A clinical year medical student with quadriplegia
    3. Chapter 3: The student with a sensory disability- Conrad Barker: Rising 3 rd year medical student with hearing loss
    4. Chapter 4: The student with a psychological disability- Rhonda Rapp: A fourth year medical student with depression and PTSD
    5. Chapter 5: The student with a chronic health condition- Hillary Hampton: A second year medical student with Crohn's disease
    6. Chapter 6: The student with cancer- Marc Fernandez: A fourth year medical student with cancer
    Part 2
    7. Chapter 7: Mee Sook Smith: A Nursing Student with a Learning Disability in an associate degree program - Case
    8. Chapter 8: Maxwell Mason: A nursing student with a learning disability in a baccalaureate degree program - case 2
    9. Chapter 9: The student with a physical disability- Sam Stone: A nursing student without a forearm
    10. Chapter 10: The student with a sensory disability- Anna Howard: The nursing student with deafness
    11. Chapter 11: The student with a psychological disability- the Nursing student with suicidal ideation
    12. Chapter 12: the student with a chronic health condition- Susan Nacht: A Nursing Student with Narcolepsy
    Part 3
    13. Chapter 13: The student using medical marijuana
    14. Chapter 14: The student who brings an animal to class
    15. Chapter 15: The student who fails the medical board exam
    16. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lisa M. Meeks, Leslie Neal-Boylan, editors.
    Summary: Administrators and faculty in medical, nursing and health science programs are witnessing a substantial increase in the number of students with disabilities entering their programs. Concurrently, the benefits of diversity in healthcare are becoming increasingly apparent and important. Provider-patient concordance is a known mechanism for reducing health care disparities. By developing a workforce that mirrors the patient population, we can appropriately inform disability care, reducing health care disparities while embracing the tenets of the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA), namely equal opportunity, full participation, independent living, and economic self-sufficiency for qualified individuals with disabilities. One in five individuals will experience disability at some point in their lives, making this the largest minority in the US. A commitment to disability inclusion for qualified students should be a high-level goal of nursing, medical, and other health science programs. To support this goal, leaders in these areas must develop robust programs and an understanding of the best practices for inclusion. This first-of-its-kind title is designed to help deans, program directors, faculty, student affairs personnel and disability resource professionals thoughtfully plan for the growing population of health-care professionals with disabilities. The content helps stakeholders contextualize disability inclusion in health-care education as a function of social justice and a mechanism of reducing health care disparities for patients. It offers pragmatic advice, grounded in research, best practice, and case law to address the highly nuanced approach to determining and implementing accommodations in a high-stakes clinical environment. Disability as Diversity connects the moving parts necessary to ensure equal access for qualified students and provides a blueprint for crafting policy, proactive messaging, improving climate, adhering to accreditation standards, addressi ng licensing and board exams, responding to student failure, all while remaining compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), and applicable Federal regulations. This text provides educators with the perspectives and skills they need to bring disability inclusion to the forefront of health education.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Frameworks for Inclusion
    Chapter 2: Healthcare Disparities for Individuals with Disability
    Chapter 3: Intersectional Identities
    Chapter 4: Creating a program within a culture of inclusion
    Chapter 5: Wellness and disability
    Chapter 6: Realizing Academic Success within the Health Science Learning Environment
    Chapter 7: Increasing Accessibility Through Inclusive Instruction and Design
    Chapter 8: Health Professionals and the Law
    Chapter 9: Technical Standards
    Chapter 10: Clinical Accommodations and Simulation
    Chapter 11: When Students Fail: Remediation and Dismissal in Nursing and Medicine
    Chapter 12: Physician Licensing, Career and Practice
    Chapter 13: Licensing, Career and Practice in Nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Erin E. Andrews, PsyD, ABPP.
    Summary: "Disability as Diversity: Developing Cultural Competence is a comprehensive for professionals in clinical, scholarly, and research work around disability develop the knowledge, understanding, and skill to effectively and sensitively relate to disabled individuals and communities. This contemporary volume blends interdisciplinary discourse in disability in psychology, medicine, and disability studies toward advanced cultural competence with this diverse population. This volume underscores why health care providers must understand disability as a diverse cultural experience rather than an individual medical condition. This book provides information about how clinicians can build culturally competent relationships with disabled people, the largest minority group in the United States. Approximately 49.7 million people in the U.S. live with some type of chronic health condition or disability and are increasingly relevant as the U.S. population ages and a generation of military servicemembers return from war. The book helps health care professionals communicate respectfully to patients with disabilities and become responsive to the cultural needs of these diverse individuals and communities. This book illuminates ways that disability rights and social justice movements improve the lives of disabled people, not through medical advances, but through elimination of environmental and social barriers and through development of a collective disability identity. Practical strategies for enhancing cultural competence, and effectively offering assessment and intervention to disabled people are included. In addition to informing professional audiences in psychology, disability studies, rehabilitation, and allied fields, the book can help disabled laypersons, families, caregivers, policy makers, and students understand the importance of cultural competence for disability"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    History
    Models of disability
    Attitudes and ableism
    Disability culture
    Disability language
    Disability identity development
    Cultural competence
    Providing culturally competent testing and assessment
    Providing culturally competent intervention
    Conducting culturally competent disability research.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Joel Michael Reynold, Christine Wieseler.
    Summary: The Disability Bioethics Reader is the first introduction to the field of bioethics presented through the lens of critical disability studies and the philosophy of disability. Introductory and advanced textbooks in bioethics focus almost entirely on issues that disproportionately affect disabled people and that centrally deal with becoming or being disabled. However, such textbooks typically omit critical philosophical reflection on disability. Directly addressing this omission, this volume includes36 chapters, most appearing here for the first time, that cover key areas pertaining to disability bioethics, such as: state-of-the-field analyses of modern medicine, bioethics, and disability theory health, disease, and the philosophy of medicine issues at the edge- and end-of-life, including physician-aid-in-dying, brain death, and minimally conscious states enhancement and biomedical technology invisible disabilities, chronic pain, and chronic illness implicit bias and epistemic injustice in health care disability, quality of life, and well-being race, disability, and healthcare justice connections between disability theory and aging, trans, and fat studies prenatal testing, abortion, and reproductive justice. The Disability Bioethics Reader, unlike traditional bioethics textbooks, also engages with decades of empirical and theoretical scholarship in disability studies--scholarship that spans the social sciences and humanities--and gives serious consideration to the history of disability activism.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] William T. Creasman, David G. Mutch, Robert S. Mannel, Krishnansu Sujata Tewari.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Nancy Rushford, PhD, MSc OT Reg (Ont), MA (Counseling Psychology), Director of Programs & Implementation, Alzheimer Society of Ontario, Canada, Kerry Thomas, BSc (OT), Grad Dip (Health Management), interPART, Australia ; forewords by Valerie Scherrer, MA, OT, Director, Emergency Response Unit, CBM, Co-ordinator, Conflict and Emergency Task Group of the International Disability and Development Consortium, Germany, Marilyn Pattinson, B App Sc (OT), MBA, FWFOT, President, World Federation of Occupational Therapist (WFOT), Managing Principal, MPOT Pty Ltd, Australia.
    Summary: "Disaster and Development is a ground breaking book that crosses cultures and contexts to provide a foundation for critical reflection on the role of occupation in disaster and development. Drawing upon the experiences of survivors, and of practitioners, personnel from local and international organizations, researchers and academics, an occupational perspective is illuminated with implications for policy, practice and education." "Case studies based on field experiences, include: responses to droughts, earthquakes, wildfires, and more:; survivor stories of trauma and healing; landmine action and advocacy (from local to global); accessibility and CBR in disaster recovery; empowerment approaches with vulnerable groups -- Practical considerations in promoting policy, practice and education -- Covers current/emerging disaster risks and local-global reduction strategies, including climate change -- Highlights processes, pitfalls and tips when entering the field -- Global perspective with contributions from Australia, USA, Canada, Bangladesh, Argentina, UK, Hong Kong... " - publisher's summary.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: pt. I Disaster and Development
    1.Disaster And Development: A Call To Action / Kerry Thomas
    2.Disaster, Development And Occupational Therapy: Historical Perspectives And Possibilities / Kerry Thomas
    3.Disaster Risk, Vulnerability And Resilience: An Emergent Socio-Ecological Perspective / Kerry Thomas
    4.Disaster, Daily Life And Meaning / Susann Baez Ullberg
    5.LOST IN THE MIX: A CASE FOR INCLUSIVE AND PARTICIPATORY APPROACHES TO DISASTER AND DEVELOPMENT / Nancy Rushford
    pt. II Case Series
    Stories from Experience
    Emergency Response And Early Recovery
    6.Listening To The Voices Of Survivors: The Floods Of 2003 In Santa Fe, Argentina / Maria Del Carmen Heit
    7.Reflections On Haiti / Ruth Duggan
    8.Living With The Bones / Rachel Thibeault
    9.Cyclone Yasi: The Experience Of Queenslanders Without A Home / Yvonne Thomas
    10.After Katrina: Stephanie's Four-Year Struggle For Survival / Emily F. Piven Note continued: 11.Wildfires: Responding To Psychological And Emotional Needs Of The Community / Zoe Edmonds
    Recovery
    12.Terrorism: A Survivor's Story / Sue Hanisch
    13.Seeking Asylum In The Uk / Nick Pollard
    14.Solomon's Story / Solomon Patray
    15.The Dadaab Refugee Camps And The Voices Of People With A Disability / Brian Matthews
    16.Disabled People's Organizations (Dpos) In Disaster: Learning From Their Experience / Broja Gopal Saha
    17.Accessibility Outcomes In Disaster Recovery
    A Critical Concern, A Minimum Requirement Or An Afterthought? / Catherine Bridge
    Development
    18.Community-Based Rehabilitation In Colombia's Armed Conflict / Solangel Garcia-Ruiz
    19.Landmine Action And Advocacy: From Local To Global / Rebecca Jordan
    20.`United, We Live': Empowering Older People Through Disaster Response And Recovery / Kerry Thomas
    21.Drought: Slow-Onset Disaster And Its Burden Upon Families / Jenny Biven Note continued: 22.Supporting Community Recovery Through Indigenous Engagement And The Natural Environment / Chantal Roder
    23.Climate Change And Children: The Need For Innovative Responses / Kerry Thomas
    Entering The Field
    24.Medical Assistance Teams: Reflections On Emergency Response Experience / Nathan Kelly
    25.Drink A Dozen Cups Of Tea: Lessons About Listening And Learning / Adele Perry
    26.Changing Fields Of Practice: Training In The Frontier Province, Pakistan / Miriam Kolker
    27.Mobilizing A Therapeutic Response In A Disaster Zone, Chile 2010 / Cecilia Farias Basadre
    28.Reflections From Experience Across The Asia-Pacific Region / Kerry Thomas
    29.Mobilizing Occupational Therapy Through Policy, Planning And Education / Marilyn Pattison
    pt. III An Occupational Perspective on Disaster and Development
    30.An Occupational Perspective On Disaster And Development And A Conceptual Framework / Kerry Thomas Note continued: 31.Occupational Stewardship And Collaborative Engagement: A Practice Model / Nancy Rushford
    32.Disaster And Development: Practical Considerations In Promoting An Occupational Perspective / Nancy Rushford
    33.Conclusion.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2015
  • Digital
    Henri F. Julien, editor.
    Summary: A very handy practical book written by French doctors specialised in disaster medicine, this guide offers their core experience condensed in 50 small, easily digestible chapters. Each chapter is designed to enable the reader to "know", "understand", and learn what to "do" in the concerned situation, ensuring the crucial information is easily on hand and available. Facing disasters, whether natural or man-made, technological or social, what are the risks and the consequences of such hazards on victims? What kind of care to provide? How to get organised, to have the appropriate resources, and to protect oneself as a responder? The French emergency and healthcare preparedness has followed a unique path. The responding medical doctors have followed in the footsteps of Dominique Larrey, a military surgeon and the father of emergency medicine. For him, the on-scene presence of doctors is paramount to organise the entire healthcare and emergency response, an innovative method that has proven its efficacy. This book is intended for all healthcare and emergency staff, doctors, paramedics or first aiders in ambulances or in emergency services who might come to deal with a massive influx of injured, poisoned, or traumatised victims. The management of multiple concomitant emergencies requires specific know-how and skills. May this guide contribute to the dissemination of a validated French know-how and thus to save lives and alleviate suffering.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Disaster Medicine
    Disaster, Uncommon Health Crises, and Disaster Medicine
    Ethics, Deontology in Disasters
    Medico-Legal Issues
    Doctors and Media in Disasters
    Part II Organising Healthcare and Emergency Actions
    ORSEC-NOVI Plan
    Hospital Disaster Management Plan: Uncommon Health Crises (UHC)
    Emergency Chain in Disaster Medicine
    Medical Emergency Director (MED)
    First Doctor on Disaster Scene
    Role of the Medical Manager of Intra-Hospital Crisis
    Triage of Disaster Medicine
    Advanced Medical Posts (AMP)
    Casualty Collection Point (CCP)
    Rescue in Shooting and Hostages-Taking
    Medical Coverage of Big Crowds
    Part III Disastrous events
    Destructive Earthquakes
    Cyclones
    Volcanic eruptions
    Cold waves
    Heat waves
    Disasters and epidemics
    Dwellings fires
    Fire smoke inhalation
    Explosions
    Nuclear and radiological accidents
    Traffic accidents involving many victims
    Railway accidents
    Warfare chemical agents
    Forest fires
    Part IV Techniques of Disaster Medicine
    Principles of Field Medical Care
    Medical Dispatch in Crises and Disasters
    Crush Syndrome
    Blast
    Ballistic Wounds: Management Principles
    Damage Control
    Fluid Therapy in Disasters
    Procedural Sedation and Analgesia
    Search and Rescue (SAR)
    Life-Saving Amputation
    Disaster Situations and Psychological Impact
    Reception of CoVID-19 Patients at the ER
    Mass Casualty Decontamination
    Emergency Dry Decontamination
    Children and Disasters
    Pharmaceutical Preparedness in Disaster Medicine
    Antidotes for Chemical and Radiological Agents
    Mobile Medical Post (MMP)
    PPE of Health Staff
    FMC, SINUS, and Patient Tracking in Disasters
    Transmission in Disasters.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sakiko Kanbara, Shoko Miyagawa, Hiroyuki Miyazaki, editors.
    Summary: The primary aim of this textbook is to contribute towards the promotion of human security by educating nurses with a profound understanding of disaster nursing and to conduct innovative research and practices in cooperation. This textbook emphasizes on multi-professional connections; offers knowledge on how Japanese disaster nursing got evolved in changing social contexts and provides various case studies that reflect wonderful practices in the disaster nursing field which have contributed to the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, the UN Sustainable Development Goals, and sustainable human security. Frequent disasters have triggered the need for more trans-disciplinary work, high-level care throughout all phases of a disaster event, and the need for nursing leaders. Apart from hospitals, in local communities, nurses can take a role to mitigate health risks. Being a member of every part of the healthcare system, they can become critically needed leaders in emergency management and disaster preparedness. This work includes a DRR Framework and the application to disaster nursing, information on preparedness and community resilience and on the related disciplines and coordination with disaster nursing. It informs on the challenges in disaster nursing, offers instructional design, education development and research in disaster nursing. Students, professional nurses, clinicians, community health practitioners, health volunteers, disaster support organizations, researchers, and community partners who are involved in the care of disaster survivors can use this resource. Written by distinguished experts with diverse backgrounds of nursing, public health, health informatics, and geography, this book shows how practitioners, researchers, policymakers, and multiple community stakeholders who can collaborate effectively and efficiently to restore primary health care of survivors after a local disaster.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Global health and Care for Disaster Risk Reduction
    1. Disaster Nursing for Sustainable Community
    2. Disaster and global health issues
    3. Challenges of Global Health with Nursing
    4. Care for Disaster Risk Reduction
    5. Disaster health in shelters in Japan
    6. Research of Disaster Nursing in Japan 2005-2020
    7. Nursing Experience on disaster and health emergency
    8. The Sendai Framework and the Bangkok Principles for Nurses
    9. History of the Development of Competencies for Disaster Nursing
    10. Capacity Development and the Instructional Design for Achievement Goal
    11. Nursing Research on Disaster
    Part 3: Fostering Care in Sustainable Community
    12. Needs of Cultivating Seamless and Individual Care
    13. Primary Health Care (PHC), Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) and Role of a local nurse
    14. Key Players of Cross-Sectoral Collaboration in DRR
    15. Roles, Rules, and Tools for National Humanitarian Networks on H-EDRM
    16. Community resilience, disaster nursing and the UN Sustainable Development Goals
    17. Caring Ecosystems for Area-Capability
    18. Big challenge for SDGs: Case Study: COVID-19
    Part 4: Assesing Care for DIsasser RIsk Reduction
    19. Quantative approach for Assesment Health in Disaster
    20. Qualitative Approaches to Investigating Health in Disaster: Cases from Nepal and Japan
    21. Chronological Approach for Disaster Response and Monitoring
    22. Introduction to EpiNurse
    Part 5:Decision making for people centered H-EDRM
    23. Risk-based / System-based approach for people centered H-EDRM
    24. Personal Life Records for Health Decision-Making in Disaster Situations
    25. Management of Health and Disaster-related Data
    26. Geographic Information System
    27. Designing decision support systems in DRR
    28. Case studies of ICT/ GIS Application for DRR - Way to Forward : Challenges,Ethics
    29. Locality and Caring in Uncertainty
    30. Care for Disaster Risk Reduction and Communication: Lessons Learned and Way to Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Charles A. Cefalu, editor.
    Summary: Disaster Preparedness for Seniors: A Comprehensive Guide for Healthcare Professionals outlines specific disaster scenarios for homebound, community, hospitalized, long term care, homeless and aged veterans. Chapters are written by a diverse group of authors, all of whom offer insight and expertise in training healthcare professionals in preparing for disasters. Topics include myths and realities of natural disasters and disaster preparedness for special populations of elders-the acute care elderly, the community-dwelling elderly, home based primary care senior veterans, the immune-compromised elderly, those with multiple and co morbid illnesses, the long-term care elderly, those elderly at the end of life and the effects of disaster on caregivers. A significant portion of the book is also devoted to training, competencies, literacy, cultural competency and resilience in disaster preparedness as well as the role of the academic medical center. The volume concludes with coverage of the management of behavioral, medical and psychological consequences of disasters. Disaster Preparedness for Seniors: A Comprehensive Guide for Healthcare Professionals is an important new volume and will serve as a guide for the development of programs, policies and procedures for evacuation of seniors during various disaster scenarios.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Myths and realities of natural disasters revisited / Erwin A. Aguilar
    Part II: Disaster preparedness for special populations of elders
    Triaging acute care patients during disaster / Gretchen M. Yandle and Bennett P. deBoisblanc
    Disaster planning for community-dwelling older adults: Strengths, weaknesses, and interventions / Lindsay Peterson and Lisa M. Brown
    Emergency preparedness for home based primary care senior veterans: Lessons learned from previous experience / Sara A. Tubbesing, Lorie Obal, Joselynn Brazier, Janice Shieh, Lynnette D. Hall, Earline Rogers, Yolanda R. Davis, Denise Coutsouridis, Hilary Elkin, Linda Rollins, Peggy Becker, Miriam E. Schwartz, and Shawkat Dhanani
    Disaster and the frail elderly / Lumie Kawasaki
    Management of the immune-compromised older adult in a disaster / Marco Ruiz and Thomas Reske
    Seniors, disaster mortality, and end-of-life care / Maggie Gibson
    The role of informal caregivers for the frail elders in disasters / Jennifer Elkins, Jennifer Holt, and Toni P. Miles
    Part III: Long-term care
    Building resilience in nursing homes in disasters / Lindsay Peterson, Kathryn Hyer, and Lisa M. Brown
    Long-term care faciliites: Challenges and technology / Sandra P. Hirst
    Part IV: Training, competencies, literacy, cultural competency and resilience in disaster preparedness
    The evolution of academic-based geriatric emergency preparedness and response (GEPR) training for medicine, health, and behavioral sciences / Melen R. McBide, Arleen Johnson, Elizabeth M. Shiels, Nina Tumosa, Judith L. Howe, Judith A. Metcalf, Robert E. Roush, and Joan Weiss
    Otucomes of academic-based geriatric emergency preparedness and response(GEPR) training for medicine, health, and behavioral professions
    Melen R. McBride, Arleen Johnson, Elizabeth M. Shiels, Judith L. Howe, NinaTumosa, Judith A. Metcalf, Robert E. Rush, and Joan Weiss
    The CCOPER project-continuum of care operational preparedness and emergency response / Lisa Harve-McPherson, Allison Bankston, Judith A. Metcalf, and Lori Thayer
    Disaster health competencies and their application: Caring for seniors / Kenneth Schor
    Contribution to geriatric health and well-being through improving community resilience capacities / Jeffrey Stiefel, Paula L. Scalingi, and Arnauld Nicogossian
    Cultural competent care for seniors in disasters / Denise Danna and Kendra Bariier
    Literacy and disaster preparedness for seniors / Lisa M. Brown and Jolie Haun
    The role of acadmic health centers in disaster preparedness / Sharon Medcalf
    Part V: Special topics
    Geriatric trauma / Lance E. Stuke, Patrick Greiffenstein, Alan B. Marr, and John P. Hunt
    Joplin: Preparedness lessons fom a devastating tornado / Philip W. Smith, Renee Denton, Robert Denton, Dennis Manley, Jason Smith, Rusty Tinney, Austin Worcester, and Sharon M. Medcalf
    Mental health consequences of disaster exposure in older adults / Shilpa Srinivasan, Maria D. Llorente, and Meghan Magley
    The long-term effect of trauma for disaster victims / Alessandra Scalmati
    Seniors during war and civil strife: The Lebanese story / Nabil M. Kronfol and Abla Mehio Sibai.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Luigi Manfrè, Johan Van Goethem, editors.
    Summary: This easy-to-consult guide examines the most advanced techniques in the radiological evaluation of the disc and degenerative disc disease, using conventional, functional, dynamic and advanced imaging. It provides clear information on a range of CT, X-ray, and MRI guided techniques, presents all disc treatments in connection with symptomatic disc herniations, evaluates conservative, chemical (ESI, steroid, Ozone, ethanol gel injections) and physical treatments (coblation, laser, decompressors, endoscopy), and assesses the possibility of repairing and/or regenerating the disc in the context of reversible disc degeneration. Like other books in the Springer series New Procedures in Spinal Interventional Neuroradiology, this practice-oriented volume will fill a significant gap in the literature and meet the need expressed by many specialists (interventional neuroradiologists and radiologists, neurosurgeons, and orthopedists) for a topical and handy guide that specifically illustrates the currently available materials and methods.

    Contents:
    Anatomy, biomechanics and clinical evaluation of the Disc
    Pathophysiology of the disc disease
    Disc degeneration: anatomo-pathological overview
    Conventional Neuroradiology of disc disease
    DTI of the disc
    DWI of the disc
    Dynamic MRI studies
    ESI. Are they still usefull?
    Evidentiary basis of percutaneous discectomy
    Minimal invasive treatment for herniated disk: how we can destroy the disc with chemical tools
    Minimal invasive treatment for herniated disk: how we can destroy the disc with physical tools
    Endoscopic percutaneous discectomy
    New insights into cell/biomaterial based disc therapy: how we can regenerate the disc
    New biomaterials for discal replacement
    Surgical replacement of the disc.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michel Nadot.
    Contents:
    Lay Knowledge. Role of History
    The Hospital as a Place to Talk
    Care Before 1850
    Practices and Knowledge
    A Return to Image: Minion Syndrome
    Protodisciplinary Knowledge. From Hospital-School to School-Hospital
    The Advent of Medical Writing
    Towards Higher Education
    A Return to Image: The Shaping of Knowledge
    Scientific Knowledge. Nursing Sciences?
    The Construction of the Discipline
    Identity and Discipline
    A Return to Image: "Where Do We Go Now"?
    Conclusion
    References
    Index
    Other titles from iSTE in Health Engineering and Society
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Allen C. Templeton, Stephen R. Byrn, Roy J. Haskell, Thomas E. Prisinzano, editors.
    Summary: This authoritative volume provides a contemporary view on the latest research in molecules with optimal drug-like properties. It is a valuable source to access current best practices as well as new research techniques and strategies. Written by leading scientists in their fields, the text consists of fourteen chapters with an underlying theme of early collaborative opportunities between pharmaceutical and discovery sciences. The book explores the practical realities of performing physical pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical research in the context of drug discovery with short timelines and low compound availability. Chapters cover strategies and tactics to enable discovery as well as predictive approaches to establish, understand and communicate risks in early development. It also examines the detection, characterization and assessment of risks on the solid state properties of advanced discovery and early development candidates, highlighting the link between solid state properties and critical development parameters such as solubility and stability. Final chapters center on techniques to improve molecular solubilization and prevent precipitation, with particularly emphasis on linking physiochemical properties of molecules to formulation selection in preclinical and clinical settings.

    Contents:
    Part I. Strategy and tactics that enable discovery
    Part II. Predictive approaches to establishing, understanding and communicating risk in early development
    Part III. Use of physicochemical properties for preclinical formulation selection and early clinical formulations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lloyd B Minor, Matthew Rees.
    Summary: "One of the motivations for launching Precision Health was to confront an uncomfortable reality: in the United States, there's a lot about U.S. health conditions, and our health care system, that's unsatisfactory. To be sure, the United States can be the very best place in the world to obtain the latest, most scientifically advanced treatments for severe diseases for those who have access to these services. But there are dramatic disparities in health, and access to high-quality health care, based on factors such as income and geography. There are also shortcomings embedded in the U.S. health care system, which is one reason why we spend more on health care, on a per-capita basis, than any other country, but our health indicators (such as life expectancy) put us on par with countries that spend less-much less. In this chapter, I examine both U.S. health conditions and U.S. health care, and show how millions of Americans are not seeing the health benefits that are typically associated with living in a high-income country such as the United States"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    David J. Connor, Beth A. Ferri, and Subini A. Annamma, editors.
    Summary: "This groundbreaking volume brings together major figures in Disability Studies in Education (DSE) and Critical Race Theory (CRT) to explore some of today's most important issues in education. Scholars examine the achievement/opportunity gaps from both historical and contemporary perspectives, as well as the overrepresentation of minority students in special education and the school-to-prison pipeline. Chapters also address school reform and the impact on students based on race, class, and dis/ability and the capacity of law and policy to include (and exclude). Readers will discover how some students are included (and excluded) within school and society, why some citizens are afforded expanded (or limited) opportunities in life, and who moves up in the world and who is trapped at the "bottom of the well"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction : a truncated genealogy of DisCrit / Subini A. Annamma, David J. Connor, and Beth A. Ferri
    Touchstone text : Dis/ability critical race studies (DisCrit) : theorizing at the intersections of race and dis/ability / Subini A. Annamma, David J. Connor, and Beth A. Ferri
    The black middle classes, education, racism, and dis/ability : an intersectional analysis / David Gillborn, Nicola Rollock, Carol Vincent, and Stephen J. Ball
    What a good boy : the deployment and distribution of "goodness" as ideological property in schools / Alicia A. Broderick and Zeus Leonardo
    Understanding the intersection of race and dis/ability : common sense notions of learning and culture / Elizabeth Mendoza, Christina Paguyo, and Kris Gutiérrez
    Expanding analysis of educational debt : considering intersections of race and ability / Kathleen A. King Thorius and Paulo Tan
    Reifying categories : measurement in search of understanding / Elizabeth B. Kozleski
    Social reproduction ideologies : teacher beliefs about race and culture / Edward Fergus
    Shadow play : DisCrit, dis/respectability, and carceral logics / D.L. Adams and Nirmala Erevelles
    The overrepresentation of students of color with learning disabilities : how "working identity" plays a role in the school-to-prison pipeline / Claustina Mahon-Reynolds and Laurence Parker
    Race, class, ability, and school reform / Sally Tomlinson
    Toward unity in school reform : what DisCrit contributes to multicultural and inclusive education / Susan Baglieri
    A DisCrit perspective on The State of Florida v. George Zimmerman : racism, ableism, and youth out of place in community and school / Kathleen M. Collins
    Disability does not discriminate : toward a theory of multiple identity through coalition / Zanita E. Fenton
    Conclusion : critical conversations across race and ability / Beth A. Ferri, Subini A. Annamma, and David J. Connor.
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Print
    por Joaquín Parada Aparicio.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R471.S1 P2
    2
  • Digital
    Dawn A. Marcus, Duren Michael Ready.
    Summary: This engaging and highly practical title is designed to support healthcare professionals in providing the best possible care for their patients with migraine. Discussion topics include acute and preventive pharmacotherapy, medical interventions and devices, behavioral and psychological nonpharmacologic therapies, education, trigger management, healthy lifestyle practices, stress management, neutraceuticals, and alternative medicine offerings. In addition, this title covers genetics and pathophysiology, symptoms and comorbidities, and a range of essential clinical skills that are useful in achieving the best possible outcomes with patients.

    Contents:
    Sorting through headache patterns
    Looking for the migraine gene
    Sensitive migraine brain
    |t Migraine is more than "just a headache"
    Accepting migraines
    Migraine team
    Dos and don’ts of headache diaries
    Using behavioral therapy as a treatment foundation
    Changing thoughts and attitudes about migraine
    When, how much, and how often
    What to try when nothing’s worked.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Veerle Baekelandt, Evy Lobbestael.
    Contents:
    The multitude of therapeutic targets in neurodegenerative proteinopathies / R. Melki
    Synuclein misfolding as a therapeuic target / W. Peelarts, T.F. Outeiro
    Neuroinflammation as a therapeutic target in neurodegenerative diseases / R. Gordon, T.M. Woodruff
    Stem cells in neurodegeneration / C. Claes, J. Terryn, C.M. Verfaillie
    The potential of stem cells in tackling neurodegenerative dieases / S. Libbrecht
    Preclinical models of alzheimer's disease for identification and preclinical validation of therapeutic targets / B. Vasconcelos, M. Bird, I.-C. Stancu, D. Terwel, I. Dewachter
    Parkinson's disease / M.R. Cookson
    Lewy body dementia / M. Delenclos, S. Moussaud, P.J. McLean
    Frontotemporal dementia / E. Wauters, K. Sleegers, M. Cruts, C. Van Broekhaven
    From huntington gene to Huntington's disease-altering strategies / N. Deglon
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / L. Van Den Bosch.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    John Frank, Ruth Jepson, Andrew James Williams.
    Summary: Provides a set of appraisal tools to guide those considering a preventive action to make sure that it is effective (does more good than harm), efficient (is a competitive use of scarce resources), and equitable in its impact across society.

    Contents:
    Introduction : why we wrote this book
    Basic principles of successful and unsuccessful prevention
    A brief history of prevention...and causation
    Seeing the forest for the trees : finding and using the evidence
    Causation and prevention in populations versus individuals
    How simple advice can sometimes be wrong : the case of 'healthy diets'
    Preventing chronic diseases by risk factor detection and treatment : what every health care consumer needs to know
    Detecting disease before symptoms begin : the blemished promise of cancer screening
    Genetic testing for disease prevention : oversold?
    When can prevention expect to also reduce social inequalities in health?
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Paul J. Thuluvath.
    Summary: As there is a high incidence of disease recurrence after liver transplantation, this volume is designed around the need for a reference text dealing exclusively with this problem. The book places special emphasis on pre- and post-transplant predictors of recurrence, severity assessment, prophylaxis, and treatment. Pathobiology of disease recurrence is discussed in detail where applicable. Issues including quality of life and cost burden are also covered in the text. Written by well-known authorities in each field, Disease Recurrence After Liver Transplantation: Natural History, Treatment and Survival serves as a comprehensive reference for physicians and surgeons who take care of liver transplant recipients and a major addition to the literature detailing the current understanding of disease recurrence.

    Contents:
    Overview: Disease Recurrence After Liver Transplantation
    Hepatitis B Recurrence: Major Milestones and Current Status
    HCV Recurrence: Predictors and Outcomes after Liver Transplantation
    Treatment of Recurrent Hepatitis C
    Recurrence of Primary Biliary Cirrhosis Following Liver Transplantation
    Recurrence of Autoimmune Hepatitis after Liver Transplantation
    Alcoholic Cirrhosis, Transplantation, and Recurrence of Disease
    Recurrence of Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis after Liver Transplantation
    Recurrence of Metabolic Disorders after Liver Transplantation
    Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease Post Liver Transplantation
    Recurrence of Hepatocellular Carcinoma Following Liver Transplantation within Milan Criteria
    Recurrence of HCC When Transplanted Outside Milan Criteria
    Role of Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Treatment in HCC Recurrence after Liver Transplantation
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Recurrent Non-hepatic and De-novo Malignancies after Liver Transplantation
    Recurrence of Disease after Liver Transplantation in the Pediatric Population
    Disease Recurrence after Liver Transplantation: Quality of Life and Cost of Retransplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shabir Hussain Wani, editor.
    Summary: Human population is escalating at an enormous pace and is estimated to reach 9.7 billion by 2050. As a result, there will be an increase in demand for agricultural production by 60-110% between the years 2005 and 2050 at the global level; the number will be even more drastic in the developing world. Pathogens, animals, and weeds are altogether responsible for between 20 to 40 % of global agricultural productivity decrease. As such, managing disease development in plants continues to be a major strategy to ensure adequate food supply for the world. Accordingly, both the public and private sectors are moving to harness the tools and paradigms that promise resistance against pests and diseases. While the next generation of disease resistance research is progressing, maximum disease resistance traits are expected to be polygenic in nature and controlled by selective genes positioned at putative quantitative trait loci (QTLs). It has also been realized that sources of resistance are generally found in wild relatives or cultivars of lesser agronomic significance. However, introgression of disease resistance traits into commercial crop varieties typically involves many generations of backcrossing to transmit a promising genotype. Molecular marker-assisted breeding (MAB) has been found to facilitate the pre-selection of traits even prior to their expression. To date, researchers have utilized disease resistance genes (R-genes) in different crops including cereals, pulses, and oilseeds and other economically important plants, to improve productivity. Interestingly, comparison of different R genes that empower plants to resist an array of pathogens has led to the realization that the proteins encoded by these genes have numerous features in common. The above observation therefore suggests that plants may have co-evolved signal transduction pathways to adopt resistance against a wide range of divergent pathogens. A better understanding of the molecular mechanisms necessary f or pathogen identification and a thorough dissection of the cellular responses to biotic stresses will certainly open new vistas for sustainable crop disease management. This book summarizes the recent advances in molecular and genetic techniques that have been successfully applied to impart disease resistance for plants and crops. It integrates the contributions from plant scientists targeting disease resistance mechanisms using molecular, genetic, and genomic approaches. This collection therefore serves as a reference source for scientists, academicians and post graduate students interested in or are actively engaged in dissecting disease resistance in plants using advanced genetic tools.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Biotic and abiotic stresses, impact on plants and their response
    Cloning of genes underlying quantitative resistance for plant disease control
    CRISPR based tools for crop improvement: Understanding the plant pathogen interaction
    Disease resistance in wheat: present status and future prospects
    Rice, Marker-assisted breeding and Disease Resistance
    Genome Wide Association Study (GWAS) on Disease Resistance in Maize
    Molecular breeding approaches for disease resistance in sugarcane
    Molecular breeding for resistance to economically important diseases of Pulses
    Molecular Breeding for Resistance to Economically Important Diseases of Fodder Oat
    Charcoal rot resistance in soybean-current understanding and future perspectives
    Barley, Disease Resistance, and Molecular breeding approaches
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Keyvan Moharamzadeh.
    Contents:
    1. Aggressive periodontitis
    2. Amelogenesis imperfecta
    3. Apical periodontitis
    4. Bisphosphonates and medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaw
    5. Caries
    6. Chronic periodontitis
    7. Cleft lip and palate
    8. Combination syndrome
    9. Complete edentulism
    10. Deep overbite
    11. Dens invaginatus
    12. Dentine hypersensitivity
    13. Dentinogenesis imperfecta and dentine dysplasia
    14. Dentoalveolar trauma
    15. Discolouration
    16. Ectodermal dysplasia
    17. External root resorption
    18. Failed restoration and compromised tooth
    19. Fluorosis
    20. Fractured endodontic instrument
    21. Fractured or failed post
    22. Gingival enlargement and gingivitis
    23. Gingival recession
    24. Halitosis
    25. Hypodontia
    26. Internal root resorption
    27. Irrigation accidents
    28. Low maxillary sinus floor
    29. Microdontia
    30. Necrotising periodontal diseases
    31. Occlual issues and occlusion
    32. Oncology-related defects in mandible
    33. Oncology-related defects in maxillae
    34. Open apex (immature non-vital teeth)
    35. Open bite
    36. Osteoradionecrosis
    37. Partial edentulism- implant treatment
    38. Partial edentulism- partial denture treatment
    39. Perforation
    40. Peri-implant disease
    41. Periodontal abscess
    42. Periodontic-endodontic lesion
    43. Periodontitis as a manifestation of systemic disease
    44. Radiotherapy side effects
    45. Ridge defects (generalised)
    46. Ridge defects (localised)
    47. Shortened dental arch (SDA)
    48. Supernumerary, fusion and gemination
    49. Temporomandibular disorders
    50. Tooth wear
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Aaron Fay, Peter J. Dolman.
    Contents:
    1. Applied anatomy of the orbit and orbital adnexa
    2. Basic genetics and hereditary syndromes
    3. Clinical evaluation and edisease patterns
    4. Laboratory serologic investigations
    5. Imaging modalities
    6. Pathology
    7. Orbital developmental disorders
    8. Eyelid developmental disorders
    9. Developmental disorders of the lacrimal drainage system
    10. Infections of the orbit and ocular adnexa
    11. Noninfectious orbital inflammation
    12. Thyroid eye disease
    13. Eyelid dermatitis and other dermatologic conditions
    14. Basic concepts in neoplasia
    15. Lymphoproliferative disorders
    16. Orbital bone tumors
    17. Lacrimal gland tumors
    18. Optic nerve and peripheral nerve sheath tumors
    19. Fat, fibrous, muscle, and other mesenchymal tumors of the orbit
    20. Lacrimal outflow tract tumors
    21. Metastatic and secondary orbital tumors
    22. Benign and premalignant tumors of the eyelid
    23. Malignant tumors of the eyelid
    24. Vascular malformations
    25. Infantile hemangiomas and other vascular neoplasms
    26. Vascular fistulae and orbital implications
    27. Orbital structure disorders
    28. Upper eyelid ptosis and retraction
    29. Lower eyelid and eyelash malpositions
    30. Disorders of the lacrimal system
    31. Facial nerve palsy
    32. Blepharospasma nd other facial spastic disorders
    33. Neurotoxins and their applications
    34. Orbital trauma
    35. Eyelid and lacrimal trauma
    36. The anophthalmic socket and complications
    37. Burns
    38. The aging face.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Michael Perry, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to injuries, diseases, and disorders affecting the head, neck, and dental region seen within accident and emergency departments. These regions contain a number of specialized structures each with individual neural, muscular and vascular elements, meaning that the study of these anatomical areas is complicated and often quite daunting. Chapters in this work aim to break the treatment of such injuries and diseases into an easy-to-digest format via chapters featuring a symptom-based approach. Therefore, enabling the reader to quickly access the information they require when treating patients with a variety of disorders in the emergency room. Diseases and Injuries to the Head, Face and Neck: A Guide to Diagnosis and Management is a concise overview of how to deal with head, neck, and dental emergencies and is an important up-to-date resource for all medical professionals and trainees who encounter these patients.

    Contents:
    Embryology of the head and neck: an aid to understanding our complex anatomy and some interesting anomalies
    Initial assessment of the "head and neck" patient
    The injured patient
    Anaesthetic considerstions
    Nutritional consideration in some head and neck diseases
    The skull, brain and associated structures --The vertebral column, spine and associated structures
    The viscera and glands of the neck
    The cheek and orbit
    The upper jaw ("midface") and sinuses
    The lower jaw (mandible) and associated structures
    The lips, mouth, tongue and teeth
    The eye (globe), eyelids and associated structures
    The throat
    the nose and associated structures
    The ear and associated structures
    The sking (integument)
    Burns to the head, face and neck.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joaquín Vicente, Kurt C. Vercauteren, Christian Gortázar, editors.
    Summary: Shared diseases among wildlife, livestock and humans, often transboundary, are relevant to public health and global economy, as being highlighted currently relative to the global COVID19 pandemic. Diseases at these interfaces also impact the conservation of biodiversity and must be considered when managing wildlife. While wildlife and domestic livestock have coexisted in dynamic systems for thousands of years, spillover disease risks are higher today than in the past due to global patterns of increasing close contact and interactions among wildlife, livestock and humans in the context of complex, diverse and numerous circumstances. Multidisciplinary studies of animal interfaces, especially those involving wildlife, therefore, must be brought to the forefront so that knowledge gaps can be realized and filled to inform managers and policy makers. In the first part of the book authors illustrate and discuss ecological and epidemiological concepts related to the interfaces, with a vision towards socio-ecological system health. In addition, the history of past animal interfaces provides the necessary perspective to focus current questions, better understand present situations, and informs how we can best approach the future. The second part discusses the myriad of similar and differing wildlife-livestock interfaces found around the world from a regional point of view. The third part focuses on how to assess the spatial and temporal overlap between livestock and wildlife, and authors present new technical innovations about how inter-transmissions between wild and domestic populations can be quantified. An overview of main modeling approaches available to quantify multi-host disease transmission at the wildlife/livestock interface, illustrated with specific-case studies, is also presented. Finally, the need for interdisciplinary approaches and a dedicated thematic field to approach the wildlife/livestock interfaces and create opportunities to promote wildlife-livestock coexistence is emphasized. The concluding chapter presents perspectives and directions to better understanding disease dynamics at the wildlife/livestock interface, global change and implications for the future. The changing distribution of interfaces, ongoing human and environmental changes (e. g. climate warming, changes in animal production systems, etc.) and their likely impacts and consequences for the interfaces and disease transmission processes are all discussed.

    Contents:
    Host Community Interfaces: The Wildlife-Livestock
    Natural And Historical Overview Of The Animal Wildlife-Livestock Interface
    The Ecology Of Pathogens Transmission At The Wildlife-Livestock Interface: Beyond Disease Ecology, Towards Socio-Ecological System Health
    Characteristics And Perspectives Of Disease At The Wildlife-Livestock Interface In Europe
    Characteristics And Perspectives Of Disease At The Wildlife-Livestock Interface In Asia
    Characteristics And Perspectives Of Disease At Wildlife-Livestock Interface In Africa
    Characteristics And Perspectives Of Disease At The Wildlife-Livestock Interface In Oceania
    Characteristics And Perspectives Of Disease At The Wildlife-Livestock Interface In North America
    Characteristics And Perspectives Of Disease At The Wildlife-Livestock Interface In Central And South America
    Collecting Data To Assess The Interactions Between Livestock And Wildlife
    Characterization Of Wildlife-Livestock Interfaces: The Need For Interdisciplinary Approaches And A Dedicated Thematic Field
    Quantifying Transmission Between Wild And Domestic Populations
    Synthesis And Future Perspectives Of The Study And Management Of Diseases At The Wildlife-Livestock Interface.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nages Nagaratnam, Kujan Nagaratnam, Gary Cheuk.
    Contents:
    Cardiovascular and related disorders in the elderly.- Respiratory diseases in the elderly
    Diseases of the gastro-intestinal system and related disorders in the elderly
    Disorders of the hepato-biliary system in the elderly
    Blood disorders in the elderly
    Renal disease and lower urinary tract disorders in the elderly
    Chronic neurological and related disorders in the elderly
    Skin Diseases in the elderly
    Metabolic bone diseases in the elderly
    Endocrine disorders in the elderly
    Electrolyte and disorders of mineral metabolism in the elderly
    Disorders of the musculo-skeletal system in the elderly
    Arthritis in the elderly
    Organic brain disorders in the elderly
    Psychiatry in older adults
    Low and loss of vision in the elderly
    Ear related problems in the elderly
    Oral issues and related disorders in the elderly
    Connective tissue disorders and vasculitis in the elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Moncrieff, Alan; Paterson, Donald.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P23 .D61
    2
  • Digital
    presented by the Foundation for the Advancement of Education in Medical Radiology, Zurich ; J. Hodler, R.A. Kubik-Huch, G.K. von Schulthess, Ch.L. Zollikofer (eds.).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Juerg Hodler, Rahel A. Kubik-Huch, Gustav K. von Schulthess, editors.
    Summary: This open access book deals with imaging of the abdomen and pelvis, an area that has seen considerable advances over the past several years, driven by clinical as well as technological developments. The respective chapters, written by internationally respected experts in their fields, focus on imaging diagnosis and interventional therapies in abdominal and pelvic disease; they cover all relevant imaging modalities, including magnetic resonance imaging, computed tomography, and positron emission tomography. As such, the book offers a comprehensive review of the state of the art in imaging of the abdomen and pelvis. It will be of interest to general radiologists, radiology residents, interventional radiologists, and clinicians from other specialties who want to update their knowledge in this area.

    Contents:
    Renal Tumors
    MRI of the Pelvic Floor (incl. Defecography)
    Benign Diseases of the Uterus
    "Therapy Monitoring Oncologic Disease in the Abdomen (including PET-CT)"
    Diseases of the Gall Bladder and Biliary Tree
    Pathways for Spread of Disease in the Abdomen
    Pathways for Spread of Disease in the Abdomen
    Urogenital Pathologies in Children and Young Adults Revisited in 75 Minutes!
    Renal Tumors "Therapy Monitoring Oncologic Disease in the Abdomen (including PET-CT)"
    Adnexal Diseases
    Adrenal Disease
    Diseases of the Upper GI Tract (incl. Swallowing Disorders)
    Diseases of the Male Genital Tract (Prostate, Scrotum, and Testis)
    Emergency Radiology of the Abdomen and Pelvis (incl. Trauma)
    Diseases of the Pancreas
    Pediatric Gastro-Intestinal Imaging Findings Every Radiologist Has To Know
    Malignant Diseases of the Colon and Rectum (incl. CT Colonography)
    Benign Diseases of the Uterus
    Focal Liver Disease
    Malignant Diseases of the Uterus
    Diseases of the Gall Bladder and Biliary Tree
    Benign Diseases of the Colon and Rectum (incl. CT Colonography)
    Diseases of the Upper GI Tract (incl. Swallowing Disorders)
    Urogenital Pathologies in Children and Young Adults Revisited in 75 Minutes!
    MRI of the Pelvic Floor (incl. Defecography)
    Diseases of the Pancreas
    Benign Diseases of the Colon and Rectum (incl. CT Colonography)
    Adrenal Disease
    Urinary Obstruction, Stone Disease, and Infection
    Emergency Radiology of the Abdomen and Pelvis (incl. Trauma)
    Pediatric Gastro-Intestinal Imaging Findings Every Radiologist Has To Know
    Malignant Diseases of the Colon and Rectum (incl. CT Colonography)
    Diffuse Liver Disease
    Malignant Diseases of the Uterus
    Adnexal Diseases
    Diffuse Liver Disease
    Focal Liver Disease
    Urinary Obstruction, Stone Disease, and Infection
    Diseases of the Male Genital Tract (Prostate, Scrotum, and Testis).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Robert S. Dieter, Raymond A. Dieter Jr., Raymond A. Dieter III, editors.
    Summary: This book examines various aspects of the aorta, both healthy and diseased states, in 40 chapters of in-depth research by experts in cardiovascular disease. It begins with chapters on the embryology, anatomy, genetics, and physiology of the aorta along with imaging studies used to visualize its structure. The bulk of the book focuses on acute and chronic disorders such as coarctation of the aorta, inflammatory and connective tissue disorders, acute aortic thrombosis, infections, tumors, related ocular diseases, and various aneurysms and fistulas. In addition, it explores aortic disease in pregnancy, fetal aortic disorders, and aortic trauma in children. The book highlights the epidemiology and natural history as well as medical, endovascular, and surgical treatments for each disease. It also discusses valve repair, 3D printing applications, and the role of multidisciplinary aortic centers. Diseases of the Aorta is an indispensable and authoritative resource for cardiologists, cardiovascular surgeons, interventional radiologists, radiologists, and vascular medicine specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    48th International Diagnostic Course in Davos (IDKD), Davos, April 3-8, 2016 ; including the Nuclear Medicine Satellite Course "Diamond" Davos, April 2-3, 2016, Pediatric Radiology Satellite Course "Kangaroo" Davos, April 2, 2016, Brest Imaging Satellite Course "Pearl" Davos, April 2, 2016, and additional IDKD Courses 2016-2019 ; presented by the Foundation for the Advancement of Education in Medical Radiology, Zurich ; Jürg Hodler, Rahel A. Kubik-Huch, Gustav K von Schulthess, editors.
    Summary: This book deals with neuroimaging of the brain, head, neck, and spine. During the last few years, there have been considerable advances in this subject, driven by clinical as well as technological developments. The authors, internationally renowned experts in their field, have contributed chapters that are disease-oriented and cover all relevant imaging modalities, including magnetic resonance imaging, computed tomography, and positron emission tomography. As a result, this book offers a comprehensive review of the state of the art in neuroimaging. It is particularly relevant for general radiologists, radiology residents, neurologists, neurosurgeons, and other clinicians wishing to update their knowledge in this discipline.

    Contents:
    Neuroimaging in Dementia
    Diseases of the Temporal Bone
    Mass Lesions of the Brain: a Differential Diagnostic Approach
    Non-traumatic Neuroemergency
    Hemorrhagic Vascular Pathology
    Diseases of the Temporal Bone
    Children with Acute Neurologic Deficits: What Has to Be Ruled Out within 2-3 Hours
    Children with Epilepsy: Neuroimaging Findings
    Oral Cavity, Larynx and Pharynx
    Spinal Inflammatory and Demyelinating Diseases
    Nuclear Imaging of Dementia
    Movement Disorders and Metabolic Diseases
    Cerebral Neoplasms
    Spinal Trauma and Injuries
    Fetal MRI of the Brain and Spine
    Advanced MR Techniques in Pediatric Neuroradiology: What is Ready for Clinical Prime Time?
    Non-traumatic Neuroemergency
    Extramucosal Spaces of the Head and Neck
    Fetal MRI of the Brain and Spine
    Non-accidental Injury of the Pediatric Central Nervous System
    Hybrid Imaging in Head&Neck Cancer
    Movement Disorders and Metabolic Diseases
    Evaluation of Cerebral Vessels
    Cerebral Neoplasms
    Demyelinating Diseases
    Imaging the Patient with Seizures
    Diseases of the Sella and Parasellar Region
    Integrated Imaging of Brain Tumors
    Extramucosal Spaces of the Head and Neck
    Oral Cavity, Larynx and Pharynx
    Spinal Trauma and Injuries
    Mammography: Subtle Signs of Malignancy and Other Challenges in Daily Practice
    Imaging of Cerebral Infections
    Degenerative Diseases of the Spine
    Mammography: BI-RADS Update and Tomosynthesis
    Breast Ultrasound: BI-RADS Update and Imaging Pathologic Correlation
    Traumatic Neuroemergency
    Traumatic Neuroemergency
    Imaging of Brain Perfusion
    Spinal Inflammatory and Demyelinating Diseases
    Children with Acute Neurologic Deficits: What Has to Be Ruled Out within 2-3 Hours
    The Acute Pediatric Spine and Spinal Cord
    Demyelinating Diseases
    Brain Ischemia
    Mass Lesions of the Brain: a Differential Diagnostic Approach
    Imaging the Patient with Seizures
    Nuclear Imaging of Movement Disorders
    Imaging of Cerebral Infections
    Diseases of the Sella
    Breast MRI: An Update on Guidelines and BI-RADS
    Neuroimaging in Dementia
    Degenerative Diseases of the Spine
    Brain Ischemia
    Hemorrhagic Vascular Pathology
    Evaluation of Cerebral Vessels
    Integrated Imaging of Thyroid Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Juerg Hodler, Rahel A. Kubik-Huch, Gustav K. von Schulthess, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Brain, Skull Base, and Head
    1: Diseases of the Sella Turcica and Parasellar Region
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Pituitary Adenomas
    1.3 Postoperative Sella Turcica and Pituitary Gland
    1.4 3T MRI and DWI for Pituitary Imaging
    1.5 Craniopharyngioma
    1.6 Rathke's Cleft Cyst
    1.7 Meningioma
    1.8 Chiasmatic and Hypothalamic Gliomas
    1.9 Metastases
    1.10 Infections
    1.11 Noninfectious Inflammatory Lesions
    1.12 Vascular Lesions
    1.13 Other Conditions
    1.14 Conclusion
    2: Hydrocephalus and CSF Disorders 2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Obstructive Hydrocephalus in Adults
    2.2.1 Radiological Features of Hydrocephalus
    2.2.2 Foramen of Monro Obstruction
    2.2.3 Cerebral Aqueduct
    2.2.4 Trapped Fourth Ventricle
    2.2.5 Fourth Ventricular Outlets and Foramen Magnum
    2.3 Hydrocephalus in Children
    2.4 Communicating Hydrocephalus
    2.4.1 Communicating Hydrocephalus with Obstruction
    2.4.2 Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus
    2.5 Idiopathic intracranial hypertension (IIH)
    2.6 Spontaneous Intracranial Hypotension (SIH)
    2.7 Concluding Remarks
    References 3: Stroke and Stroke Mimics: Diagnosis and Treatment
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Evidence Based Guidelines for Imaging in Acute Ischemic Stroke
    3.3 Protocol Strategies: Choice of Modality
    3.4 Advanced Stroke Triage: 3C's or 4P's?
    3.5 CT: Findings, Protocols, and Cases
    3.6 MRI: Findings, Protocols, and Cases
    3.7 Neurocognitive Approach to Acute Stroke Imaging: Thinking, Fast and Slow
    3.8 Optimizing Imaging Workflow
    3.9 Stroke Mimics
    3.10 Concluding Remarks
    References
    4: Cerebral Neoplasms
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Goals of the Revised Classification 4.3 Background
    4.4 Infiltrating Gliomas in Adults
    4.5 IDH-Mutant gliomas
    4.5.1 Clinical Relevance and Prognosis
    4.5.2 Radiological Features
    4.6 1p/19q-Codeletion
    4.6.1 Clinical Relevance and Prognosis
    4.6.2 Radiological Features
    4.7 Gliomatosis Cerebri
    4.7.1 Gliomas in Children
    4.8 BRAF Mutation
    4.9 Radiological Features
    4.10 Histone H3-K27m-Mutant Tumors
    4.10.1 Radiological Features
    4.11 Solitary Fibrous Tumor (SFT) and Hemangiopericytoma (HPC)
    4.12 New Tumors and Patterns
    4.12.1 Multinodular and Vacuolating Neuronal Tumor 4.12.2 Radiological Features
    4.13 Diffuse Leptomeningeal Glioneuronal Tumor
    4.13.1 Radiological Features
    4.14 Conclusion
    References
    5: Nontraumatic Intracranial Hemorrhage
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Hemorrhage Imaging
    5.3 Intracranial Hemorrhage Etiology
    5.4 Subarachnoid Hemorrhage and Intraventricular Hemorrhage
    5.5 Epidural/Subdural Hemorrhage
    5.6 Conclusions
    References
    6: Intracranial Infection and Inflammation
    6.1 Meningitis
    6.1.1 MR Imaging
    6.1.2 Enhancement Pattern
    6.1.3 Diffusion-Weighted MR Imaging (DWI) in Meningitis
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jay R. Harris, Marc E. Lippman, Monica Morrow, C. Kent Osborne.
    Contents:
    SECTION I BREAST ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENT
    ch. 1 Breast Anatomy and Development / Susan K. Boolbol
    ch. 2 Stem Cells in Breast Development and Carcinogenesis: Concepts and Clinical Perspectives / Max S. Wicha
    SECTION II DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF BENIGN BREAST DISEASE
    ch. 3 Physical Examination of the Breast / Monica Morrow
    ch. 4 Management of the Palpable Breast Mass / Richard J. Bleicher
    ch. 5 Management of Disorders of the Ductal System and Infections / Nigel J. Bundred
    ch. 6 Management of Breast Pain / Robert E. Mansel
    ch. 7 Abnormalities of the Breast in Pregnancy and Lactation / Holly S. Mason
    ch. 8 Management of Gynecomastia / Glenn D. Braunstein
    ch. 9 Pathology of Benign Breast Disorders / Stuart J. Schnitt
    SECTION III BREAST IMAGING AND IMAGE-GUIDED BIOPSY TECHNIQUES
    ch. 10 Breast Cancer Screening / Joann G. Elmore
    ch. 11 Imaging Analysis: Mammography / Stephanie K. Patterson
    ch. 12 Imaging Analysis: Ultrasonography / Emily L. Sedgwick
    ch. 13 Imaging Analysis: Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Susan Orel Roth
    ch. 14 New Breast Imaging Techniques / Maxine S. Jochelson
    ch. 15 Image-Guided Biopsy of Nonpalpable Breast Lesions / Christopher E. Comstock
    SECTION IV EPIDEMIOLOGY AND ASSESSING AND MANAGING RISK
    ch. 16 Inherited Genetic Factors and Breast Cancer / Alan Ashworth
    ch. 17 Genetic Testing and Management of Patients with Hereditary Breast Cancer / Claudine Isaacs
    ch. 18 Nongenetic Factors in the Causation of Breast Cancer / Graham A. Colditz
    ch. 19 Management of Other High Risk Patients / Seema A. Khan
    ch. 20 Chemoprevention / Powel H. Brown
    SECTION V IN SITU CARCINOMA
    ch. 21 Ductal Carcinoma In Situ and Other Intraductal Lesions: Pathology, Immunohistochemistry, and Molecular Alterations / Edi Brogi
    ch. 22 Lobular Carcinoma In Situ: Biology and Management / Jorge S. Reis-Filho
    ch. 23 Ductal Carcinoma In Situ and Microinvasive Carcinoma / Jay R. Harris
    SECTION VI PATHOLOGY AND BIOLOGICAL MARKERS OF INVASIVE BREAST CANCER
    ch. 24 Genomic Events in Breast Cancer Progression / Matthew J. Ellis
    ch. 25 Pathology of Invasive Breast Cancer / Stuart J. Schnitt
    ch. 26 Estrogen and Progesterone Receptor Testing for Prognosis and Prediction / William Miller
    ch. 27 HER2/ERBB2 Testing: Assessment of Status for Targeted Therapies / Yanling Ma
    ch. 28 Clinical and Pathologic Prognostic and Predictive Factors 6 / Frederick L. Moffat
    ch. 29 Genomics, Prognosis, and Therapeutic Interventions / Charles M. Perou
    ch. 30 Bone Marrow Micrometastases and Circulating Tumor Cells / Daniel F. Hayes
    SECTION VII MANAGEMENT OF PRIMARY INVASIVE BREAST CANCER
    ch. 31 Evaluation of Patients for Metastasis Prior to Primary Therapy / C. Kent Osborne
    ch. 32 Staging of Breast Cancer / Jay R. Harris
    ch. 33 Mastectomy / Mehra Golshan
    ch. 34 Contralateral Prophylactic Mastectomy / Todd M. Tuttle
    ch. 35 Breast-Conserving Therapy / Monica Morrow
    ch. 36 Breast Reconstruction / Alice Y. Ho
    ch. 37 Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy / Armando E. Giuliano
    ch. 38 Axillary Dissection / George Plitas
    ch. 39 Preserving and Restoring Function after Local Treatment / Andrea L. Cheville
    ch. 40 Lymphedema / Sarah A. Mclaughlin
    ch. 41 Local Management of the Axilla / Jay R. Harris
    ch. 42 Postmastectomy Radiation Therapy / Bruce G. Haffty
    ch. 43 Adjuvant Systemic Therapy: Endocrine Therapy / C. Kent Osborne
    ch. 44 Adjuvant Systemic Chemotherapy in Early Breast Cancer / Clifford A. Hudis
    ch. 45 Adjuvant Chemo Endocrine Therapy / Nancy E. Davidson
    ch. 46 Adjuvant and Preoperative Systemic Therapy for HER2-Positive Breast Cancer / Eric P. Winer
    ch. 47 Adjuvant Systemic Therapy: Bone-Targeted Treatments / Robert E. Coleman
    ch. 48 Pharmacogenomics of Systemic Therapy / James M. Rae
    ch. 49 Implications of Obesity in Breast Cancer / Andrew J. Dannenberg
    ch. 50 Lifestyle Issues in Breast Cancer Survivors / Rowan T. Chlebowski
    ch. 51 Management of Menopausal Symptoms in Breast Cancer Survivors / Charles L. Loprinzi
    ch. 52 Long-Term and Late Effects of Primary Curative Intent Therapy: Neurocognitive, Cardiac, and Secondary Malignancies / Patricia A. Ganz
    ch. 53 Adjuvant Systemic Therapy Treatment Guidelines / C. Kent Osborne
    SECTION VIII PREOPERATIVE SYSTEMIC THERAPY
    ch. 54 Preoperative Chemotherapy for Operable Breast Cancer / Jose Baselga
    ch. 55 Preoperative Endocrine Therapy for Operable Breast Cancer / Ian E. Smith
    ch. 56 Pathologic Assessment of Treatment Response after Neoadjuvant Therapy / Susan Carole Lester
    ch. 57 Local-Regional Therapy following Systemic Treatment / Kelly K. Hunt
    ch. 58 Locally Advanced Breast Cancer / Eric A. Strom
    ch. 59 Inflammatory Breast Cancer / Lori J. Pierce
    ch. 60 Preoperative Systemic Therapy for Breast Cancer / Marc E. Lippman
    SECTION IX SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC PROBLEMS
    ch. 61 Male Breast Cancer / William J. Gradishar
    ch. 62 Phyllodes Tumors / Benjamin O. Anderson
    ch. 63 Paget's Disease / Nora M. Hansen
    ch. 64 Nonepithelial Malignancies of the Breast / Carolina Gutierrez
    ch. 65 Breast Cancer during Pregnancy and Subsequent Pregnancy in Breast Cancer Survivors / Richard L. Theriault
    ch. 66 Occult Primary Cancer with Axillary Metastases / Youlia M. Kirova
    SECTION X EVALUATION AFTER PRIMARY THERAPY AND MANAGEMENT OF RECURRENT BREAST CANCER
    ch. 67 Surveillance of Patients following Primary Therapy / Robert W. Carlson
    ch. 68 Surgery for the Primary in Patients with Distant Metastases / Tari A. King
    ch. 69 Management of Local Regional Recurrences after Primary Breast Cancer Treatment / Erica L. Mayer
    ch. 70 Treatment of Metastatic Breast Cancer: Endocrine / Gaia Schiavon
    ch. 71 Treatment of Metastatic Breast Cancer: Chemotherapy / Antonio C. Wolff
    ch. 72 Treatment of HER2-overexpressing Metastatic Breast Cancer / Mark D. Pegram
    ch. 73 Palliative Care in Breast Cancer / Thomas J. Smith
    ch. 74 Management Summary for the Care of Patients with Metastatic Breast Cancer / Marc E. Lippman
    SECTION XI NEW BREAST CANCER THERAPEUTIC APPROACHES
    ch. 75 Newer Targeted Therapy / Carlos L. Arteaga
    SECTION XII SITE-SPECIFIC THERAPY OF METASTATIC BREAST CANCER
    ch. 76 Brain Metastases / Ian F. Dunn
    ch. 77 Metastatic Epidural Spinal Cord Compression / Patrick Y. Wen
    ch. 78 Leptomeningeal Metastasis / Lisa M. Deangelis
    ch. 79 Brachial Plexopathy in Patients with Breast Cancer / Pauline T. Truong
    ch. 80 Ophthalmic Metastases / David H. Abramson
    ch. 81 Management of Isolated Liver Metastases / Steven Come
    ch. 82 Medical Treatment for Bone Metastases / Christy A. Russell
    ch. 83 Local Management of Bone Metastases / James A. Hayman
    SECTION XIII BREAST CANCER IN SPECIAL POPULATIONS
    ch. 84 Breast Cancer in Older Women / Hyman B. Muss
    ch. 85 Breast Cancer in Younger Women / Richard D. Gelber
    ch. 86 Breast Cancer in Minority Women / Lisa A. Carey
    SECTION XIV ISSUES IN BREAST CANCER SURVIVORSHIP
    ch. 87 Nursing Care in Patient Management and Quality of Life / Deborah K. Walker
    ch. 88 Overview of Survivorship Issues / Larissa Nekhlyudov
    ch. 89 Psychosocial Adaptation during and after Breast Cancer / Mary Jane Massie
    ch. 90 Reproductive Issues in Breast Cancer Survivors / Elizabeth S. Ginsburg
    ch. 91 Cost and Cost Effectiveness Considerations / Bruce E. Hillner
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Sadaf Alipour, Ramesh Omranipour, editors.
    Summary: Symptoms of the breast in gravid women commonly represent physiological changes, however they may also be related to serious underlying breast disease; this challenging dilemma is aggravated by diagnostic and therapeutic limitations imposed by safety issues regarding the mother and fetus. A comprehensive coverage of all aspects of normal and pathologic breast changes during pregnancy and lactation, their diagnosis and management is provided in the present work. The organized structure of this book begins with gestational changes of the breast, while discussing safety, hazards, and arguments regarding diagnostic approaches. It then goes on by describing various clinical presentations and common and uncommon benign disorders during gravidity. The book then addresses pre-malignant lesions of the breast, opening the dialogue on how to manage these confusing lesions in pregnant and nursing women. It continues toward pregnancy-associated breast cancer, focusing on every facet of the problem, including epidemiology, diagnosis, treatment and complications, anesthetic considerations, prenatal care, and rare malignancies; and comes to an end by arguing main psychological concerns. In the midst of this orderly sequence fertility issues, pregnancy, and breastfeeding in women who have overcome their breast cancer are also discussed. This unique reference has been written by academic experts from different centers and diverse disciplines in a practical format. It is intended to be an ideal resource for every practitioner and specialist who manages complaints of gravid and nursing women or treats breast disorders in women of child bearing age.

    Contents:
    Preface
    PART 1: Basic Considerations
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Breast during Pregnancy and Lactation
    Diagnosis of Breast Disorders in Pregnancy and Lactation
    Clinical Presentations of Breast Disorders in Pregnancy and Lactation
    PART 2: Benign and Premalignant Disorders of the Breast in Pregnancy and Lactation
    Benign Disorders of the Breast in Pregnancy and Lactation
    Mastitis, Breast Abscess, and Granulomatous
    Premalignant disorders of the Breast in Pregnancy and Lactation
    PART 3: Breast Cancer in Pregnancy and Lactation
    Epidemiology of Pregnancy-Associated Breast Cancer
    Histology of Pregnancy-Associated Breast Cancer
    Clinical presentation, Diagnosis, and Prognosis of Pregnancy-Associated Breast Cancer
    . Treatment of Pregnancy-Associated Breast Cancer
    Special Clinical Situations
    Prenatal Care during and after Breast Cancer Treatment
    Lactation during and after Breast Cancer
    Pregnancy in Breast Cancer Survivors. Impact of Breast Cancer Treatment on Fertility
    Fertility Counseling and Preservation for Breast Cancer Patients
    Pregnancy after Breast Reconstruction
    Pregnancy and Lactation: Risk or Protective Factors for Breast Cancer
    Psychological Aspects of Pregnancy and Lactation in Patients with Breast Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Atul C. Mehta, Prasoon Jain, Thomas R. Gildea, editors.
    Contents:
    Diseases of Central Airways: An Overview
    Sarcoidosis of the Upper and Lower Airways
    Airway Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Airway Involvement in Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis
    Tracheobronchomalacia and Excessive Dynamic Airway Collapse
    Tracheobronchial Amyloidosis
    Tracheobronchopathia Osteochondroplastica
    Endobronchial Tuberculosis
    Endobronchial Fungal Infections
    Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
    Parasitic Diseases of the Lung
    Tracheal Tumors
    Lymphomas of the Large Airways: A Clinical Guide
    Diffuse Idiopathic Pulmonary Neuroendocrine Cell Hyperplasia
    Black Bronchoscopy
    Airway Complications after Lung Transplantation
    Chronic Cough: An Overview for the Bronchoscopist.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Juerg Hodler, Rahel A. Kubik-Huch, Gustav K. von Schulthess, editors.
    Summary: This open access book focuses on diagnostic and interventional imaging of the chest, breast, heart, and vessels. It consists of a remarkable collection of contributions authored by internationally respected experts, featuring the most recent diagnostic developments and technological advances with a highly didactical approach. The chapters are disease-oriented and cover all the relevant imaging modalities, including standard radiography, CT, nuclear medicine with PET, ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging, as well as imaging-guided interventions. As such, it presents a comprehensive review of current knowledge on imaging of the heart and chest, as well as thoracic interventions and a selection of "hot topics". The book is intended for radiologists, however, it is also of interest to clinicians in oncology, cardiology, and pulmonology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. A Systematic Approach to Chest Radiographic Analysis (Klein, J., L. Rosado-de-Christenson, M.)
    Chapter 2. Missed Lung Lesions: Side by Side Comparison of Chest Radiography with MDCT (Tack, D., Howarth, N.)
    Chapter 3. Approach to Imaging of Mediastinal Conditions in the Adult (Bhalla, S., Marom, E.)
    Chapter 4. Plain Film and HRCT Diagnosis of Interstitial Lung Disease (Desai, S., Galvin, J., Prosch, H.)
    Chapter 5. CT Diagnosis and Management of Focal Lung Disease (Abbott, G., Vlahos, I.).-Chapter 6. Current Approach to Acute and Chronic Airway Disease (Grenier, P., Kanne, J.)
    Chapter 7. Imaging of Pulmonary Infections (Franquet, T., Chung, J.)
    Chapter 8. Current Concepts in Diagnosis and Staging of Lung Cancer (Carter, B., Erasmus, J.)
    Chapter 9. Diseases of the Chest Wall Pleura and Diaphragm (Kelly, A., Frauenfelder, T.)
    Chapter 10. Pediatric Chest Disorders (Hart, A., Lee, E.)
    Chapter 11. Chest Manifestations of Systemic Disease (Schaefer-Prokop, C., Elicker, B.)
    Chapter 12. Thoracic Trauma (Ketai, L., Primack, S.)
    Chapter 13. Diagnosis and Staging of Breast Cancer: When and How to Use Mammography, Tomosysthesis and Ancillary Imaging Techniques (Gilbert, F., Comstock, C., Pinker-Domenig, K.)
    Chapter 14. Follow up of Patients with Breast Cancer: Imaging of Local Recurrence and Distant Metastases (Bick, U., Helbich, T.)
    Chapter 15. CT & MRI of Suspected Ischemic Heart Disease (including CTA) (De Roos, A., Nikolaou, K.)
    Chapter 16. Imaging of Non-ischemic Cardiomyopathy (Bluemke, D., Teague, S.)
    Chapter 17. Modern Diagnosis in the Evaluation of Pulmonary Vascular Disease (Bankier, A., Dennie, C.)
    Chapter 18. Imaging of Acute Aortic Syndrome (Grist, T., Rubin, G.)
    Chapter 19. Pre-and Post Aortic Endovascular Intervention: What a Radiologist Needs to Know (Bley, T., Roos, J.)
    Chapter 20. Non-invasive Angiography of Peripheral Arteries (Leiner, T., Carr, J.).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jae Bock Chung, Kazuichi Okazaki, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of gallbladder disease. After an introductory section on laboratory findings, pathology, and diagnostic methods, it focuses on specific conditions and their management, covering gallbladder stones, acalculous cholecystitis, gallbladder lesions associated with IgG4-related disease and with anomalous pancreaticobiliary ductal union, and dyskinesia of the gallbladder. Moreover, it discusses incidental gallbladder carcinoma in detail, including epidemiology, risk factors, gene mutations, diagnostic imaging methods and treatment modalities. The book also features a section exploring important current issues, such as the diagnosis and therapy of polypoid lesions and gallbladder wall thickening, and the role of prophylactic cholecystectomy in patients with concomitant gallstones following removal of common bile duct stones by ERCP. It also compares endoscopic gallbladder drainage with percutaneous transhepatic gallbladder drainage. Lastly, the book offers stimulating future perspectives.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction, Epidemiology, Laboratory examinations, Diagnostic methods and Pathology
    1. Overview of diseases of the gallbladder
    2. Laboratory examinations of diseases of the gallbladder
    3. Pathology: benign and malignant diseases of the gallbladder
    4. Imaging diagnosis of diseases of the gallbladder: US, CT and MRI
    5. EUS of diseases of the gallbladder
    6. Tissue acquisition of diseases of the gallbladder
    Part II. Up-to-date knowledges
    1. Pathogenesis and treatment of gallbladder stones
    2. Acalculous cholecystitis; diagnosis and treatment
    3. Gallbladder lesions associated with IgG4 related disease
    4. Gallbladder lesions in patients with APBDU
    5. Dyskinesia of the gallbladder
    6. Incidental gallbladder carcinoma
    Part. III Gallbladder cancer
    1. Epidemiology
    2. Risk factors
    3. Gene mutations and its clinical significance
    4. Staging by radiologic imagings
    5. Role of PET/CT
    6. Diagnostic strategies for early diagnosis
    7. Recent advances of surgical treatment
    8. Neoadjuvant and adjuvant chemotherapy
    9. Role of radiation therapy
    10. Patterns of recurrence and its effective treatment
    Part IV. Current issues
    1. Polypoid lesions and wall thickening of the gallbladder
    Differential diagnosis by imaging between benign and malignant lesion
    Role of EUS
    Diagnostic and therapeutic algorithm
    2. Prophylactic cholecystectomy in patients with concomitant gallstones after removal of CBD stone by ERCP
    3. Drainage of the gallbladder: PTGBD vs Endoscopic drainage
    PTGBD
    Endoscopic drainage of the gallbladder
    Part V. Future perspective
    1. Future perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Deirdre A. Kelly.
    Contents:
    Understanding the Liver. Structure, Function, and Repair of the Liver / Christoph Leiskau, Ulrich Baumann
    Liver Pathology in Children / Rachel M Brown
    Liver Immunology and Its Application in Diseases / Hannah C Jeffery, Kathryn Stirling, Ye Htun Oo
    Molecular Genetics and Liver Disease / Paul Gissen
    Investigating the Liver. Useful Investigations in the Assessment of Liver Disease / Way S Lee, Deirdre A Kelly
    Supporting the Child and Family. The Role of the Multidisciplinary Team / Lindsay Hogg
    The Role of the Dietitian / Sara Clarke, Kelly Guthrie
    The Role of the Psychologist / Jacqueline Blyth
    Liver Disease in Pregnancy. The Effects of Liver Disease in Pregnancy on Mother and Child / Jane Hartley, Hanns-Ulrich Marschall
    Liver Disease in Infancy. The Jaundiced Baby / Jane Hartley
    The Acutely Ill Baby / Patrick J McKiernan
    Neonatal Hemochromatosis / Amy G Feldman, Estella M Alonso, Peter F Whitington
    Liver Disease in Older Children. Autoimmune Liver Disease / Giorgina Mieli-Vergani, Diego Vergani
    Drug-Induced Liver Disease / Noelle H Ebel, Karen F Murray
    Viral Hepatitis / Mona Abdel-Hady, C Y William Tong
    Congenital and Structural Abnormalities of the Liver / Larissa Kerecuk, Patrick J McKiernan
    Non-Alcoholic Steatohepatitis in Childhood / Claudia Della Corte, Antonella Mosca, Vincenzina Lucidi, Arianna Alterio, Valerio Nobili
    Hepatobiliary Disease in Cystic Fibrosis / Carla Colombo, Dominique Debray
    Acute Liver Disease. Non-Viral Infectious Liver Disease / Samantha M Lissauer, Shiva Ramroop
    Acute Liver Failure / Estella M Alonso, Robert H Squires
    Metabolic Liver Disease. Metabolic Liver Disease in the Infant and Older Child / Anupam Chakrapani, Paul Gissen
    Disorders of Copper Metabolism / Thomas Müller, Stuart Tanner
    Management of Chronic Liver Disease. Complications and Management of Chronic Liver Disease / Noelle H Ebel, Simon P Horslen
    The Liver and Other Organs. The Liver in Systemic Illness / Sue V Beath
    Skin Disorders in Liver Disease / Indra D M Mourik, Malobi I Ogboli, Michelle Thomson
    Dental Care of Children with Liver Disease / Marie Therese Hosey, Victoria Clark
    Surgical Disorders of the Liver and Bile Ducts. Biliary Atresia and Other Causes of Surgical Jaundice in Infancy / Erica Makin, Mark Davenport
    Liver Trauma in Children / A B As, Alastair J W Millar
    Surgical Management of Portal Hypertension / Jean Ville de Goyet
    Primary Hepatic Tumors / Bruce Morland, Khalid Sharif
    Disorders of the Pancreas / Heiko Witt, Narendra Battula, Darius Mirza
    Transplantation. Anesthesia and Intensive Care in Pediatric Liver Disease / Peter Bromley, James Bennett, Richard Neal
    Liver Transplantation / Deirdre A Kelly, Paolo Muiesan
    Small-Bowel Transplantation in Children / Girish L Gupte, George Mazariegos
    Combined Liver and Kidney Transplantation / Thamara Perera, David V Milford
    Liver Disease Around the World. Liver Disease in the Developing World / Vidyut Bhatia, Wafa'a Al-Qabandi, Elizabeth Goddard, Seng Hock Quak, Anupam Sibal
    Pediatric Liver Disease in Adult Life. Transition to Adult Care / Jo Wray, Jessica Wright
    Pediatric Liver Disease / James Ferguson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Annarosa Floreani, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the diagnosis and management of diseases of the biliary tree. Topics covered include: congenital biliary abnormalities, genetic cholangiopathies, autoimmune cholangiopathies, inflammatory and drug-related cholangiopathies, and cholangiocarcinoma. Given their particular importance (even for clinicians working with adults), pediatric conditions are also examined. In addition, a special section is devoted to pregnancy and diseases of the biliary tree, and to transplants and diseases of the biliary tree. Each chapter offers up-to-date information on the management of the diseases discussed. Moreover, the book addresses new treatments for autoimmune cholestatic liver diseases, reflecting the new therapeutic targets that have recently been discovered. Examples include farnesoid X receptor (FXR) and peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR)-agonists, together with new drugs that affect the composition of bile flow. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable guide for a broad range of practitioners.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Congenital biliary abnormalities: Biliary atresia. Congenital cystic lesion of the biliary tree. Biliary hamartomas
    Part 2. Genetic cholangiopathies: Alagille syndrome. Caroli disease. Liver disease in cystic fibrosis. Low-phospholipidic associated cholelithiasis (LPAC syndrome)
    Part 3. Autoimmune cholangiopathies: Primary Biliary Cholangitis. Primary sclerosing cholangitis. IgG4-related cholangitis. Overlap syndromes
    Part 4. Secondary cholangiopathies: Inflammatory cholangitis. Drug-induced cholangiopathies
    Part 5 Neoplasms of the biliary tree: Cholangiocarcinoma
    Part 6. Special topics: Pregnancy and diseases of the biliary tree. Transplant and diseases of the biliary tree.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    K.F. Murray, S. Horslen (eds.).
    Summary: Diseases of the Liver in Children: Evaluation and Management provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of pediatric liver disease, with a practical approach useful for the primary care provider or general gastroenterologist. With an emphasis on tables and images, this book serves as a reference for understanding basic hepatic processes and the significance of laboratory findings. It also discusses the state of the art of diagnosis and treatment of diseases that affect the pediatric liver. The text captures the key elements of treatment and monitoring important for the primary care provider partnering in the care of these patients with pediatric hepatologists. The current state of transplantation and other surgical approaches are also discussed. The importance of aggressive bowel rehabilitation in the prevention of end-stage total parenteral nutrition-induced liver disease is also covered. Written by experts in their fields and including the most up to date clinical information, Diseases of the Liver in Children: Evaluation and Management serves as a very useful resource for physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Enno Schmidt, editor.
    Summary: This textbook details the latest diagnostic and management options available when treating patients with diseases affecting the oral mucosa. It comprehensively covers the content required to successfully pass dermatology and stomatology board examinations, while being a valuable resource for dentistry trainees. Chapters cover aspects of mucosal immunity and clinical scores along with a range of diseases. Didactic features including learning objectives enable the reader to better extrapolate the key concepts covered in each chapter. Diseases of the Oral Mucosa: Study Guide and Review presents an in depth overview of the latest diagnostic tools and management options available for diseases of the oral mucosa and is an ideal resource for trainee and practising dentists, dermatologists and stomatologists preparing to sit board examinations.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Anatomy
    3 Medical History and Clinical Examination
    4 Normal Variations
    5 Clinical scores
    6 Histopathology of Oral Hyperplastic and Neoplastic Lesions
    7 Genodermatoses with Oral Manifestations
    8 Inherited Epidermolysis Bullosa
    9 Dyskeratosis Congenita
    10 Pachyonychia Congenita
    11 Oral Lichen Planus
    12 Recurrent Ahthous Stomatitis
    13 Behcet disease
    14 Chronic Ulcerative Stomatitis
    15 Lichen sclerosus of the oral mucosa
    16 Cheilitis granulomatosa and Melkersson Rosenthal syndrome
    17 Autoimmune Blistering Diseases: An Introduction
    18 Pemphigus Vulgaris
    19 Paraneoplastic Pemphigus
    20 Mucous Membrane Pemphigoid
    21 Bullous pemphigoid
    22 Anti-p200 Pemphigoid
    23 Linear IgA disease
    24 Epidermolysis Bullos Acquisita
    25 Lupus erythematosus
    26 Systemic Sclerosis
    27 ANCA-associated Vasculitis
    28 Viral Infections
    29 Bacterial Infections of the Oral Mucosa
    30 Fungal infections
    31 Benign Tumors and Hyperpigmentation
    32 Leukoplakia and Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    33 Oral submucous fibrosis
    34 Melanoma of the Oral Cavity
    35 Lymphoma, Hematological Neoplasia, and Metastases
    36 Oral Mucositis Following Cancer Therapy
    37 Erythema Multiforme
    38 Epithelial Necrolysis
    39 Contact Stomatitis
    40 Oral Allergy Syndrome
    41 Gingivitis and Peridontitis
    42 Gingival overgrowth
    43 Diseases of the tongue
    44 Diseases of the Oral Mucosa in Infants, Children and Adolescence
    45 Diseases of the Oral Mucosa in East Africa
    46 Nutrition-related Disorders
    47 Xerostomia
    48 Miscellaneous Disorders with Oral Manifestations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    C.C. Chang, G.A. Incaudo, M.E. Gershwin, editors.
    Summary: Diseases of the Sinuses: A Comprehensive Textbook of Diagnosis and Treatment, 2nd Edition, offers the definitive source of information about the basic science of the sinuses and the clinical approach to sinusitis. Since the widely praised publication of the first edition, understanding of sinus disease has changed dramatically, mainly as a result of recent developments and new discoveries in the field of immunology. This updated and expanded edition is divided into sections addressing, separately, the pathogenesis, clinical presentation, medical and surgical management of acute and chronic rhinosinusitis. Special entities such as autoimmune-related sinusitis, allergy and sinusitis, and aspirin-exacerbated respiratory disease are discussed in separate chapters. The role of immunodeficiency is also addressed. The management section has been fully updated to incorporate new medical modalities and surgical procedures. Developed by a distinguished group of international experts who share their expertise and insights from years of collective experience in treating sinus diseases, the book will appeal to anyone who has an interest in sinus disease, including both physicians and allied health professionals. Internists, pediatricians, allergists, otolaryngologists and infectious disease specialists will find the book to be an invaluable, comprehensive reference. Physician assistants and nurse practitioners who work with specialists who treat sinus disease will also benefit from the book.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the nose and paranasal sinuses / Samuel Márquez ... [and 6 others]
    Physiology and host immune responses of the nose and sinuses / Jonathan A. Bernstein and Andrew M. Smith
    Immunobiology of chronic rhinosinusitis / Gary A. incaudo and Christopher C. Chang
    Structural anomalies of the nose and sinuses in patients with rhinosinusitis / Vijay R. Ramakrishnan, Todd T. Kingdom, and Richard R. Orlandi
    Microbiology of acute, subacute, and chronic rhinosinusitis in children / Gregory P. DeMuri and Ellen R. Wald
    Microbiology of acute, subacute, and chronic rhinosinusitis in adults / Michael S. Benninger and Tryow D. Woodard
    Biofilms in chronic rhinosinusitis / Nithin D. Adappa and james N. Palmer
    Fungus in sinus disease / Matthew W. Ryan, Ng Yuk Hui, and Mohammad O. Aloulah
    Differential diagnosis of rhinitis and rhinosinusitis / Jonathan Romeo and Mark S. Dykewicz
    Diagnosis and classification of chronic rhinosinusitis with and without polyposis in adults and children / Daniel L. Hamilos
    Sinusitis, rhinitis, asthma, and the single airway hypothesis / Christopher C. Chang
    Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug hypersensitivity and sinus disease / Jinny E. Chang, Andrew A. White, and Ronald A. Simon
    Headache and sinonasal disease / Michael J. Marmura and STephen D. Silberstein
    Immunodeficiency and sinus disease / Stephen J. McGeady and Gary A. Incaudo
    Autoimmunity and sinus disease / Stanley M. Naguwa, Christopher C. Chang, and Gary A. Incaudo
    Anterior rhinoscopy and nasal endoscopy in the diagnosis of sinonasal disease / Douglas R. Johnston and Marc R. Rosen
    Imaging of the paranasal sinuses : plain-film radiography, computed tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging / Mahmood F. Mafee, Nikdokht Farid, and Wei Yen Lim
    Direct or objective evaluation of nasal function : nasal mucosal microscopy, mucociliary transport, flow rhinometry, acoustic rhinometry, and olfactory assessment / Anton R. Dotson and Gary A. Incaudo
    Medical management of chronic rhinosinusitis in children and adults / Samuel L. Friedlander
    Sinus surgical techniques from Caldwell-Luc to MIST / Peter J. Catalano ... [and 3 others]
    Surgical management of rhinosinusitis in children and adolescents / Jessica R. Levi and Richard Schmidt
    Surgical management of rhinosinusitis with and without polyps in adults / Marcelo B. Antunes and David W. Kennedy
    Controversies in the surgical management of chronic rhinosinusitis / Samuel Jayaraj and Peter James Andrews
    Managing complications of endoscopic sinus surgery in children and adults / Brendan C. Hanna and Peter-John Wormald
    Chronic frontal sinusitis / Murugappan Ramanathan Jr. and Andrew P. Lane
    Orbital and intracranial complications of acute and chronic rhinosinusitis / Jan Kastner ... [and 4 others]
    Surgical management of cysts and papillomas of the nose and sinuses / Jamie I. Funamura, Jonathan Liang, and Craig W. Senders
    Tumors of the nose and paranasal sinuses / Aaron D. Robinson, Jonathan Liang, and Quang Luu
    The paranasal sinuses in facial trauma / Carmine Taglialatela Scafati and Salvatore Taglialtela Scafati.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Elke Hattingen, Stefan Weidauer, Matthias Setzer, Johannes C. Klein, Frank Vrionis, editors.
    Summary: Spinal cord imaging has significantly benefited from new MR imaging methods such as cardiac-gated diffusion-weighted imaging, diffusion tensor imaging with fiber tracking, and time-resolved MR angiography. Recent decades have also witnessed fundamental progress in understanding of the pathophysiology of vascular, metabolic, and inflammatory spinal cord diseases. Furthermore, neurosurgical procedures and endovascular treatments of spinal cord diseases have been improved and perfected to avoid severe neurological sequelae. This textbook provides an interdisciplinary overview of the new imaging modalities, identifies clues for MR imaging diagnosis and differential diagnosis, and describes the anatomical background required to understand spinal cord diseases. Important neurological symptoms are highlighted, and modern treatment options for different diseases are fully explained and discussed. High-quality illustrations, including numerous images, are provided for all important spinal cord diseases, documenting relevant anatomical details, special MR imaging methods, differential diagnoses, and possible treatment procedures.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    Part 2 Anatomy of the spine and spinal cord
    Anatomy of spinal canal
    Structures of the spinal canal
    Part 3 Imaging methods
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Methods.- Advanced Imaging methods
    CSF Dynamics
    MR myelography
    Myelography and post-myelographic CT.- Part 4 Malformations of the spine
    Spinal malformations
    Part 5 Diseases of extramedullary origin
    Degenerative diseases
    Extramedullary space-occupying pathologies
    Spinal trauma
    Meningeal disorders
    Part 6 Diseases of the spinal cord
    Pathophysiological regards
    Inflammation of the spinal cord
    Metabolic-toxic diseases
    Gray matter diseases of the spinal cord
    Intramedullary Spinal Cord Tumors
    Vascular diseases of the spine and spinal cord
    Spinal cord infarction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Aniz Girach, Marc D. Smet.
    Summary: Disease of the vitreo-macular interface is characterized by vitreo-macular adhesion (VMA), which can lead to abnormal forces on the retina termed vitreo-macular traction (VMT). This combination of VMA and VMT can itself cause impairment of vision and is implicated in a variety of disorders, including wet age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, and macular hole. Vitreo-macular interface disease has recently begun to receive more attention owing in part to the advent of new imaging techniques that allow more accurate diagnosis and in part to advances in treatment. This clinically oriented book is the first to be devoted wholly to the diagnosis and treatment of vitreo-macular interface disease. World-renowned experts in the field discuss epidemiologic, anatomic, and physiologic aspects, document the findings obtained with newer imaging techniques, such as spectral domain optical coherence tomography, describe the treatment options, and report on the results of preclinical and clinical trials, including some previously unpublished findings. This book will prove invaluable for ophthalmologists as we advance toward a future in which treatments of diseases such as age-related macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy will likely require adjunctive therapy to tackle VMA/VMT concurrently.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Unmet Medical Need
    Epidemiology of Vitreo-Macular Interface Diseases
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Vitreo-Macular Interface
    Pathophysiology of the Ageing Vitreous
    Pathophysiology of Vitreo-Macular Traction
    Imaging of the Vitreo-Macular Interface
    Clinical Manifestations of Vitreo-Macular Interface Disease
    Vitreo-Macular Traction and Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Treatment Paradigm for Vitreo-Macular Interface Diseases
    Pharmacologic Vitreolysis
    Experimental Evidence
    Pharmacologic Vitreolysis
    Clinical Trial Data
    Pharmacologic Vitreolysis
    New Perspectives, Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Galabin, Alfred Lewis; Galabin, Alfred Lewis; Galabin, Alfred Lewis.
    Digital Access Google Books 1879-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N211 .G14 1884
    1
  • Print
    edited by Renee Blocker Turner and Sarah D. Stauffer.
    Summary: "Disenfranchised Grief expands the professional helper's understanding of the grief experiences that result from social, cultural, and relational oppression, microaggressions, disempowerment, and overt violence. The authors blend trauma-informed practice and recent research on critical race theory, cultural humility, and intersectionality to both broaden mental health professionals' conceptualization of disenfranchised grief and its impacts and to promote equity and inclusion among populations that have been marginalized"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Nestor Cohenca.
    Contents:
    Root canal infection and endodontic periradicular disease / Nestor Cohenca and Ana Maria Gonzalez
    Biofilms in root canal infection / Christine M. Sedgley and Rogrio de Castilho Jacinto
    Efficacy of root canal disinfection / Ashraf F. Fouad
    Impact of root canal disinfection on treatment outcome / James Johnson and Natasha Flake
    The anatomy of the root canal system as a challenge to effective disinfection / Eric herbranson
    Shaping the root canal system to promote effective disinfection / Ove Peters and Frank Paqu
    Update on endodontic irrigating solutions / Bettina Basrani and Markus Haapasalo
    Fluid dynamics of irrigation within the root canal system / G. John Schoeffel and Franklin R. Tay
    Positive pressure irrigation / Cesar de Gregorio, Carlos Heilborn, and Nestor Cohenca
    Apical negative pressure irrigation (ANP) / Nestor Cohenca, Cesar de Gregorio and Avina Paranjpe
    Disinfection of the root canal by sonic, ultrasonic and laser activated irrigation / Luc van der Sluis, Bram Verhaagen, Ricardo Macedo, and Michel Versluis
    Ozonization and electrochemical root canal disinfection / Roberta Pileggi
    Intracanal medication in root canal disinfection / Lea Assed Bezerra da Silva, Raquel Assed Bezerra da Silva, Paulo Nelson-Filho and Nestor Cohenca
    Healing of periapical lesions / Zvi Metzger and Anda Kfir
    Surgical endodontics : the complimentary approach / Richard Rubinstein and Alireza Aminlari
    Emerging technologies in root canal disinfection / Anil Kishen, Annie Shrestha, and Nestor Cohenca.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Marc Descamps.
    Contents:
    Some Facets of Molecular Disorder in Crystalline and Amorphous Pharmaceuticals / Marc Descamps, Jean-François Willart
    Influence of Disorder on Dissolution / Khushboo Kothari, Raj Suryanarayanan
    Crystal Imperfections in Molecular Crystals: Physical and Chemical Consequences / William Jones, Mark D Eddleston
    Observation and Characterization of Crystal Defects in Pharmaceutical Solids / Mark D Eddleston, William Jones
    "Enantiomeric Disorder" Pharmaceutically Oriented / Gerard Coquerel, Rui Tamura
    Conformational Disorder and Atropisomerism in Pharmaceutical Compounds / Attilio Cesàro, Barbara Bellich, Giovanna Giannini, Alessandro Maiocchi
    Tautomerism in Drug Delivery / Zaneta Wojnarowska, Marian Paluch
    Disorders in Pharmaceutical Polymers / Emeline Dudognon, Sheng Qi
    Polymer Gels, Hydrogels, and Scaffolds--An Overview / Madeleine Djabourov, Kawthar Bouchemal
    Use of the Pair Distribution Function Analysis in the Context of Pharmaceutical Materials / Pierre Bordet, Pauline Martinetto
    Application of Broadband Dielectric Spectroscopy to Study Molecular Mobility in Pharmaceutical Systems / Katarzyna Grzybowska, Karolina Adrjanowicz, Marian Paluch
    Raman Spectroscopy in Disordered Molecular Compounds: Application to Pharmaceuticals / Alain Hedoux
    Study of Disordered Materials by Terahertz Spectroscopy / Juraj Sibik, J Axel Zeitler
    Study of Disorder by Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy / Marco Geppi, Silvia Borsacchi, Elisa Carignani
    Processing-Induced Disorder in Pharmaceutical Materials / Sheng Qi
    Patenting of Inventions Relating to Solid Forms, with Special Considerations on Disordered Forms / Bertrand Gellie.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Frederic Shapiro.
    Contents:
    I. INTRODUCTION
    II. MATERIALS AND METHODS
    1. Source, distribution, and ages of pudgy and non-affected mice.
    2. Whole mount preparations
    3. Radiographic studies
    4. Histologic studies
    5. Computerized three-dimensional reconstructions
    6. Previous studies on chick vertebral development and human congenital scoliosis
    III. RESULTS
    1. Gross appearance
    2. Whole mount appearances
    3. Radiographic studies
    4. Histology studies: vertebrae, ribs, intervertebral discs and ganglia
    5. Computerized three-dimensional reconstructions
    6. Chick embryo vertebral development
    7. Radiology and histopathology of human congenital scoliosis spine
    IV. DISCUSSION
    ion
    3. The pudgy mouse
    4. Genetic influences on axial development; mutations identified in mouse models with vertebral deformation
    5. Congenital scoliosis (human); its similarity with pudgy mouse vertebral abnormalities
    6. Pathogenesis of pudgy and human congenital scoliosis based on histopathologic studies.-V. CONCLUSIONS
    1. Implications of pudgy vertebral abnormalities for biologic research
    2. Implications of pudgy vertebral abnormalities for clinical patient treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    John M. Hutson, Sonia R. Grover, Michele A. O'Connell, Aurore Bouty, Chloe A. Hanna, editors.
    Summary: This book covers advances in the molecular biology and embryology of sex development, describing each disorder in detail. Clinical presentation and diagnostic approach are described for babies and for those presenting later in childhood or at adolescence.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface for the Second Edition
    Acknowledgements for the Second Edition
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Introduction: Changing Landscapes
    1.1 Background
    1.1.1 Terminology
    1.1.2 Recent History of DSD
    1.1.3 Clinical Definition of DSD
    1.1.4 Incidence of DSD
    1.1.5 Clinical Care: Historical Perspective and Changes Over Time
    1.1.6 Human Rights and DSD: Where to from Here?
    References
    2: The Molecular Basis of Sex Determination and Differentiation: Implications for Understanding DSD
    2.1 Formation of the Bi-potential Gonad 2.10 Genetics and DSD
    2.11 Conclusion
    References
    3: Embryology of the Human Genital Tract
    3.1 The Urogenital Ridge
    3.1.1 Wolffian and Müllerian Duct Development
    3.2 Sexual Differentiation
    3.2.1 Testosterone
    3.2.2 Anti-Müllerian Hormone (AMH or MIS)
    3.2.3 Insulin-Like Hormone (INSL3)
    3.3 External Genitalia
    3.4 Gonadal Descent
    References
    4: Hormones Regulating Sex Development
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Testicular Hormones
    4.2.1 Testosterone Synthesis
    4.2.2 Androgen Receptor
    4.2.3 Control of Testosterone Levels 4.2.4 Anti-Müllerian Hormone (AMH)
    4.2.5 Insulin-Like Hormone 3 (INSL3)
    4.3 Ovarian Hormones
    4.4 The Placenta
    4.5 The Foetal Hypothalamic-Pituitary Axis
    4.6 Postnatal Hormone Levels and Implications (Fig. 4.4)
    References
    5: Embryology in DSD
    5.1 Sex Determination
    5.2 46,XY Complete Gonadal Dysgenesis
    5.3 Incomplete Testicular Differentiation (and Mixed Gonadal Dysgenesis)
    5.4 Anatomy of Caudal Internal Ducts in DSD
    5.5 Placental Failure
    5.6 Failure of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Gonadal Axis
    5.7 Failure of Hormone Action
    5.7.1 INSL3 5.7.2 AMH
    5.7.3 Androgen
    5.8 Morphogenesis of the Genitalia (See Also Chap. 9)
    5.9 Internal Genital Tract
    5.9.1 Wolffian Ducts
    5.9.1.1 In the Female
    5.9.1.2 In the Male
    Epididymis
    Vas Deferens
    Seminal Vesicles (SV)
    Cysts
    Agenesis and Hypoplasia
    5.9.2 Müllerian Ducts
    5.9.2.1 In the Female
    Anomalies of Development
    Aplasia and Hypoplasia
    Unicornuate Uterus
    Anomalies of Fusion
    Uterus Didelphys
    Bicornuate Uterus
    Anomalies of Septal Reabsorption
    Septate Uterus
    Arcuate Uterus
    5.9.2.2 In the male
    5.10 External Genitalia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Adel E. Berbari, Giuseppe Mancia, editors ; ESH, European Society of Hypertension.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors: Kenneth M. Heilman and Stephen E. Nadeau.
    Contents:
    The neurosciences of emotional disorders / E. T. Rolls
    Unconscious processing of emotions and the right hemisphere / G. Gainotti
    Alexithymia / J. Hogeveen, J. Grafman
    Disorders of vocal emotional expression and comprehension: the aprosodias / E. D. Ross
    Disorders of facial emotional expression and comprehension / K. M. Heilman
    Emotional disorders and the cerebellum: neurobiological substrates, neuropsychiatry, and therapeutic implications / J. D. Schmahmann
    Hemispheric stroke: mood disorders / M. Harciarek, A. Mańkowska
    Emotion and mood disorders associated with epilepsy / K. M. Heilman
    Mood and emotional disorders associated with parkinsonism, Huntington disease, and other movement disorders / A. D. Bono, J. D. Twaite, D. Krch, D. L. McCabe, K. A. Scorpio, R. J. Stafford, J. C. Borod
    The emotional disorders associated with multiple sclerosis / S. Raimo, G. Santangelo, L. Trojano
    Paraneoplastic and autoimmune encephalitis: alterations of mood and emotion / J. E. Marinas, D. Matveychuk, J. A. McCombe, S. Tymchuk, S. M. Dursun, G. B. Baker
    The effect of severe traumatic brain injury on social cognition, emotion regulation, and mood / S. McDonals, H. Genova
    Degenerative dementias: alterations of emotions and mood disorders / M. F. Mendez
    Treatment of disorders of emotional comprehension, expression, and emotional semantics / S. E. Nadeau
    Neural mechanism of emotions, alexithymia, and depression / S. E Nadeau.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Alessandro Peri, Chris J. Thompson, Joseph G. Verbalis.
    Contents:
    Historical aspects of hyponatremia / Thompson, C.J.; Peri, A.; Verbalis, J.G
    Physiology and pathophysiology of water homeostasis / Rondon-Berrios, H.; Berl, T
    Etiology and epidemiology of hyponatremia / Burst, V
    Morbidity and mortality of hyponatremia / Peri, A
    Hyponatremia is linked to bone loss, osteoporosis, fragility and bone fractures / Barsony, J.; Kleess, L.; Verbalis, J.G
    Euvolemic hyponatremia secondary to the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuresis / Verbalis, J.G
    Hyponatremia and glucocorticoid deficiency / Aoife, G.; Thompson, C.J
    Hypovolemic hyponatremia / Mohottige, D.; Lehrich, R.W.; Greenberg, A
    Hypervolemic hyponatremia (liver) / Solà, E.; Ginès, P
    Hypervolemic hyponatremia in heart failure / Davila, C.D.; Udelson, J.E
    Adverse consequences of overly-rapid correction of hyponatremia / Sterns, R.H
    Hyponatremia in neurosurgical patients / Hannon, M.J.; Thompson, C.J
    Hyponatreamia in oncology patients / Grohé, C
    Hyponatremia-inducing drugs / Liamis, G.; Megapanou, E.; Elisaf, M.; Milionis, H
    Exercise-associated hyponatremia / Hew-Butler, T
    The diagnostic approach to the patient with hyponatremia : are the correct investigations being done? / Tzoulis, P.; Runkle-De la Vega, I
    Future of hyponatremia research / Thompson, C.J.; Peri, A.; Verbalis, J.G.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Davide Martino, Alberto J. Espay, Alfonso Fasano, Francesca Morgante.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Poverty and slowness of voluntary movement: Bradykinesia, hypokinesia and akinesia
    Weakness
    Apathy, catatonia and mutism
    Obsessional slowness
    Part 2: Abnormalities of muscle tone: Spasticity
    Rigidity
    Paratonia
    Stiffness
    Atonia, hypotonia and negative myoclonus
    Part 3: Unvoluntary muscle activity: Tics
    Stereotypies and mannerisms
    Akathisia/restlessness
    Part 4: Lack of organization or coordination of voluntary muscle activity
    Apraxia
    Limb ataxia
    Part 5: Rhythmical involuntary movements: Tremor
    Tremor-like conditions: rhythmic myoclonus, myorhythmia, epileptic syndromes and clonus
    Part 6: Slow involuntary movements and abnormal posturing: Dystonia
    Spasms and cramps
    Myotonia and neuromyotonia
    Part 7: Rapid involuntary movements: Chorea/ballism
    Myoclonus and excessive startle
    Myokymia
    Part 8: Axial disorders of movement: Disorders of speech
    Disorders of stance
    Disorders of gait.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Aleksandar Videnovic, Birgit Högl, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I
    1. Introduction: Sleepy days and restless nights of Parkinson's Disease
    2. Regulation of sleep and wake homeostasis
    3. Neurochemistry of the sleep-wake cycle in Parkinson's disease
    4. Impaired sleep and alertness in Parkinson's disease: what did we learn from animal models?
    5. Objective measures of the sleep-wake cycle in Parkinson's disease
    6. Subjective assessment of sleep and sleepiness in Parkinson's disease. Part II
    7. Excessive daytime somnolence associated with Parkinson's disease
    8. Insomnia in Parkinson's disease
    9. Sleep-disordered breathing in Parkinson's disease
    10. Restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movement disorder in Parkinson's disease
    11. REM sleep behavior disorder
    12. REM sleep behavior disorder: a pre-motor marker of Parkinson's disease
    13. Dysregulation of circadian system in Parkinson's disease
    14. Cognition and the sleep-wake cycle in Parkinson's disease
    15. Fatigue and sleepiness in Parkinson's disease
    16. Impact of surgical therapies on sleep and alertness in Parkinson's disease
    17. Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ian A. Trail, Andrew N.M. Fleming, editors.
    Summary: This book comes at a time when significant advances in the understanding of hand disorders have resulted in vast improvements in the quality of life for patients. It describes the techniques and practices for the diagnosis and treatment of various disorders of the hand and wrist. Each condition is discussed in detail and illustrated with images, radiographs and line drawings. Clinical pearls are provided for every chapter to provide practical guidance on surgical procedures. Disorders of the Hand contains contributions from many of the hand surgeons who are at the forefront of this evolving area in the management of both elective and trauma hand surgery. This volume and its three sister volumes aim to improve care for current patients with hand and wrist complaints, while inspiring surgeons to think in greater detail about treatment options that will provide even better care in the future.

    Contents:
    Blood Vessels
    Nerve Injury
    Tendon: Flexor
    Tendon: Extensor
    General principles of skin cover and flaps to the elbow, forearm, wrist and hand
    Soft tissue cover of the hand
    Distal Interphalangeal Joints and Fractures of the Distal Phalanx
    Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Injuries
    Fractures of the Proximal Phalanx and those involving the Metacarpo-Phalangeal Joint
    Injury-Fractures-carpo-metacarpal joint and metacarpal
    Fractures of carpal bones other than the scaphoid
    Acute Scaphoid Fractures
    Fractures of the distal radius and distal radioulnar joint
    Hand injuries in children
    Acute Thumb and Finger Instability
    Acute Carpal Instability. Acute DRUJ Instability
    Massive Upper Limb Trauma
    Hand Infection
    Pain Management in Disorders of the Hand.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ian A. Trail, Andrew N.M. Fleming, editors.
    Summary: This book comes at a time when significant advances in the understanding of hand disorders have resulted in vast improvements in the quality of life for patients. It describes the techniques and practices for the diagnosis and treatment of various disorders of the hand and wrist. Each condition is discussed in detail and illustrated with images, radiographs and line drawings. Clinical pearls are provided for every chapter to provide practical guidance on surgical procedures. Disorders of the Hand contains contributions from many of the hand surgeons who are at the forefront of this evolving area in the management of both elective and trauma hand surgery. This volume and its three sister volumes aim to improve care for current patients with hand and wrist complaints, while inspiring surgeons to think in greater detail about treatment options that will provide even better care in the future.

    Contents:
    Nerve Reconstruction
    Tendon Transfers
    Extensor Tendon Reconstruction
    Flexor Tendon Reconstruction
    Malunion/Nonunion Of The Digits
    Scaphoid non union
    Distal Radius Malunion
    Local Vascular Bone Graft Reconstruction
    Chronic Instability of the Fingers and Thumb
    Chronic Carpal Instability
    Chronic Distal Radio-ulna Instability
    Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Median Nerve Entrapment in the Forearm
    Ulnar Nerve of the Elbow
    Ulnar Tunnel Syndrome
    Compressive Neuropathies of The Radial Nerve.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ian A. Trail, Andrew N.M. Fleming, editors.
    Summary: This book comes at a time when significant advances in the understanding of hand disorders have resulted in vast improvements in the quality of life for patients. It describes the techniques and practices for the diagnosis and treatment of various disorders of the hand and wrist. Each condition is discussed in detail and illustrated with images, radiographs and line drawings. Clinical pearls are provided for every chapter to provide practical guidance on surgical procedures. Disorders of the Hand contains contributions from many of the hand surgeons who are at the forefront of this evolving area in the management of both elective and trauma hand surgery. This volume and its three sister volumes aim to improve care for current patients with hand and wrist complaints, while inspiring surgeons to think in greater detail about treatment options that will provide even better care in the future.

    Contents:
    Tendonopathy at the wrist
    Tendon conditions in the thumb
    Tendon inflammation of the fingers including trigger finger
    Osteoarthritis of the Wrist and DRUJ
    Osteoarthritis of the Thumb
    Osteoarthritis of the Fingers
    Rheumatoid Hand and Wrist Problems
    Crystalline and Other Arthritides
    Kienbock's Disease and Other Avascular Necrosis
    Dupuytren's Disease.- The Burned Hand
    Post-Traumatic Contracture
    Neurological contractures: the spastic upper limb.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ian A. Trail, Andrew N.M. Fleming, editors.
    Summary: This book comes at a time when significant advances in the understanding of hand disorders have resulted in vast improvements in the quality of life for patients. It describes the techniques and practices for the diagnosis and treatment of various disorders of the hand and wrist. Each condition is discussed in detail and illustrated with images, radiographs and line drawings. Clinical pearls are provided for every chapter to provide practical guidance on surgical procedures. Disorders of the Hand contains contributions from many of the hand surgeons who are at the forefront of this evolving area in the management of both elective and trauma hand surgery. This volume and its three sister volumes aim to improve care for current patients with hand and wrist complaints, while inspiring surgeons to think in greater detail about treatment options that will provide even better care in the future.

    Contents:
    Ganglia of the Hand and Wrist
    Pigmented villonodular synovitis in the hand
    Vascular Anomalies of the Upper Limb
    Glomus Tumour
    Tumours of the Hand
    Failure of Formation of Parts Transverse and Longitudinal
    Failure of Differentiation of Parts
    Polydactyly
    Upper Limb Overgrowth
    Undergrowth
    Constriction Ring Syndrome
    Congenital Anomalies of the Hand
    Wrist arthroscopy ? Diagnosis & Therapeutic
    PIPJ Replacement
    MCP Arthroplasty
    Total and Partial Wrist Implant Arthroplasty
    DRUJ Replacement Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Janet Lioy, Steven E. Sobol, editors.
    Summary: Disorders of the Neonatal Airway serves as a comprehensive, multidisciplinary resource for all practitioners who care for neonates with airway disorders. With the evolution of advances in neonatology and neonatal airway care over the past three decades, the survival rate and life expectancy of premature newborns have dramatically increased to well over 50% in 24-25 week gestation infants. Unfortunately, survival with long-term intubation has brought a corresponding increase in acquired airway disorders needing collaborative high level neonatal and otolaryngological care. Additionally, with the advent of fetal therapy, congenital airway disorders now make up a substantial number of neonates with complex airway disorders. Because of this fact, there has been increased focus on the multidisciplinary evaluation and management of neonatal airway disorders. The book is organized into three sections: the first focuses on Malformations and Deformations, the second focuses on Assessment, Evaluation, and Treatment, and the third discusses Education, Simulation, and Quality. As one of the only comprehensive resources on the topic, Disorders of the Neonatal Airway focuses on a multidisciplinary approach to the neonatal airway. This unique approach makes this reference a must read for practitioners from many disciplines.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán and Alexander D. Liddle.
    Summary: This state-of-the-art book provides a comprehensive overview of the most common patellofemoral joint problems. Utilizing the latest evidence, it guides readers through prevention, diagnosis and treatment for both adult and paediatric patients. After discussing clinical examination and diagnosis, it explores topics such as acute and recurrent dislocation of the patella, cartilage defects of the joint, patellofemoral instability and patellofemoral osteoarthritis. The book also features a chapter on conservative strategies, including physical medicine and rehabilitation. Research is moving quickly in this field, and as such there is a growing need for consensus documents: written by leading experts, this comprehensive book is a valuable resource for orthopaedic surgeons, knee specialists and sports medicine ones, and is also of great interest to physiatrists, physical therapists and all healthcare workers involved in the care of these patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew T. Provencher, MD, CAPT, MC, USNR, Brian J. Cole, MD, MBA, Anthony A. Romeo, MD, Pascal Boileau, MD and Nikhil N. Verma, MD.
    Contents:
    Clinical anatomy of the rotator cuff
    Arthroscopic anatomy of the shoulder and cuff
    Biomechanics and clinical function of the rotator cuff
    What happens with cuff tears?: natural history and epidemiology
    Rotator cuff history and physical exam
    Imaging for rotator cuff pathology
    Impingement syndrome: diagnosis and management
    Nonoperative care of rotator cuff disorders: physical therapy, modalities, and injectables
    When to fix a cuff tear: surgical indications
    Anchors and fixation devices for cuff tears: what is the state of the art?
    Patient positioning and anesthesia for rotator cuff surgery
    Surgical management of impingement syndrome and ac joint arthrosis
    Open and mini-open rotator cuff repair: state of the art
    Transitioning from open to arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: pearls for success
    Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: instruments, portal placement, and devices
    What type of rotator cuff tear is this? Tear pattern recognition and soft-tissue releases
    Calcific tendinopathy
    Arthroscopic management of partial-thickness rotator cuff tears (pasta) in situ and takedown techniques
    Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: single-row repair (classic)
    Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: double-row surgical techniques
    Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: double-row (knotted anchors medial and lateral)
    Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: double row
    When and how to use patches
    Enhancing the healing environment: cuff biologies
    Arthroscopic management of massive rotator cuff tears
    Subscapularis tendon tears: arthroscopic management
    Shoulder instability with a rotator cuff tear: management of the cuff and labrum
    Shoulder stiffness (adhesive capsulitis) with a rotator cuff tear: how to manage
    Greater and lesser tuberosity fractures
    The suprascapular nerve in the setting of rotator cuff pathology
    Postoperative rehabilitation following rotator cuff repair
    Outcomes following rotator cuff repair: are we doing better?
    The failed rotator cuff repair: evaluation and surgical management
    Evaluation and management of the persistently painful stiff shoulder following rotator cuff repair
    Arthroscopic Trillat procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder instability with associated irreparable rotator cuff tear
    Rotator cuff arthropathy: what is it?
    Tendon transfers for the rotator cuff deficient shoulder
    Hemiarthroplasty for rotator cuff deficiency: indications and technique
    Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for cuff deficiency: rationale and mechanics
    Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for cuff deficiency: surgical technique
    Tendon transfers with a reverse arthroplasty: when and how?
    Superior labrum and long head of the biceps
    Slap tears: how to diagnose
    Slap ii tears: evaluation and surgical techniques for fixation
    How to deal with higher-grade (advanced) slap lesions: treatment of type iii, iv and v slap tears
    Current techniques for biceps tenodesis
    Long head of the biceps tenodesis: proximal soft tissue fixation without anchors
    Disorders of the biceps labral complex: arthroscopic sub-deltoid tenodesis
    Long head of the biceps tendon tenodesis: subpectoral (distal) technique
    Failed slap tear: diagnosis and management
    The proximal long head biceps tendon (LHBT) rupture: LHBT tenodesis for symptomatic chronic ruptures and revision LHBT tenodesis
    Arthroscopic management of spinoglenoid and suprascapular notch cysts
    Arthroscopic management of combined pathology: slap and rotator cuff tears
    Management of the throwing shoulder with a slap tear.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    W. Ben Kibler, Aaron D. Sciascia, editors.
    Summary: This unique book - the first of its kind exclusive on disorders of the scapula - is a concise but comprehensive summary of the evidence that will enable clinicians to understand the scapula from its functions to its dysfunctions and includes clinical guidelines and pearls to improve the clinician's competencies for the treatment of shoulder disorders. Organized logically, the book opens with a review of the baseline mechanics and pathomechanics of the scapula, proceeds to evaluation, then describes in detail the association of the scapula with specific shoulder problems, including rotator cuff disease, labral injuries, glenohumeral and multidirectional instability, clavicle fractures, acromioclavicular joint separation, and shoulder arthrosis. Subsequent chapters cover scapular muscle detachment, neurological injuries and winging, scapular fractures and snapping scapula, in addition to basic and complex rehabilitation strategies. Each chapter includes a summary section with clinical pearls. In the past, in-depth research and expertise regarding the scapula was minimal, but a widening interest has resulted in a volume of literature that makes it possible and imperative that it be collected in a single volume. Disorders of the Scapula and Their Role in Shoulder Injury will be an excellent resource for orthopedic and trauma surgeons, residents and fellows.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John T. Gorczyca, editors.
    Summary: Utilizing detailed case presentations from experts in the field, this book presents common clinical scenarios involving patients who have sustained displaced femoral neck fractures, discussing the injury mechanism, early treatment, potential treatment options, risks and complications involved. The style of presentation, the ease of readability, the use of appropriate and relevant cases to highlight the learning points, and the discussion of the decision-making process are all unique features of the book's approach. Using this tailored process, the each topic is reviewed and the rationale for what appears to be the optimal treatment - hemiarthroplasty or total hip replacement, for example -- is provided to the reader, emphasizing that the ultimate decision requires the combination of science and judgment, both of which are continually evolving. Additional chapters present ongoing controversies in the management of these challenging fractures, as well as complications such as aseptic necrosis, symptomatic hardware and nonunions. Portable and concise, orthopedic and trauma surgeons, residents and fellows alike will find Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures a practical and user-friendly resource.

    Contents:
    Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures in Young Healthy Patients: The Evaluation
    Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures in Young Healthy Patients: The Science
    Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures in Young Healthy Patients: The Technique
    Treatment of Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures with Hemiarthroplasty
    Treatment of Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures with Total Hip Arthroplasty
    How to Sort Out the Controversies in Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures
    Complications with Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures: Aseptic Necrosis
    Complications with Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures: Symptomatic Hardware
    Complications with Displaced Femoral Neck Fractures: Nonunion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Hans Steiner, Whitney Daniels, Christina Stadler, Michael Kelly.
    Summary: Disruptive behavior is extremely common. This book discusses state of the art studies of taxonomy, epidemiology, etiology, and treatment, along with forensic implications. Each chapter concludes with a series of clinical cases. Resources are provided for clinicians, researchers, teacher, primary care physicians, criminologists, forensic experts and interested lay people.

    Contents:
    Introduction to disruptive behavior disorders
    Taxonomy, classification, & diagnosis of disruptive behavior disorders
    Epidemiology of disruptive behavior disorders
    Etiology of disruptive behavior disorders
    Comprehensive and integrated treatment
    Disruptive behavior : forensic implications.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC454 .S75 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Jody Ranck, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Digital Health
    Chapter 2: Overview of the Digital Health Ecosystem
    Chapter 3: Diabetes and the Telcare Solution (Jonathan Javitt, Telcare)
    Chapter 4: Cooperation in Aging Services Technologies
    Chapter 5: The Quantified Self, Wearables, and the Tracking Revolution
    Chapter 6: Beyond Silos to Data Analytics for Population Health: Case Study of HealthBank and Citizen Coops for Health Data Transactions
    Chapter 7: Healthcare Lessons From the Telecommunications Sector (Sven Schuchardt, Detecon)
    Chapter 8: Smart Healthy Cities: Public-Private Partnerships, a Case From Telefonica in Brazil [Jody Ranck, Katia Galvane (Telefonica), Washington Tavares (ISPM)]
    Chapter 9: Smart Digital Health Policies (Ticia Gerber, HL7)
    Chapter 10: Cooperation for Building Secure Standards for Health Data (Cem Senturk, Detecon)
    Chapter 11: Peer to Peer Platforms for Physicians in Underserved Areas: A Human Rights Approach to Social Media in Medicine: The Case of Tabeeb (Osama Alshaykh).
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rade B. Vukmir.
    Summary: This book explores a rapidly growing area of discussion in the health care industry, disruptive behavior in medical providers. The presence of disruptive behavior adversely impacts the providers of all disciplines: paraprofessional personnel, nurses, physicians and administrators. But more importantly, there may be a greater detrimental effect on quality and patient safety. This has led to mandated regulatory requirements that assist healthcare institutions in developing programs to address the problem. The book presents an evidence-based analysis of the disruptive provider behavior that defines the incidence, demographics, and profile of the behavior; discusses the specialties and work locations predisposed, as well as the interface with residents and nurses. The importance of patient safety, economic, and legal issues are addressed by a comprehensive, management strategy to effect positive, sustainable culture change in healthcare.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Scope of the Problem
    Organizational Approach
    Maturation of the Analysis
    Profile of the Behavior
    Location at Risk
    Specialty at Risk
    Physicians in Training
    Etiology
    Nursing Interface
    Patient Safety
    Policy and Guidelines
    Economic Issues
    Legal Interface
    Regulatory Interventions
    Strategies for Improvement
    Educational Process
    Management's Responsibility
    Conclusion
    Appendix: Situational Analysis and Approach: Case Scenarios.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Xue Han, Yuanyuan Wu, Jie Zheng.
    Summary: The book addresses the prevalent digital transformation and focuses on its significant disruption in healthcare. In light of the distinctive characteristics and evolution of the Chinese healthcare industry, private multi-sided platform (MSP) companies emerge to offer novel values and explore the industry value chain. Drawing on the management and economics literature of MSPs, this book examines the selected Chinese MSPs and compares them with the counterpart MSPs in the U.S. This analysis highlights how the unfolding healthcare disruption is valuable for both scholars and practitioners to understand the trends and to take effective actions. "Disruptive Innovation through Digital Transformation: Multi-Sided Platforms of E-Health in China" provides readers in the developing and developed countries with insights on how to approach the current multi-sided platform and to resolve the current problems to better serve customers and patients in the healthcare market.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgements
    About This Book
    Contents
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    1 Demands for Healthcare Industry Changes Provide the Soil for Digital Transformation
    1.1 Problems in the Healthcare Industry and the Impact of Digital Transformation
    1.2 The Transformation Scenario in E-Health
    1.3 Distinctive Chinese Healthcare Evolution Surpassing Typical Digital Transformation Developments
    1.4 Overview of the Book
    1.4.1 Starting Point
    1.4.2 Theoretical Approach
    1.4.3 Research Methodologies
    1.4.4 Research Route
    1.5 Structure of the Book 2 Digital Transformation, Multi-sided Platforms, and Analytical Framework
    2.1 Transformation by Business Model Innovation
    2.1.1 Disruption in Initially Serving the New Market: The Ignored Low-End Market or Non-existing Market
    2.1.2 Disruption in Serving Complementary Markets
    2.1.3 Disruption in Integrating and Serving the Whole Value Chain
    2.2 Multi-sided Platforms (MSPs)
    2.2.1 Characteristics of MSPs
    2.2.2 The Importance of MSP Governance
    2.2.3 Two-Stage Management of MSPs
    2.2.4 Solving Chicken-and-Egg Problems
    2.3 Analysis Model Suggested 3 Distinctive Characteristics of the Chinese Healthcare Industry
    3.1 Ongoing Reforms in the Chinese Healthcare System
    3.2 The Current E-Health Ecosystem in China
    3.2.1 Key Players in the Chinese E-Health Ecosystem
    3.2.2 Dominant Players in the Chinese E-Health Ecosystem
    3.2.3 Interactions Between Players in the E-Health Ecosystem
    3.3 Distinctive Characteristics of the Chinese Healthcare System
    3.3.1 The Huge Medical Demands and Significant Imbalances
    3.3.2 The Improving Medical Insurance System and Higher Percentage of Out-of-Pocket Payment 3.3.3 High Concentration of Visits in Comprehensive Hospitals
    3.3.4 Ongoing Reform on the Multi-site License of Certified Physicians
    3.3.5 Pressures of Career Advancement for Physicians
    3.4 Great Opportunities for E-Health and MSP to Disrupt the Traditional Chinese Healthcare Market
    4 Emerging E-Health MSPs in China
    4.1 www.chunyuyisheng.com
    4.1.1 The Involved Sides
    4.1.2 Services and Advantages
    4.1.3 The Chicken-Egg Solution
    4.1.4 Cooperation-Competition with Other Practitioners
    4.2 www.dxy.cn
    4.2.1 The Involved Sides
    4.2.2 Services and Advantages 4.2.3 The Chicken-Egg Solution
    4.2.4 Cooperation-Competition with Other Practitioners
    4.3 www.xingren.com
    4.3.1 The Involved Sides
    4.3.2 Services and Advantages
    4.3.3 The Chicken-Egg Solution
    4.3.4 Cooperation-Competition with Other Practitioners
    4.4 www.guahao.com
    4.4.1 The Involved Sides
    4.4.2 Services and Advantages
    4.4.3 The Chicken-Egg Solution
    4.4.4 Cooperation-Competition with Other Practitioners
    4.5 www.manyoubang.com (Manyoubang)
    4.5.1 The Involved Sides
    4.5.2 Services and Advantages
    4.5.3 The Chicken-Egg Solution
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ross C. Brownson, Graham A. Colditz, Enola K. Proctor.
    Contents:
    The promise and challenges of dissemination and implementation research / Graham A. Colditz and Karen M. Emmons
    Terminology for dissemination and implementation research / Borsika A. Rabin and Ross C. Brownson
    Historical roots of dissemination and implementation science / James W. Dearing, Kerk F. Kee, and Tai-Quan Peng
    Ethical issues in dissemination and implementation research / James M. Dubois and Beth Prusaczyk
    The conceptual basis for dissemination and implementation research: lessons from existing models and frameworks / Rachel G. Tabak, David A. Chambers, Mary Hook, and Ross C. Brownson
    The role of economic evaluation in dissemination and implementation research / Ramesh Raghavan
    Designing for dissemination in chronic disease prevention and management / Neville Owen, Ana Goode, Takemi Sugiyama, Mohammad Javad Koohsari, Genevieve Healy, Brianna Fjeldsoe, and Elizabeth Eakin
    The role of organizational processes in dissemination and implementation research
    Gregory A. Aarons, Joanna C. Moullin, and Mark G. Ehrhart
    Systems thinking and dissemination and implementation research / Barbara L. Riley, Cameron D. Willis, Bev Holmes, Diane T. Finegood, Allan Best, and Jessie-Lee D. McIsaac
    Systems science methods in dissemination and implementation research / Douglas A. Luke, Alexandra B. Morshed, Virginia R. McKay, and Todd B. Combs
    Participatory approaches for study design and analysis in dissemination and implementation research / Meredith Minkler, Alicia L. Salvatore, and Charlotte Chang
    Enhancing dissemination through marketing and distribution systems: a vision for public health / Joseph T. Steensma, Matthew W. Kreuter, Christopher M. Casey, and Jay M. Bernhardt
    Design and analysis in dissemination and implementation research / John Landsverk, C. Hendricks Brown, Justin D. Smith, Patricia Chamberlain, Geoffrey M. Curran, Lawrence Palinkas, Mitsunori Ogihara, Sara Czaja, Jeremy D. Goldhaber-Fiebert, Wouter Vermeer, Lisa Saldana, Jennifer A. Rolls Reutz, and Sarah McCue Horwitz
    Measurement issues in dissemination and implementation research / Cara C. Lewis, Enola K. Proctor, and Ross C. Brownson
    Implementation strategies / Joann E. Kirchner, Thomas J. Waltz, Byron J. Powell, Jeffrey L. Smith, and Enola K. Proctor
    Fidelity and its relationship to implementation effectiveness, adaptation, and dissemination / Jennifer D. Allen, Rachel C. Shelton, Karen M. Emmons, and Laura A. Linnan
    Adaptation in dissemination and implementation science / Ana A. Baumann, Leopoldo J. Cabassa, and Shannon Wiltsey Stirman
    Furthering dissemination and implementation research: the need for more attention to external validity / Lawrence W. Green and Mona Nasser
    Evaluation approaches for dissemination and implementation research / Bridget Gaglio and Russell E. Glasgow
    Mixed methods evaluation in dissemination and implementation science / Lawrence A. Palinkas and Brittany Rhoades Cooper
    Dissemination and implementation research in community and public health settings / Cynthia A. Vinson, Katherine A. Stamatakis, and Jon F. Kerner
    Dissemination and implementation in social service settings / J. Curtis McMillen and Danielle R. Adams
    Implementation science in health care / Alison B. Hamilton and Brian S. Mittman
    Health dissemination and implementation within schools / Rebekka M. Lee and Steven L. Gortmaker
    Dissemination and implementation research in worksites / Peggy A. Hannon and Jeffrey R. Harris
    Policy dissemination research / Jonathan Purtle, Elizabeth A. Dodson, and Ross C. Brownson
    Dissemination and implementation research among racial/ethnic minority and other vulnerable populations / Antronette (Toni) Yancey, Beth A. Glenn, Chandra L. Ford, and Lashawnta Bell-Lewis
    Dissemination and implementation research in a global context / Rebecca Lobb, Shoba Ramanadhan, and Laura Murray
    Future issues in dissemination and implementation research / Ross C. Brownson, Graham A. Colditz, and Enola K. Proctor.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Michael C. Klein.
    Summary: "How often do you hear a doctor saying doctors need to be more accountable, Medicare needs more support and family medicine deserves more respect? Dissident Doctor bristles with refreshingly frank criticisms from inside the health sector, and its author is not just any doctor but a distinguished scientific researcher, veteran medical administrator, Professor Emeritus, recipient of the Order of Canada and lifelong gadfly. In Dissident Doctor, Michael C. Klein intersperses fascinating tales of individual cases with formative elements of his personal life. As the son of American left-wing activists, he grew up singing folk songs about justice and racial equality; as a young doctor his refusal to serve as a military physician during the Vietnam War prompted his immigration to Canada. His early experience working with midwives in Ethiopia-delivering babies using techniques for natural pain relief and without routine episiotomy-were formative, leading him to question many standard but unjustified procedures in Western maternity care. He made many unconventional decisions as a result of his focus on humane medicine, transitioning from a specialization in pediatrics and newborn care to become a family physician, and embracing midwifery before it was approved in Canada. Klein's determination in the face of great opposition, the strength of his convictions, and his humility and sense of humour drive this powerful story of a life and career dedicated to his patients and his principles."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Jeffrey N. Lawton, editor and author.
    Contents:
    1. Teatment of metaphyseal distal radius fractures with a volar locking plate
    2. Volar plate/hook pin for volar lunate facet fragment
    3. Volar locking plate + dorsal-ulnar plate
    4. Volar locking plate and radial styloid plating
    5. Volar locking plate for intra-articular distal radius fracture
    6. Dorsal plate fixation for distal radius fractures
    7. Fragment-specific internal fixation of distal radius fractures
    8. Volar ulnar fixation
    9. Fractures of the radial column
    10. Distal radius fracture: Kapandji (intrafocal) pinning technique
    11. Bridge plating for distal radius fractures
    12. External fixation and percutaneous pinning for distal radius fractures
    13. Ulnar styloid fracture with distal radioulnar joint instability
    14. Distal radius fractures with ulnar head and neck fractures
    15. DRUJ dislocations/ Galeazzi fracture
    16. Distal radius fractures: a clinical casebook
    17. Loss of fixation in distal radius fractures
    18. Distal radius fracture complicated by carpal tunnel syndrome
    19. Complications of distal radus fracture: EPL rupture
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Leiv M. Hove, Tommy Lindau, Per Hølmer, editors.
    Summary: Distal radial fractures are still puzzling us 200 years after Colles' classic description. Despite the advent of various new imaging techniques, including 3D CT, the availability of diagnostic adjuncts such as arthroscopy, and treatment options that include more than 30 different volar locking plates, the rate of unsatisfactorytreatment resultsremains very high. Furthermore, while we are aware of more associated injuries, such as carpal ligament tears and injuries to the radioulnar ligament (TFCC), there is still intense debate on the relevance of these injuries. This textbook aims to provide the reader with a complete understanding of distal radius fractures, their inherent problems, and how to manage them successfully. It is written by widely published experts from a part of the globe where distal radius fractures are very common, especially during the winter months. Clear guidance is provided on diagnostic imaging, classification, and assessment of fracture instability. The complete spectrum of operative and nonoperative treatment options are then clearly explained with the aid of step-by-step illustrations. Extensive information is also provided on complications and their treatment. Both students and experienced practitioners will find this book to be an enlightening, practice-oriented reference on the management of these challenging fractures.

    Contents:
    Distal Radius Fractures: What Is the Problem?
    A Historical Review of the Distal Radius Fracture
    Anatomy of the Wrist
    Biomechanics and Kinematics of the Wrist
    Epidemiology
    Distal Radius Fractures and Osteoporosis
    Outcome Assessment After Distal Radius Fractures
    Medicolegal Aspects of Distal Radius Fractures
    Imaging
    Classification Distal Radius Fractures
    How to Assess Fracture Instability
    Pharmacologic Treatment of Distal Radial Fractures
    Flow Chart for Treatment: A Standardized Treatment Program as an Aid in Primary Treatment of Distal Radius Fractures
    The Clinical Dilemma: Nonoperative or Operative Treatment
    Clinical Diagnosis, Closed Reduction, and Plaster
    Closed Re-reduction: Is It an Alternative
    Closed Reduction and External Fixation of Unstable Distal Radius Fractures
    Closed Reduction and Percutaneous Pinning
    Closed Reduction and Intramedullary Fixation of Distal Radius Fractures
    Closed Reduction and External Fixation or Open Reduction and Volar Internal Fixation: The Clinical Dilemma
    Combined External Fixation and Internal Fixation
    Open Reduction and Volar Plating: Surgical Guide
    When Fixed-Angle Volar Plates Are Not Enough: Alternative Fixation Methods in Problem Fractures
    Die-Punch Fractures: Open and Arthroscopy-Assisted Fixation
    Arthroscopy in Distal Radius Fractures
    Associated Injuries in Distal Radius Fractures
    Radial Styloid Fractures and Associated Carpal Injuries
    Acute Injuries Around the Distal Ulna
    Bone Substitutes, Grafts and Cement
    The Elderly Osteoporotic Patient
    Rehabilitation
    Complications: An Overview
    Nerve Entrapments and Nerve Injuries in Distal Radius Fractures
    Tendon Complications of Distal Radial Fractures
    Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
    Compartment Syndrome of the Forearm
    Extra-articular Malunion of the Radius; Osteotomy of the Radius
    Ulnar Shortening Osteotomy After Distal Radius Fracture
    Intra-articular Malunion
    Distal Radius Fractures and Secondary Carpal Dysfunction
    Secondary Osteoarthrosis: Partial or Total Arthrodesis Versus Wrist Arthroplasty
    Secondary DRU Joint Problems Instability, Nonunion Styloid, and Ulnocarpal Abutment
    Salvage Procedures to the DRU Joint
    Wrist Denervation
    Associated Fractures of the Distal Ulna
    Galeazzi's Fracture and Essex-Lopresti Injuries: Dislocation Fractures of the Forearm
    Distal Radius Fractures in Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jesse Jupiter, Michael Chammas, editor-in-chief: Geert Alexander Buijze.
    Summary: Edited and authored by leading international experts, Distal Radius Fractures: Evidence-Based Management provides a state-of-the-art overview of diagnosis and management based on today's best practices. Each chapter focuses on one key issue, offering a challenging case and then questioning the reader in an engaging fashion to provide the best available evidence on each topic. Practical and easy to read, this innovative text is a useful resource for all residents, physicians and surgeons who manage fractures. Combines current best practices with the knowledge and experience of a global team of expert contributing authors, with a focus on practical use in applying the evidence. Covers need-to-know topics such as anatomy and biomechanics, diagnostic management, acute fracture management, management of pediatric and elderly fractures, and more. Includes valuable case scenarios, technical tips and tricks, and pearls and pitfalls. Features high-quality illustrations including CT scans, x-rays, and clinical photographs. Consolidates the latest evidence on distal radius fractures into one convenient resource. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase, which allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

    Contents:
    Principles of evidence-based management of distal radius fractures
    Epidemiology of distal radius fractures
    Surgical anatomy of the distal radius
    Biomechanics of distal radius fractures
    Radiographic parameters of distal radius fractures
    Advanced imaging in distal radius fractures
    Closed reduction and immobilization of displaced distal radius fractures
    Surgical versus conservative interventions for displaced distal radius fractures
    Predictors of instability and secondary displacement after conservatively managed distal radius fractures
    Minimally invasive plate osteosynthesis of distal radius fractures
    Volar, dorsal, and/or radial plating
    Comminuted articular distal radius fractures
    Extra-articular distal radius fractures with metaphyseal comminution
    Bone graft (substitutes) in distal radius fractures
    Arthroscopic-assisted treatment of distal radius fractures
    Simultaneous fractures of the distal radius and scaphoid
    Galeazzi fracture dislocations
    Diagnosis and treatment of an Essex-Lopresti injury
    Acute distal radioulnar joint instability
    Distal ulnar fractures concomitant with distal radius fractures
    Persistent ulnar-sided wrist pain after distal radius fracture
    Association between radiological and patient-reported outcomes
    Rehabilitation protocols after distal radius fracture
    Complex regional pain syndrome in distal radius fractures
    Pediatric distal radius fractures
    Pediatric forearm fractures
    Distal radius fracture fixation in the elderly
    Prevention of distal radius fractures
    Diagnosing the malunited distal radius
    Treatment of the extraarticular malunited distal radius
    Treatment of the intraarticular malunited distal radius
    Three-dimensional planning and surgical guidance of malunion correction
    Nonunion of distal radius fractures
    Tendon ruptures after distal radius fracture
    Chronic DRUJ instability after distal radius fractures
    Posttraumatic DRUJ arthritis
    Posttraumatic radiocarpal arthritis
    Wrist contracture after distal radius fractures.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Francisco del Piñal ; co-editors, Max Haerle, Hermann Krimmer.
    Summary: "Hand and wrist fractures account for millions of emergency room visits annually. The extraordinary importance of these structures in activities of daily living necessitates great surgical competence in repairing fractures so as to preserve the vast range of motion and utility of this functional anatomic unit. The management theory and techniques for these fractures have seen dramatic changes in the last few decades. This new volume brings together all currently established operative techniques for distal radius fractures, explained in detail and highly illustrated, step by step, with a wealth of brilliant figures and diagrams. Key Features: Comprehensive coverage of all types of injury as well as all the evidence-based therapeutic surgical options. State-of-the-art management of carpal instability, anterior and dorsal rim fractures, radiocarpal dislocation, malunion, and much more. Includes coverage of ligamentous injuries. Contributions by numerous world-renowned surgeons This book is essential for all surgeons in training in orthopaedic surgery and in plastic surgery and highly useful to experienced surgeons"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Fracture / Simon MacLean, Gregory Bain
    Radiology of the Fractured Radius / Mark Ross, Patrick Groarke
    Patient-Accident-Fracture Classification of Acute Distal Radius Fractures in Adults / Guillaume Herzberg, Thais Galissard, Marion Burnier
    Distal Radius Fracture: The Evidence / Tracy Webber, Tamara D. Rozental
    Orthopaedic Treatment: When? / David Warwick, Oliver Townsend
    Mini Approaches / Gustavo Mantovani Ruggiero
    Spanning Plates / Mitchell G. Eichhorn, Scott G. Edwards
    Arthroscopic Management / Yukio Abe
    Anterior Rim Fractures / Jorge L. Orbay, Gabriel Pertierra
    Dorsal Rim Distal Radius Fractures with Radiocarpal Fracture-Dislocation / Rohit Garg, Jesse Jupiter
    Multiplanar Fixation in Severe Articular Fractures / Peter C. Rhee, Alexander Y. Shin
    Management of Wrist Open Fractures and Bone Defects / Rames Mattar Junior, Emygdio Jose Leomil de Paula, Luciano Ruiz Torres, Tiago Guedes da Motta Mattar, Gustavo Bersani Silva
    Radiocarpal Dislocation / Mark Henry
    Common Errors of Volar Plate Fixation / Robert J. Medoff, James M. Saucedo
    Distal Ulna Fractures / Christopher Klifto, David Ruch
    Distal Radioulnar Joint Instability Associated with Distal Radius Fractures / Shohei Omokawa, Takamasa Shimizu, Kenji Kawamura, Tadanobu Onishi
    Distal Radius Fracture in the Elderly / Rohit Arora, Markus Gabl
    Extra-articular Malunion / Karl-Josef Prommersberger
    Arthroscopic-Guided Osteotomy for Intra-articular Malunion / Francisco del Piñal
    Newer Technologies on Managing Distal Radius Fractures / Ladislav Nagy
    Distal Radius in Children and Growth Disturbances / Alexandria L. Case, Joshua M. Abzug
    Open Surgery for Chronic Scapholunate Injury / Dirck Ananos, Marc Garcia-Elias
    Arthroscopic Scapholunate Repair / Max Haerle, Christophe Mathoulin
    Treatment of Lunotriquetral Injuries / Benjamin F. Plucknette, Haroon M. Hussain, Lee Osterman
    Arthroscopic Management of Perilunate Dislocation and Fracture Dislocation / Jae Woo Shim, Jong-Pil Kim, Min Jong Park
    Radiocarpal Pain and Stiffness / Christoph Pezzei, Stefan Quadlbauer
    Ulnar Pain and Pronosupination Losses / Riccardo Luchetti, Andrea Atzei
    Chronic Distal Radioulnar Joint Instability / Michael C. K. Mak, Pak-Cheong Ho
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Peter J. Papadakos, Stephen Bertman, editors.
    Summary: Examining-room computers require doctors to record detailed data about their patients, yet reduce the time clinicians can spend listening attentively to the very people they are trying to help. This book presents original essays by distinguished experts in their fields, addressing such critical problems and making an urgent case for reform, because while electronic technology has revolutionized the practice of medicine, it also poses a unique challenge to health care. Smartphones in the hands of doctors and nurses have become dangerously seductive devices that can endanger their patients. Distracted Doctoring is written for anesthesiologists and surgeons, as well as general practitioners, nurses, and health care administrators and students. Chapters include Electronic Challenges to Patient Safety and Care; Distraction, Disengagement, and the Purpose of Medicine; and Managing Distractions through Advocacy, Education, and Change.

    Contents:
    Introduction : the problem of distracted doctoring / Peter J. Papadakos and Stephen Bertman
    Medicine enters the computer age / Lekshmi Santhosh and Raman Khanna
    Electronic challenges to patient safety and care / Stephen Bertman
    Addiction to technology and speed / Stephen Bertman
    Note to my doctor : lessons from fifty years of distracted driving research / Paul Atchley
    Distraction, disengagement, and the purpose of medicine / David Loxterkamp
    Taking time to truly listen to our patients / Deepthiman Gowda
    When it comes to the physician-patient-computer relationship, the "eyes" have it / Richard Frankel
    Impact of EMRs on communication within the doctor-patient relationship / Wei Wei Lee and Maria Lolita Alkureishi
    Physician dissatisfaction, stress, and burnout, and their impact on patient care / Alan H. Rosenstein
    Distractions in the operating room / Michelle A. Feil
    Risk reduction and vigilance in anesthesia / Roy G. Soto, Mallika Thampy, and Sara Neves
    Managing distractions through advocacy, education, and change / Donna A. Ford
    Electronic devices as potential sources of biological contamination / Roy H. Constantine
    Digital distraction and legal risk / James E. Szalados
    Electronic etiquette : a curriculum for health professionals / Peter J. Papadakos
    Mindful practitioners, mindful teams, and mindful organizations : attending to the core tasks of medicine / Ronald M. Epstein
    Afterword : "Physician, Heal Thyself, and Make Haste, Slowly."
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jenara Nerenberg.
    Summary: "A paradigm-shifting study of neurodivergent women-those with ADHD, autism, and other sensory processing differences-exploring why these traits are overlooked in women and how society benefits from allowing their unique strengths to flourish As a successful, Harvard- and Berkeley-educated writer, entrepreneur, and devoted mother, Jenara Nerenberg was shocked to discover that her "symptoms" that were only ever labeled as anxiety were considered autistic and ADHD. Being a journalist, she dove into the research and uncovered neurodiversity-a framework that moves away from pathologizing "abnormal" versus "normal" brains and instead recognizes the vast diversity of our mental makeups. Divergent Mind is a long-overdue, much-needed answer for women who have a deep sense that they are "different." Sharing real stories from women with ADHD, autism, synesthesia, misophonia, and more, Nerenberg explores how these brain variances present differently in women and dispels widely held misconceptions. She also offers a path forward, describing practical changes in how we can communicate, design our surroundings, and better support divergent minds. When we allow our wide variety of brain makeups to flourish, we create a better tomorrow for us all"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Dana A. Telem, Colin A. Martin, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) in the context of daily surgical practice. Through real-life illustrative case scenarios and experiences, this book explores DEI and its impact on academic surgery, career development, and clinical practice. Each chapter highlights a commonly encountered scenario and features extensive guidance on how to address each challenge secondary to both implicit explicit biases as well as detailing how to implement best practices. Diversity, Equity and Inclusion provides a detailed guide to the best practices and challenges associated with implementing DEI in day to day surgical practice and is a valuable resource for all surgical practitioners looking for a guide on how to successfully implement DEI strategies into daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Setting the Stage: What is Diversity, Equity and Inclusion?
    Best Practices in Recruitment and Retention
    Advancement and Leadership Development
    Mentorship and Sponsorship
    Research track and focus
    Selecting one's scope of practice
    Selecting one's type of practice
    Alternative Paths
    Patient Bias and the Surgeon
    Gender and Surgery
    Race/Ethnicity and Surgery
    Sexual Identity and Surgery
    Physical or Intellectual Disability and Surgery. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marcus L. Martin, Sheryl L. Heron, Lisa Moreno-Walton, editors ; Anna Walker Jones, managing editor.
    Contents:
    Defining Diversity in Quality Care
    Racial/Ethnic Healthcare Disparities and Inequities: Historical Perspectives
    Educating Medical Professionals to Deliver Quality Health Care to Diverse Patient Populations
    Culturally Competent Faculty
    Culturally Sensitive Care: A Review of Models & Educational Methods
    Interpreter Services
    The Patient-Physician Clinical Encounter
    Spiritual Care Services in Emergency Medicine
    Lesbian, Gay, or Bisexual (LGB): Caring with Quality and Compassion
    Culturally Competent Care of the Transgender Patient
    Looking Past Labels: Effective Care of the Psychiatric Patient
    Disability and Access
    Racial and Ethnic Disparities in the Emergency Department: A Public Health Perspective
    Vulnerable Populations: The Homeless and Incarcerated
    Vulnerable Populations: The Elderly
    Vulnerable Populations: Children
    Religio-cultural Consideration When Providing Healthcare to American Muslims
    Disparities and Diversity in Biomedical Research
    Cultural Competency Case Studies: Transitional Introduction
    Case 1: African-American Infant and Family
    Case 2: Cambodian Refugee
    Case 3: Sickle Cell Crisis
    Case 4: Mongolian Spots
    Case 5: Death Disclosure
    Case 6: Coin Rubbing
    Case 7: Toxic Ingestion
    Case 8: Adolescent Indian Male Sikh
    Case 9: Intimate Partner Violence in the Gay Community
    Case 10: West Indian/Caribbean
    Case 11: American Indian
    Case 12: Spiritualism in the Latino Community
    Case 13: Islamic Patient
    Case 14: Pediatric Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Steve H. Koh, Gabriela G. Mejia, Hilary M. Gould, editors.
    Summary: This book presents an extensive collection of high-yield case vignettes with recommendations for a comprehensive approach to cultural psychiatry. Culture is defined from an anthropological perspective, with an emphasis on aspects of culture beyond race, ethnicity, and other traditional demographic categories. The goal of this book is to offer clinical applications of cultural psychiatry via examination of special populations, systems, and settings. With ever-changing geopolitical environments, institutional structures, and sociodynamics, attention and consideration of context is paramount. Theoretical models and specific frameworks for evaluating cultural influence on the manifestation, development, and treatment response of mental health illnesses are presented. The chapters are organized to showcase different ways in which culture plays into everyday clinical practice. Emphasis is placed on the full sum of the care delivery transaction within a larger context, including public and community systems of care. Real-world case examples are discussed in each chapter to help contextualize the dynamic nature that culture plays in practice across inpatient and outpatient settings. Each case presents with relevant academic and historical background and practical operational advice for psychiatrists providing care within these respective communities. The authors address diverse clinical cases related to refugee and asylum seekers, military service members, survivors of human trafficking, incarcerated populations, and more. Training recommendations and best practices are outlined including psychopharmacology, psychosocial treatments, and cultural adaptations to evidence based treatments. Diversity in Action: Case Studies in Cultural Psychiatry is a useful resource for all psychiatrists, psychologists, general practitioners, social workers, nurses, administrators, public policy officials, and all medical professionals working with a culturally diverse subset of patients seeking mental health.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Survivors of Torture
    Survivors of Human Trafficking
    Survivors of Combat Trauma
    Co-Occurring Disorders
    Telepsychiatry to Rural Populations
    Religion, Spirituality, and Mental Health
    Biculturalism: the case of two North American neighbors
    Correctional Psychiatry
    Shifting Gears: Cultural Assimilation into Primary Care
    Psychiatric Care in Residential Care Environments.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Pierre-Marie Bosc, Jean-Michel Sourisseau, Philippe Bonnal, Pierre Gasselin, Élodie Valette, Jean-François Bélières, editors.
    Summary: In contemporary times where farming models are challenged through deep transformations of agricultural organizations and markets, this books proposes a new visit of the diversity of family forms of production to explore their current transformations all over the world. By adopting a comprehensive perspective it allows bringing together several dimensions often studied separately: linkages with markets, territorial development, labour mobility through migrations and livelihood strategies, farms? autonomy, and food security, as well as the many ways of collective action and the role of public policies. The book relies on 18 case studies in the five continents. All were driven with a single and original methodological framework, inspired by the Sustainable Rural Livelihoods. The SRL initial framework was reshaped and adapted to allow each author to fine-tune "what makes family," to understand family labour adaptations to their environment, and to align them with territorial dynamics and public policies in each national situation. Co-written by a network of researchers, this book deepens scientific knowledge on family farming around the world, and at the same time it contributes to test and improve a methodological framework adapted to analyse and of observe rural dynamics. It is dedicated to researchers, teachers and students, agronomists, economists, geographers, sociologists and historians but also experts and practitioners in agricultural and rural development. More widely, NGOs and any citizen willing to understand the family farming's issues in different social contexts, should also find interest in reading it.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Non-Market rationales, an?archaism? worth revisiting
    Introduction
    Family farming in Polish Podlasie: anachronism or overlooked potential?
    Urban and peri-urban agriculture: dairy farms in Cairo, Egypt
    Integration into international markets of family cotton farms in Mali
    The fragility of the sedentarization of a pastoral Fula population in Benin
    Local anchoring and migration as two faces of the same coin
    Introduction
    Diversified multi-localized family farming in Nicaragua
    The iony moment and the Indian farmers of Ecuador
    Agriculture in southern Mozambique: an activity based on migrations for work
    At the limits of family agriculture: family business forms of production?
    Introduction
    Between firms and family business farms: small transitory family plantations in Indonesia
    Family farming in Brazil, modernized and integrated
    Agricultural family enterprises, territories and politics in Argentina
    Diversification of activities between strategies of survival and accumulation
    Introduction
    Family farming confronted by drought and liberalization in Senegal
    Long-term accumulation strategies and family farms in Cameroon
    The uncertain market integration of family farms in Madagascar
    Organization of family in between a collective asset and the limitations of individual strategies
    Introduction
    From the big to the small family in Burkina Faso: disrupted generations and statuses
    A family and its system of pastoral farming without borders, between Niger, Chad and Nigeria
    Beyond family farming: determining political and territorial issues
    Introduction
    Fragmentation of irrigated family farms in southern India
    On the roof of the world, the pastoralists of the Tibetan plateau confronted by change
    Family agriculture in contemporary Kanak society
    Conclusion: Methodological and conceptual contributions
    References
    List of authors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Diane L. Dixon.
    Summary: "This book is about the lived experiences on the executive path of 12 racially and ethnically diverse hospital and health system CEOs. It is based on interviews. It seeks to learn from the collective wisdom of all the executives to provide a unique glimpse, from their perspectives, into what it takes to navigate the challenges and opportunities of the executive path to the C-suite"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Backgrounds Are the Foundation
    Reflections on Race and Ethnicity
    Positive Personal Qualities
    The Power of Relationships
    The Essential Role of Sponsorship
    The Executive Path : A Journey, Not a Ladder
    Maximizing Career Mobility
    When the Going Gets Tough
    Leadership Makes the Difference
    Discerning What Matters Most
    Closing Thoughts for the Journey.
  • Digital
    editors, Michael W. Mulholland, Erika Adams Newman.
    Summary: "The surgical treatment of human disease is inherently complex. Patients present with symptoms or disabilities that may relate to a variety of underlying causes. In evaluating those symptoms, modern medicine provides multiple diagnostic modalities that may be applied but in proper sequence and economically. Once a diagnosis is secured, treatment recommendations may include both surgical and nonsurgical therapies. In turn, when operative treatment is recommended, a variety of approaches--open, laparoscopic, robotic--are available, each with its particular efficacy, risk, and cost. In addition, surgical patients are inherently variable. Each patient has a unique set of comorbidities and an individual biological milieu. Each requires personalized treatment. These are the complexities that surgeons confront every day, and for which creativity and diversity of thought are essential. Exciting new research demonstrates that problems characterized by complexity and high variability are best solved by teams intentionally constructed to maximize diversity. The premise of The Diversity Promise: Success in Academic Surgery and Medicine Through Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion is that demonstrable advantages come from the intentional mixture of talented people in a stimulating environment. Maximizing performance depends upon teamwork but teams constructed and enabled in a specific way. To be truly impactful, team members must be both talented and diverse. People have differing life experiences based upon age, race, gender, religious belief, and myriad other factors. These experiences, in turn, produce differing perspectives that create a strong competitive advantage for diverse teams."-- From preface.

    Contents:
    Building an open and inclusive enironment for faculty
    Attracting talented medical students
    Developing talent in surgery residents.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    Karen Speerstra, Herbert Anderson ; foreword by Ira Byock, MD.
    Summary: "The Divine Art of Dying" explores the unique moment when seriously ill people choose to turn toward death. Combining personal stories with solid research on palliative and hospice care, it provides a well-integrated look at the spiritual dimensions of living fully when death is near. Filled with insights from the world's great wisdom traditions along with references from literature, movies, and current culture, it helps identify the life decisions the dying one and his or her loved ones must make, and what their caregivers can expect.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BL504 .S66 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Olaf Rusoke-Dierich.
    Summary: "This book is the very first to cover the decompression theory in detail. It gives many information on all topics of the diving medicine, and is richly and uniquely illustrated. It offers a good guideline of high quality practice in diving medicine. The author provides a very structured and easy to understand book, by covering all aspects of the diving medicine, such as equipment, physiology, and related issues as gas intoxications, venomous animals or damages that can occur in the diving practice. Relevant physiological and anatomical illustrations enlight even complex topics. The Diving medicine book will appeal to health experts like doctors and nurses, but also to diving schools and teachers"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    by Elissa P. Benedek, Samantha A. Huettner.
    Summary: This book explores the impact of divorce on adolescents and young adults, drawing on anecdotes from the authors' own medical and law practices to illustrate how parents' decision-making can powerfully impact their children's well-being before, during, and after a divorce -- even into adulthood.

    Contents:
    Cover; Half Title; Title Page; Copyright; Contents; Acknowledgments;
    Chapter 1 It's A Different World Now;
    Chapter 2 The Decision to Divorce: Putting Children First;
    Chapter 3 How to Tell Your Children About Your Divorce;
    Chapter 4 Minimizing the Effects of the Legal Process on Your Children;
    Chapter 5 Impact of Divorce on Children;
    Chapter 6 Impact of Divorce on Parenting;
    Chapter 7 Parenting Time and Related Issues;
    Chapter 8 Special Parenting Issues;
    Chapter 9 Parenting Techniques to Build Your Child's Self-Esteem;
    Chapter 10 Discipline as Guide and Teacher
    Chapter 11 Making Use of Others' Support;
    Chapter 12 Danger Signals: When Is Professional Help Needed?;
    Chapter 13 Adjusting to Life in a Stepfamily;
    Chapter 14 Questions and Answers;
    Chapter 15 Additional Resources and Helpful Organizations for Divorced Parents; Index; Back Cover
  • Digital
    S. B. Bhattacharyya.
    Summary: This book is a do-it-yourself guide for clinicians who wish to set up and run a telemedicine facility of their own. The contents are largely based on the understanding and experience gained by the author as a practising physician, management post-graduate (capstone thesis was on telemedicine) and as a business architect for digital health systems over more than thirty years. Full of management techniques, tricks and tips written in an easy-to-follow manner, this book provides sufficient information to clinicians looking to leverage telemedicine to augment their range of service offerings that would lead to increased levels of patient satisfaction. Various aspects related to definitions, technology, infrastructure, methodologies and legal issues for setting up and running telemedicine services have been dealt with to sufficient depths for the readers to help grasp the issues involved. Sections on privacy, confidentiality and data integrity have been provided to help allay the many concerns the readers might have in those regards. Additionally, financial evaluations based on realistic-enough figures have been used to demonstrate that telemedicine is a viable option financially. Although meant primarily for medical doctors, any care provider including institutional will be able to use the contents to plan, design, set up and run telemedicine services that they feel would benefit those who receive their care.

    Contents:
    Telemedicine
    Telemedicine Services
    Infrastructural Requirements
    Technological Requirements
    All Services
    Overview & General Principles
    Teleconsultation
    Telemonitoring
    Remote Care
    Management Aspects
    Legal Aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    A. Tucker Gleason, Bradley W. Kesser.
    Summary: "Get a quick, expert overview of dizziness and vertigo from childhood through old age with this concise, practical resource. Drs. Bradley W. Kesser and Tucker Gleason have assembled a leading team of experts to address timely clinical topics of interest to otolarynologists and other health care providers who see patients with these common problems. Covers key topics such as the clinical exam and diagnostic techniques, assessment and differential diagnosis in the pediatric population, dizziness and vertigo in the adolescent and the elderly, evaluation of dizziness in the litigating patient, vHIT, positional vertigo in all age groups, vestibular neuritis, migraine-associated vertigo, Meniere's disease, medication-related dizziness in the older adult, and more. Includes information on dizziness demographics and population health, as well as development of the vestibular system and balance function. Consolidates today's available information and experience in this important area into one convenient resource"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction to dizziness. Dizziness demographics and population health
    Clinical examination of the dizzy patient in the context of contemporary diagnostic techniques
    Section 2: Pediatric. Development of the vestibular system and balance function: differential diagnosis in the pediatric population
    Assessment techniques for vestibular evaluation in pediatric patients
    The predominant forms of vertigo in children and their associated findings on balance function testing
    Section 3: Adolescent and adult. Dizziness and vertigo in the adolescent
    Evaluation of dizziness in the litigating patient
    vHIT
    Positional vertigo: as occurs across all age groups
    Vestibular neuritis
    Migraine-associated vertigo
    Superior canal dehiscence
    Meniere's disease: a challenging and relentless disorder
    Uncommon causes of disequilibrium in the adult
    Section 4: Elderly. Baroreflexes
    Vertebrobasilar infarcts and ischemia
    Dizziness in the elderly
    Medication-related dizziness in the older adult
    Vestibular rehabilitation of older adults with dizziness.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Hiroyoshi Ariga, Sanae M.M. Iguchi-Ariga, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the functions and roles of DJ-1 in various oxidative stress-related diseases and applications of DJ-1 and its binding compounds to the diseases. The DJ-1 gene was first found to be a novel oncogene in 1997 and later, in 2003, also found to be a causative gene for a familial form of Parkinson's disease (PD), park7. The DJ-1 gene is therefore the first gene discovered that is known to cause cancer and neurodenegerative diseases, including PD. The research field has expanded as the research has developed. Thus this volume begins with a general introduction of DJ-1, and explains the history and research development to understand the following chapters. Those chapters present the roles of DJ-1 in various oxidative stress-related diseases such as neurodegenerative diseases, as well as cancer, diabetes, and fertility. Moreover, several chapters present evidence that DJ-1 is useful for therapeutic strategies against these diseases. The reader will discover that DJ-1 is a promising protein both for basic cell biology and for the mechanism and therapy for oxidative stress-related diseases. .

    Contents:
    Introduction/overview
    Structural biology of the DJ-1 superfamily
    Expression of DJ-1 in patients with neurodegenerative diseases
    DJ-1 as an oncogene and its clinical significance
    Role of DJ-1 in fertilization
    Anti-oxidative stress function of DJ-1
    Transcriptional regulation of DJ-1
    Regulation of signal transduction by DJ-1
    Protein repair by DJ-1 from glycation by glyoxal and methylglyoxal
    DJ-1 as a biomarker of Parkinson's disease
    Roles of DJ-1 in diabetes mellitus
    Therapeutic activities of DJ-1 and its binding compounds against neurodegenerative diseases
    DJ-1 as an oncogene and promising target for cancer chemotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Stefan Jurga, Jan Barciszewski, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the chemical, regulatory, and physiological mechanisms of protein arginine and lysine methyltransferases, as well as nucleic acid methylations and methylating enzymes. Protein and nucleic acid methylation play key and diverse roles in cellular signalling and regulating macromolecular cell functions. Protein arginine and lysine methyltransferases are the predominant enzymes that catalyse S-adenosylmethionine (SAM)-dependent methylation of protein substrates. These enzymes catalyse a nucleophilic substitution of a methyl group to an arginine or lysine side chain nitrogen (N) atom. Cells also have additional protein methyltransferases, which target other amino acids in peptidyl side chains or N-termini and C-termini, such as glutamate, glutamine, and histidine. All these protein methyltransferases use a similar mechanism. In contrast, nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) are substrates for methylating enzymes, which employ various chemical mechanisms to methylate nucleosides at nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), and carbon (C) atoms. This book illustrates how, thanks to there ability to expand their repertoire of functions to the modified substrates, protein and nucleic acid methylation processes play a key role in cells.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Establishment, Erasure and Synthetic Reprogramming of DNA Methylation in Mammalian Cells.- Chapter 2. Origin and Mechanisms of DNA Methylation Dynamics in Cancers.- Chapter 3. CpG Islands Methylation Alterations in Cancer: Functionally Intriguing Security Locks, Useful Early Tumor Biomarkers.- Chapter 4. Histone and DNA Methylome in Neurodegenerative, Neuropsychiatric and Neurodevelopmental Disorders.- Chapter 5. DNA Methylation in Neuronal Development and Disease.- Chapter 6. Functional Implications of Dynamic DNA Methylation for the Developing, Aging and Diseased Brain.- Chapter 7. The Methylome of Bipolar Disorder: Evidence from Human and Animal Studies.- Chapter 8. DNA Methylation in Multiple Sclerosis.- Chapter 9. Early Life Stress and DNA Methylation.- Chapter 10. Regulation of 5-hydroxymethylcytosine Distribution by the TET Enzymes.- Chapter 11. Epigenetic Alterations: The Relation Between Occupational Exposure and Biological Effects in Humans.- Chapter 12. DNA Methylation: Biological Implications and Modulation of its Aberrant Dysregulation.- Chapter 13. Functions and Dynamics of Methylation in Eukaryotic mRNA.- Chapter 14. The Role of mRNA m6A in Regulation of Gene Expression.- Chapter 15. G9a and G9a-like Histone Methyltransferases and Their Effect on Cell Phenotype, Embryonic Development, and Human Disease.- Chapter 16. Biomolecular Recognition of Methylated Histones.- Chapter 17. The Role of Protein Lysine Methylation in the Regulation of Protein Function
    Looking Beyond the Histone Code.- Chapter 18. Secondary Structures of Histone H3 Proteins with Unmethylated and Methylated Lysine-4 and -9 Resiudes; Characterization Using Circular Dichroism Spectroscopy.- Chapter 19. Asymmetric Dimethylation on Arginine (ADMA) of Histones in Development, Differentiation and Disease.- Chapter 20. A Switch for Transcriptional Activation and Repression: Histone Arginine Methylation.- Chapter 21. Aberrant Epigenomic Regulatory Networks in Multiple Myeloma and Strategies for their Targeted Reversal.- Chapter 22. Metabolic Deregulations Affecting Chromatin Architecture: One-carbon Metabolism and Krebs Cycle Impact Histone Methylation.- Chapter 23. Histone Methylome of the Human Parasite Schistosoma Mansoni.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Atsushi Kaneda, Yu-ichi Tsukada, editors.
    Contents:
    DNA and histone methylation in epigenetics
    Part II: DNA methylation and cancer
    Part III: DNA and histone methylation-related events underlying cancer
    Part IV: DNA and histone methylation in particular types of cancer
    Part V: DNA and histone modifications in diagnosis and therapy of cancer
    Part VI: Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vadim V. Demidov.
    Summary: This is the first book portraying to a wide readership many fields of DNA in the world of materials altogether in a single volume. The book provides underlying concepts and state-of-art developments in the emerging fields of DNA electronics, structural DNA nanotechnology, DNA computing and DNA data storage, DNA machines and nanorobots. Future possibilities of innovative DNA-based technologies, such as DNA cryptography, DNA identity tags, DNA nanostructures in biosensing and nanomedicine, as well as DNA-based nanoelectronics are all covered, too. This book is valuable for university students studying engineering and technology; biotech, nanotech, and medical device R & D managers, practitioners and investors; and IP analysts who would like to extend their background in advanced DNA technologies. It is nicely illustrated, which makes it very readable, and it conveys science and principles in a lively language to appeal to a broad audience, from professionals and academics to students and lay readers. Advance Praise for DNA Beyond Genes: "Most students of DNA, and lay readers as well, are interested in the absolutely essential role it plays in biology. However, the properties which make DNA the carrier of genetic information also make it an extraordinary material that can be used as the backbone for a wide variety of nanoengineering applications - these range from information storage and computation to molecular machines and devices to artfully designed logos and symbols. The perfect self-recognition of DNA sequences makes it an ideal building block to synthesize more and more elaborate constructions and imaginative scientists have probably only just scratched the surface of what can eventually be created. Here for the first time in this wonderful book Vadim Demidov explores the full range of the non-biological applications of DNA." Charles R. Cantor Professor Emeritus of Biomedical Engineering, Boston University Member of the USA National Academy of Sciences.

    Contents:
    Introduction: DNA basics (a primer on DNA)
    Hiding and storing messages and data in DNA
    DNA as a nanoscale building material
    DNA machines and nanobots
    DNA-based nanoelectronics
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Seok-Yong Choi, Hyunju Ro, Hankuil Yi.
    Summary: This book offers step-by-step instruction on DNA cloning, defined as moving genes around plasmids, mutating genes, or mining new genes. The aim is to provide those new to the field with reliable and up-to-date practical guidance while at the same time conveying the scope for creativity. After a brief synopsis of the history of cloning, the fundamentals and prerequisites are explained, covering, for example, software, vectors commonly used in the lab, appropriate choice of restriction endonucleases, the preparation of agarose gels, competent cells, and LB agar plates, and procedures to be followed upon receipt of new plasmids. The remainder of the book is devoted to the clear description of methods and individual steps in cloning. Guidance is provided on the cut and paste method, DNA sequencing, direct sequencing, primer design, PCR-based gene insertion and deletion, epitope tag insertion, the use of RACE technology, BAC recombineering, and much, much more. Sources of error and a variety of techniques that make life considerably easier when cloning are also examined in detail.

    Contents:
    Part I. What is cloning?
    Chapter 1.1 Definition of cloning
    Chapter 1.2 Discovering a new gene
    Chapter 1.3 Cloning in the past
    Chapter 1.4 Cloning in the present
    Part II. A prerequisite for cloning
    Chapter 2.1 Software useful for cloning design
    Chapter 2.2 Vector, plasmid, construct and the Kozak consensus sequence
    Chapter 2.3 Multiple cloning sites (MCS)
    Chapter 2.4 Restriction endonucleases and star activity
    Chapter 2.5 Agarose gel electrophoresis
    Chapter 2.6 Pouring LB agar plates
    Chapter 2.7 Competent cells
    Chapter 2.8 The conversion of DNA mass into molar concentration
    Chapter 2.9 Upon receiving new plasmids
    Chapter 2.10 cDNA library
    Part III. The first step in cloning
    Chapter 3.1 Cut & paste
    Chapter 3.2 DNA sequencing and direct sequencing
    Chapter 3.3 PCR and nested PCR
    Chapter 3.4 Fill-in (Full & Partial)
    Chapter 3.5 Compatible cohesive ends
    Chapter 3.6 Methylation
    Chapter 3.7 Three-piece ligation
    Chapter 3.8 Site-directed mutagenesis
    Chapter 3.9 Structure of plant transformation vectors
    Chapter 3.10 Transformation of R. radiobacter
    Part IV. The next step of cloning
    Chapter 4.1 How to insert a DNA fragment into a gene
    Chapter 4.2 How to delete an internal region of a gene
    Chapter 4.3 How to insert an epitope tag into a gene
    Chapter 4.4 Translational fusion vs. transcriptional fusion
    Part V. The last steps of cloning
    Chapter 5.1 Method for cloning similar genes in different species
    Chapter 5.2 RACE (rapid amplification of cDNA ends)
    Chapter 5.3 BAC recombineering
    Chapter 5.4 Old trick: partial digestion
    Chapter 5.5 Modification of a vector
    Chapter 5.6 When you notice a frame shift mutation upon cloning
    Chapter 5.7 Reality of cloning: an extremely unlucky case
    Part VI. Methods that make your cloning life easier
    Chapter 6.1 TA cloning and production of a T-vector
    Chapter 6.2 TOPO TA cloning
    Chapter 6.3 Gateway cloning
    Chapter 6.4 Golden Gate Assembly for a modular cloning
    Chapter 6.5 In-Fusion Sequence and Ligation-Independent Cloning (In-Fusion SLIC)
    Chapter 6.6 T4 DNA Polymerase Sequence-and Ligation-Independent Cloning (T4 DNA Pol SLIC)
    Chapter 6.7 Non-template PCR cloning
    Part VII. Advice to cloners
    Chapter 7.1 When cloning is not going well
    Chapter 7.2 Keep your cloning data organized
    Appendix 1. Further readings
    Appendix 2. Abbreviations
    Appendix 3. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Svein Valla and Rahmi Lale.
    Contents:
    1. BioBrick assembly standards and techniques and associated software tools / Gunvor Røkke, Eirin Korvald, Jarle Pahr, Ove Øyås and Rahmi Lale
    2. Plasmid construction by SLIC or sequence and ligation- independent cloning / Ryan E. Hill and Julian J. Eaton-Rye
    3. Quick and clean cloning / Frank Thieme and Sylvestre Marillonnet
    4. Hierarchical ligation-independent assembly of PCR fragments / Jonathan L. Schmid-Burgk, Zhen Xie, and Yaakov Benenson
    5. USER-derived cloning methods and their primer design / Bo Salomonsen, Uffe H. Mortensen, and Barbara A. Halkier
    6. Application of the restriction-free (RF) cloning for multicomponents assembly / Yoav Peleg and Tamar Unger
    7. A single-tube assembly of DNA using the transfer-PCR (TPCR) platform / Ariel Erijman, Julia M. Shifman, and Yoav Peleg
    8. Circular polymerase extension cloning / Jiayuan Quan and Jingdong Tian
    9. Golden gate cloning / Carola Engler and Sylvestre Marillonnet
    10. Design and construction of multigenic constructs for plant biotechnology using the goldenbraid cloning strategy / Alejandro Sarrion-Perdigones, Jorge Palaci, Antonio Granell and Diego Orzaez
    11. FX cloning : a simple and robust high-throughput cloning method for protein expression / Eric R. Geertsma
    12. Minimum GC-rich sequences for overlap extension PCR and primer annealing / Mikiko Nakamura, Ayako Suzuki, Hisashi Hoshida and Rinji Akada
    13. Simple cloning and DNA assembly in Escherichia coli by prolonged overlap extension PCR / Chun You and Y.-H. Percival Zhang
    14. Combinatorial assembly of clone libraries using site-specific recombination / Vanessa E. Wall, Leslie A. Garvey, Jennifer L. Mehalko, Lauren V. Procter and Dominic Esposito
    15. Application of In-Fusion [trademark] cloning for the parallel construction of E. coli expression vectors / Louise E. Bird, Heather Rada, John Flanagan, Jonathan M. Diprose, Robert J.C. Gilbert and Raymond J. Owens
    16. Seamless ligation cloning extract (SLiCE) cloning method / Yongwei Zhang, Uwe Werling, and Winfried Edelmann
    17. j5 DNA assembly design automation / Nathan J. Hillson
    18. FastPCR software for PCR, in silico PCR, and oligonucleotide assembly and analysis / Ruslan Kalendar, David Lee, and Alan H. Schulman.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Jac A. Nickoloff and Merl F. Hoekstra.
    Contents:
    v. 1. DNA repair in prokaryotes and lower eukaryotes
    v. 2. DNA repair in higher eukaryotes
    v. 3. Advances from phage to humans.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH467 .D15
    1
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH467 .D15
    2
  • Digital
    Hirak Ranjan Dash, Pankaj Shrivastava, Braja Kishore Mohapatra, Surajit Das, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the basics and various applications of DNA fingerprinting, including in actual case studies. The book is divided in four modules; Module 1: Basics of DNA Fingerprinting, Module 2: Applications of DNA Fingerprinting, Module 3: DNA Fingerprinting: Case Studies, and Module 4: Future of DNA Fingerprinting. Each module consists of 4 to 5 chapters, written by reputed researchers, academics and forensic scientists from around the globe. The respective chapters cover e.g. related fields, the tools and techniques used, various genotyping kits, real-world case studies, ancient DNA and wild life forensics, molecular diagnosis of human diseases, legal aspects, microbial forensics and the economics of the DNA fingerprinting technique. The book offers a practical guide for professionals, graduate and post-graduate students in the fields of Forensic Science, Medicine, Genetics, Anthropology, Microbiology, and Zoology. It also serves as a useful reference resource, summarizing major technological advances in the field of DNA fingerprinting, the problems faced in this field of science and possible new solutions to these problems. Presently, DNA fingerprinting is utilized in solving the majority of criminal cases; as such, the book is also helpful for investigating agencies, as it includes representative case studies.

    Contents:
    Module 1_ Basics of DNA Fingerprinting: Chapter 1. DNA Fingerprinting technique: Discovery, Advancements and Milestones
    Chapter 2. Genetic Basis of DNA Fingerprinting in Humans
    Chapter 3. Comparative Account of the DNA Fingerprinting Techniques: RFLP, STR Typing and NGS
    Module 2_ DNA Fingerprinting: Tools and Techniques:
    Chapter 4. Techniques involved in DNA Fingerprinting: Isolation, Quantification, PCR, Genotyping and Analysis
    Chapter 5. STR Typing and available Kits
    Chapter 6. In-silico techniques for analysis of genetic variation among individuals
    Chapter 7. Statistical tools and techniques in interpretation of DNA sequencing results
    Chapter 8. DNA fingerprinting with homologous multilocus probes and search for DNA markers
    Module 3_ Applications of Genetic Fingerprinting:
    Chapter 9. Analysis of Ancient DNA
    Chapter 10. Wild Life Forensics
    Chapter 11. Molecular Diagnosis of Human Genetic Diseases: Application of Genetic Fingerprinting
    Chapter 12. Precautions and Recommendations for DNA fingerprinting for forensic applications
    Chapter 13. Legal aspects of DNA fingerprinting
    Module 4_ DNA Fingerprinting: Case Studies: Chapter 14. Autosomal DNA Typing: Case Studies
    Chapter 15. Y-chromosome testing and case studies
    Chapter 16. Mitochondrial DNA typing with case studies
    Chapter 17. X-chromosome Analysis and Case Studies
    Chapter 18 SNP analysis and Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Albert Jeltsch, Renata Z. Jurkowska, editors.
    Contents:
    Mechanisms and biological roles of DNA methyltransferases and DNA methylation: from past achievements to future challenges / Renata Z. Jurkowska, Albert Jeltsch
    DNA and RNA pyrimidine nucleobase alkylation at the carbon-5 position / Yuri Motorin, Salifu Seidu-Larry, Mark Helm
    Bacterial DNA methylation and methylomes / Josep Casadesús
    Domain structure of the Dnmt1, Dnmt3a, and Dnmt3b DNA methyltransferases / Shoji Tajima, Isao Suetake, Kohei Takeshita, Atsushi Nakagawa, Hironobu Kimura
    Enzymology of mammalian DNA methyltransferases / Renata Z. Jurkowska, Albert Jeltsch
    Genetic studies on mammalian DNA methyltransferases / Jiameng Dan, Taiping Chen
    The role of DNA methylation in cancer / Ranjani Lakshminarasimhan, Gangning Liang
    Structure and mechanism of plant DNA methyltransferases / Jiamu Du
    DNA methylation and gene regulation in honeybees: from genome-wide analyses to obligatory epialleles / Laura Wedd, Ryszard Maleszka
    N6-methyladenine: a conserved and dynamic DNA mark / Zach Klapholz O'Brown, Eric Lieberman Greer
    Pathways of DNA demethylation / Wendy Dean
    Structure and function of TET enzymes / Xiaotong Yin, Yanhui Xu
    Proteins that read DNA methylation / Takashi Shimbo, Paul A. Wade
    DNA base flipping: a general mechanism for writing, reading, and erasing DNA modifications / Samuel Hong, Xiaodong Cheng
    Current and emerging technologies for the analysis of the genome-wide and locus-specific DNA methylation patterns / J̲örg Tost
    DNA methyltransferase inhibitors: development and applications / Marie Lopez, Ludovic Halby, Paola B. Arimondo
    Rewriting DNA methylation signatures at will: the curable genome within reach? / Sabine Stolzenburg, Désirée Goubert, Marianne G. Rots
    Engineering and directed evolution of DNA methyltransferases / Paola Laurino, Liat Rockah-Shmuel, Dan S. Tawfik
    DNA labeling using DNA methyltransferases / MiglėTomkuvienė, Edita Kriukienė, Saulius Klimaašuskas.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Timothy W. Bredy.
    Summary: Begins with an historical overview of the early discoveries surrounding DNA methylation in the mammalian brain and then explores the evidence supporting a role for this epigenetic mechanism in controlling gene expression programs across the lifespan in both normal and diseased states. Chapters describe new directions and technological advances, and provide an overview of what the future holds for this exciting new field. This book is ideal for medical, graduate and advanced undergraduate students, but is also a great resource for researchers who need a broad introduction to the dynamic nature of DNA that sheds light on evolving concepts of gene-environment interaction and their effects on adaptation and neuropsychiatric disease.

    Contents:
    Preface
    History and modern view on DNA modifications in the brain / B.F. Vanyushin and V.V. Ashapkin
    Approaches to detecting DNA base modification in the brain / X. Li and W. Wei
    Active DNA demethylation in neurodevelopment / Y. Kang, Z. Wang and P. Jin
    TET and 5hmC in neurodevelopment and the adult brain / M. Fasolino, S.A. Welsh and Z. Zhou
    Beyond mCG : DNA methylation in noncanonical sequence context / E.A. Mukamel and R. Lister
    DNA modifications and memory / J.J. Day
    Measuring CpG methylation by SMRT sequencing / Y. Suzuki, J. Korlach and S. Morishita
    Epigenetic modifications of DNA and drug addiction / J. Feng and E.J. Nestler
    What does the future hold for the study of nucleic acid modifications in the brain? / P.R. Marshall and T.W. Bredy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Benoit P. Leblanc and Sebastien Rodrigue.
    Contents:
    Electrophoretic mobility shift assay using radiolabeled DNA probes
    In vitro DNase i footprinting
    Determining the architecture of a protein-DNA complex by combining FeBABE cleavage analyses, 3-D printed structures, and the ICM molsoft program
    In cellulo DNA analysis: LMPCR footprinting
    Southwestern blotting assay
    Single-molecule approaches for the characterization of riboswitch folding mechanisms
    Probing of nascent riboswitch transcripts
    Functional studies of DNA-protein interactions using fret techniques
    Precise identification of genome-wide transcription start sites in bacteria by 5'-rapid amplification of cDNA ends (5'-RACE)
    Analysis of DNA supercoiling induced by DNA-protein interactions
    Precise identification of DNA-binding proteins genomic location by exonuclease coupled chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP-exo)
    The cruciform DNA mobility shift assay: A tool to study proteins that recognize bent DNA
    Individual and sequential chromatin immunoprecipitation protocols
    Chromatin endogenous cleavage (ChEC) as a method to quantify protein interaction with genomic DNA in saccharomyces cerevisiae
    Selection and validation of spacer sequences for CRISPR-Cas9 genome editing and transcription regulation in bacteria
    Detection of short-range DNA interactions in mammalian cells using high-resolution circular chromosome conformation capture coupled to deep sequencing
    Global mapping of open chromatin regulatory elements by formaldehyde-assisted isolation of regulatory elements followed by sequencing (FAIRE-seq)
    Aggregate and heatmap representations of genome-wide localization data using VAP, a versatile aggregate profiler
    Circular dichroism for the analysis of protein-DNA interactions
    Quantitative investigation of protein-nucleic acid interactions by biosensor surface plasmon resonance
    Identification of nucleic acid high affinity binding sequences of proteins by SELEX.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    edited by Errol C. Friedberg and Philip C. Hanawalt.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH467 .D16
    3
  • Digital
    Chikako Nishigori, Kaoru Sugasawa, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the clinical aspects of DNA repair disorders. Nucleotide excision repair is an important pathway for humans, as it is involved in biologically fundamental functions. This work presents clinical features together with the pathogenesis of DNA repair disorders such as Xertoderma Pigmentosum (XP). Studies on animal models are included as well. Clinical feature characteristics of each clinical subtype of XP are depicted according to the genotype, giving accurate and detailed information about the clinical features in terms of gene alterations, change of protein structure, and dysfunction in some of the repair pathways. This book is unique in that it provides detailed information on clinical features from more than 100 patients with XP-A, which is characterized by very severe manifestation of skin photosensitivity and neurological dysfunction. It will give readers important knowledge for understanding the concept and molecular mechanisms of DNA repair disorders. It also describes how to treat and care for patients with XP based on vast experience in clinical practice. DNA Repair Disorders will be a useful resource not only for physicians and basic scientists who are interested in and/or take care of patients with DNA repair disorders, but also dermatologists, neurologists, and researchers in the field of radiation biology and photobiology.

    Contents:
    1. Molecular mechanisms of DNA damage recognition for global genomic nucleotide excision repair: a defense system against UV-induced skin cancer
    2. Disorders with deficiency in TC-NER: molecular pathogenesis of Cockayne Syndrome and UV-sensitive syndrome
    3. Neurological symptoms of xeroderma pigmentosum
    4. Hearing impairment in xeroderma pigmentosum: animal models and human studies
    5. Epidemiological study of xeroderma pigmentosum in Japan: genotype-phenotype relationship
    6. Prenatal diagnosis of xeroderma pigmentosum
    7. Neurological disorders and chanllenging intervention in xeroderma pigmentosum and Cockayne syndrome
    8. Xeroderma pigmentosum in the UK
    9. Cockayne syndrome: clinical aspects
    10. Trichothiodystrophy
    11. Rothmund-Thomson syndrome
    12. Translesion DNA synthesis
    13. Ataxia-telangiectasia and Nijmegen breakage syndrome
    14. Management of xeroderma pigmentosum.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Hisao Masai, Marco Foiani.
    Summary: This book reviews the latest trends and future directions of DNA replication research. The contents reflect upon the principles that have been established through the genetic and enzymatic studies of bacterial, viral, and cellular replication during the past decades. The book begins with a historical overview of the studies on eukaryotic DNA replication by Professor Thomas Kelly, a pioneer of the field. The following chapters include genome-wide studies of replication origins and initiation factor binding, as well as the timing of DNA replications, mechanisms of initiation, DNA chain elongation and termination of DNA replication, the structural basis of functions of protein complexes responsible for execution of DNA replication, cell cycle-dependent regulation of DNA replication, the nature of replication stress and cells? strategy to deal with the stress, and finally how all these phenomena are interconnected to genome instability and development of various diseases. By reviewing the existing concepts ranging from the old principles to the newest ideas, the book gives readers an opportunity to learn how the classical replication principles are now being modified and new concepts are being generated to explain how genome DNA replication is achieved with such high adaptability and plasticity. With the development of new methods including cryoelectron microscopy analyses of huge protein complexes, single molecular analyses of initiation and elongation of DNA replication, and total reconstitution of eukaryotic DNA replication with purified factors, the field is enjoying one of its most exciting moments, and this highly timely book conveys that excitement to all interested readers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Biography
    Chapter1. Historical Perspective of Eukaryotic DNA Replication
    Chapter2. Regulation of replication origins
    Chapter3. Molecular mechanism for chromatin regulation during MCM loading in mammalian cells
    Chapter4. Initiation of DNA replication at the chromosomal origin of E. coli, oriC
    Chapter5. Initiation of DNA replication in the archaea
    Chapter6. Mechanism of lagging strand DNA replication in eukaryotes
    Chapter7. Functions of multiple clamp and clamp-loader complexes in eukaryotic DNA replication
    Chapter8. Termination of eukaryotic replication forks
    Chapter9. Structure of the MCM2-7 double hexamer and its implications for the mechanistic functions of the Mcm2-7 complex
    Chapter10. Architecture of The Saccharomyces cerevisiae Replisome
    Chapter11. Replication domains: genome compartmentalization into functional replication units
    Chapter12. Rif1-dependent regulation of genome replication in mammals
    Chapter13. G-quadruplexes and DNA replication origins
    Chapter14. Interaction of Rif1 protein with G-quadruplex in control of chromosome transactions
    Chapter15. Chromatin replication and histone dynamics
    Chapter16. The temporal regulation of S phase proteins during G1
    Chapter17. Roles of SUMO in replication initiation, progression, and termination
    Chapter18. The multiple roles of ubiquitylation in regulating challenged DNA replication
    Chapter19. Regulation of mammalian DNA replication via the ubiquitin-proteasome system
    Chapter20. Coordinating replication with transcription
    Chapter21. Fragility extraordinaire: Unsolved mysteries of chromosome fragile sites
    Chapter22. Cyclin E deregulation and genomic instability
    Chapter23. Replication through repetitive DNA elements and their role in human diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Brandt F. Eichman.
    Contents:
    Eukaryotic DNA replication with purified budding yeast proteins / Viktor Posse, Erik Johansson, and John F.X. Diffley
    Monitoring the replication of structured DNA through heritable epigenetic change / Guillaume Guilbaud and Julian E. Sale
    Visualizing replication fork encounters with DNA interstrand crosslinks / Ryan C. James, Marina A. Bellani, Jing Zhang, Jing Huang, Althaf Shaik, Durga Pokharel, Himabindu Gali, Julia Gichimu, Arun K. Thazhathveetil, and Michael M. Seidman
    Single-molecule imaging of replication fork conflicts at genomic DNA G4 structures in human cells / Wei Ting C. Lee, Dipika Gupta, and Eli Rothenberg
    Studying the DNA damage response in embryonic systems / Elena Lo Furno, Bénédicte Recolin, Siem van der Laan, Antoine Aze, and Domenico Maiorano
    Analysis of repair of replication-born double-strand breaks by sister chromatid recombination in yeast / Belén Gómez-González, Pedro Ortega, and Andrés Aguilera
    Determining the kinetics of break-induced replication (BIR) by the assay for monitoring BIR elongation rate (AMBER) / Liping Liu, Neal Sugawara, Anna Malkova, and James E. Haber
    Genomic mapping of DNA-repair reaction intermediates in living cells with engineered DNA structure-trap proteins / Jingjing Liu, Qian Mei, Sadeieh Nimer, Devon M. Fitzgerald, and Susan M. Rosenberg
    A mapping platform for mitotic crossover by single-cell multi-omics / Peter Chovanec and Yi Yin
    Characterization of DNA-PK-bound end fragments using GLASS-ChIP / Rajashree A. Deshpande and Tanya T. Paull
    Light activation and deactivation of Cas9 for DNA repair studies / Roger S. Zou and Taekjip Ha
    A detection method for the capture of genomic signatures : From disease diagnosis to genome editing / Orléna Benamozig, Lou Baudrier, and Pierre Billon
    A method to sequence genomic sites of mitotic DNA synthesis in mammalian cells / Jonathan Mailler, Laura Padayachy, and Thanos D. Halazonetis
    Loop-seq : A high-throughput technique to measure the mesoscale mechanical properties of DNA / Aakash Basu
    Characterization of the telomerase modulating activities of yeast DNA helicases / David G. Nickens and Matthew L. Bochman
    Single-molecule studies of yeast Rad51 paralogs / Upasana Roy, Youngho Kwon, Patrick Sung, and Eric C. Greene
    Synthesis and polymerase bypass studies of DNA-peptide and DNA-protein conjugates / Suresh S. Pujari and Natalia Tretyakova
    An efficient chemical screening method for structure-based inhibitors to nucleic acid enzymes targeting the DNA repair-replication interface and SARS CoV-2 / Davide Moiani, Todd M. Link, Chris A. Brosey, Panagiotis Katsonis, Oliver Lichtarge, Youngchang Kim, Andrzej Joachimiak, Zhijun Ma, In-Kwon Kim, Zamal Ahmed, Darin E. Jones, Susan E. Tsutakawa, and John A. Tainer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jungsan Sohn.
    Contents:
    Intercellular communication in the innate immune system through the cGAS-STING pathway / Ramya Nandakumar, Samuel Joseph Windross, and Søren R. Paludan
    Analysis of human cGAS activity and structure / Wen Zhou, Aaron T. Whiteley, and Philip J. Kranzusch
    Chemical synthesis, purification, and characterization of 3′-5′-linked canonical cyclic dinucleotides (CDNs) / Changhao Wang, Min Hao, Qianqian Qi, Yashao Chen, and Jörg S. Hartig
    An SPR-based analysis of cGAS substrate KD and steady-state KM values / Erik C. Ralph and Justin Hall
    A pyrophosphatase-coupled assay to monitor the NTase activity of cGAS / Richard Hooy and Jungsan Sohn
    Tracking the polymerization of DNA sensors and inflammasomes using FRET / Zachary Mazanek and Jungsan Sohn
    Monitoring gasdermin pore formation in vitro / Shiyu Xia, Jianbin Ruan, and Hao Wu
    Measuring TREX1 and TREX2 exonuclease activities / Wayne O. Hemphill and Fred W. Perrino
    Kinetics of DNA-protein association and dissociation by stopped-flow spectroscopy / Johannes Rudolph and Karolin Luger
    Characterization of DNA bound cyclic GMP-AMP synthase using atomic force microscopy imaging / Alexander Lushnikov, Richard Hooy, Jungsan Sohn, and Alexey Krasnoslobodtsev
    Preparation of filamentous proteins for electron microscopy visualization and reconstruction / Mariusz Matyszewski and Jungsan Sohn
    Cryo-EM studies of NAIP-NLRC4 inflammasomes / Nicole Haloupek, Patricia Grob, Jeannette Tenthorey, Russell E. Vance, and Eva Nogales
    An integrative protocol for the structure determination of the mouse ASC-PYD filament / Adam Mazur, Petr Broz, and Sebastian Hiller
    Protein interactions of the inflammasome adapter ASC by solution NMR / Pedro Diaz-Parga and Eva de Alba
    Tracking DNA sensor and inflammasome complexes in cells using confocal microscopy / Brendan Antiochos
    Assessment of inflammasome and type I IFN responses to DNA viruses and DNA PAMPS / Guido Massaccesi and Michael A. Chattergoon
    Biochemical and microscopic analysis of inflammasome complex formation / Patrycja Swacha, Nelson O. Gekara, and Saskia F. Erttmann
    Comet and micronucleus assays for analyzing DNA damage and genome integrity / Hui Jiang, Swarupa Panda, and Nelson O. Gekara
    Workflows and considerations for investigating protein interactions of viral DNA sensors / Timothy R. Howard, Bokai Song, and Ileana M. Cristea
    TUBE and UbiCRest assays for elucidating polyubiquitin modifications in protein complexes / Swarupa Panda, Hui Jiang, and Nelson O. Gekara.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Hiromi Nishida, Taku Oshima, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses our current understanding of the role and biological mechanisms of horizontal transfer of genetic elements in the environment, which has been important in the evolution of prokaryotes (archaea and bacteria). Horizontal transfer of genetic elements generates variations of prokaryotes and their genomes. Comparative studies of genomes revealed that it frequently occurred during archaeal and bacterial evolution. The book introduces a variety of studies related to horizontal gene transfer, gene silencing, plasmids, phages, transposons, and the emergence of microbes that degrade man-made xenobiotics and have antimicrobial resistance. Written by leading researchers in DNA traffic, the book is a valuable guide to horizontal transfer for both young scientists and experts in the field. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Functions of Archaeal Nucleoid Proteins: Archaeal Silencers are Still Missing / Maruyama, Hugo (et al.)
    Acquired and Innate Immunity in Prokaryotes Define Their Evolutionary Story / Ito, Toshihiro (et al.)
    RNA-Mediated Crosstalk Between Bacterial Core Genome and Foreign Genetic Elements / Miyakoshi, Masatoshi
    Bacteria-Virus Interactions / Yoshida, Takashi (et al.)
    Plasmids and Their Hosts / Shintani, Masaki (et al.)
    Overlooked Broad-Host-Range Vector Particles in the Environment / Chiura, Hiroshi X.
    Bacterial Transposable Elements and IS-Excision Enhancer (IEE) / Kusumoto, Masahiro (et al.)
    Mobile Genetic Elements Involved in the Evolution of Bacteria that Degrade Recalcitrant Xenobiotic Compounds / Nagata, Yuji (et al.)
    DNA Traffic in the Environment and Antimicrobial Resistance / Hooton, Steven P. (et al.)
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Monica Rinaldi, Daniela Fioretti, Sandra Iurescia.
    Contents:
    Blueprint for DNA vaccine design / Sandra Iurescia, Daniela Fioretti, and Monica Rinaldi
    Enhancement of plasmid-mediated transgene expression / Daniela Fioretti, Sandra Iurescia, and Monica Rinaldi
    Strategies for improving DNA vaccine performance/ Sandra Iurescia, Daniela Fioretti, and Monica Rinaldi
    Enhancement of DNA vaccine efficacy by intracellular targeting strategies / Elisabete Borges Freitas ... [et al.]
    Progresses in DNA-based heterologous prime-boost immunization strategies / Ronald J. Jackson, David B. Boyle, and Charani Ranasinghe
    Development of antibiotic-free selection system for safer DNA vaccination / Jeremy M. Luke, Aaron E. Carnes, and James A. Williams
    Electroporation-based DNA delivery technology : methods for gene electrotransfer to skin / Anita Gothelf and Julie Gehl
    DNA vaccination in skin enhanced by electroporation / Kate E. Broderick, Amir S. Khan, and Niranjan Y. Sardesai
    Intradermal vaccination by DNA tattooing / Joost H. van den Berg ... [et al.]
    Microneedle applications for DNA vaccine delivery to the skin / Hae-yong Seok ... [et al.]
    Multivalent DNA-based vectors for DNA vaccine delivery / Young Hoon Roh ... [et al.]
    Superparamagnetic nanoparticle delivery of DNA vaccine / Fatin Nawwab Al-Deen ... [et al.]
    Plasmid fermentation process for DNA immunization applications / Aaron E. Carnes and James A. Williams
    Pharmaceutical grade large-scale plasmid DNA manufacturing process / Marco Schmeer and Martin Schleef
    Protective and therapeutic DNA vaccination against allergic diseases / Almedina Isakovic ... [et al.]
    Immunotherapy for Alzheimer's disease : DNA- and protein-based epitope vaccines / Hayk Davtyan, Irina Petrushina, and Anahit Ghochikyan
    Tetravalent DNA vaccine product as a vaccine candidate against Dengue / Kevin R. Porter, Nimfa Teneza-Mora, and Kanakatte Raviprakash
    DNA vaccination as a treatment for chronic kidney disease / Yuan Min Wang and Stephen I. Alexander.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Katherine Moran, Rosanne Burson, Dianne Conrad.
    Summary: "The Doctor of Nursing Practice Project: A Framework for Success, Third Edition provides the foundation for the scholarly process enabling DNP students to work through their project in a more effective, efficient manner. The Third Edition is intended for practical application and remains focused on the scholarly project. In addition, it specifically outlines how the project has been used to prepare clinical scholars for practice, a focus seen nationally. A new chapter on health policy highlights the DNP core competencies that are used to advocate for healthcare policy change. This chapter covers how policy impacts practice, how the DNP nurse is the leader of the profession, their role as it relates to advocacy, the connection of the DNP project and health policy and concludes with an action plan. Coverage of the scholarly project tools and exemplars which highlight the variety of work by DNP nurses are also found throughout the text. Key Features Updated historical perspectives Overview of project variability Coverage of project sustainability and measures of impact New chapter on health policy Navigate 2 Essentials Package which will feature digital versions of the project tools"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section I The Doctor of Nursing Practice Degree Chapter 1 Setting the Stage for the doctor of Nursing Practice Project Chapter 2 Defining the Doctor of Nursing Practice: Current Trends Chapter 3 Scholarship in Practice Chapter 4 Health Care Policy and Advocacy Section II The DNP Project Chapter 5 The Phenomenon of Interest Chapter 6 Developing the DNP Project Chapter 7 Aligning Design, Method, and Evaluation with the Clinical Question Chapter 8 Interprofessional and Intraprofessional Collaboration in the DNP Project Chapter 9 The DNP Project Team Chapter 10 Creating and Developing the Project Plan Chapter 11 Driving the Practicum to Impact the DNP Project Chapter 12 The Proposal Chapter 13 The DNP Project Toolbox Chapter 14 Project Implementation Section III Doctor of Nursing Practice Outcomes Chapter 15 Disseminating the Results Chapter 16 The Rest of the Story
    Evaluating the Doctor of Nursing Practice.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Katherine J Moran, Rosanne Burson, Dianne Conrad.
    Summary: "The Doctor of Nursing Practice Project : A Framework for Success, Fourth Edition guides students and faculty in the DNP project process. With a primary focus on delivering key information on planning, implementing, and evaluating a project, the text also emphasizes the impact that DNP-prepared nurses and well-developed DNP projects have in shaping the future of nursing"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Setting the Stage for the Doctor of Nursing Practice Project
    Defining the Doctor of Nursing Practice : Historical and Current Trends
    Scholarship in Practice
    Population Health and Health Care Policy
    The Phenomenon of Interest : Leading to Problem Identification
    Validating the Problem and Conceptualizing the Project Plan
    Aligning Design, Method, and Evaluation with the Clinical Question
    The DNP Project Team : Preparing for Project Implementation
    The Proposal
    Leading Implementation Through Collaboration
    Driving the Practicum to Attain Competency and Leverage Impact through the DNP Project
    Evaluating the Doctor of Nursing Practice Project From Data to Knowledge : Disseminating the Results
    The Value and Impact of Practice Doctorate Scholarship.
    Digital Access R2Library 2024
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Janice P. Nimura.
    Summary: Elizabeth Blackwell believed from an early age that she was destined for a mission beyond the scope of "ordinary" womanhood. Though the world at first recoiled at the notion of a woman studying medicine, her intelligence and intensity ultimately won her the acceptance of the male medical establishment. In 1849, she became the first woman in America to receive an M.D. She was soon joined in her iconic achievement by her younger sister, Emily, who was actually the more brilliant physician. Exploring the sisters' allies, enemies, and enduring partnership, Janice P. Nimura presents a story of trial and triumph. Together, the Blackwells founded the New York Infirmary for Indigent Women and Children, the first hospital staffed entirely by women. Both sisters were tenacious and visionary, but their convictions did not always align with the emergence of women's rights - or with each other. From Bristol, Paris, and Edinburgh to the rising cities of antebellum America, this richly researched new biography celebrates two complicated pioneers who exploded the limits of possibility for women medicine. As Elizabeth herself predicted, "a hundred years hence, women will not be what they are now"--From dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Prologue
    Bristol
    New York
    Cincinnati
    Betweenity
    Admission
    Blockley almshouse
    Diploma
    Paris
    Setback
    London
    Practice
    Admission, again
    Edinburgh
    New faces
    Infirmary
    Recognition
    War
    College
    Divergence
    Coda.
    Digital Access 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Print
    Greta Jones.
    Summary: "This is the first full-length study of doctor migration from Ireland covering roughly a century of the export of Irish medical graduates to other parts of the world. From 1860 around forty percent of Ireland's medical graduates left to pursue careers elsewhere. The book examines the factors which drove emigration, the shifting destinations of the emigrants and the effect of migration both upon them and the Ireland they left behind. This was the migration of a part of the Irish middle class, small in terms of Irish emigration as a whole, but important in the global history of medical migration. At the end of the twentieth century doctor migration as a whole has increased and become a significant part of the medical experience. The book is a contribution to the growing literature on the global history of doctor movements across the world"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    edited by David K.C. Cooper.
    Summary: The medical profession is rich in those who have made names for themselves outside of medicine. The fields of literature, exploration, business, sport, entertainment, and beyond abound with doctors whose interests lie outside medicine. This book, largely written by members of the medical profession, examines the efforts of doctors in non-medical fields. The doctors discussed here are those who are, or were, well-known to the public for their contributions to their non-medical fields of choice. In many cases, the public may have been unaware that a subject was medically qualified. This book provides wide-ranging and comprehensive biographical sketches of forty-two doctors who are best known to the public for their contributions to fields outside of medicine.--Back cover.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R134 .D63 2014
    1
  • Print
    Contents:
    v. 1. Chemical substances A-D
    v. 2. Chemical substances E-O
    v. 3. Chemical substances P-Z
    v. 4. Biological exposure indices
    v. 5. Physical agents.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RA1229 .D626 2001
    9
  • Digital
    Christina Strube, Heinz Mehlhorn, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest information on canine parasites with zoonotic potential, to help avoid human infections. Compiled by international specialists, it covers protozoa, ectoparasites and helminth species of clinical importance in dogs, as well as the state of the art in diagnosis, preventive measures and potentially necessary treatment schemes. Dogs are commonly kept in families around the world and can predispose their human companions to disease. Updating and deepening insights from other specialist literature, the book is intended for practitioners and scientists alike. It also offers practical guidance for veterinary and human physicians and highlights unexplored research areas, making it a valuable resource for students and educated non-experts with an interest in parasitology, infectiology and zoonotic pet diseases.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: The zoonotic dog roundworm Toxocaracanis, a worldwide burden of public health
    Chapter 3: Canine leishmaniasis
    Chapter 4: The Challenges with Canine Giardia
    Chapter 5: Dogs and their role in the eco-epidemiology of Chagas disease
    Chapter 6: Echinococcus species - tiny tapeworms
    Chapter 7: An update on the status of hydatidosis/echinococcosis in domestic animals, wildlife and humans in Australia
    Chapter 8: Dipylidiumcaninum
    Chapter 9: Ancylostoma caninum and other canine hookworms
    Chapter 10: Strongyloidiasis
    really a zoonosis?
    Chapter 11: Dirofilaria spp. Do they get under your skin (or into your heart)?
    Chapter 12: Guinea worm infection in dogs: a case of reverse zoonosis that impedes Dracunculusmedinensiseradication
    Chapter 13: Ticks, dogs and humans - an endangered community
    Chapter 14: Trematodes attacking dogs and humans.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Philip C. Hébert.
    Summary: "The third edition of Doing Right: A Practical Guide to Ethics for Medical Trainees and Physicians is a practical guide to analyzing and resolving the ethical dilemmas medical practitioners face on a day-to-day basis. Drawing extensively on real-life scenarios, this book takes a case-based approach to provide students and practitioners with the advice and skills they need to help their patients and overcome ethical challenges in the field. Fully revised to include up-to-date coverage of such important topics as patient-practitioner relationships in the digital age and advances in reproductive medicine and reproductive technologies, this third edition of Doing Right will provide readers with the most up-to-date guidebook to medical ethics available."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Ethics matters : doing ethically sound medicine
    The almost revolution : autonomy and patient-based care
    No man an island : confidentiality and trust
    The power to heal : truth and deception in clinical practice
    The power to choose : due care and informed consent
    The waning and waxing self : capacity and incapacity in medical care
    Helping and not harming : beneficence and non-maleficence
    Conduct becoming : medical professionalism and managing error
    Beyond the patient : doing justice to justice
    Labour pains : ethics and new life
    A dark wood : end-of-life decisions
    Questions of culture, genetics, and science.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R724 .H39 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Meerambika Mahapatro.
    Summary: This book discusses health care issues related to domestic violence, using extensive case studies from India. By discussing the global literature, legal systems, methodological challenges of gathering information on domestic violence, and health systems issues, along with learnings from case studies, it fills a significant gap in the literature between health care policy and practice vis-à-vis victims of domestic violence. It therefore enables a systemic and systematic response to incidents of domestic violence. Policy instructions, court verdicts, government interventions, community-based direct interventions and related case discussions in the book help in the understanding and management of cases. Though the book uses case studies from India, it addresses globally relevant issues for health care professionals. In view of the paucity of application of systematic evidence-based knowledge, the holistic perspective presented in the book is important to prevent domestic violence, protect women's rights, and promote healthcare and wellbeing of women and children facing domestic violence. Medical professionals are expected to intervene in instances of injuries related to domestic violence--a responsibility that they are currently unable to fulfill due to lack of training in recognizing abuse and lack of tools for intervention. This book improves hands-on-knowledge by providing information on where to refer victims for assistance and timely intervention. Comprehensive yet lucid, this book is useful for academics, policy makers, non-government organizations and women's rights groups in helping victims during and after a violent episode and also in improving reporting and referral services.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Parveen Ali, Julie McGarry, editors.
    Summary: This book is taking a broad health focused approach towards Domestic Violence and Abuse (DVA). It is now well established that DVA exerts a significant and detrimental impact on the health and wellbeing of those who experience abuse. Universally healthcare professionals encounter individuals and families where DVA is or has taken place. This book is beneficial to a range of health care professionals through an exploration of theories and classifications of DVA, consideration of DVA in different contexts and consideration of the core issues surrounding working with individuals and families where DVAhas been identified. It provides a much needed evidence based addition to the existing texts in this field in terms of the inclusion of real life scenarios, reflective exercises and pointers for further practice development. This book is a key point of reference for professionals working within a broad range of health care environments.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    About the authors
    Acknowledgments
    1. DVA/IPV understanding and setting the context for the book (set out the DVA occurs everywhere in healthcare settings)
    2. Why is DVA/IPV a health issue? ? global and UK policy context
    3. The impact of DVA/IPV on health ? explore long/short term physical and mental health. The concept of health as multi-faceted
    4. Clinical settings where DVA/IPV may be encountered
    5. The response of healthcare professionals to DVA/IPV ? barriers and opportunities to effective identification and management (perhaps include the screening debate)
    6. DVA and hard to reach groups
    7. DVA and children
    8. DVA and older populations
    9. Working with other agencies
    10. Reflection and future learning .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by Kristopher P. Croome, Paolo Muiesan, C. Burcin Taner.
    Summary: This book presents the first comprehensive review of all facets of liver transplantation using DCD donors. Each of the 19 chapters are written by leading experts in the field, representing some of the most experienced DCD liver transplant programs in the world. Several topics have overlapping coverage in different chapters, providing the reader with the perspective of multiple experts on crucial topics. Chapters also highlight the steps towards building a DCD liver transplant program, the importance of donor and recipient selection, as well as state-of-the-art developments and future directions in the utilization of these organs. Donation after Circulatory Death (DCD) Liver Transplantation serves as a valuable resource for all those involved in liver transplantation using DCD donors.

    Contents:
    The History of DCD Liver Transplant
    Ethics and Law of DCD Transplant
    Donor Procurement Operation in Donation after Circulatory Death Donors
    Predicting the likelihood a DCD donor will expire
    Warm Ischemia time
    Ischemia Reperfusion Injury and therapeutic strategy in Donation after Circulatory Death (DCD) liver transplantation
    Donor Selection in DCD liver transplantation
    Thrombolytic Therapy in Liver Transplantation Using Grafts from Donation After Circulatory Death Donors
    Recipient Selection in DCD-Liver Transplantation
    Outcomes in DCD liver transplantation
    Non-biliary Complications Associated with liver grafts from Donation After circulatory Death donors
    Ischemic Cholangiopathy
    Hypothermic machine perfusion in liver transplantation using grafts from donation after circulatory death donors
    Normothermic Regional Perfusion
    Ex Vivo Normothermic Machine Perfusion
    Liver Transplantation From Uncontrolled DCD Donors
    Developing a DCD Liver Transplant Program
    Anesthesia for DCD Liver Transplantation
    DCD Liver Transplant: The OPO Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Marco Diana, Gaetano Di Chiara and Pier Franco Spano.
    Summary: Progress in Brain Research is a well-established international series examining major areas of basic and clinical research within neuroscience, as well as emerging and promising subfields. This volume, concentrates on state-of-the-art of dopamine research: from basic science to clinical applications. It covers topics including thalamostriatal synapses as a substrate for dopamine action; the multilingual nature of dopamine neurons; ethanol-mechanisms along the mesolimbic dopamine system, and much more. Progress in Brain Research is the most acclaimed and accomplished series in neuroscience, firmly established as an extensive documentation of the advances in contemporary brain research. The volumes, some of which are derived from important international symposia, contain authoritative reviews and original articles by invited specialists. The rigorous editing of the volumes assures that they will appeal to all laboratory and clinical brain research workers in the various disciplines: neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, neuropharmacology, neuroendocrinology, neuropathology, basic neurology, biological psychiatry, and the behavioral sciences.The most acclaimed and accomplished series in neuroscienceThis volume looks at dopamine researchin the light of the newest scholarly discoveries and insights.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Jin-Xia Zhu, editor.
    Summary: Dopamine is widely present in the central and peripheral nervous systems, as well as in non-nervous systems. Parkinson's disease is well recognized as a dopaminergic neurodegenerative disorder, and affected patients often show early signs of gastrointestinal disorders at initial stages of the disease. Apart from the changes that occur in emotion, movement behaviors, learning and memory, metabolism etc., dopamine has also been demonstrated to play very crucial roles in the functional regulation of peripheral organs such as the heart, blood vessels, kidneys, and gut. Most recently, dopamine function in the gut has received enormous attention. Not only does dopamine regulate gut motility, ion transport, and mucosal barrier, but it is becoming more pertinent that more than 60% of dopamine in the body stems from the gut, which has not yet been properly addressed and substantially explored. Therefore, this book will discuss the brain-gut axis by providing novel and significant insight into the essence of gut-derived dopamine in mammals. It aims to inspire further research on dopaminergic regulation of gut function and disease genesis.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Synthesis and Metabolism of Gut Dopamine
    3 Dopamine Receptors in the Gastrointestinal Tract
    4 Dopamine and Gastrointestinal Mucosa Function
    5 Dopamine and Gastrointestinal Mobility
    6 Dopamine in the Pancreas.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Anna Lembke, M.D.
    Summary: We are living in a time of unprecedented access to high-reward, high-dopamine stimuli: drugs, food, news, gambling, shopping, gaming, texting, sexting. The smartphone is the modern-day hypodermic needle, delivering digital dopamine 24/7 for a wired generation. Lembke explores new scientific discoveries that explain why the relentless pursuit of pleasure leads to pain-- and what to do about it. She illustrates how finding contentment and connectedness means keeping dopamine in check. The secret to finding balance is combining the science of desire with the wisdom of recovery. -- adapted from jacket

    Contents:
    Introduction: The problem
    The pursuit of pleasure. Our masturbation machines ; Running from pain ; The pleasure-pain balance
    Self-binding. Dopamine fasting ; Science, time, and meaning ; A broken balance?
    The pursuit of pain. Pressing on the pain side ; Radical honesty ; Prosocial shame
    Conclusion: Lessons of the balance.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF515 .L46 2021
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Mario Tiberi.
    Contents:
    Genetic and epigenetic methods for analysis of the dopamine D2 receptor gene / Laura M. Fiori , Mireille Daigle , and Paul R. Albert
    Characterization of D1 dopamine receptor posttranscriptional regulation / Eldo V. Kuzhikandathil
    Computational approaches in the structure-function studies of dopamine receptors / Mayako Michino and Lei Shi
    Cell-free protein synthesis and purification of the dopamine D2 receptor / Dipannita Basu ... [et al.]
    Wnt ligand binding to and regulation of dopamine D2 receptors / Sehyoun Yoon , Mi-Hyun Choi , and Ja-Hyun Baik
    Regulation of pre- and postsynaptic protein phosphorylation by dopamine D2 receptors / Alessandra Bonito-Oliva, Giada Spigolon, and Gilberto Fisone
    Study of dopamine D1 receptor regulation by G protein-coupled receptor kinases using whole-cell phosphorylation and cross-linking methods / Keyvan Sedaghat ... [et al.]
    Ubiquitination of dopamine receptor studied by sequential double immunoprecipitation / Kamila Skieterska, Pieter Rondou, and Kathleen Van Craenenbroeck
    Dopamine receptors in the subthalamic nucleus : identification and localization of D5 receptors / Lionel Froux ... [et al.]
    MALDI mass spectrometry imaging of dopamine and PET D1 and D2 receptor ligands in rodent brain tissues / Richard J. A. Goodwin, Mohammadreza Shariatgorji, and Per E. Andren
    Positron emission tomography imaging of dopaminergic receptors in rats / Boguslaw Szczupak and Abraham Martín
    Transactivation of receptor tyrosine kinases by dopamine receptors / Jeff S. Kruk ... [et al.]
    Dopamine receptors in human embryonic stem cell differentiation / Glenn S. Belinsky ... [et al.]
    Calcium and phospholipase Cβ signaling through dopamine receptors / Lani S. Chun, R. Benjamin Free, and David R. Sibley
    Intracellular trafficking assays for dopamine D2-like receptors / Chengchun Min, Mei Zheng, and Kyeong-Man Kim
    Study of crosstalk between dopamine receptors and ion channels / Ping Su, Albert H. C. Wong, and Fang Liu
    Study of dopamine receptor and dopamine transporter networks in mice / Victor Gorgievski, Eleni T. Tzavara, and Bruno Giros
    Optogenetic regulation of dopamine receptor-expressing neurons / T. Chase Francis and Mary Kay Lobo
    Characterization of D3 dopamine receptor agonist-dependent tolerance property / Samantha R. Cote and Eldo V. Kuzhikandathil
    Dopamine D1 and D2 receptors in chronic mild stress : analysis of dynamic receptor changes in an animal model of depression using in situ hybridization and autoradiography / Dariusz Zurawek ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michael Hofbeck, Karl-Heinz Deeg, Thomas Rupprecht.
    Contents:
    1. The normal examination
    2. Atrial septal defects
    3. Ventricular septal defect
    4. Atrioventricular septal defect
    5. Patent ductus arteriosus
    6. Aortopulmonary window
    7. Pulmonary stenosis
    8. Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum (PAiVS)
    9. Tricuspid atresia
    10. Ebsteins anomaly
    11. Tetralogy of Fallot
    12. Pulmonary atresia and ventricular septal defect
    13. Truncus arteriosus
    14. Double outlet right ventricle
    15. Transposition of the great arteries
    16. Functionally univentricular heart
    17. Anomalous pulmonary venous connections
    18. Anomalies of left ventricular inflow and mitral valve
    19. Aortic stenosis, regurgitation and anomalies of the left ventricular outflow tract
    20. Hypoplastic left heart syndrome
    21. Coarctation of the aorta
    22. Interruption of the aortic arch
    23. Vascular rings and anomalies of the aortic arch vessels
    24. Echocardiographic differential diagnosis of cyanotic infants
    25. Echocardiography for the neonatologist.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Karl-Heinz Deeg, Thomas Rupprecht, Michael Hofbeck ; with contributions by Doris Franke, Michael Riccabona, Heiko Dudwiesus.
    Summary: This book covers the full range of current applications of Doppler sonography in infancy and childhood, describing the variety of potential findings with the aid of a wealth of images. After an introductory chapter on the physical and technical basis of Doppler sonography, applications of cerebral Doppler sonography in infancy and of transcranial Doppler sonography in childhood are addressed, with numerous examples of imaging appearances. The major part of the book is devoted to Doppler sonography of the brain, face and neck and of the abdomen, covering normal abdominal vessels, liver, spleen, pancreas, and mesenteric and renal circulation. Imaging of the ovaries and testes is also presented, encompassing the differential diagnosis of acute scrotum and other space-occupying lesions of the testis. The book closes by considering Doppler sonography of soft tissue and vascular malformations, and the influence of congenital heart malformations on flow parameters in peripheral arteries. Doppler Sonography in Infancy and Childhood will be an invaluable reference for pediatricians, neonatologists, pediatric sonographers, and pediatric and general radiologists.

    Contents:
    Physical and technicalbasics of Doppler sonography
    Cerebral Doppler sonography in infancy
    Transcranial cerebral Doppler sonography in childhood
    Dopplersonography of the thyroid and of the soft tissue of face and neck
    Doppler sonography of normal abdominal vessels
    Doppler sonography of the liver
    Doppler sonography of the spleen
    Doppler sonography of the pancreas
    Doppler sonography of the mesenteric circulation and bowel
    Renal Doppler sonography
    Dopplersonography of the adrenal gland
    Doppler sonography of the testes
    Doppler sonography of the ovaries
    Doppler sonography of soft tissue and vascular malformations
    Influence of congenital heart malformations on flow parameters in peripheral arteries.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Bogdan Czerniak.
    Contents:
    General considerations
    Clinical considerations and imaging of bone tumors / Colleen M. Costelloe and John E. Madewell
    Molecular biology of bone tumors
    Benign osteoblastic tumors
    Osteosarcoma
    Benign cartilage lesions
    Malignant cartilage tumors
    Fibroosseous lesions
    Fibrous and fibrohistiocytic lesions
    Giant-cell lesions
    Ewing's sarcoma and related entities
    Hematopoietic tumors / April Ewton
    Vascular lesions
    Neurogenous tumors and neurofibromatosis affecting bone / Gregory N. Fuller
    Cystic lesions
    Miscellaneous mesenchymal tumors
    Adamantinoma of long bone
    Chordoma and related lesions
    Metastic tumors in bone / John D. Reith
    Synovial lesions
    Sclerosing bone lesions
    Tumor-induced osteomalacia and rickets
    Reactive and metabolic conditions simulating neoplasms of bone
    Precancerous conditions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Jablonski, Stanley.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    Dorland, W. A. Newman.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    R121 .D73
    2
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R121 .D73
    9
  • Digital
    Victor R. Alekseev, Bernadette Pinel-Alloul, editors.
    Summary: This is the second volume on dormancy in aquatic organisms. The book is divided into three parts whereby the first part is devoted to several groups of aquatic organisms which are under-studied in terms of the dormancys role in the life cycle. The second part looks at the use of dormancy phenomena in science and potential human applications. Furthermore, part 3 comprises of examples of using modeling in relation to dormancy phenomenon and it opens with a theoretical analysis of studies of biological information, including seasonal information. This work can be used as a text book for students as well as a manual for science and practice purposes in ecology, aquaculture, nature protection and space researches with regards to creating ecological life supporting systems and discovering extraterrestrial life on other planets with harsh environmental conditions.

    Contents:
    PART I: Strategies and mechanisms of diapause in aquatic invertebrates
    1. Professor Oscar Ravera: long life in science
    2. Introduction to dormancy in aquatic invertebrates: mechanism of induction and termination, hormonal and molecular-genetic basis
    3. Dormancy in freshwater tardigrades
    4. Fish: diapause, dormancy, aestivation, and delay in gonad development
    5. Cysts and resting eggs from marine zooplankton. Dimension of the phenomenon, physiology of rest, ecological and biogeographic implications
    PART II: The role of diapause in science and human uses
    6. Studying on dormancy in space conditions
    7. Resistance of dormant eggs of cladocera to anthropogenic pollutants
    8. Mechanisms facilitating dispersal of dormant eggs in a planktonic crustacean
    9. Seasonal diphenism in daphnia from temperate environments: Organismal traits and molecular regulation
    10. The role of chemical interactions in embryonic diapause induction in zooplankton
    11. Aquatic invertebrate dormancy and medicine
    PART III: Dormancy, biological information and modelling
    12. Biological information and dormancy in aquatic population modeling
    13. Biological information, dormancy and individual based modeling of daphnia population dynamics
    14. The role of biotic and abiotic interactions in summer diapause in cyclopoids: Conceptual model and field validation in southern Quebec boreal lakes
    15. The model of dynamics of population number of the plankton
    16. Use of simulation to analyze parasite impacts on Volga delta Brachionus calyciflorus pallas rotifer dynamics: Abundance, reproduction and transition to diapause.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    John Scott Baird.
    Summary: This book chronicles the life and accomplishments of Dorothy Hansine Andersen, a pioneering American pathologist and pediatrician who was the first person to define, diagnose, and treat cystic fibrosis. Divided into three parts, the book begins by detailing Anderson's early life, including being orphaned as an adolescent, her college career, and her laborious start in the medical field. Part II then examines Andersen's role in defining the new disease cystic fibrosis of the pancreas and her career of active engagement in various clinical pursuits and research, both in pathology and pediatrics. Chapters in this section also discuss the numerous attempts made by others to minimize Andersen's work through gender bias and the Matilda Effect. The book concludes by reviewing the foundations laid for CF, Andersen's legacy, and her terminal illness. Featuring an engaging narrative style, Dorothy Hansine Andersen is a historically relevant, invaluable text for anyone interested in the life of Dorothy Anderson and the nascence of cystic fibrosis diagnoses.

    Contents:
    Part I: Life before Babies Hospital
    Chapter 1: A beginning
    Chapter 2: Orphaned
    Chapter 3: College and medical school
    Chapter 4: False start
    Chapter 5: A reboot
    Part II: Babies Hospital during the McIntosh Era
    Chapter 6: Historical perspectives
    Chapter 7: Synergy
    Chapter 8: Andy's abandoned farm
    Chapter 9: Scoring the first goal
    Chapter 10: CF firsts
    Chapter 11: To Dr. Andersen who has pulled me through many a tough year
    Chapter 12: McIntosh, pediatric pathology, and Columbia University.-Chapter 13: CF sweat and the Matilda Effect
    Chapter 14: Glycogen storage diseases
    Chapter 15: Celiac disease
    Chapter 16: Randomized, controlled trials
    Chapter 17: Babies Hospital siblings
    Chapter 18: A last decade of CF research
    Chapter 19: Pediatric heart diseases
    Part III: Beyond Babies Hospital and the McIntosh Era
    Chapter 20: Time to enjoy the view
    Chapter 21: A foundation and a club for CF
    Chapter 22: The end of an era
    Chapter 23: Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Margaret Harvey, PhD, MSN, MAT, CNE, Chamberlain College of Nursing, Indianapolis Campus President.
    Summary: Calculate correct dosages with safety and confidence, with the easy-to-follow nursing expertise of Dosage Calculations Made Incredibly Easy! 5th edition. This fully illustrated guide offers the complete how-to on calculating dosages for all drug forms and administration routes, with numerous practice exercises and seasoned guidance on interpreting drug orders accurately. Understand class materials more fully, get ready for the NCLEX or certification exam, or refresh your calculation skills with this enjoyable text.

    Contents:
    Fractions / Carol Lee Cherry
    Decimals and percentages / MaryAnn Edelman
    Ratios, fractions, proportions, and solving for X / Carol Lee Cherry
    Dimensional analysis / MaryAnn Edelman
    Metric system / Lisa Benson
    Alternative measurement systems / Lisa Benson
    Drug orders / Donna Blair
    Administration records / Donna Blair
    Preventing drug errors / Nancy J. Cichra
    Calculating oral drug dosages / Nancy J. Cichra
    Calculating topical and rectal drug dosages / Jacqueline Sue Inman
    Calculating parenteral injections / Jacqueline Sue Inman
    Calculating IV infusions / DeLaina A. McCane
    Calculating pediatric dosages / Sarah Wallace
    Calculating obstetric drug dosages / Cheryl L. DeGraw
    Calculating critical care dosages / DeLaina A. McCane.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Rakesh K. Tekade.
    Summary: Dosage Form Design Parameters, Volume II, examines the history and current state of the field within the pharmaceutical sciences, presenting key developments. Content includes drug development issues, the scale up of formulations, regulatory issues, intellectual property, solid state properties and polymorphism. Written by experts in the field, this volume in the Advances in Pharmaceutical Product Development and Research series deepens our understanding of dosage form design parameters. Chapters delve into a particular aspect of this fundamental field, covering principles, methodologies and the technologies employed by pharmaceutical scientists. In addition, the book contains a comprehensive examination suitable for researchers and advanced students working in pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, biotechnology and related industries.

    Contents:
    Front-matter
    Copyright
    Dedication
    List of Contributors
    About the Editor
    Levels of Solid State Properties: Role of Different Levels During Pharmaceutical Product Development
    Basics of Crystallization Process Applied in Drug Exploration
    Role of Amorphous State in Drug Delivery
    Particulate Level Properties and its Implications on Product Performance and Processing
    Bulk Level Properties and its Role in Formulation Development and Processing
    Concepts of Hypothesis Testing and Types of Errors
    Experimental Design and Analysis of Variance
    Basic Concept and Application of Sampling Procedures
    Statistical Techniques in Pharmaceutical Product Development
    Drug–Excipient Interaction and Incompatibilities
    Documentation Protocol in Product Development Including Clinical Records
    Correlation Between In Vitro and In Vivo Screens: Special Emphasis on High Throughput Screening and High Throughput Pharmacokinetic Analysis
    Sterilization of Pharmaceuticals: Technology, Equipment, and Validation
    Package Development of Pharmaceutical Products: Aspects of Packaging Materials Used for Pharmaceutical Products
    Package Types for Different Dosage Forms
    Food and Drug Laws Affecting Pharmaceutical Product Design, Development, and Commercial Manufacturing
    Guiding Principles for Human and Animal Research During Pharmaceutical Product Development
    Applications of Computers in Pharmaceutical Product Formulation
    Patents and Other Intellectual Property Rights in Drug Delivery
    Computer-Aided Prediction of Pharmacokinetic (ADMET) Properties
    Ethics and Legal Protection of Uses of Computer Applications in Pharmaceutical Research
    Index
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    A-Yong Yu, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the principle, main parameters, acquisition mode and operation procedure of Optical Quality Analysis System II (OQAS II) based on double-pass technology. OQAS II is increasingly used in the diagnosis and assessment of ocular diseases, especially for cataract. In this book, the clinical practice of OQAS II in the field of refractive cataract surgery is emphasized, including the preoperative/postoperative evaluation of visual quality, the timing of cataract surgery, the prediction of the visual quality after cataract surgery and doctor-patient communication. We hope the book provides a reference for the clinical application of the OQAS II in the field of cataract and helps to form the worldwide standard specification to a certain extent.

    Contents:
    Visual quality in the age of refractive cataract surgery
    Analysis of objective visual quality based on Double-pass technology
    Clinical significance of the main parameters of Double-pass Optical Quality Analysis System
    Acquisition mode and operation procedure of Double-pass Optical Quality Analysis System
    Clinical application of objective evaluation of tear film optical quality
    Objective classification of cataract
    Timing of cataract surgery
    Prediction of the visual quality after cataract surgery
    Doctor-patient Communication
    Comparison of cataract treatment methods
    Optimal treatment timing for posterior capsule opacification. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hildegard Wittlinger, Dieter Wittlinger, Andreas Wittlinger, Maria Wittlinger.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the circulation of the blood
    Anatomy of lymph vessels and lymph nodes
    Physiology of the lymphatic system, lymph, and interstitium
    Lymphedema
    Equilibrium and balance as the aim of the massage
    Indications and contraindications for manual lymph drainage
    Effect of manual lymph drainage on the smooth muscles of blood vessels and lymphangions
    Diagnostic examination and edema measurement
    Massage techniques
    Treatments of the individual parts of the body
    Special techniques
    Treatment model for secondary lymphedema
    Complementary treatments
    Historical background.
  • Print
    John F. Strauss.
    Summary: "This compelling biography traces the life and times of pediatrician Wilhelm Strauss from his childhood in Prague and his late Hapsburg monarchy medical education in Vienna, to his practice of social medicine in Wiener Neustadt during the Julius Tandler era. It continues with the painful disruptions of the 'Anschluss' and his forced exile in Baghdad, and concludes unexpectedly in New York State, USA. Reproduced in the book are valuable documents in Strauss' own words describing the state of pediatric medicine at the beginning of the First Austrian Republic"-- back cover.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Fiona Subotsky.
    Summary: Exploring how medicine and psychiatry are portrayed in gothic literature, this engaging book illustrates how Stoker's famous work was influenced by nineteenth-century attitudes to disease and medicine and reveals many previously unknown links. Extracts from many sensational stories of the time are presented, and the role of doctors and their appearance and contribution to gothic fiction is investigated. The book covers topics such as asylums, their purpose, practice and patients, deadly diseases echoing the symptoms of vampirism, and the otherworldly allure of the undead. Dracula for Doctors is an entertaining and informative examination of how Victorian medical knowledge and culture informed Stoker's gothic masterpiece. This book suggests that Stoker, who had many medical connections, was able to link lurid stories of operations and asylums with fictional horror and suspense. Fans of gothic literature, as well as those of medical history and the supernatural, will find this an enjoyable read.

    Contents:
    Body and mind
    Medico-gothic
    Stoker medical circles
    Asylum doctors
    The gothic asylum
    Renfield, the pet lunatic
    The other patients
    Diagnosing Dracula
    Dread, disease and the asylum
    Occult blood
    Holes in the skull
    Dead, alive or undead
    Therapeutic armamentarium
    Compelling eyes
    Beastliness
    Vivisection or animal torture?
    Demons and doctors
    Scientists and the supernatural
    And Dracula for dentists
    Sex and death.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Kenneth J. Tennessen.
    Summary: "This monograph is the first of its kind devoted entirely to the dragonfly nymphs of North America north of Mexico, the focus being accurate identification of the 330 species of Anisoptera that occur in the region. Nymphal external morphology is described and illustrated in detail, and all terms needed to navigate the dichotomous keys are defined. Species are tabulated with references that provide the most detailed, accurate descriptions for each; species that are inadequately described are so indicated. The key separating the seven families in the region contains several new characters. The families are then covered separately: Aeshnidae (13 genera), Gomphidae (17 genera), Petaluridae (2 genera), Cordulegastridae (2 genera), Macromiidae (2 genera), Corduliidae (7 genera), and Libellulidae (29 genera). Each family is further characterized, followed by a generic key. A drawing of the habitus and diagnostic details for each genus are provided, along with additional diagnostic remarks and notes on habitat and life cycle; for each genus, a map shows its geographic distribution in North America. Full-grown nymphs of all known species of each genus are keyed and diagnosed; characters that apply to earlier instars are noted. Morphological variation in character states was analyzed in order to assess the reliability of previously utilized characters and to discover new characters. Most of the characters used to distinguish all levels of taxa are illustrated; a total of 702 figures, comprising 1,800 original drawings, along with selected photographs where necessary for clarity, accompany the keys. Measurements of total length, head width, and other variables for each species are provided in tables. Difficulties with past keys and descriptions, including errors, omissions and other shortcomings, are addressed. The importance of nymph characters in helping solve generic and specific distinctions and their role in phylogenetic studies is emphasized. Methods for collecting, rearing, and preserving dragonfly nymphs and exuviae are presented. The final chapter discusses research opportunities on North American Anisoptera nymphs, including taxonomic needs, studies on structure and function, life history and microhabitat, water quality indices and conservation efforts. The habitus drawings of all genera are arranged according to family in five plates (Appendix I); although the book is intended as a lab manual, these plates conveniently allow for comparison based on nymph shape making field identification to genus possible in many cases. Appendix II contains a brief history of dragonfly nymph studies in North America. A glossary and an index to scientific names are included."

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; References; Contents; Part I: Preliminary Material;
    1: Introduction; References;
    2: Nymph Anatomy and Instar Determination; 2.1 The Head; 2.2 The Thorax; 2.3 The Abdomen; 2.4 External Morphological Outgrowths; 2.4.1 Determining Gender; 2.5 Growth; 2.5.1 Determining Instar; References;
    3: Using the Keys; 3.1 Specimen Preparation; References;
    4: List of Species Treated; 4.1 Odonata Diversity in the Americas; 4.2 The Anisoptera Fauna of North America; 4.3 State and Province Abbreviations; 4.4 Species List with Nymph References; References 12.3 Cannaphila Kirby, 188912.4 Celithemis Hagen, 1861; 12.5 Crocothemis Brauer, 1868; 12.6 Dythemis Hagen, 1861; 12.7 Erythemis Hagen, 1861; 12.8 Erythrodiplax Brauer, 1868; 12.9 Idiataphe Cowley, 1934; 12.10 Ladona Needham, 1897; 12.11 Leucorrhinia Brittinger, 1850; 12.12 Libellula Linnaeus, 1758; 12.13 Macrodiplax Brauer, 1868; 12.14 Macrothemis Hagen, 1868; 12.15 Miathyria Kirby, 1889; 12.16 Micrathyria Kirby, 1889; 12.17 Nannothemis Brauer, 1868; 12.18 Orthemis Hagen, 1861; 12.19 Pachydiplax Brauer, 1868; 12.20 Paltothemis Karsch, 1890; 12.21 Pantala Hagen, 1861
    7: Gomphidae7.1 Aphylla Selys, 1854; 7.2 Arigomphus Needham, 1897; 7.3 Dromogomphus Selys, 1854; 7.4 Erpetogomphus Selys, 1858; 7.5 Gomphurus Needham, 1901; 7.6 Hagenius Selys, 1854; 7.7 Hylogomphus Needham, Westfall and May, 2000; 7.8 Lanthus Needham, 1897; 7.9 Octogomphus Selys, 1873; 7.10 Ophiogomphus Selys, 1854; 7.11 Phanogomphus Carle, 1986; 7.12 Phyllocycla Calvert, 1948; 7.13 Phyllogomphoides Belle, 1970; 7.14 Progomphus Selys, 1854; 7.15 Stenogomphurus Carle, 1996; 7.16 Stylogomphus Fraser, 1897; 7.17 Stylurus Needham, 1897; References;
    8: Petaluridae 8.1 Tachopteryx Uhler in Selys, 18598.2 Tanypteryx Kennedy, 1917; References;
    9: Cordulegastridae; 9.1 Cordulegaster Leach, 1815; 9.2 Zoraena Kirby, 1890; References;
    10: Macromiidae; 10.1 Didymops Rambur, 1842; 10.2 Macromia Rambur, 1842; References;
    11: Corduliidae; 11.1 Cordulia Leach, 1815; 11.2 Dorocordulia Needham, 1901; 11.3 Epitheca Charpentier, 1840; 11.4 Helocordulia Needham, 1901; 11.5 Neurocordulia Selys, 1871; 11.6 Somatochlora Selys, 1871; 11.7 Williamsonia Davis, 1913; References;
    12: Libellulidae; 12.1 Brachymesia Kirby, 1889; 12.2 Brechmorhoga Kirby, 1894 Part II: Systematic
    s5: Key to the Families; 5.1 Key to Anisoptera Families of North America, F-0 to F-5; 5.1.1 Family Diagnoses; References;
    6: Aeshnidae; 6.1 Aeshna Fabricius, 1775; 6.2 Anax Leach, 1815; 6.3 Hemianax Selys, 1883; 6.4 Basiaeschna Selys, 1883; 6.5 Boyeria McLachlan, 1896; 6.6 Coryphaeschna Williamson, 1903; 6.7 Epiaeschna Hagen, 1877; 6.8 Gomphaeschna Selys, 1871; 6.9 Gynacantha Rambur, 1842; 6.10 Nasiaeschna Selys, 1900; 6.11 Oplonaeschna Selys, 1883; 6.12 Remartinia Navás, 1911; 6.13 Rhionaeschna Förster, 1909; 6.14 Triacanthagyna Selys, 1883; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jan Odom-Forren.
    Contents:
    Sect. I: The postanesthesia care unit
    Sect. II: Physiologic considerations in the PACU
    Sect. III: Concepts in anesthetic agents
    Sect. IV: Nursing care in the PACU
    Sect. V: Special considerations.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jan Odom-Forren.
    Summary: "Drain's PeriAnesthesia Nursing: A Critical Care Approach, 8th Edition provides comprehensive clinical content tailored specifically for perianesthesia nurses. An easy-to-use format with five distinct sections -- covering the PACU, anatomy and physiology, pharmacology, nursing care, and special considerations -- means you get the equivalent of five books in one. Nursing and pharmacologic interventions are integrated with in-depth coverage of pathophysiology, and updated content includes the latest standards and current issues affecting perianesthesia nursing practice. Focusing on research, documentation, and psychosocial considerations, this is the one book that can take you all the way from being a novice nurse in the PACU to preparing for CPAN®or CAPA® certification! Five separate sections provide comprehensive coverage, including the PACU, anatomy and physiology, pharmacology, nursing care, and special considerations. Coverage of current policies and issues affecting perianesthesia nursing practice includes patient safety, infection control, managed care implications, pain management, and bioterrorism. Comprehensive information on the various types of anesthetic agents familiarizes you with what will be used in the PACU. Special Considerations section details the care of patients with conditions such as malignant hyperthermia, substance abuse, sickle cell anemia, and cardiac arrest"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I: The postanesthesia care unit. Space planning and basic equipment systems
    Perianesthesia nursing as a specialty
    Management and policies
    Crisis resource management in the PACU
    Infection prevention and control in the PACU
    The changing health care system and its implications for the PACU
    Patient safety and legal issues in the PACU
    Ethics in perianesthesia nursing
    Evidence-based practice and research
    Section II: Physiologic considerations in the PACU. The nervous system
    The cardiovascular system
    The respiratory system
    The renal system
    Fluids and electrolytes
    The endocrine system
    The hepatobiliary and gastrointestinal system
    The integumentary system
    The immune system
    Section III: Concepts in anesthetic agents. Basic principles of pharmacology
    Inhalation anesthesia
    Nonopioid intravenous anesthetics
    Opioid intravenous anesthetics
    Neuromuscular blocking agents
    Local anesthetics
    Regional anesthesia
    Section IV: Nursing care in the PACU. Transition from the operating room to the PACU
    Assessment and monitoring of the perianesthesia patient
    Patient education and care of the perianesthesia patient
    Postanesthesia care complications
    Assessment and management of the airway
    Pain management
    Care of the ear, nose, throat, neck, and maxillofacial surgical patient
    Care of the ophthalmic surgical patient
    Care of the thoracic surgical patient
    Care of the cardiac surgical patient
    Care of the vascular surgical patient
    Care of the orthopedic surgical patient
    Care of the neurosurgical and neurointerventional patient
    Care of the thyroid and parathyroid surgical patient
    Care of the gastrointestinal, abdominal, and anorectal surgical patient
    Care of the genitourinary surgical patient
    Care of the obstetric and gynecologic surgical patient
    Care of the breast surgical patient
    Care of the plastic and reconstructive surgical patient
    Care of the patient undergoing bariatric surgery
    Care of the ambulatory surgical patient
    Care of the laser/laparoscopic surgical patient
    Section V: Special considerations. Care of the patient with chronic disorders
    Care of the pediatric patient
    Care of the older patient
    Care of the pregnant patient
    Care of the patient with substance use disorder
    Care of the patient with thermal imbalance
    Care of the shock trauma patient
    Care of the intensive care unit patient in the PACU
    Bioterrorism and its impact on the PACU
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in the PACU
    International perspectives on perienesthesia nursing and competence.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024
  • Digital
    Benjamin Ehrlich.
    Summary: This work contains the first English translation of the lost dream diary of Santiago Ramón y Cajal (1852-1934), the Nobel Prize-winning "father of modern neuroscience."

    Contents:
    Part 1. The founder of modern neuroscience. Cajal's legacy ; Cajal and psychology ; Cajal and dream research ; Cajal and Freudianism in Spain ; Comparing the lives of Cajal and Freud ; The effects of hypnosis and suggestion ; On the divergence of psychology and neuroanatomy ; Cajal's psyche and his readings of Freud
    "The Father of Modern Neuroscience" and his father
    The dream diary's strange fate
    Part 2. The dream diary of Santiago Ramón y Cajal. The dreams of Cajal.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Tomoaki Shirao, Yuko Sekino, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first comprehensive review of drebrin, which plays pivotal roles in various cellular events, via forming unique actin cytoskeletons, including synapse formation and in synaptic function. Particularly the loss of drebrin from dendritic spines is used as a marker of dementia in neurological disorders such as Alzheimer's disease. Since drebrin was first identified by our group in 1985, many studies of drebrin have been done in various fields, including not only molecular biology, biophysics, cell biology, neuroscience, clinical studies, spermatogenesis, immunology, and cancer metastasis, but others as well. The structure of this book facilitates the understanding of the whole picture of studies on drebrin. The volume begins with a general introduction to drebrin, and then the chapters in the second part provide the basic knowledge for further understanding. The third part examines its function in the nervous system, and the fourth part discusses its function in the non-nervous system. This work will appeal to researchers who are interested in cytoskeletal dynamics at membrane-cytoskeletal interface as well as the number of them who use drebrin as a tool, such as a marker of synaptic function or a disease marker. This volume is kept as concise as possible in order to be understood by readers in diverse scientific disciplines"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    History of drebrin discovery as an general introduction. General introduction to drebrin / Tomoaki Shirao, Yuko Sekino
    Basic information about drebrin. Molecular cloning of drebrin: progress and perspectives / Nobuhiko Kojima
    Biochemistry of drebrin and its binding to actin filaments / Ryoki Ishikawa
    Phosphorylation of drebrin and its role in neuritogenesis / Phillip R. Gordon-Weeks
    Remodeling of actin filaments by drebrin a and its implications / Elena E. Grintsevich
    Cell shape change by drebrin / Kensuke Hayashi
    Drebrin in nervous system. Localization of drebrin: light microscopy study / Tomoaki Shirao, Noriko Koganezawa, Hiroyuki Yamazaki, Kenji Hanamura, Kazuyuki Imamura
    Making of a synapse: recurrent roles of drebrin a at excitatory synapses throughout life / Chiye Aoki, Ang D. Sherpa
    Drebrin in neuronal migration and axonal growth / Kenji Hanamura
    Drebrin and spine formation / Hideto Takahashi, Yusuke Naito
    Role of drebrin in synaptic plasticity / Yuko Sekino, Noriko Koganezawa, Toshiyuki Mizui, Tomoaki Shirao
    Drebrin in Alzheimer's disease / Yuta Ishizuka, Kenji Hanamura
    Drebrins and connexins: a biomedical perspective / Irina V. Majoul, Justus S. Ernesti, Eugenia V. Butkevich, Rainer Duden
    Homer, spikar, and other drebrin-binding proteins in the brain / Hiroyuki Yamazaki, Tomoaki
    Role of drebrin at the immunological synapse / Vera Rocha-Perugini, Mónica Gordon-Alonso, Francisco Sánchez-Madrid
    Drebrin regulation of calcium signaling in immune cells / Jonathan Pabon, Man Kit Law, Avery August
    Drebrin and spermatogenesis / Haiqi Chen, Michelle W.M. Li, C. Yan Cheng
    Drebrin at junctional plaques / Wiebke K. Ludwig-Peitsch
    Juxtanuclear drebrin-enriched zone / Wiebke K. Ludwig-Peitsch
    Drebrin in renal glomeruli / Wiebke K. Ludwig-Peitsch.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pink, Daniel H.
    Summary: In today's fast-paced world, it's tough to find the time to read. But with Joosr guides, you can get the key insights from bestselling non-fiction titles in less than 20 minutes. Whether you want to gain knowledge on the go or find the books you'll love, Joosr's brief and accessible eBook summaries fit into your life. Find out more at joosr.com. Rewarding good performance and punishing the not so good is so ingrained in our approach to management that it's hard to conceive of an alternative. But there is a better way to motivate-one that taps into our human nature and lets us thrive. For.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital
    Guenter B. Risse.
    Contents:
    1. Domain of contagion and confinement
    2. Framing "loathsome" diseases
    3. Tides of inertia and neglect
    4. Location: Not in my backyard
    5. Banished: sojourns of the damned
    6. Belle of California's Molokai
    7. Wary minders: custodians and caregivers
    8. Hope for cures: nature or science
    9. Modern isolation: humanizing castaways.
  • Digital
    Guy Echalier, Norbert Perrimon, Stephanie E. Mohr.
    Contents:
    1. Composition of the body fluid of Drosophilia and the design of culture media for drosophilia cells
    2. Primary cell cultures of Drosophilia embryonic cells
    3. Continuous Drosophilia cell lines established in vitro
    4. Cells or tissues in course of differentiation
    5. Hormonal control of development of insects: implications in organ or cell cultures of Drosophilia
    6. Directed genetic methods for establishing continuous cell lines
    7. Organ culture methods for the Drosophilia wing imaginal disc
    8. Functional genomics screens in Drosophilia cells
    9. CRISPR-based perturbation of gene function in Drosophilia cells
    10. Compendium of Drosophilia cell line resources and plasmid vectors at the Drosopilia Genome Resource Center
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Wu-Min Deng, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a series of review articles that capture the advances in using the fruit fly, Drosophila melanogaster, model system to address a wide range of cancer-related topics. Articles in this book provide case studies that shed light on the intricate cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying tumor formation and progression. Readers will discover the beauty of the fly models genetic simplicity and the vast arsenal of powerful genetic tools enabling its efficient and adaptable use. This model organism has provided a unique opportunity to address questions regarding cancer initiation and development that would be extremely challenging in other model systems. This book provides a useful resource for a researcher who wishes to learn about and apply the Drosophila model to tackle fundamental questions in cancer biology, and to find new ways to fight against this devastating disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Masamitsu Yamaguchi, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Drosophila as a model organism
    2. Adult intestine aging model
    3. Alzheimer's Disease model system using Drosophilia
    4. Parkinson's Disease Model
    5. Repeat Expansion Disease Models
    6. Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis model
    7. Drosophila charcot-marie-tooth disease models
    8. Drosophila as a model to gain insight into the role of IncRNAs in neurological disorders
    9. Muscular dystrophy model
    10. Drosophila as a cancer model
    11. From Drosophila blood cells to human leukemia
    12. Diseases associated with mutation of replication and repair proteins
    13. Drosophila models to investigate insulin action and mechanisms underlying human diabetes mellitus
    14. Metabolomics: state-of-the -art technologies and applications on Drosophila melanogaster
    15. Humanized flies and resources for cross-species study
    16. Design for flies + of mice and men: design approaches to Drosophila melanogaster.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Diana P. Bratu, Gerard P. McNeil.
    Contents:
    Drosophila melanogaster oogenesis : an overview / John M. McLaughlin and Diana P. Bratu
    Basic techniques in Drosophila ovary preparation / Letitia Thompson, Kristen Randolph, and Amanda Norvell
    Mosaic analysis in the Drosophila melanogaster ovary / Thomas Rubin and Jean-René Huynh
    Genetic mosaic analysis of stem cell lineages in the Drosophila ovary / Kaitlin M. Laws and Daniela Drummond-Barbosa
    Culturing Drosophila egg chambers and investigating developmental processes through live imaging / Lathiena Manning and Michelle Starz-Gaiano
    Border cell migration : a model system for live imaging and genetic analysis of collective cell movement / Mohit Prasad [and four others]
    Visualizing microtubule networks during Drosophila oogenesis using fixed and live Imaging / Kevin Legent, Nicolas Tissot, and Antoine Guichet
    Visualization of actin cytoskeletal dynamics in fixed and live Drosophila egg chambers / Christopher M. Groen and Tina L. Tootle
    Single-molecule RNA in situ hybridization (smFISH) and immunofluorescence (IF) in the Drosophila egg chamber / Livia V. Bayer [and three others]
    Fluorescent in situ hybridization of nuclear bodies in Drosophila melanogaster ovaries / Zehra F. Nizami, Ji-Long Liu, and Joseph G. Gall
    Ultrastructural analysis of Drosophila ovaries by electron microscopy / Thomas R. Hurd [and seven others]
    Immuno-electron microscopy and electron microscopic in situ hybridization for visualizing piRNA biogenesis bodies in Drosophila ovaries / Shinsuke Shibata [and six others]
    Visualizing cytoophidia expression in Drosophila follicle cells via immunohistochemistry / Ömür Y. Tastan and Ji-Long Liu
    Detection of cell death and phagocytosis in the Drosophila ovary / Tracy L. Meehan [and three others]
    Analysis of cell cycle switches in Drosophila oogenesis / Dongyu Jia , Yi-Chun Huang , and Wu-Min Deng
    Global run-on sequencing (GRO-seq) library preparation from Drosophila ovaries / Nikolay V. Rozhkov
    Bioinformatics analysis to identify RNA-protein interactions in oogenesis / Ravinder Singh.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Joost J.L.M. Bierens.
    Summary: Since the first edition of the Handbook on Drowning in 2005, many epidemiological data have confirmed the burden of drowning in several parts of the world. Studies have increased the understanding of effective drowning prevention strategies, rescue techniques, and treatment options. Much has been learned about submersion and immersion hypothermia, SCUBA-diving injuries, the life-saving preparations of water-related disasters and how to deal with forensic investigations. In this updated second edition, experts from around the world provide a complete overview of current research data, consensus statements and expert opinions. The book Drowning provides evidence-based practical information and has a unique informative value for various groups with tasks, duties and responsibilities in this domain. In addition, the book may be an inspiration for future networks and research initiatives.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    History
    The Epidemiology of Drowning
    The Prevention of Drowning
    Rescue Organisational Aspects: Planning, Training and Preparation.- Rescue Techniques
    Resuscitation
    Hospital Treatment
    Brain Resuscitation in the Drowning Victim
    Immersion Hypothermia
    Water-related Disasters
    Breath-hold, SCUBA and Hose Diving
    Investigation of Drowning Accidents
    Important Websites.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC563 .D794
    1
  • Print
    edited by Jasbir M. Singh, Lyle Miller, Harbans Lal.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Experimental pharmacology
    v. 2. Clinical and socio-legal aspects
    v. 3. Neurobiology and influences on behaviour
    v. 4. New aspects of analytical and clinical toxicology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L566 .D78
    4
  • Digital
    Michel Burnier, editor.
    Summary: "This book provides a critical and comprehensive review of the methodologies available for measuring drug adherence in clinical practice, including those relying on emerging technologies. The authors discuss the risk factors of non-adherence and shed light on how to identify patients at risk of poor adherence. Drug therapies in chronic diseases rely heavily on the patient's adherence, since drugs that are not taken are ineffective and leave the patient at high risk of developing clinical complications. Given the absence of new drugs for the treatment of hypertension, drug adherence is particularly important in these patients to improve blood pressure control. The book further investigates a new aspect, namely the importance of drug adherence in clinical trials and studies and draws attention to the limits of developing drugs without significant information on drug adherence. Several chapters are dedicated to the importance of adherence in specific forms of hypertension, such as resistant hypertension, dyslipidemia and hypertension associated with cardiovascular risk. As experts confronted with drug adherence in their daily practice, the authors analyse the real effectiveness of several interventions aimed at improving drug adherence and put particular emphasis on the importance of an interdisciplinary approach involving nurses and pharmacists. The volume also includes a careful analysis of the health and economic impact of poor adherence. The book is aimed at physicians, pharmacists, students and all health professionals dealing not only with hypertension or dyslipidemia, but also with chronic asymptomatic diseases such as diabetes, HIV or chronic respiratory diseases."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    by Brian A. Baldo, Nghia H. Pham.
    Summary: The second edition of this book spans the broad range of modern therapeutic drugs, from small molecules to biologic recombinant proteins. It offers a comprehensive review of the classification and description of different drug-induced systemic and cutaneous hypersensitivities; an up-to-date coverage of individual culprit drugs in each group of therapeutics; the diagnosis and mechanisms of reactions; and important structure-activity relationships. New content expands to two areas of drug allergy that have recently experienced explosive growth: biological therapies and new targeted chemotherapies. Other new and expanded chapters address antimicrobials; drugs used in anesthesia and surgery; opioids; non-targeted anti-cancer drugs; vaccines; and newly understood reaction mechanisms. This new edition includes photographs of a wide variety of cutaneous manifestations that will be of use to other clinicians as well as allergists and dermatologists. In addition to its wide clinical emphasis, the book's mechanistic and structure-activity detail will provide valuable background for researchers and investigators in universities, medical research institutes, drug companies, and regulatory agencies. The second edition of Drug Allergy is an essential reference for practitioners across the medical disciplines from specialist clinicians, surgeons, GPs, residents, and medical students to nurses, pharmacists, dentists, and those taking undergraduate and graduate courses in the biomedical sciences.

    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Adverse reactions to drugs and drug allergy
    Ch. 2. Classification and descriptions of allergic reactions to drugs
    Ch. 3. Mechanisms of hypersensitivity
    Ch. 4. Diagnosis of allergic reactions to drugs
    Ch. 5. Beta-Lactam antibiotics
    Ch. 6. Other antimicrobial drugs
    Ch. 7. Drugs and other agents used in anesthesia and surgery
    Ch. 8. Opioid analgesic drugs
    Ch. 9. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
    Ch. 10. Contrast media
    Ch. 11. Corticosteroids
    Ch. 12. Proton pump inhibitors
    Ch. 13. Targeted drugs for cancer therapy. Approved monoclonal antibodies
    Ch. 14. Non-targeted drugs for cancer therapy
    Ch. 15. Other approved therapeutic monoclonal antibodies
    Ch. 16. Other biologics
    Ch. 17. Vaccines.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David A. Khan, Aleena Banerji.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology of drug allergy
    Chapter 2. Economic impact of drug allergy
    Chapter 3. Drug allergy: definitions and phenotypes
    Chapter 4. Immune mechanisms of drug allergy
    Chapter 5. Pharmacogenomics of drug allergy
    Chapter 6. Cutaneous reactions to drugs
    Chapter 7. Basics of skin testing and drug challenges
    Chapter 8. In vitro and in vivo tests for drug hypersensitivity reactions
    Chapter 9. Drug desensitization
    Chapter 10. Penicillins
    Chapter 11. Cephalsporin allergy
    Chapter 12. Macrolide allergy
    Chapter 13. Quinolone allergy
    Chapter 14. Sulfonamide drug allergy
    Chapter 15. Other antibiotic allergy
    Chapter 16. Multiple drug intolerance syndrome
    Chapter 17. Aspirin-exacerbated respiratory disease
    Chapter 18. Other NSAIDs reactions
    Chapter 19. Chemotherapy allergy
    Chapter 20. Hypersensitivity reactions to monoclonal antibodies
    Chapter 21. Perioperative allergy
    Chapter 22. Adverse reactions to contrast media
    Chapter 23. Corticosteroids
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Adriana Tiziani.
    Summary: This text can be used in conjunction with Havard's Nursing Guide to Drugs 9th edition as part of the suite of resources for undergraduate and Diploma of nursing students. Each case starts with an introduction, where the presenting condition and symptoms are outlined and as the case progresses, more details of the patient's condition, tests, medications and other considerations are provided. All cases come together with a conclusion where the patient outcomes are highlighted, followed by a discussion of the key considerations for the case. Multiple Choice Questions are integrated throughout and rationales are provided for all answers. This is perfect for use during exam preparation or as a study tool, providing an engaging approach to learning and revision.

    Contents:
    Case studies
    General adult. Diabetes ; Epilepsy ; Gastrointestinal bleed ; Anticoagulation
    General paediatric. Managing acute asthma ; Management of a child with gastroenteritis ; Management of a neonate with bacterial meningitis ; Management of a child with a urinary tract infection (UTI)
    Aged care. Medication administration for the older person within a residential aged care facility ; Medication administration for the older person in the community ; Medication and the older person with dementia ; Medication administration for the older person admitted to the acute care environment
    Palliative care. Managing complex pain using opioids and adjuvant medications ; Managing breathlessness and associated anxiety ; Polypharmacy and end of life issues ; Symptom management at end of life
    Midwifery. Induction of labour and group B streptococcus (GBS) ; Elective lower segment caesarean section (LSCS) ; Threatened preterm labour and urinary tract infections (UTIs) ; Iron deficiency anaemia.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2016
  • Digital
    Bernardo Cortese, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date summary of drug-coated balloon (DCB) technology and the role of DCBs in the treatment of coronary and peripheral arterial disease. In addition to clear explanation of how DCBs work, readers will find an enlightening analysis of the mistakes and successes of the past decade and the emergence of the latest delivery systems, which combine a more deliverable device with much improved drug delivery to the vessel wall. The full range of current applications of DCBs are reviewed in detail, drawing on the latest scientific evidence. Due attention is paid to newer devices, with provision of technical insights and documentation of the available clinical data. Ongoing research projects, remaining technical challenges, likely future directions, and reimbursement issues are also carefully considered. This book will be a useful tool for any interventional cardiologist, interventional radiologist, or vascular surgeon who wishes to acquire a deep knowledge of this technology and its application in both coronary and peripheral interventions.

    Contents:
    1 The history of drug-coated balloons
    2 Previous mistakes and how to prevent them in the future
    3 Local drug delivery to prevent restenosis of coronary and peripheral arteries
    4 Technical insights on drug-coated balloons
    5 Potential clinical advantages of DCB in specific clinical settings
    6 The role of drug-coated balloons for the treatment of coronary in-stent restenosis
    7 The role of drug-coated balloons for the treatment of native coronary vessels
    8 The role of drug-coated balloons for the treatment of coronary bifurcations.-9 Dissection management with drug-coated balloons
    10 The role of drug-coated balloons on late lumen enlargement
    11 The role of drug-coated balloons for the treatment of peripheral in-stent restenosis
    12 The role of drug-coated balloons for the treatment of native SFA
    13 The role of drug-coated balloons for the treatment of native below-the-knee arteries
    14 The role of drug-coated balloons for the treatment of other peripheral vessels
    15 Drug-coated balloons: lessons from the real world
    16 Stent use after drug-coated balloons
    17 Drug coated balloons and antithrombotic treatment
    18 Cost/effectiveness and reimbursement policies with drug-coated balloons
    19 Newer devices-technical insights & preliminary scientific data
    20 Current technical challenges and the future of drug-coated balloons.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Anna Lembke, MD.
    Contents:
    1. What is addiction, who's at risk, and how do people recover?
    2. Prescription drugs as the new gateway to addiction
    3. Pain is dangerous, difference is psychopathology : the role of illness narratives
    4. Big Pharma joins Big Medicine : co-opting medical science to promote pill-taking
    5. The drug-seeking patient : malingering versus the hijacked brain
    6. The professional patient : illness as identity and a right to be compensated
    7. The compassionate doctor, the narcissistic injury, and the primitive defense
    8. Pill mills and the Toyota-ization of medicine
    9. Addiction, the disease insurance companies still won't pay doctors to treat
    10. Stopping the cycle of compulsive prescribing.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM319 .L46 2016
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Binghe Wang, Longqin Hu, Teruna J. Siahaan.
    Contents:
    1. Factors that impact the developability of drug candidates
    2. Physiological, biochemical, and chemical barriers to oral drug delivery
    3. Physicochemical properties, formulation, and drug delivery
    4. Targeted bioavailability: a fresh look at pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic issues in drug discovery and development
    5. The role of transporters in drug delivery and excretion
    6. Intracellular delivery and disposition of small-molecular-weight drugs
    7. Cell culture models for drug transport studies
    8. Intellectural property and regulatory issues in drug delivery research
    9. Presystemic and first-pass metabolism
    10. Pulmonary drug delivery: pharmaceutical chemistry and aerosol technology
    11. Transdermal delivery of drugs using patches and patchless delivery systems
    12. Prodrug approaches to drug delivery
    13. Liposomes as drug delivery vehicles
    14. Nanoparticles as drug delivery vehicles
    15. Evoluation of controlled drug delivery systems
    16. Pathways for drug delivery to the central nervous system
    17. Metabolic activation and drug targeting
    18. Targeted delivery of drugs to the colon
    19. Receptor-mediated drug delivery
    20. Protein and peptide conjugates for targeting therapeutics and diagnostics to specific cells
    21. Drug delivery to the lymphatic system
    22. The development of cancer theranostics: a new emerging tool toward personalized medicine
    23. Intracellular delivery of proteins and peptides
    24. Vaccine delivery: current routes of administration and novel approaches
    25. Delivery of genes and oligonucleotides
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Chun Li, Mei Tian.
    Contents:
    Introduction to molecular imaging / Vikas Kundra
    PET/SPECT : instrumentation and imaging techniques / Yuan-Chuan Tai
    Photoacoustic tomography and its application in drug delivery and photothermal therapy / Liang Song Lihong Wang
    Raman microspectral imaging for label-free detection of nanoparticle-mediated cellular and sub-cellular drug delivery / Tatyana Chernenko ... [et al.]
    Anatomical and functional MRIi / Edward F. Jackson
    Quantitative imaging in drug delivery / Kooresh Shoghi
    PET imaging of small-molecular-weight drug pharmacokinetics / Stephen M. Moerlein and Zhude Tu
    Imaging peptides, proteins, and antibody delivery / F. L. Giesel and C. Kratochwil
    In vivo imaging and delivery of siRNA / Zdravka Medarova and Anna Moore
    Imaging cell therapy / Yijie Linag and Jeff W.M. Bulte
    Radiolabeled liposomes as drug delivery nano-theranostics / William T. Phillips ... [et al.]
    Polymeric micelles as imaging agents and drug delivery systems / Jun Zhao and Chun Li
    Perfluorocarbon nanoparticles: translating bench opportunities to the clinic / G.M. Lanza ... [et al.]
    Cancer theranostics with hollow gold nanospheres / Wei Lu and Chun Li
    Imaging pulmonary drug delivery / Stephen Newman
    In-vivo imaging for validation of oral dose performance / Fiona McInnes and Howard Stevens
    Role of large animal models in translational studies of imaging and targeted drug delivery / Rajesh K. Uthamanthil and Mei Tian
    Imaging transcatheter delivery to liver tumors / Adil AL-Nahhas, Meeran Naji, Imene Zerizer
    Direct visualization of therapeutic radionuclides distribution using nuclear medicine imaging: i-131 in metastatic thyroid carcinoma / Ho Young Lee ... [et al.]
    Imaging drug delivery to the cns using translational positron emission tomography studies / Chi-Ming Lee, Katarina Varns.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Jayvadan K. Patel, Vijaykumar Sutariya, Jagat Rakesh Kanwar, Yashwant V. Pathak, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the issues relating to a wide variety of ocular diseases from which millions of people suffer. Long-term challenges include visual impairment and ocular blindness. Certain ocular diseases are quite rare, whereas others, such as cataracts, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), and glaucoma, are very common, especially in the aging population. A rapid expansion of new technologies in ocular drug delivery and new drug candidates, including biologics, to treat these challenging diseases in the retina and posterior segments of the eye have recently emerged. These approaches are necessary because the eye has many unique barriers to drug delivery. Thus, this timely reference Drug Delivery for the Retina and Posterior Segment Disease compiles and analyzes recent advances in the research and development of drug delivery systems for retina and posterior segment diseases of the eye, with an emphasis on the use of implantable devices, iontophoresis as well as micro- and nanoparticles.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Introduction and Basic Concept of Drug Delivery for Retina and Posterior Segment Disease;
    Chapter 1: Anatomy and Physiology of Retina and Posterior Segment of the Eye; Introduction; Sensory Retina; Foveal Cytoarchitecture; Synaptic Connectivity; Uveal Arterial Circulation; Development and Anatomy of the Central Retinal Artery; Barrier System of the Retina; Optic Disc and Cup; Laminar Organization of the Optic Disc; Prelaminar Part; Laminar Region; Postlaminar Region; Myelination of the Ganglionic Axons
    Chapter 3: Drug Delivery to Posterior Segment of the Eye: Conventional Delivery Strategies, Their Barriers, and RestrictionsIntroduction; Posterior Segment of the Eye; Drug Delivery Strategies for Posterior Eye, Their Barriers, and Restrictions; Topical Drug Application; Systemic Drug Delivery; Intravitreal Route; Periocular Route or Transscleral Diffusion; Transscleral Iontophoresis; Ocular Implants; References;
    Chapter 4: Penetration Routes to Retina and Posterior Segment; Introduction; Systemic Route; Topical Route; Periocular and Suprachoroidal Routes; Intraocular Routes; Conclusion Metabolic Activity of the RPE and the PhotoreceptorsModulatory and Protective Role of the RPE; Optic and Non-optic Retina; Physiologic Properties of the Photoreceptors; Retinal Pathways and Synaptic Integration; Pupillary Light Reflex and Circadian Rhythm; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Pharmacotherapy of Diabetic Macular Edema and Retinopathy; Introduction; Diabetic Retinopathy; Characteristics of Diagnosis; Treatments and Therapy; Diabetic Macular Edema; Characteristics of Diagnosis; Treatments and Therapy; Conclusion; Future Trends; References Specific Anti-VEGF DrugsOther Methods of Treatment; Routes of Drug Delivery; Conclusion; References; Part II: Nanotechnology Based Formulations for Retina and Posterior Segment Disease;
    Chapter 6: Liposomes for Retina and Posterior Segment Disease; Introduction; Liposomes; Drug Loading; Drug Delivery; Targeted Drug Delivery; Application in Ocular Drug Delivery; Role of Surface Charge and Vesicle Type in Liposome-Corneal Interaction; Passive Targeting Drug-Encapsulated Liposomes; Low Molecular Weight Chitosan-Coated Liposomes
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Célia Luiza Petersen Vitello Kalil, Valéria Campos, editors.
    Summary: Skin accounts for approximately 15% of an adult's total body weight, with a surface of about 2m². It provides an entry and exit barrier to various substances, offers effective protection against harmful substances, microorganisms and ultraviolet radiation, and is also paramount in immunology and body homeostasis, preventing dehydration and loss of essential minerals. The topical route has a number of advantages over oral and parenteral routes: no first-pass metabolism, greater convenience resulting in better treatment compliance, lower side-effect frequency, and prompt dosing cessation if required. However, the stratum corneum allows penetration of only 1 to 5% of substances applied topically, making this application route much less efficient. Lipophilic and small molecules (up to 500 Da) can cross the stratum corneum, since keratinocytes are covered by a lipid matrix, while it is virtually impossible for hydrophilic and large drugs to cross intact, normal skin, which means that passive topical delivery is restricted. To address this, techniques have been developed aimed at optimizing drug skin penetration by means of chemical, mechanical and physical methods, such as adding permeating active agents and using occlusion, iontophoresis, microneedling, lasers and intense pulsed light, and it is now possible to deliver medication to different skin layers or transdermally to the systemic circulation. Drug delivery is a hot topic in dermatology, with a Pubmed search generating 203431 articles. Offering a detailed review of this emerging therapeutic option, including the various methods available, this unique book guides physicians and doctors in selecting the correct technologies, technique and products for each patient. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Understanding Skin and Drug Delivery
    Chapter 2. How to Optimize Drug Delivery in Dermatology?
    Chapter 3. Dermatological Applications of Drug Delivery Systems
    Chapter 4. Drug Delivery-Associated Dermatological Technologies and Techniques
    Chapter 5. Microneedling and Drug Delivery
    Chapter 6. Intense Pulsed Light and Drug Delivery
    Chapter 7. Fractional Non-Ablative Laser and Drug Delivery
    Chapter 8. Ablative Fractional Lasers & Drug Delivery
    Chapter 9. Switched and Drug Delivery
    Chapter 10. Radiofrequency, Infra-red and Others Technologies for Drug Delivery
    Chapter 11. Drug Delivery in the Treatment of Alopecia
    Chapter 12. Digital Microneedling and Drug Delivery
    Chapter 13. Active Agents in Injectable Drug Delivery
    Chapter 14. Microinfusion of Drugs into the Skin (MMP®) & Drug Delivery
    Chapter 15. Protocols for Drug Delivery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Alejandro D. Ricart.
    Contents:
    Drug-delivery systems in cancer therapy / Alejandro D. Ricart
    Drug-delivery considerations in oncology / Alejandro D. Ricart
    Antibody-drug conjugates / Alejandro D. Ricart
    Fusion proteins / Samir Dalia & Salvador Bruno
    Polymer-drug conjugates / Núria Mulet-Margalef, Josep Maria Miquel & Jordi Rodon
    Drug protein-bound particles and polysaccharide-drug conjugates / Karina A. Peters, Matías Chacón & Alejandro D. Ricart
    Liposomal drug carriers / Daniel S. Lewi, Karina A. Peters & Pedro M. Polit.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kewal K. Jain, Jan PharmaBiotech, Basel, Switzerland.
    Contents:
    Current Status and Future Prospects of Drug Delivery Systems
    A Method for Screening Mitochondrial Fusogenic Envelopes for use in Mitochondrial Drug Delivery
    Ultrasound-directed, Site-specific Gene Delivery
    Synthesis of Thermoresponsive Polymers for Drug Delivery
    Recombinant Stem Cells as Carriers for Cancer Gene Therapy
    Microfluidic-based Manufacture of siRNA-lipid Nanoparticles for Therapeutic Applications
    Microneedle-iontophoresis Combinations for Enhanced Transdermal Drug Delivery
    Polymer Nanoparticle-based Controlled Pulmonary Drug Delivery
    Antibody Labeling with Radioiodine and Radiometals
    Self Assembling Peptide -based Delivery of Therapeutics for Myocardial Infarction
    Applications of Chitosan Nanoparticles in Drug Delivery
    A Method for Evaluating Nanoparticle Transport through the Blood Brain Barrier in vitro
    Bacterial Systems for Gene Delivery to Systemic Tumours
    Synthesis of a Smart Nanovehicle for Targeting Liver
    Intranasal Delivery of Chitosan-siRNA Nanoparticle Formulation to the Brain
    Intrathecal Delivery of Analgesics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Anthony J Hickey, RTI International, Research Triangle Park, NC, USA ; consulting editors, Amit Misra, CSIR Central Drug Research Institute, Lucknow, India, P. Bernard Fourie, University of Pretoria, Pretoria, South Africa.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Margareta Hammarlund-Udenaes, Elizabeth C.M. de Lange, Robert G. Thorne, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the different approaches for drug delivery to the brain with an emphasis on the physiology of the blood-brain barrier (BBB) and the governing principles and concepts for drug delivery across the BBB. It contains cutting-edge methods for studying drug delivery and administering drugs into the brain. The book also explores different approaches for predicting human brain concentrations as well as the influence of disease and drug industry perspectives. In addition to wide-ranging coverage of physiological concepts relevant to central nervous system (CNS) drug delivery, a detailed review of brain structure, function, blood supply and fluids is also provided. In each chapter, descriptions of future challenges and unresolved questions are combined with points for discussion. This unique combination of material makes this book a valuable resource for students and for established academic and industry scientists looking to learn about state-of-the-art drug delivery research. It is also a source for stimulating new ideas among experts already performing CNS drug delivery research or working in related areas. Margareta Hammarlund-Udenaes (Ph.D.) is a Professor in Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics (PK/PD) at Uppsala University and the Head of the Translational PK/PD Group. Her research is focused on studying pharmacokinetic aspects of BBB transport of drugs in relation to CNS effects, and it has led to the development of new concepts and methods within the BBB transport area, focusing on unbound drug relationships. Elizabeth C.M. de Lange (Ph.D.) is Head of the Target Site Equilibration Group at the Division of Pharmacology of the Leiden Academic Center for Drug Research (LACDR). Her research program focuses on the development of generally applicable predictive PK/PD models on CNS drugs using advanced in vivo animal models and mathematical modeling techniques, with a number of recent successes. Robert G. Thorne (Ph.D.) is an Assistant Professor in Pharmaceutical Sciences at the University of Wisconsin-Madison School of Pharmacy. He was previously a research scientist and faculty member in the Department of Physiology & Neuroscience at the New York University School of Medicine. His research focuses on diffusive and convective transport within the CNS and the development, refinement and optimization of strategies for delivering biologics into the brain.

    Contents:
    Part I. Physiology and basic principles for drug handling by the brain
    Part II. Pharmacokinetic concepts in brain drug delivery
    Part III. Industrial approaches for investigation of potential central nervous system drugs
    Part IV. Strategies for improved central nervous system drug delivery
    Part V. Brain drug delivery in disease conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Atta-ur-Rahman, FRS, Honorary Life Fellow, Kings College, University of Cambridge, UK and Muhammad Iqbal Choudhary, H.E.J. Research Institute of Chemistry, International Center for Chemical and Biological Sciences, University of Karachi, Pakistan.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Madhu Dikshit, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Over the years, India has attained a prominent global position in the manufacture of Generic Drugs. This success can be attributed to its synthetic organic chemistry and chemical engineering strengths, nurtured by the timely policies of the Government of India. However, breakthrough successes in New Drug Discovery have remained elusive, despite the brilliant and sustained efforts of many Indian researchers and Pharma establishments. The Indian National Science Academy thought it appropriate to document Indias New Drug Discovery Research (NDDR) journey to date. Gathering contributions from prominent researchers in the Indian Pharma Industry and Academia, this book highlights their efforts, achievements, and the status quo of Indian NDDR. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Traditional Medical System (TMS) for Sustainable Healthcare in India
    Chapter 2. Modern Drug Discovery and Development for TB- The India Narrative
    Chapter 3. Indian Discovery Effort in the Quest of Novel Antibiotics
    Chapter 4. New Drug Discovery and Development in India to Counter Malaria
    Chapter 5. Modern Drug Discovery and Development in the area of Leishmaniasis
    Chapter 6. Modern Drug Discovery and Development: Diabetes and lifestyle disorders Part I Introduction to Diabetes and Prevalence in India
    Chapter 7. Modern Drug Discovery and Development: Diabetes and lifestyle disorder Part II Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus: Marketed drugs and mechanisms
    Chapter 8. Modern Drug Discovery and Development: Diabetes and lifestyle disorders Part III Anti-diabetes research in India: Contributions from industrial organizations
    Chapter 9. Modern Drug Discovery and Development: Diabetes and lifestyle disorders Part IV Indian Academia Tryst with Cardio-metabolic Drug Discovery and Development
    Chapter 10. Modern drug discovery and development in the area of Cancer: Indian context
    Chapter 11. Biopharmaceutical development in India: recommendations on collaboration and innovation to enable affordable healthcare
    Chapter 12. Regulatory requirements and Quality Standards in Indias Clinical Trials Journey
    Chapter 13. Indian Pharma Perspective: New Drug Discovery and Development- Indian Pharmaceutical Industry.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Subash Chandra Gupta, Sahdeo Prasad, Bharat B. Aggarwal, editors.
    Summary: "Second comprehensive volume focuses on anti-inflammatory nutraceuticals and their role in prevention and therapy of various chronic diseases. Food and drug administration (FDA) approved drugs such as steroids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS), statins and metformin have been shown to modulate inflammatory pathways, but their long-term intake has been associated with numerous side effects. Thus dietary agents which can modulate inflammatory pathways in humans, are likely to exhibit enormous potential. Leading experts describe the latest results of anti-inflammatory nutraceuticals and their role in prevention and therapy of various chronic diseases"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Cinnamon and chronic diseases / Mitra Hariri, Reza Ghiasvand
    Silymarin and its role in chronic diseases / Neha, Amteshwar S. Jaggi, Nirmal Singh
    Eugenol and its role in chronic diseases / S. Fujisawa, Y. Murakami
    Catechins and its role in chronic diseases / Yohei Shirakami, Hiroyasu Sakai, Takahiro Kochi, Mitsuru Seishima, Masahito Shimizu
    Capsaicin and its role in chronic diseases / E. S. Fernandes, A. R. A. Cerqueira, A. G. Soares, Soraia K. P. Costa
    Diallyl sulfide and its role in chronic diseases prevention / Shankar Suman, Yogeshwer Shukla
    Lupeol and its role in chronic diseases / Fan-Shiu Tsai, Li-Wei Lin, Chi-Rei Wu
    Gingerol and its role in chronic diseases / Yasmin Anum Mohd Yusof
    Potential use of flavopiridol in treatment of chronic diseases / Thejal Srikumar, Jaya Padmanabhan
    Plumbagin and its role in chronic diseases / Pharkphoom Panichayupakaranant, Md Iftekhar Ahmad
    Anethole and its role in chronic diseases / Ana Clara Aprotosoaie, Irina-Iuliana Costache, Anca Miron
    The role of indirubins in inflammation and associated tumorigenesis / Xinlai Cheng, Karl-Heinz Merz
    CDDO and its role in chronic diseases / Bryan J. Mathis, Taixing Cui
    Evodiamine and its role in chronic diseases / Qunyou Tan, Jingqing Zhang
    Guggulsterone and its role in chronic diseases / Takanori Yamada, Ken Sugimoto
    Deguelin and its role in chronic diseases / Jonathan Boyd, Alice Han
    Quercetin and its role in chronic diseases / Ganiyu Oboh, Ayokunle O. Ademosun, Opeyemi B. Ogunsuyi
    Eucalyptol and its role in chronic diseases / Geun Hee Seol, Ka Young Kim
    Auraptene and its role in chronic diseases / Giuseppe Derosa, Pamela Maffioli, Amirhossein Sahebkar.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Carmen, Andrew.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Drug discovery series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Yvonne Will, J. Eric McDuffie, Andrew J. Olaharski, Brandon D. Jeffy.
    Summary: As a guide for pharmaceutical professionals to the issues and practices of drug discovery toxicology, this book integrates and reviews the strategy and application of tools and methods at each step of the drug discovery process. - Guides researchers as to what drug safety experiments are both practical and useful- Covers a variety of key topics - safety lead optimization, in vitro-in vivo translation, organ toxicology, ADME, animal models, biomarkers, and -omics tools- Describes what experiments are possible and useful and offers a view into the future, indicating key areas to watch for new predictive methods- Features contributions from firsthand industry experience, giving readers insight into the strategy and execution of predictive toxicology practices
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Syed Tabish R. Zaidi and Jason A. Roberts, edtiors.
    Contents:
    Betalactams: Penicillins
    Betalactams: Cephalosporins
    Aminoglycosides
    Quinolones
    Carbapenems
    Glycopeptides and antibiotics for Gram-Positive Bacterial Infections
    Azole antifungals
    Echinocandins antifungals
    Polyene antifungals
    Miscellaneous antimicrobials. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Haur Yueh Lee, Daniel Creamer, editors.
    Summary: Cutaneous adverse drug reactions are common and range from the benign to those which are life-threatening. The clinical presentation of these dermatoses is varied and many may mimic common skin conditions. Consequently, diagnosis in drug-induced skin disease is challenging and the treatment considerations are complex. This book aims to bridge the divide between dermatology and allergy by providing a comprehensive review on the pathomechanisms and clinical features of cutaneous adverse drug reactions. Broken up into three distinct sections: General Considerations, Reaction Patterns, and Special Drug Categories, these chapters cover the common and rare adverse skin reactions and provide information on recent advances - particularly immunopathology and pharmacogenetics - as well as highlighting new adverse drug signals and novel therapies. Drug Eruptions is a must-have resource for dermatologists, allergists, internal physicians and general practitioners.

    Contents:
    Section I: General Considerations
    Chapter 1: Pharmacogenetics of Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
    Chapter 2: Mechanisms of Drug Hypersensitivity
    Chapter 3: Histopathology of Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
    Chapter 4: Skin Tests in Evaluating Drug Eruptions
    Chapter 5: In vitro Drug Allergy Testing
    Section II: Reaction Patterns
    Chapter 6: Drug-induced urticaria
    Chapter 7: Exanthematous Drug Eruptions
    Chapter 8: Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
    Chapter 9: Acute Generalized Exanthematous Pustulosis
    Chapter 10: Drug Reaction Eosinophilia and Systemic Symptoms (DRESS)
    Chapter 11: Fixed Drug Eruptions and Generalized Bullous Fixed Drug Eruptions
    Chapter 12: Lichenoid Drug Eruptions
    Chapter 13: Drug-induced Connective Tissue Disorders
    Chapter 14: Drug-induced Vasculitis
    Chapter 15: Drug-induced Autoimmune Bullous Diseases
    Chapter 16: Other Drug-induced Inflammatory Skin Reactions
    Chapter 14: Drug-induced Vasculitis
    Chapter 15: Drug-induced Autoimmune Bullous Diseases
    Chapter 16: Other Drug-induced Inflammatory Skin Reactions
    Chapter 17: Drug-induced Photosensitivity
    Chapter 18: Drug-induced Pruritus Without Primary Rash
    Chapter 19: Drug-induced Nail Changes
    Chapter 20: Drug-induced Hair Changes
    Chapter 21: Drug-induced Pigmentary Disorders
    Section III: Special Drug Categories
    Chapter 22: Immediate and Delayed Reactions to Beta-lactams
    Chapter 23: Hypersensitivity Reactions to Iodinated Radiocontrast Media
    Chapter 24: Cutaneous Adverse Reactions to Biologic Agents
    Chapter 25: Cutaneous Reactions to Oncologic Targeted Therapy
    Chapter 26 :Cutaneous Reactions to Oncologic Immunotherapy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kewal K. Jain.
    Summary: This book is a first-of-its kind reference that systematically organizes and describes the adverse effects of drugs on the nervous system. Drug safety is recognized as an important aspect of pharmaceutical companies as well as practice of medicine. Chapters include case reports of adverse effects of drugs that are published as well as reported to drug manufacturers. The book scope is broad as it covers lack of efficacy, drug resistance, drug-disease and drug-drug interactions. This information is used to improve the use of drugs as well as to design better and safer drugs for the future, and is relevant to personalized medicine in trying to match the right drugs to the patients. Drug-induced Neurological Disorders offers a unique approach to this important topic by integrating clinical neurology with pharmacology with a focus on effects of drugs on the nervous system including those used for the treatment of neurological disorders as well systemic diseases. Many adverse effects involve multiple systems of the body and the syndromes with predominant effect on the nervous system are included in this book.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction, history and epidemiology of drug-induced neurological disorders
    2. Neurologic symptoms as adverse drug reactions
    3. Role of the blood-brain barrier in effects of drugs on the brain
    4. Pathomechanisms of drug-induced neurological disorders
    5. Adverse effects of drugs on the fetal nervous system
    6. Principles of management of drug-induced neurological disorders
    7. Methods of drug delivery to the nervous system and DIND
    8. Neurological complications of anesthesia
    9. Neurological complications of cancer therapies
    10. Adverse effects of biological therapies on the nervous system
    11.Drug-induced aseptic meningitis
    12. Drug-induced intracranial hypertension
    13. Drug-induced encephalopathies
    14. Drug-induced disorders of memory and dementia
    15. Drug-induced disturbances of consciousness
    16. Drug-induced neuro-psychiatric disorders
    17. Neurological effects of drug abuse
    18. Drug-induced sleep disorders
    19. Drug-induced seizures
    20. Drug-induced movement disorders
    21. Tardive dyskinesia
    22. Drug-induced headaches
    23. Drug-induced cerebrovascular disorders
    24. Drug-induced disorders of cranial nerves
    25. Drug-induced neurootological disorders
    26. Drug-induced neuro-ophthalmological disorders
    27. Drug-induced disorders of smell and taste
    28. Drug-induced peripheral neuropathies
    29. Drug-induced disorders of the autonomic nervous system
    30. Drug-induced neuromuscular disorders
    31. Drug-induced myopathies
    32. Drug-induced spinal disorders
    33. Drug-induced cerebellar disorders
    34. Eosinophilia-myalgia syndrome
    35. Drug-induced pituitary disorders
    36. Serotonin syndrome
    37. Drug-induced Guillain-Barré syndrome
    38. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Frederick "Fritz" T. Fraunfelder, Frederick "Rick" W. Fraunfelder, Wiley A. Chambers ; associate editor, Bree Jensvold-Vetsch.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RE994 .F7 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Frederick "Fritz" T. Fraunfelder and Frederick "Rick" W. Frauenfelder.
    Contents:
    National Registry of Drug-Induced Ocular Side Effects
    Ocular drug delivery and toxicology
    Methods for evaluating drug-induced visual side effects
    Anti-infectives
    Drugs affecting the central nervous system
    Drugs affecting the autonomic nervous system
    Analgesics, narcotic antagonists, and drugs used to treat arthritis
    Drugs used in anesthesia
    Gastrointestinal drugs
    Cardiac, vascular, and renal drugs
    Hormones and drugs affecting hormonal mechanisms
    Drugs affecting blood formation and coagulability
    Homeostatic and nutrient drugs
    Drugs used to treat allergic and neuromuscular disorders
    Oncolytic drugs
    Heavy metal antagonists and miscellaneous drugs
    Drugs used in the management of human immunodeficiency virus/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
    Drugs used in ophthalmology
    Herbal medicine– and dietary supplement–induced ocular side effects.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Sarah Cousty and Sara Laurencin-Dalicieux, editors.
    Contents:
    Adverse Drug Reactions in the Orofacial Region: How Does it Work?
    Drug-Induced Gingival Overgrowth
    Drug-Induced Oral Mucosa Pigmentation
    Oral Manifestations of Drug Allergy
    Drug-Induced Oral Ulcerations
    Drug-Induced Oral Lichenoid Reactions / White Lesions
    Drug-Induced Osseous Complications
    Drug-Induced Oral Bleeding
    Drug-Induced Taste Disturbances
    Drug-Induced Salivary Gland Disturbances : Xerostomia, Pain, Swelling, Hypersalivation, Discoloration of Saliva
    Drug-Induced Oral Infections
    Drug-Induced Peri-Oral and Facial Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Nico de Vries, Ottavio Piccin, Olivier M. Vanderveken, Claudio Vicini.
    Summary: "Obstructive sleep apnea is the most prevalent sleep-related breathing disorder, impacting an estimated 1.36 billion people worldwide. In the past, OSA was almost exclusively treated with Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP), however, dynamic assessment of upper airway obstruction with Drug-Induced Sleep Endoscopy (DISE) has been instrumental in developing efficacious alternatives. Drug-Induced Sleep Endoscopy: Diagnostic and Therapeutic Applications by Nico de Vries, Ottavio Piccin, Olivier Vanderveken, and Claudio Vicini is the first textbook on DISE written by world-renowned sleep medicine pioneers"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    editors, Patrick M. Malone, Meghan J. Malone, and Sharon K. Park.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the concept of drug information
    Formulating an effective response: a structured approach
    Drug information resources
    Drug literature evaluation I: controlled clinical trial evaluation
    Literature evaluation II: beyond the basics
    The application of statistical analysis in the biomedical sciences
    Pharmacoeconomics
    Evidence-based clinical practice guidelines
    Journal clubs
    Legal aspects of drug information practice
    Ethical aspects of drug information practice
    Professional communication of drug information
    Pharmacy and therapeutics committee
    Drug evaluation monographs
    Drug shortages and counterfeit drugs
    Quality improvement and the medication use system
    Medication misadventures I: adverse drug reactions
    Medication misadventures II: medication and patient safety
    Policy, procedure, and guideline development
    Project management
    Investigational drugs
    Pharmaceutical industry and regulatory affairs
    Assessing drug promotions
    Drug information in ambulatory care
    Drug information and contemporary community pharmacy practice
    Pharmacy informatics: enabling safe and efficacious medication use
    Drug information education and training
    Appendices
    Glossary
    Answers for case studies
    Answers for self-assessment questions
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2018
  • Print
    the Mediphor Editorial Group, Division of Clinical Pharmacology, Stanford University School of Medicine ; editor, Richard J. Mangini ; editorial board, Terrence F. Blaschke, Stanley N. Cohen, David S. Tatro.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    1983-2014.
    including updates
    RM302 .D794
    4
  • Print
    Vasta, Bruno M.
    Contents:
    v. 1. 1967-1970
    v. 2. 1970-1971.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Z6675.P5 U56
    2
  • Digital
    Manjunath P. Pai, Jennifer J. Kiser, Paul O. Gubbins, Keith A. Rodvold, editors.
    Summary: The 4th edition of Drug Interactions in Infectious Diseases is being split into two separate volumes – “Mechanisms and Models of Drug Interactions” and “Antimicrobial Drug Interactions”. This volume, “Antimicrobial Drug Interactions,” delivers a quick clinical resource that distills relevant drug interactions by antimicrobial drug class. The book provides informative tables on specific drug-drug interactions that include the degree and severity of the expected interaction. A mechanistic basis for drug-drug interactions is also provided to link observed interactions to pharmacologic characteristics of key drug classes. This complete resource is organized by major antibacterial, antimycobacterial, antiviral, antifungal, antimalarial, and antiprotozoal class. In line with current innovations in antimicrobial drug development, a distinct chapter on the pharmacologic management of drug interactions in hepatitis B virus (HBV) and hepatitis C virus (HCV)-related infections is included.  Two new chapters are dedicated to the management of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) drug-drug interactions given the breadth of antiretroviral class-specific effects. This comprehensive review of known drug interactions and strategies to manage them is an invaluable resource to all health care practitioners.

    Contents:
    Beta-Lactam Antibiotics
    Macrolides, Azalides, and Ketolides
    Quinolones
    Glycopeptides, Lipopeptides, and Lipoglycopeptides
    Miscellaneous Antibiotics
    Drugs for Tuberculosis
    Drug Interactions in HIV: Protease and Integrase Inhibitors
    Drug Interactions in HIV:  Nucleoside, Nucleotide, and Nonnucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors and Entry Inhibitors
    Hepatitis B and Hepatitis C Antiviral Agents
    Drug Interactions of Non-HIV Antiviral Agents
    Antifungal Agents
    Antimalarial Agents
    Antiprotozoal and Anthelminthic Agents.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Manjunath P. Pai, Jennifer J. Kiser, Paul O. Gubbins, Keith A. Rodvold.
    Summary: The 4th edition of Drug Interactions in Infectious Diseases is being split into two separate volumes - "Mechanisms and Models of Drug Interactions" and "Antimicrobial Drug Interactions". This volume, "Mechanisms and Models of Drug Interactions," delivers a text that enhances clinical knowledge of the complex mechanisms, risks, and consequences of drug interactions associated with antimicrobials, infection, and inflammation. The book provides a comprehensive review of basic clinical pharmacology with a focus on metabolism and transporter-mediated drug interactions. The chapters address materials that cannot be retrieved easily in the medical literature, including materials focused on the complex interrelationship of acute infection, inflammation, and the risk of drug interactions in the Drug-Cytokine chapter. The Food-Drug and Herb-Drug interactions chapters remain definitive resources. A new chapter on in vitro modeling of drug interactions is included along with updates on design and data analysis of clinical drug interaction studies. Authoritative discussion of models for regulatory decision-making on drug-drug interactions provides the necessary framework to aid antimicrobial drug development. This concise review of the mechanisms and models of drug interactions provides important insights to health care practitioners as well as scientists in drug development.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Drug-Drug Interactions
    Mechanisms of Drug Interactions I: Absorption, Metabolism, and Excretion
    Mechanisms of Drug Interactions II: Transport Proteins
    Drug-Food Interactions
    Drug-Cytokine Interactions
    Interactions between Herbs and Antiinfective Medications
    In vitro Modeling of Drug-Drug Interactions
    Probe Cocktail Studies
    Design and Data Analysis in Drug Interaction Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Kenneth K.W. To and William C.S. Cho.
    Summary: "Drug Repurposing in Cancer Therapy: Approaches and Applications provides comprehensive and updated information from experts in basic science research and clinical practice on how existing drugs can be repurposed for cancer treatment. The book summarizes successful stories that may assist researchers in the field to better design their studies for new repurposing projects. Sections discuss specific topics such as in silico prediction and high throughput screening of repurposed drugs, drug repurposing for overcoming chemoresistance and eradicating cancer stem cells, and clinical investigation on combination of repurposed drug and anticancer therapy"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Drug repurposing for cancer therapy--an introduction
    A ligand-centric approach to identify potential drugs for repurposing: case study with aurora kinase inhibitors
    Machine learning strategies for identifying repurposed drugs for cancer therapy
    Unveiling potential anticancer drugs through in silico drug repurposing approaches
    Increasing opportunities of drug repurposing for treating breast cancer by the integration of molecular, histological, and systemic approaches
    The success story of drug repurposing in breast cancer
    A personalized medicine approach to drug repurposing for the treatment of breast cancer molecular subtypes
    Successful stories of drug repurposing for cancer therapy in hepatocellular carcinoma
    Stories of drug repurposing for pancreatic cancer treatment--Past, present, and future
    Animal models and in vivo investigations for drug repurposing in lung cancer
    Identification of chemosensitizers by drug repurposing to enhance the efficacy of cancer therapy
    Drugs repurposed to potentiate immunotherapy for cancer treatment
    Nanoparticle-based formulation for drug repurposing in cancer treatment
    Nanotechnological approaches in cancer: the role of celecoxib and disulfiram
    Clinical trials on combination of repurposed drugs and anticancer therapies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Alicia Ponte-Sucre, Maritza Padrón-Nieves, editors.
    Summary: Providing a comprehensive review of the epidemiology and pathology of Leishmania and Leishmaniasis, this book offers a close examination of this parasitic disease and its resistance to drugs, including its molecular basis, consequences and possible treatments.

    Contents:
    Leishmaniasis : the biology of a parasite
    Determinant features in leishmaniasis
    Molecular evolution and phylogeny of leishmania
    The role of reservoirs : cananie leishmaniasis
    Epidemiology of leishmaniasis in the time of drug resistance (the miltefosine era)
    The role of the immune system in resistance to infection
    Challenges in the diagnosis, treatment and control of leishmaniasis in times of drug resistance
    Co-infection with HIV
    Visceral leishmaniasis
    American tegumentary leishmaniasis
    The challenges of effective leishmaniasis treatment
    Molecular features of drug resistant leishmania
    The role of proteomics in the study of drug resistance
    The role of ABC transporters in drug-resistant leishmania
    Functional analysis of leishmania membrane (non-ABC) transporters involved in drug resistance
    Tools and strategies to circumvent drug resistance in leishmania
    Bioinformatics in leishmania drug design
    P-glycoprotein-like transportyers in leishmania : a search for reversal agents
    The concept of fitness in leishmania.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Norbert Handler and Helmut Buschmann.
    Contents:
    Introduction. Polypharmacology in Drug Discovery / Oscar Méndez-Lucio, J Jesús Naveja, Hugo Vite-Caritino, Fernando D Prieto-Martínez, José L Medina-Franco
    Selectivity of Marketed Drugs. Kinase Inhibitors / Peng Wu, Michael Givskov, Thomas E Nielsen
    Repositioning of Drug - New Indications for Marketed Drugs / Ren Kong, Stephen T Wong
    Discovery Technologies for Drug Repurposing / Naiem T Issa, Stephen W Byers, Sivanesan Dakshanamurthy
    Unselective Drugs in Drug Discovery. Personalized Medicine / Christian Noe, Volker Baumann
    Drug Discovery Strategies for the Generation of Multitarget Ligands against Neglected Tropical Diseases / Annachiara Gandini, Federica Prati, Elisa Uliassi, Maria L Bolognesi
    Designing Approaches to Multitarget Drugs / Luca Costantino, Daniela Barlocco
    The Linker Approach / Daniel Merk, Manfred Schubert-Zsilavecz
    Merged Multiple Ligands / Hongming Chen, Udo Bauer, Ola Engkvist
    Pharmacophore Generation for Multiple Ligands / Norbert Handler
    Cellular Assays / Ye Fang
    Therapeutic Areas for Designed Multiple Ligands. Developing Serotonergic Antidepressants Acting on More Than the Serotonin Transporter / Gerard J Marek
    Multiple Ligands Targeting the Angiotensin System for Hypertension / Agustin Casimiro-Garcia
    Multiple Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptor-Based Ligands / Dmytro Kukhtar, Miquel Mulero, Raul Beltrán-Debón, Cristina Valls, Gerard Pujadas, Santiago Garcia-Vallve
    Antibiotics / Jean-Philippe Surivet, Philippe Panchaud
    Multiple Ligands in Neurodegenerative Diseases / Julien Lalut, Christophe Rochais, Patrick Dallemagne.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Summary: "ASHP's Drug Shortages is the most widely recognized leading source of evidence-based drug shortage information for clinicians, consumers, and health policy leaders."
    Digital Access STAT!Ref Current year
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.
    Contents:
    1. Treatment strategies in cancer from past to present
    2. Nanotechnology-based drug delivery systems: challenges and opportunities
    3. Nanotechnology applications in drug controlled release
    4. Target-specific delivery: an insight
    5. Stimuli-responsive nanosystems for drug-targeted delivery
    6. Stimuli sensitive ocular drug delivery systems
    7. Stimuli-sensitive nanomaterials for antimicrobial drug delivery
    8. Stimuli-responsive micelles: a nanoplatform for therpeutic and diagnostic applications
    9. Design of targeting pepetides for nanodrugs for treatment of infectious diseases and cancer
    10. Targeting drugs to cell and organ using nanoparticles
    11. Extracellular vesicles as a recipe for design smart drug delivery systems for cancer therapy
    12. Advancements in exogeneous techniques for stimuli-sensitive delivery systems
    13. Ligand-directed tumor targeting with hybrid viral phage nanoparticles
    14. Delivering miRNA modulators for cancer treatment
    15. Oral controlled and sustained drug delivery systems: concepts, advances, preclinical and clinical status
    16. Hydrogels: from simple networks to smart materials- advances and applications
    17. Recent advances in understanding of blood-brain tumor barrier (BTB) permeability mechanisms that enable better detectino and treatment of brain tumors
    18. Polymeric nanocarriers for site-specific gene therapy
    19. Cyclodextrin-based polymeric nanosystems
    20. Lipid nanoparticles: in vitro and in vivo approaches in drug delivery and targeting
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Carolina Witchmichen Penteado Schmidt, Fabiana Gatti Menezes.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The main diseases in pediatric oncohematology
    3. The main protocols in pediatric oncohematology
    4. Background on drug interactions
    5. Food
    drug interactions
    6. Body surface
    7. Carboplatin dosage calculation
    8. Creatinine clearance estimate.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RM260 D794
    4
  • Digital
    Xiaodong Liu, Guoyu Pan, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Overview: Role of Drug Transporters in Drug Disposition and Its Clinical Significance; 1.1 General Consideration; 1.2 Physiological Roles of Drug Transporters; 1.3 Roles of Drug Transporters in Inter-organ Communication; References;
    Chapter 2: ABC Family Transporters; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 General Properties of ABC Transporters; 2.1.2 Overview of Human ABC Gene Subfamilies; 2.1.2.1 ABCA Family; 2.1.2.2 ABCB Family; 2.1.2.3 ABCC Family; 2.1.2.4 ABCD Family; 2.1.2.5 ABCG Family; 2.2 P-Glycoprotein (P-GP/ABCB1) 2.2.1 General Properties and Distribution of P-GP2.2.2 Substrates and Inhibitors of P-GP; 2.2.3 Physiological and Pharmacological Functions of P-GP; 2.2.3.1 Function of P-GP at Blood-Brain Barrier; 2.2.3.2 Function of P-GP at Fetal-Maternal Barrier Function; 2.2.3.3 Function of P-GP at Hepatobiliary Excretion; 2.2.3.4 Function of P-GP in Restricting Oral Bioavailability of Drugs; 2.2.3.5 P-GP Function in the Kidney; 2.2.3.6 P-GP Function in Immune System; 2.2.4 Pharmacological Significance of P-GP Inhibition; 2.2.5 ABCB1 Polymorphisms and P-GP Expression/Function 2.3 Multidrug Resistance-Associated Proteins (MRPs/ABCCs)2.3.1 Multidrug Resistance-Associated Protein 1 (MRP1/ABCC1); 2.3.1.1 General Properties and Distribution of MRP1; 2.3.1.2 Substrates and Inhibitors of MRP1; 2.3.1.3 Pharmacological Functions of MRP1; 2.3.2 Multidrug Resistance Protein 2 (MRP2/ABCC2); 2.3.2.1 General Properties and Distribution of MRP2; 2.3.2.2 Substrates and Inhibitors of MRP2; 2.3.2.3 Pharmacological and Toxicological Functions of MRP2; 2.3.3 Multidrug Resistance Protein 3 (MRP3/ABCC3); 2.3.3.1 General Properties of MRP3 2.3.3.2 Pharmacological and Physiological Functions of MRP32.3.4 Multidrug Resistance Protein 4 (MRP4/ABCC4); 2.3.4.1 General Properties of MRP4; 2.3.4.2 Pharmacological and Physiological Function of MRP4; 2.3.5 Other Multidrug Resistance Proteins; 2.3.5.1 Multidrug Resistance Protein 5 (MRP5); 2.3.5.2 Multidrug Resistance Protein 6 (MRP6/ABCC6); 2.3.5.3 Multidrug Resistance Protein 7 (MRP7/ABCC10); 2.3.5.4 Multidrug Resistance Protein 8 (MRP8/ABCC11); 2.4 Breast Cancer Resistance Protein (BCRP/ABCG2); 2.4.1 General Properties and Distribution of BCRP; 2.4.2 Substrates and Inhibitors of BCRP 2.4.3 Pharmacological and Physiological Functions of BCRP2.4.3.1 Roles of BCRP in Disposition and Toxicity/Efficacy of Drugs; 2.4.3.2 BCRP and Side Population; 2.4.3.3 BCRP and Alzheimerś Disease; 2.4.3.4 BCRP and Hyperuricemia; 2.4.3.5 BCRP and Cancer; 2.5 ABC Genes and Human Genetic Disease; 2.5.1 Cystic Fibrosis and CFTR; 2.5.2 Adrenoleukodystrophy; 2.5.3 Sulfonylurea Receptor; 2.5.4 Bile Salt Transport Disorders; 2.5.5 Retinal Degeneration and ABCA4; 2.5.6 Mitochondrial Iron Homeostasis; 2.5.7 Sterol Transport Deficiencies; References;
    Chapter 3: SLC Family Transporters 3.1 General Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Monique Elseviers, Björn Wettermark, Anna Birna Almarsdóttir, Morten Andersen, Ria Benko, Marion Bennie, Irene Eriksson, Brian Godman, Janet Krska, Elisabetta Poluzzi, Katja Taxis, Vera Vlahović-Palčevski, Robert Vander Stichele.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Yasuyuki Kihara, editor.
    Summary: This edited work presents a series of reviews focusing on Druggable Lipid Signaling Pathways. It enables researchers in both academic institutions and industry as well as physicians to understand historical aspects of lipid signaling and future directions of drug discovery targeting lipid signaling pathways. This book provides 9 pathways including acyltransferases, prostanoids, leukotrienes, epoxy fatty acids, sphingolipids, lysophospholipids, endocannabinoids, phosphoinositides, and lipid GPCRs. Readers will discover the importance of each lipid signaling pathway that contributes to broad range of diseases including neurological and neuropsychiatric diseases, pain, metabolic syndromes, cardiovascular diseases, cancer, dermatological diseases, fibrosis, inflammation, etc. Also, readers will recognize that many drugs targeting lipid signaling have been clinically used. Drugs currently under development are also discussed in each chapter, which includes some information about clinical trials and strategic drug designs.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction of Druggable Lipid Signaling Pathway
    Biosynthetic Enzymes of Membrane Glycerophospholipid Diversity as Therapeutic Targets for Drug Development
    Druggable Prostanoid Pathway
    Targeting Leukotrienes as a Therapeutic Strategy to Prevent Comorbidities Associated with Metabolic Stress
    Epoxy Fatty Acids are Promising Targets for Treatment of Pain, Cardiovascular Disease and Other Indications Characterized by Mitochondrial Dysfunction, Endoplasmic Stress and Inflammation
    Druggable Sphingolipid Pathway
    Druggable Lysophospholipid Pathway
    Druggable targets in endocannabinoid signaling
    Drugging the phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3K) and phosphatidylinositol 4-kinase (PI4K) family of enzymes for treatment of cancer, immune disorders, and viral/parasitic infections
    Druggable Lipid GPCRs: Past, Present, and Prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Prepared for the National Advisory Heart Council by May Sherman.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Anticholesteremic, anticoagulant, cholesteremic, fibrinolytic, hemoplastic, and vasoactive agents.-
    -2. Cause and cure of hypertension; drugs and the kidney.-
    -3. Cause and cure of heart failure and shock.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U345 .U58 1963
    4
  • Digital
    Muyassar Turaeva.
    Summary: The book outlines post-Soviet style of health management in Central Asia. Regional studies on Central Asia to date have focused on states, politics, religion and inter-ethnic relations but not on the health system within the region. Soviet-style policies have also covered only other aspects relevant for the region. This book highlights the public health situation of the region with a focus on drug abuse, HIV/AIDS in the context of increased mobility, and drug trafficking routes which became even more porous after the break-up of the Soviet Union. Based on a qualitative study, the empirical data in the book was collected during long-term fieldwork conducted in Uzbekistan and Turkmenistan in 2010-2011 as well as shorter stays in Uzbekistan between 2012-2016. The analysis of the empirical material largely draws on the works of Foucault, particularly his concept of biopolitics when analyzing Soviet-style health management that is still practiced in the region. Applying the Foucauldian genealogical method, this study has been structured to trace the genealogy of epidemics to understand the historical path of drug abuse in the region as well as the discursive genealogy of drug politics and drug abuse. Applying the same genealogical method of Foucault, the formative and discursive trajectory of the institution of Uchyot was traced to contextualize the health governance methods that have historical legacy of Soviet-style governance and control of the total population. Drugs and Public Health in Post-Soviet Central Asia: Soviet-Style Health Management is a unique resource for academic specialists, practitioners/professionals, and advanced undergraduate and graduate students in public health, as well as a range of scholars and professionals in sociology, political science, anthropology, and anyone with an interest in the Central Asia region, drug addiction, or HIV. The book also could appeal to international donors in the field of HIV/drug addiction who are working in the region.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Genealogy of Drug Abuse and HIV Infection in Central Asia
    Chapter 3. Biopolitics of Foucault in Post-Soviet Central Asia
    Chapter 4. Individual Concerns of Drug Users and Drug Consumption Patterns Among the Research Participants
    Chapter 5. Socially and Culturally Embedded Drug Abuse
    Chapter 6. HIV-positive Drug Users: Concerns and Problems
    Chapter 7. Lessons Learned and Recommendations
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Telmo Mota Ronzani, editor.
    Summary: This book goes beyond the traditional approaches to drug use and discusses the issue from a societal perspective, integrating contributions from different disciplines such as psychology, public health, anthropology, law, public policies and sociology to address specifically the social aspects of the phenomenon. Given its complexity, drug use demands a multidisciplinary approach from many different perspectives, but despite the vast literature about the topic, the majority of the books are restricted either to a purely medical perspective (focused mainly on treatment techniques) or to a criminological perspective (focused mainly on drug trafficking and organized crime). The social approach adopted in this volume challenges this dichotomy and analyzes both the social contexts to which drug use is related and the social and political consequences of the attitudes and policies adopted by governments and other social groups towards drug users, addressing topics such as: Drugs and poverty Drugs and gender Drugs and race Drugs and territory Stigmatization of drug use Prohibitionism Given its broad and innovative approach, Drugs and Social Context - Social Perspectives on the Use of Alcohol and Other Drugs will be of interest for researchers, clinicians and other health professionals, since the study of the social aspects of drug use is central to everyone who deals with the issue.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Drugs and Society
    Chapter 1.The context of drug use in the consumer society
    Chapter 2. The stigmatization of drug use as mechanism of legitimation of exclusion
    Chapter 3. Social Effects of Prohibitionism in the Americas and New Drug Policies
    Section 2. Social Issues
    Chapter 4.Drugs and Poverty: interfaces of oppression in the capitalist world
    Chapter 5.Drugs and Gender
    Chapter 6. Drugs and Race
    Chapter 7. (Des)Occupation of urban and rural spaces, gentrification and drug use.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bengt Källén.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    The alert clinician
    Animal experiments and adverse drug reaction reports
    Some epidemiological principles
    Pregnancy outcomes with the exception of congenital malformations
    Congenital malformations
    Identification of maternal use of drugs
    The problem of confounding
    Statistics
    Lumping or splitting? Paternal use of drugs
    Timing of drug use and effects on the embryo or fetus
    Repeated studies and meta-analysis
    Pharmacovigilance
    Information on the risk with drug use during pregnancy
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Carl P. Weiner, Clifford Mason.
    Summary: "Comprehensive and easy to use, Drugs for Pregnant and Lactating Women, 3rd Edition, remains your #1 resource for reliable information on virtually all of today's drugs and herbal supplements and how they interact with pregnancy and lactation. This logically organized reference has been frequently emulated, but not duplicated. The 3rd Edition has been thoroughly updated to keep you current with new drugs, changes in FDA labeling, and more in-depth information on interactions. Designed for ease of use in the clinical setting, it provides the key drug information needed by physicians, nurses, physician assistants, and others involved in the care of pregnant and lactating women"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Gerald G. Briggs, Roger K. Freeman, Craig V. Towers.
    Summary: Put essential information at your fingertips -- before you prescribe. The updated 11th edition of Drugs in Pregnancy and Lactation: A Reference Guide to Fetal and Neonatal Risk lists more than 1,200 commonly prescribed drugs taken during pregnancy and lactation, with detailed monographs that provide the information you need on known or possible effects on the mother, embryo, fetus, and nursing infant. For the 11th edition, this bestselling reference has two new authors, both highly knowledgeable on the effects of drugs on the embryo-fetus and nursing infant: Craig V. Towers, a maternal-fetal medicine specialist, and Alicia B. Forinash, a clinical pharmacologist specialist in obstetrics. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Xavier Bosch, Manuel Ramos-Casals, Munther A. Khamashta, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Colin Chan, editor.
    Summary: This handbook is a concise, easy-to-read, practical guide that conveys the core knowledge necessary to diagnose, classify, grade, and manage dry eye disease effectively and efficiently. A series of succinct, informative chapters cover the following key topics: definition and classification, epidemiology, office-based screening and diagnostics, artificial tears, medical management, surgical management, and future directions. Current guidelines, published studies, and the personal experience of internationally recognized dry eye experts are distilled into practical tips that will be of value during daily clinical routine. Highlighted boxes are included to emphasize the most important points or clinical pearls, and tables and flow charts will further assist the eye care practitioner in using the book as a quick reference. The closing chapter presents case examples that build upon the instruction provided earlier in the book by illustrating the optimal approach to diverse scenarios that may be encountered in the clinic.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definition and classification of dry eye
    Epidemiology of dry eye
    How to choose the right artificial tear
    Practical office based screening and diagnostics
    Medical management of dry eye
    Procedural / surgical management of dry eye
    Case studies
    Future directions and research.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Paolo D'Odorico, Amilcare Porporato, Christiane Wilkinson Runyan, editors.
    Summary: By combining the analysis of biotic and abiotic components of terrestrial ecosystems, this book synthesizes material on arid and semiarid landscapes, which was previously scattered among various books and journal articles. It focuses on water-limited ecosystems, which are highly sensitive to fluctuations in hydrologic conditions and, in turn, play an important role in affecting the regional water cycle. Intended as a tool for scientists working in the area of the earth and environmental sciences, this book presents the basic principles of eco-hydrology as well as a broad spectrum of topics and advances in this research field. Written by authors with diverse areas of expertise who work in arid areas around the world, the contributions describe the various interactions between the biological and physical dynamics in dryland ecosystems, ranging from basic processes in the soil-vegetation-climate system, to landscape-scale hydrologic and geomorphic processes, ecohydrologic controls on soil nutrient dynamics, and multiscale analyses of disturbances and patterns.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    SECTION 1: FUNDAMENTAL PROCESSES AND INTERACTIONS IN THE SOIL-CLIMATE-VEGETATION SYSTEM
    Chapter 2. Soil Moisture Dynamics in Water-Limited Ecosystems
    Chapter3. Soil physical properties and associated soil-root interactions
    Chapter 4. Ecophysiology of plants in dry environments
    Chapter 5. Ecohydrology of Photosynthesis
    Chapter 6. Ecohydrological controls on the deposition of non-rainfall water, N and P to dryland ecosystems
    Interactions and feedbacks between climate and dryland vegetations
    SECTION 2: HYDROGEOMORPHOLOGY AND LANDFORMS OF ARID AND SEMIARID LANDSCAPES
    Chapter 8. The history and evolution of desert hydrology and landforms: The role of climate change
    Chapter 9. Ecohydrological implications of aeolian processes in drylands
    Chapter 10. Hydrological and geomorphological significance of riparian vegetation in drylands
    SECTION 3: ECOHYDROLOGIC CONTROLS on NUTRIENT CYCLING and DISTURBANCES
    Chapter 11. Ecohydrological and stoichiometric controls on soil carbon and nitrogen dynamics in drylands
    Chapter 12. Modeling of Phosphorus Dynamics in Dryland Ecosystems
    Chapter 13. Microbial nitric oxide, nitrous oxide and nitrous acid emissions from drylands
    Chapter 14. Fire regimes in dryland landscapes
    Chapter 15. Termites as mediators of the water economy of arid savanna ecosystems
    SECTION 4: ECOHYDROLOGY OF A VARIETY OF DRYLAND ECOSYSTEMS
    Chapter 16. Interactions of water and nitrogen on primary productivity across spatial and temporal scales in grassland and shrubland ecosystems
    Chapter 17. Deforestation, water availability, and nutrient cycling in dry forests
    Chapter 18. Vegetation pattern formation in drylands
    Chapter 19. Ecohydrology of agroecosystems
    Interactions between local and global processes
    Chapter 20. Ecohydrology of urban ecosystems
    Chapter 21. Desertification and land degradation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Roberto Lewis-Fernández, Neil Krishan Aggarwal, Ladson Hinton, Devon E. Hinton, Laurence J. Kirmayer.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Cultural Formulation Before DSM-5 / Laurence J. Kirmayer
    2. The Core and Informant Cultural Formulation Interviews in DSM-5 / Roberto Lewis-Fernandez
    3. Supplementary Modules
    Overview / Ladson Hinton
    Supplementary Module 1 Explanatory Model / Mitchell G. Weiss
    Supplementary Module 2 Level of Functioning / Sofie Baarnhielm
    Supplementary Module 3 Social Network / Ladson Hinton
    Supplementary Module 4 Psychosocial Stressors / Ladson Hinton
    Supplementary Module 5 Spirituality, Religion, and Moral Traditions / Francis G. Lu
    Supplementary Module 6 Cultural Identity / Neil Krishan Aggarwal
    Aspects of Cultural Identity Related to National, Ethnic, and Racial Background; Language; and Migration / Sushrut Jadhav
    Aspects of Cultural Identity Related to Spirituality, Religion, and Moral Traditions / Francis G. Lu
    Aspects of Cultural Identity Related to Gender Identity and Sexual Orientation Identity / Mark L. Hatzenbuehler
    Supplementary Module 7 Coping and Help Seeking / Devon E. Hinton
    Supplementary Module 8 Patient-Clinician Relationship / Sofie Baarnhielm
    Supplementary Module 9 School-Age Children and Adolescents / Jaswant Guzder
    Supplementary Module 10 Older Adults / Ladson Hinton
    Supplementary Module 11 Immigrants and Refugees / Monica Scalco
    Supplementary Module 12 Caregivers / Iqbal Ahmed
    4. Clinical Implementation of the Cultural Formulation Interview
    Planning and Assessment / Neil Krishan Aggarwal
    Use of the Cultural Formulation Interview in Different Clinical Settings / Lizardo Cruzado
    Administrative Perspectives on the Implementation and Use of the Cultural Formulation Interview / Angela Tang Soriano
    Application of the Cultural Formulation Interview in International Settings / Smita Neelkanth Deshpande
    5. Cultural Competence in Psychiatric Education Using the Cultural Formulation Interview / Hendry Ton
    6. Conclusion: The Future of Cultural Formulation / Laurence J. Kirmayer.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016
  • Digital
    Sophia Wang, M.D., Abraham M. Nussbaum, M.D., FAPA.
    Contents:
    Addressing behavioral and mental problems in community settings
    The diagnostic DS : the building blocks to diagnosing mental health disorders in older adults
    Beyond the diagnostic DS : other common clinical challenges
    The 15-minute older adult diagnostic interview
    The 30-minute older adult diagnostic interview
    The DSM-5 older adult diagnostic interview
    A brief version of DSM-5
    A stepwise approach to differential diagnosis
    The mental status examination : a psychiatric glossary
    Selected DSM-5 assessment measures
    Rating scales and alternative diagnostic systems
    Psychoeducational interventions
    Psychosocial interventions
    Psychotherapeutic interventions
    Psychopharmacological interventions
    Brain stimulation interventions
    Mental health treatment planning
    Concluding counsel.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2017
  • Digital/Print
    edited by John W. Barnhill.
    Contents:
    Neurodevelopmental disorders
    Schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders
    Bipolar and related disorders
    Depressive disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Obsessive-compulsive and related disorders
    Trauma- and stressor-related disorders
    Dissociative disorders
    Somatic symptom and related disorders
    Feeding and eating disorders
    Elimination disorders
    Sleep-wake disorders
    Sexual dysfunctions
    Gender dysphoria
    Disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Neurocognitive disorders
    Personality disorders
    Paraphilic disorders.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC473.D54 D76 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Michael B. First.
    Contents:
    Part I. Differential diagnosis step by step
    Part II. Differential diagnosis by the trees
    Part III. Differential diagnosis by the tables
    Neurodevelopmental disorders
    Schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders
    Bipolar and related disorders
    Depressive disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Obsessive-compulsive and related disorders
    Trauma- and Stressor-related disorders
    Dissociative disorders
    Somatic symptom and related disorders
    Feeding and eating disorders
    Sleep-wake disorders
    Sexual dysfunctions
    Gender dysphoria
    Disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Neurocognitive disorders
    Personality disorders
    Paraphilic disorders.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RC473.D54 F554 2014
    1
  • Digital
    by Robert J. Hilt, Abraham M. Nussbaum.
    Contents:
    Addressing behavioral and mental problems in community settings
    Common clinical concerns
    The 15-minute pediatric diagnostic interview
    The 30-minute pediatric diagnostic interview
    DSM-5 pediatric interview
    A brief version of DSM-5
    A stepwise approach to differential diagnosis
    The mental state examination : a psychiatric glossary
    Selected DSM-5 assessment measures
    Rating scales and alternative diagnostic systems
    Developmental milestones
    Mental health treatment planning
    Psychosocial interventions
    Psychotherapeutic interventions
    Psychopharmacology
    Ideas for practice, education, and research.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016
  • Digital
    edited by John W. Barnhill.
    Summary: "DSM-5-TR Clinical Cases clarifies and discusses psychiatric diagnosis with a particular focus on how diagnoses have evolved from DSM-5. Designed for teachers, students, and clinicians, this book presents a broad range of patient vignettes that cover the diagnostic waterfront. Each of the 104 cases is followed by a discussion by an expert clinician, who describes an approach to diagnosis through an exploration of psychiatric and personal history, symptom clusters, laboratory tests, and clinical ambiguities. The discussants also address the important ways in which diagnosis might be affected by such demographic issues as ethnicity, sexual orientation, and gender identity. Anyone interested in understanding the interface between disorder classification and patient diagnosis will find DSM-5-TR Clinical Cases compelling, captivating, and enlightening"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Neurodevelopmental Disorders
    Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders
    Bipolar and Related Disorders
    Depressive Disorders
    Anxiety Disorders
    Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders
    Trauma- and Stressor-Related Disorders
    Dissociative Disorders
    Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders
    Feeding and Eating Disorders
    Elimination Disorders
    Sleep-Wake Disorders
    Sexual Dysfunctions
    Gender Dysphoria
    Disruptive, Impulse-Control, and Conduct Disorders
    Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders
    Neurocognitive Disorders
    Personality Disorders
    Paraphilic Disorders.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2023
  • Print
    edited by Thomas A. Widiger ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC455.2.C4 D754
    3
  • Digital
    Patricia M. Carrascosa, Ricardo C. Cury, Mario J. García, Jonathon A. Leipsic, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the rapidly developing and promising novel applications of Dual Energy CT (DECT) in cardiovascular medicine. Although developed many years ago, DECT represents the newest significant advancement in the field of computed tomography, the clinical utility of which has recently expanded as many new applications have been developed. In the field of cardiovascular medicine, DECT has been applied for purposes such as the evaluation of myocardial ischemia, myocardial viability and atherosclerotic plaque characterization. As the first book of its kind, Dual-Energy CT in Cardiovascular Imaging contains practical and clinically relevant information on the protocols used that provide precise quantification of coronary artery stenosis using either different monochromatic levels or material decomposition, reduction of beam hardening artifacts in perfusion studies and optimizing endovenous contrast, among others. It is therefore a valuable read for residents, fellows and practicing clinicians in cardiac imaging and cardiology.

    Contents:
    Introduction to DECT
    Technical aspects of DECT with dual source
    Technical aspects of DECT with dual layer
    Gemstone Imaging
    Neurovascular Imaging
    Neck imaging
    Thoracic imaging
    Abdominal imaging
    Upper and lower limbs imaging
    Technical Advancements for Cardiac Imaging
    Plaque characterization
    Accuracy of DECT in coronary arteries
    Beam Hardening Reduction and Image Quality Improvements with DECT
    Myocardial CT perfusion
    Myocardial viability
    Pitfalls
    Limitations
    Management of radiation
    Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Carlo N. De Cecco, Andrea Laghi, U. Joseph Schoepf, Felix G. Meinel, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is fourfold: to describe the basic principles of Dual Energy CT (DECT) imaging, to explain how post-processing is utilized, to critically appraise the strengths and weaknesses of the technique in oncologic imaging, and above all, to demonstrate the contribution of DECT in the management of oncologic patients. Information is provided on the practice and interpretation of DECT and its impact on clinical decision making in a variety of oncological settings, including tumors of the head and neck, lung, liver, pancreas, gastrointestinal system, kidney, and musculoskeletal system. DECT is an innovative imaging technique in which the application of two distinct energy settings provides a transition from density-based image to spectral imaging. As detailed in this book, DECT acquisition allows the simultaneous generation of multiple datasets which enable the radiologist to address varied diagnostic problems in oncologic imaging using a multiparametric approach, having clear advantages in tumor detection, lesion characterization and evaluation of treatment response.

    Contents:
    Dual Energy CT: Basic Principles
    Dual Energy CT: Post-Processing and Image Analysis Strategies in Oncologic Imaging
    Dual Energy CT of Head and Neck Tumors
    Dual Energy CT of Lung Tumors
    Dual Energy CT of Liver Tumors
    Dual Energy CT of Pancreatic Tumors
    Dual Energy CT of Gastrointestinal Tumors
    Dual Energy CT of Genitourinary Tumors
    Dual Energy CT of Musculoskeletal Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Daniel J. Wallace, Bevra Hannahs Hahn ; associate editors, Mary K. Crow [and five others].
    Summary: "For more than 50 years, Dubois’ Lupus Erythematosus and Related Syndromes has been recognized internationally as the go-to clinical reference on lupus and other connective tissue diseases. From basic scientific principles to practical points of clinical management, the updated 9th Edition provides extensive, authoritative coverage of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and its related diseases in a logical, clearly written, user-friendly manner. It’s an ideal resource for rheumatologists and internal medicine practitioners who need a comprehensive clinical reference on all aspects of SLE, connective tissue diseases, and the antiphospholipid syndromes"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    History of lupus
    Definition and classification of lupus and lupus-related disorders
    The epidemiology of lupus
    Overview of lupus pathogenesis
    Genetics of human SLE
    Epigenetics of lupus
    The environment and the host
    The innate immune system in SLE
    B cells and generation of antibodies
    T cells
    Adaptive and innate immunoregulatory cells
    Cytokines in lupus
    Immunometabolism
    Animal models in lupus
    Abnormalities in immune complex clearance and apoptotic cell clearance
    The role of complement in SLE
    Apoptosis and inflammatory forms of cell death
    Tissue damage in lupus : free radicals and fibrosis
    Pathogenesis of fibrosis—the lung as a model
    Pathogenesis of lupus nephritis
    Pathogenesis of accelerated atherosclerosis and vascular injury in systemic lupus erythematosus
    Pathogenesis of cutaneous lupus
    Pathogenesis of neuropsychiatric lupus
    Pathogenesis of antiphospholipid antibody syndrome
    Pathogenesis of Sjögren's
    Structure and derivation of autoantibodies
    Antinuclear antibodies, antibodies to DNA, histones, and nucleosomes
    Antibodies against ENA (SM, RNP, SSA, SSB)
    Antibodies against C1q
    Antilipoprotein and antiendothelial cell antibodies
    Drug-induced lupus erythematosus
    Overview and clinical presentation
    Skin disease in cutaneous lupus erythematosus
    The musculoskeletal system and bone metabolism
    Lupus and the cardiopulmonary system
    Lupus and the nervous system : clinical aspects, psychopathology, and imaging
    Gastrointestinal and hepatic systems
    Hematologic and lymphoid abnormalities in SLE
    Neonatal lupus : pathogenesis and clinical approaches
    Pregnancy and autoimmune disease, reproductive and hormonal issues
    Systemic lupus erythematosus in childhood and adolescence
    Clinical aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
    Lupus and infections
    Ocular, aural, and oral manifestations of lupus
    Clinical aspects of Sjögren's
    Clinical application of serologic tests, serum protein abnormalities, and other clinical laboratory tests in systemic lupus erythematosus
    Differential diagnosis and disease associations
    Incomplete lupus, undifferentiated connective tissue disease, and mixed connective tissue disease
    Clinical markers, metrics, indices, and clinical trials
    Lupus biomarkers
    Principles of therapy, local measures, and NSAIDs
    Antimalarial medications
    Systemic glucocorticoid therapy for SLE
    Immunosuppressive drug therapy
    Complementary and alternative medications, specialized and niche therapies
    Adjunctive treatments and preventive measures
    Targeted therapies in SLE
    Management of cutaneous lupus erythematosus
    Epidemiology and management of lupus nephritis
    Management of Sjögren's
    Socioeconomic and disability aspects
    Prognosis and mortality of SLE.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Xuan Hieu Cao, Paul Fourounjian, Wenqin Wang, editors.
    Summary: This book tells the story behind the first Spirodela genome sequencing project. Further, it describes the current genomics applications of these findings, and efforts to sequence new genomes within the family. The closing chapters address the sequencing of the over 1 Gigabase Wolffia genomes, which could have major impacts on genome evolution and agricultural research. The duckweed or Lemnaceae family is a collection of 5 genera and 37 species of the smallest, fastest-growing flowering plants. Many of these aquatic monocotyledonous plants can grow all over the world, in a variety of climates. Given their simplified and neotenous morphology, duckweeds have been researched for several decades as a model species for plant physiology and ecotoxicological research, contributing to our understanding e.g. of flowering response, plant circadian systems, sulfur assimilation pathways and auxin biosynthesis. In addition, duckweed-based treatment has been a favorite and feasible means, especially in developing countries, of removing phosphorus and pharmaceutical chemicals from sewage and wastewater. With a dry annual mass yield per hectare of up to 80 tonnes (equivalent to 10 tonnes of protein), duckweed is also a promising aquatic crop in new modern and sustainable agriculture. Besides being an excellent primary or supplemental feedstock for the production of livestock and fish, duckweed biomass can be utilized as a potential resource for human nutrition, biofuel, or bioplastics, depending on water quality as well as protein or starch accumulating procedures. These academic and commercial interests have led to international efforts to sequence the Spirodela polyrhiza genome, the smallest and most ancient genome in the family.

    Contents:
    Importance of duckweeds in basic research and its industrial applications
    Background history of the international Spirodela genome sequencing initiatives
    Cytogenetics and karyotype evolution of duckweeds
    Duckweed organelle genomes
    Repetitive sequences: Impacts and uses in the Spirodela genome
    Genotyping by sequencing of duckweeds
    Genome and transcriptome of Landoltia punctata
    Transcriptome responses of Spirodela polyrhiza
    Strategies & tools for sequencing duckweeds
    Transformation development in duckweeds.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lisa A. Newman, Jessica M. Bensenhaver, editors.
    Summary: This volume reviews the evolution of information regarding the epidemiology of DCIS and its modes of detection, as well as treatment options as a function of both clinical trial data and ongoing investigational therapeutic prospects. Several of the challenging and clinically-relevant scenarios of DCIS that appear in daily practice is discussed, including the difficulties of distinguishing "true" DCIS from borderline patterns of other breast diseases and the therapeutic implications of differentiating these various diagnoses. Particular attention is paid to pathologic evaluation of DCIS, including histologic patterns and the importance of margin evaluation/margin control. The text also explores the data regarding DCIS in medical research in hereditary susceptibility for breast cancer and race/ethnicity-associated disparities in breast cancer. Written by experts in the field, Ductal Carcinoma In Situ and Microinvasive/Borderline Breast Cancer is a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of the field, and serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers with an interest in breast cancer.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Ductal Carcinoma In Situ
    Role of Screening Mammography in Early Detection/Outcome from Breast Cancer
    Imaging DCIS: Digital/Film Screening Mammography, Tomosynthesis, MRI, Ultrasonography
    Pathology of Ductal Carcinoma In Situ: Features and Diagnostic Challenges
    Molecular Markers in DCIS
    History of Ductal Carcinoma In Situ Management Based Upon Data from Prospective, Randomized Clinical Trials
    Extent and Role of Margin Control for DCIS Managed by Breast-Conserving Surgery
    Ductal Carcinoma In Situ Treated With Breast Conserving Surgery Alone
    DCIS Managed with BCS: Whole-Breast XRT vs. Partial Breast XRT
    Anti-HER2/neu Therapy in DCIS
    Role of Genetic Profiling and Recurrence Scores in Treatment Planning for DCIS
    DCIS and Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy
    Role of Postmastectomy Radiation for DCIS
    Monitoring and Surveillance Following DCIS Treatment
    DCIS and Hereditary Susceptibility for Breast Cancer
    Introduction, Evolution and Application of the Van Nuys Prognostic Index in DCIS
    Disparities in DCIS Detection and Outcomes Related to Race/Ethnicity.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jeffrey R. Marcus, Anna R. Carlson.
    Summary: Contains 27 videos and 36 illustrations with extensive accompanying text.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Preeya K. Gupta, Nandini Venkateswaran.
    Summary: "Concise, authoritative, and easy to navigate, The Duke Manual of Corneal and Cataract Surgery offers a step-by-step, highly illustrated approach to the most commonly performed procedures in corneal and cataract surgery. Ideal for cornea and cataract specialists, ophthalmic surgeons, residents, and fellows, it contains practical guidance from Drs. Nandini Venkateswaran and Preeya K. Gupta, as well as other experts at Duke University, making it an unparalleled "how-to" manual for the wide variety of cases and operative scenarios you may encounter. Offers a step-by-step outline for each surgical procedure, from preoperative considerations through postoperative care, including numerous surgical pearls. Contains dozen of full-color photographs and illustrations that clearly depict techniques and other essential aspects of corneal and cataract surgery. Covers surgery basics, gas and liquid surgical aides, pediatrics, and management of challenging surgical scenarios"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Divakar Gupta, Leon W. Herndon, Jr., Kelly W. Muir.
    Summary: "Concise, authoritative, and easy to navigate, The Duke Manual of Glaucoma Surgery offers a step-by-step, highly illustrated approach to the most commonly performed glaucoma surgeries and procedures. Ideal for glaucoma specialists, ophthalmic surgeons, residents, and fellows, it contains practical guidance from Drs. Divakar Gupta, Leon Herndon, Kelly Muir, as well as other experts at Duke University, making it an unparalleled "how-to" manual for the wide variety of cases and operative scenarios you may encounter. Offers a step-by-step outline for each surgical procedure, from preoperative considerations through postoperative care, including numerous surgical pearls. Contains 200 full-color photographs and illustrations that clearly depict techniques and other essential aspects of glaucoma surgery. Covers surgery basics, pediatrics, and management of challenging surgical scenarios. Provides access, via the eBook, to surgical videos from the Duke archive"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Just the basics. Preoperative discussion
    Setting up for surgery
    Section 2: Trabeculectomy. Preoperative considerations for trabeculectomy
    Different ways to administer antimetabolites
    Limbal versus fornix conjunctival flap
    Steps of a trabeculectomy
    Scleral flap and sclerostomy construction
    Ex-press shunt implantation with mitomycin C
    Releasable sutures
    Conjunctival closures
    Postoperative medications and manipulations for trabeculectomy
    Section 3: Tube shunts. Preoperative planning and considerations for tube shunts
    Types of shunts, tube ligation, patch materials
    Ahmed valved tube shunt
    Nonvalved tube shunt
    Tube placement locations
    Special cases: neovascular and uveitic glaucoma
    Special cases: prior scleral buckle
    Postoperative medications and manipulations for tube shunts
    Section 4: Angle-based surgery. Preoperative considerations for angle-based surgery
    Intraoperative gonioscopy
    Trabecular meshwork stents
    Ab interno trabeculotomy: trabectome
    Goniotomy with the Kahook dual blade
    Ab interno trabeculotomy and viscocanaloplasty
    Goniosynechialysis
    Postoperative medications and considerations for angle-based surgery
    Section 5: Subconjunctival bypass. Preoperative considerations for xen implantation
    Xen ab interno implantation
    Xen ab externo implantation
    Postoperative considerations for xen implantation
    Section 6: Cycloblative laser. Preoperative planning and considerations for cyclophotocoagulation
    Endocyclophotocoagulation
    Transscleral diode cyclophotocoagulation
    Micropulse cyclophotocoagulation
    Section 7: Cataract and lens surgery in the glaucoma patient. Preoperative planning for cataract and lens surgery in the glaucoma patient
    Considerations for combined cataract and glaucoma surgery
    Special cases: angle closure
    Special cases: nanophthalmos
    Special cases: exfoliation syndrome
    Clinical evaluation and surgical management of subluxed and dislocated intraocular lens implant
    Secondary Iol placement: sulcus, sutured, aciol
    Section 8: Trabeculectomy revisions. Preoperative considerations for trabeculectomy revisions
    Excision and pull down
    Conjunctival autograft
    Transconjunctival suturing
    Bleb compression sutures
    Revisions for bleb dysesthesia
    Section 9: Tube shunt revisions. Preoperative planning and considerations for tube shunt revisions
    Tube shunt revision for exposure
    Tube shunt repositioning
    Tube extender
    Tube shunt revision for hypotony
    Section 10: Challenging surgical cases. Management of intraoperative malignant glaucoma
    Management of hemorrhagic choroidals
    Scleral windows in nanophthalmos
    Drainage of serous choroidals
    Cyclodialysis cleft repair
    Section 11: Clinic lasers. Selective laser trabeculoplasty
    Peripheral iridotomy
    Iridoplasty.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    Michael Richard, Jason Liss, Nicholas Ramey.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    Laura B. Enyedi, MD, Nandini Gandhi, MD, Tammy L. Yanovitch, MD, MHSc.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sharon Fekrat ; associate editors Avni Patel Finn, Akshay S. Thomas ; illustrations by Xi Chen.
    Summary: "Concise, authoritative, and easy to navigate, The Duke Manual of Vitreoretinal Surgery offers a step-by-step, highly illustrated approach to the most commonly performed vitreoretinal operating room procedures. Ideal for vitreoretinal surgeons, ophthalmology residents, retina fellows, and OR nurses and scrub techs, it contains practical guidance from the highly esteemed vitreoretinal surgery fellowship program at Duke University making it an unparalleled “how-to” manual for the wide variety of cases and operative scenarios you may encounter"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I. Just the basics
    section II. Pars plana vitrectomy
    section III. Vitreoretinal surgical adjuncts
    section IV. Exchanges
    section V. Rhegmatogenous retinal detachment
    section VI. Macular surgery
    section VII. Lensectomy and secondary iol placement
    section VIII. Diabetic vitrectomy
    section IX. Pediatric vitreoretinal surgery
    section X. Vitreoretinal surgery for tumors and uveitis
    section XI. Challenging vitreoretinal surgical scenarios.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Mina K. Dulcan.
    Summary: "Dulcan's Textbook of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry provides in-depth, DSM-5-aligned evidence-based clinical guidance in such areas as neurodevelopmental and other psychiatric disorders; psychosocial treatments; pediatric psychopharmacology; and special topics, including cultural considerations, youth suicide, legal and ethical issues, and gender and sexual diversity. This third edition includes expanded information on telehealth, e-mental health, and pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2022
  • Digital
    Bernhard Widder, Gerhard F. Hamann, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Erika Mendoza, Christopher R. Lattimer, Nick Morrison, editors.
    Summary: This book describes in detail the use of duplex ultrasound for exploration of the superficial veins and their pathology. It has a practical orientation, presenting numerous clinical situations and explaining how to identify the different sources of reflux, specially in the groin. The investigation of pathology of the saphenous trunks, perforators, and side branches is described in detail. As duplex ultrasound plays an important role during various venous surgical procedures, its application pre-, intra-, and postoperatively is presented. Furthermore, the sonographic appearances of thrombotic pathology of superficial and deep veins, edema, and other conditions that may be observed while exploring the veins are fully described. The book is based on the authors{u2019} extensive clinical experience and is intended to assist fellow practitioners who want to learn more about the technique. It includes a wealth of informative images with the aim of covering every potential situation.

    Contents:
    The Ultrasound Scanner
    Anatomy of the Superficial Veins
    Pathophysiology of the Superficial Venous System
    Ultrasound-Based Classifications of Varicose Veins
    Duplex Ultrasound Examination of Superficial Leg Veins
    Flow Provocation Manoeuvres for the Diagnosis of Venous Disease Using Duplex Ultrasound
    Examination of the Great Saphenous Vein
    Examination of the Small Saphenous Vein
    Perforating Veins
    Tributaries
    Superficial Vein Thrombosis
    Ultrasound in Varicose Vein Treatment
    Ultrasound After Venous Intervention
    Deep Leg Veins
    Examination of Superficial Veins in the Presence of Deep Venous Disease
    Differential Diagnosis of Leg Oedemas of Venous and Lymphatic Origin
    Incidental Findings During a Venous Examination of the Leg.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Paul M. N. Werker, Joseph Dias, Charles Eaton, Bert Reichert, Wolfgang Wach, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Patients Views
    Cellular and Extra-cellular Events
    Genetics and Associations
    Collagenase Injection
    Percutaneous Needle Fasciotomy (PNF)
    Assessment
    Comparative Studies
    Surgical Techniques and Recurrence
    Related Diseases and Other Treatments
    Future Paths of Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marco Rizzo, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Nonoperative management of finger flexion contracture in Dupuytren's disease: orthotic intervention and tissue mobilization techniques
    2. Needle aponeurotomy in the management of Dupuytren's contracture
    3. Ultrasound assisted needle aponeurotomy in the management of Dupuytren's contracture
    4. Corticosteroid injections and needle aponeurotomy in the management of Dupuytren's contracture
    5. Clostridial collagenase injections in the treatment of Dupuytren's contracture
    6. Minimally invasive partial fasciectomy
    7. Surgical fasciotomy for Dupuytren's contracture
    8. Surgical fasciectomy for Dupuytren's contracture
    9. Wide awake Dupuytren's fasciectomy: a pathoanatomical approach
    10. .Surgical open palm (McCash) technique
    11. Treatment of Dupuytren's contracture with dermofasciectomy
    12. Surgical fasciectomy for recurrent disease
    13. Use of dynamic external fixator (digit widget) in Dupuytren's contracture
    14. The distal interphalangeal joint in Dupuytren's disease
    15. Knuckle pads (Garrod's nodules) of the fingers: painful dorsal nodules on the PIP joints of the fingers and concomitant recurrent Dupuytren's contracture
    16. Arthrodesis in treatment of Dupuytren contracture
    17. Amputation in management of severe Dupuytren's contracture
    18. Treatment of Dupuytren's contracture in the young
    19. Recurrent Dupuytren contracture treated with fasciectomy and skin grafting
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stuart Silverman, Bo Abrahamsen, editors.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Osteoporosis: Pathophysiology & Epidemiology
    Antiresorptives
    Anabolics
    Tools for Assessing Fracture Risk and for Treatment Monitoring
    Treatment Failure
    Epidemiology of Atypical Subtrochanteric and Femoral Shaft Fractures
    Bisphosphonate-Related Atypical Femoral Fractures and Their Radiographic Features
    Factors Contributing to Atypical Femoral Fractures
    Clinical Presentation of Atypical Femur Fractures
    Effects of Antiresorptive Therapy on Bone Microarchitecture
    Management of Atypical Femoral Fractures
    Osteonecrosis of the Jaw: Clinico-Pathologic and Radiologic Features
    Epidemiology of Osteonecrosis of the Jaws from Antiresorptive Treatment
    Management of Osteonecrosis of the Jaw in Patients Receiving Antiresorptive Treatment
    Long-Term Efficacy and Safety of Treatments for Osteoporosis
    Management of Drug Holidays
    Patients Who Do Not Take Their Osteoporosis Medications: Can We Help Them Become Compliant?
    Fractures and Healing on Antiresorptive Therapy
    Antiresorptive Therapy and Mortality and Cancer Incidence
    Other Safety Concerns
    The Impact of Regulatory and Scientific Organizations Recommendations on Clinical Decision Making
    Integrated Clinical View on Long-Term Management of Patients with Osteoporosis
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mark Dutton.
    Summary: This book introduces a conceptual framework about the art of physical therapy to give the entry-level physical therapy student a broad foundation from which to support their journey through the typical physical therapy curriculum. The purpose of this text is to cover the fundamental skills that most physical therapists will use for the rest of their careers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The Profession
    Chapter 2: Healthcare Regulations
    Chapter 3: Evidence-Informed Practice
    Chapter 4: Foundations of Movement
    Chapter 5: Patient/Client Management
    Chapter 6: Movement Dysfunction
    Chapter 7: Correcting Movement Dysfunction
    Chapter 8: Preparation for Patient Care
    Chapter 9: Monitoring Vital Signs
    Chapter 10: Bed Mobility, Patient Positioning, and Draping
    Chapter 11: Mobility
    Chapter 12: Manual Muscle Testing
    Chapter 13: Patient Transfers and Mobility
    Chapter 14: Gait Training
    Appendix A: Standards of Practice for Physical Therapy
    Appendix B: Criteria for Standards of Practice for Physical Therapy
    Appendix C: Code of Ethics
    Appendix D: Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
    Appendix E: American Physical Therapy Association (APTA).
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Digital
    Mark Dutton, PT.
    Summary: "This book introduces a conceptual framework about the art of physical therapy to give the entry-level physical therapist assistant (PTA) student a broad foundation from which to support their journey through a typical curriculum. The purpose of this text is to cover the fundamental skills that most PTAs will use for the rest of their careers. This text provides a historical perspective on the physical therapy profession, an introduction to healthcare policy, and a definition of evidence-informed practice, and various chapters describing specific areas of clinical expertise, including how to enhance a patient's function in such tasks as bed mobility, transfers, and gait training. Chapter 1 provides a historical perspective on the physical therapy profession. Chapter 2 introduces the reader to essential healthcare policies. Chapter 3 describes the importance of evidence-informed practice and clinical decision-making. Chapter 4 outlines clinical documentation. With every patient interaction, the clinician should always ensure patient and clinician safety. Throughout the remaining chapters, the emphasis is placed on patient and clinician safety through correct body mechanics, the application of assistive and safety devices, and the effective use of infection control procedures. Chapter 5 helps prepare the clinician for patient care. Chapter 6 describes the various methods by which a clinician can take a patient's vital signs and the significance of each of these vital signs. Chapter 7 covers the various methods to perform bed mobility skills, correctly drape and position a patient. Chapter 8 teaches the reader how to perform range of motion assessments and apply range of motion techniques as a treatment method. Chapter 9 describes the various methods to accurately test the strength of each of the patient's muscles. Chapter 10 describes wheelchair mobility skills and the various methods by which the clinician or clinical team can transfer a patient from and to various surfaces. Chapter 11 details the various components and parameters of gait and how to train a patient to ambulate with or without an assistive device. Finally, chapter 12 attempts to put all of the information together by providing a patient example"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The physical therapy profession
    Healthcare regulations
    Evidence informed practice and clinical decision-making
    Clinical documentation
    Preparation for patient care
    Taking vital signs
    Bed mobility, patient positioning, and draping
    Mobility and range of motion
    Manual muscle testing
    Patient transfers and wheelchair mobility
    Gait training
    Putting it all together.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2022
  • Digital
    Mark Dutton, PT, Allegheny General Hospital, West Penn Allegheny Health System (WPAHS), Adjunct Clinical Instructor, Duquesne University, School of Health Sciences, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
    Summary: Dutton's Orthopaedic Examination, Evaluation and Intervention provides readers with a systematic logical approach to the evaluation and intervention of the orthopedic patient. In this comprehensive and up-to-date fourth edition, Dutton strikes the perfect balance in its coverage of examination and treatment. The textbook emphasizes the appropriate use of manual techniques and therapeutic exercise while outlining the correct applications of electrotherapeutic and thermal modalities as adjuncts to the rehabilitative process.

    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Examination and evaluation
    Intervention
    The extremities
    The spine and TMJ
    Special considerations.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2017
  • Digital
    Mark Dutton.
    Summary: "This book aims to provide the reader with a systematic and evidence-based approach to the examination and intervention of the orthopaedic patient from the viewpoint of an expert on the movement system"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Musculoskeletal system
    Tissue behavior, injury, healing, and treatment
    The nervous system
    Patient/client management
    Differential diagnosis
    Gait and posture analysis
    Imaging studies in orthopaedics
    The intervention
    Pharmacology for the orthopaedic physical therapist
    Manual techniques
    Neurodynamic mobility and mobilizations
    Improving muscle performance
    Improving mobility
    Improving neuromuscular control
    Improving cardiovascular endurance
    The Shoulder
    Elbow
    The forearm, wrist, and hand
    Hip
    The knee
    Lower leg, ankle, and foot
    Vertebral column
    The craniovertebral region
    Vertebral artery
    The cervical spine
    The temporomandibular joint
    The thoracic spine
    Lumbar Spine
    The sacroiliac joint
    Special populations.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2020
  • Print
    Mark Dutton.
    Summary: "This book aims to provide the reader with a systematic and evidence-based approach to the examination and intervention of the orthopaedic patient as an expert on the movement system"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2023
  • Digital
    Mathias Baehr, Michael Frotscher.
    Summary: "The sixth edition of Duus' classic Topical Diagnosis in Neurology builds on the clear, integrated presentation of anatomy, function, and disorders of the central nervous system that made it a success for almost over five decades, serving as a quick reference for practitioners and trainees alike. It elucidates the neuroanatomical pathways that lead to specific clinical syndromes, and demonstrates how comprehensive anatomical knowledge combined with a thorough neurological examination can help localize and categorize a lesion and arrive at a differential diagnosis. The time-tested logical, thematic structure with useful summaries, at the beginning of each chapter, and color-coded section headings enable readers to distinguish neuroanatomical from clinical material at a glance and enable efficient and time saving study. Features of the sixth edition: - New tables and clinical case examples - Improved descriptions of neuroanatomical/neurophysiological basics in the context of clinical symptoms - Twenty-three new illustrations, to a total of more than 400 illustrations - A wide range of study aids and clinical correlations that support the emphasis on integrative medicine in the current medical school curricula Topical Diagnosis in Neurology is an ideal reference for neurologists and neuroscientists who correlate neurological diseases with anatomical location to arrive at a diagnosis or understand a clinical syndrome. It is also an essential tool for trainees and advanced students who need a solid grounding in key neurofunctional relationships"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Angelo A. Licata, Susan E. Williams.
    Summary: Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) is the principal x-ray technology used to diagnose osteoporosis in its early, asymptomatic stages, to assess treatment efficacy, and to guide treatment decisions. It remains the gold standard today. A DXA Primer for the Practicing Clinician: A Case-Based Manual for Understanding and Interpreting Bone Densitometry is based on actual clinical encounters and treatment dilemmas encountered by the authors. The content is derived from years of clinical practice and presentations given by the authors at regional and national conferences. It exemplifies not only the complete body of knowledge provided through these lectures but also the full range of previously undiscussed nuances of DXA interpretation. This practical, easy-to-read text captures many of the common challenges of DXA interpretation that clinicians often encounter. The central focus of the book is the presentation of what is normal and what is problematic when using DXA. It presents real-life case histories, their corresponding DXA images, the problems encountered and their solutions. Unique in approach and presentation, this one-of-a-kind case-based manual will be of immense value to all clinicians and students motivated to optimize their diagnostic skills and assessment of patients with abnormal bone densities

    Contents:
    Introduction - How does one go from bone mineral density measurements to a diagnosis of osteoporosis
    What Is Osteoporosis?
    What Happens After I Order a DXA?
    What Is FRAX®?-- The DXA Report: What Every Referring Clinician Needs to Know
    Technological Errors in DXA Scanning: Common Errors in Diagnosing and Monitoring
    Monitoring Treatment Efficacy: DXA Pearls and Pitfalls
    Special Considerations in Common GI Diseases, Obesity, and Following Bariatric Surgery
    UFOs: Unexpected Foreign Objects
    Challenging Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kathleen D. Sanford, DBA, RN, CENP, FACHE, Senior Vice President and Chief Nursing Officer, Catholic Health Initiatives, Englewood, Colorado, Stephen L. Moore, MD, Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer, Catholic Health Initiatives, Englewood, Colorado.
    Summary: "Healthcare leaders are facing major change in how healthcare is delivered as we move from fee-for-service payment models to pay for value. Physicians and hospitals are evolving from separate financial entities (with relationships varying from customers/workshops to competitors) to unified systems. Government policy maker, payers, and hordes of consultants advise hospitals to increase physician leadership in all parts of the system. However, few have proposed how this can be done when the gaps between hospitals and physicians are so wide. Physicians do not trust healthcare leaders, lack leadership and teamwork skills, and have little knowledge of how systems work. Some hospital leaders are working to overcome these gaps by setting up dyad leadership teams, consisting of a physician and an experienced manager/leader. The physician member of the team helps with the first gap; the nurse or other dyad partner is important to manage the other gaps. Until now, with the publication of Dyad Clinical Leadership, there has not been a source to help clinical dyad partners learn and understand how to work together in this emerging management model. Kathleen D. Sanford, DBA, RN, CENP, FACHE, Senior Vice President and Chief Nursing Officer at Catholic Health Initiatives (CHI), builds on CHI's success with this unique playbook for the model"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. An introduction to a new leadership model
    Chapter 2. How did we get here and what do we need to get out of here?
    Chapter 3. Developing a dyad
    Chapter 4. Power, persuasion, politics, and perceptions
    Chapter 5. Culture shock: dyads as both harbingers and architects of cultural change
    Chapter 6. Dyads as catalysts for renewing the strength of the leadership team
    Chapter 7. Learning dyad skills
    Chapter 8. What do you believe?
    Chapter 9. Forming dyad-led teams and multiple partnerships
    Chapter 10. What we say today may not be true tomorrow.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Lawrence Berk, editor.
    Contents:
    Art of dying / Lawrence Berk
    Dying: what happens in the cells and tissues / Lawrence Berk
    Dying: what happens to the body after death / Vernard Adams
    Quality of life at the end of life / Lodovico Balducci and Miriam Innocenti
    Legal aspects of oncology care for dying patients / Marshall B. Knapp
    Spiritual care: an essential aspect of cancer care / Kenneth J. Doka
    Religious views of the afterlife / Christopher M. Moreman
    A historical perspective of death in the western world / David San Filippo
    Economic aspects of death and dying in oncology / Vlad Dolgopolov
    Oncologists and death / Lawrence Berk
    Pediatric cancer and end-of-life / Kathleen G. Davis
    Symptom management of the dying oncology patient / Lawrence Berk.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Jeffrey Pfeffer.
    Summary: "In this timely, provocative book, Jeffrey Pfeffer contends that many modern management commonalities such as long hours, work-family conflict, and economic insecurity are toxic to employees--hurting engagement, increasing turnover, and destroying people's physical and emotional health--while also being inimical to company performance. He argues that human sustainability should be as important as environmental stewardship. You don't have to do a physically dangerous job to confront a health-destroying, possibly life-threatening workplace ... In "Dying for a Paycheck", Jeffrey Pfeffer marshals a vast trove of evidence and numerous examples from all over the world to expose the infuriating truth about modern work life: even as organizations allow management practices that actually sicken and kill their employees, those policies do not enhance productivity or the bottom line, thereby creating a lose-lose situation. Exploring a range of important topics, including layoffs, health insurance, work-family conflict, work hours, job autonomy, and why people remain in toxic environments, Pfeffer offers guidance and practical solutions that all of us--employees, employers, and the government--can use to enhance workplace well-being. We must wake up to the dangers and enormous costs to today's workplace, Pfeffer argues. "Dying for a Paycheck" is a clarion call for a social movement focused on human sustainability. Pfeffer makes clear that the environment we work in is just as important as the one we live in, and with this urgent book he opens our eyes and shows how we can make our workplaces healthier and better."--Jacket flaps.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Management decisions and human sustainability
    The enormous toll of toxic workplaces
    Layoffs and economic insecurity : a lose-lose proposition
    No health insurance, no health
    Health effects of long work hours and work-family conflict
    Two critical elements of a healthy workplace
    Why people stay in toxic workplaces
    What might--and should--be different.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Bus & Mgt 106
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Jonathan M. Metzl.
    Summary: A physician reveals how right-wing backlash policies have mortal consequences-even for the white voters they promise to help Named one of the most anticipated books of 2019 by Esquire and the Boston Globe In the era of Donald Trump, many lower- and middle-class white Americans are drawn to politicians who pledge to make their lives great again. But as Dying of Whiteness shows, the policies that result actually place white Americans at ever-greater risk of sickness and death. Physician Jonathan M. Metzl's quest to understand the health implications of "backlash governance" leads him across America's heartland. Interviewing a range of everyday Americans, he examines how racial resentment has fueled progun laws in Missouri, resistance to the Affordable Care Act in Tennessee, and cuts to schools and social services in Kansas. And he shows these policies' costs: increasing deaths by gun suicide, falling life expectancies, and rising dropout rates. White Americans, Metzl argues, must reject the racial hierarchies that promise to aid them but in fact lead our nation to demise.

    Contents:
    Introduction: dying of whiteness
    Part I: Missouri: The cape
    Risk
    Interview: I can't just make it go away
    The man card
    Interview: we gotta take up arms
    Preventative medicine
    Interview: the biggest heart
    What was the risk?
    Interview: the whys and what-ifs
    Trigger warnings
    Part 2: Tennessee: Unaffordable
    Cost
    In the name of affordable care
    Focus
    Socialism
    Everybody
    De-progressive
    The numbers tell the story
    Part 3: Kansas: Beneath the surface
    There's no place like home
    The Kansas experiment
    Interview: a downward cycle
    Austerity
    Interview: a bad rap
    The schools
    Interview: the race card
    Congestive heart failure
    Interview: no matter what he does
    Millions of millions
    Conclusion: the castle doctrine
    Notes
    Index.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RA563.M56 M48 2019
    1
  • Print
    edited by Avivah Zuckerman and David W. Weiss.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QL757 .D96
    2
  • Digital
    Jeffrey N. Weiss.
    Summary: Blindness or serious vision impairment is one of the most feared disabilities known to humankind. A 2016 report compiled by the National Eye Institute (NEI) of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) and Prevent Blindness America states that although half of all blindness can be prevented, the number of people who suffer vision loss continues to increase. The technique of dynamic light scattering (DLS) was developed by physicists in the late 1960s to early 1970s. DLS is now emerging as a potential ophthalmic tool, making possible studies of virtually every tissue and fluid comprising the eye, thus pushing the envelope for broader applications in ophthalmology. This book presents a comprehensive review of the application of light scattering in clinical use. It is the first of its kind, offering insight to how DLS can be applied to the human eye as well as animals. Chapters discuss DLS in neurological diseases, including protocols, informed consent, and patents. Dynamic Light Scattering Spectroscopy of the Human Eye is a must-have resource for physicians, engineers, and physicists interested in the clinical application of DLS to diagnose and potentially treat medical conditions in a non-invasive, quantitative and novel way. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Anatomy of the eye
    Chapter 2. Light Scattering
    Chapter 3. Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS)
    Chapter 4. DLS Animal Experiments
    Chapter 5. DLS Human Experiments
    Chapter 6. DLS in Neurologic diseases - Protocol
    Chapter 7. DLS in Neurologic diseases Informed Consent
    Chapter 8. Patents. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel H. Kim, MD, FAANS, FACS, Professor, Director of Spinal Surgery, Reconstructive Peripheral Nerve Surgery, Department of Neurosurgery, Memorial Hermann, the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, Houston, Texas, Dilip K. Sengupta, MD, DrMed, Director, Clinical Research, Attending Spine Surgeon, Texas Back Institute, Plano, Texas, Frank P. Cammisa Jr., MD, FACS, Chief, Spinal Surgical Service, Attending Surgeon, Spine Care Institute, Hospital for Special Surgery, Professor of Orthopedic Surgery, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, New York, New York, Do Heum Yoon, MD, PhD, Professor, Department of Neurosurgery, Yonsei University College of Medicine, Seoul, Republic of Korea, Richard G. Fessler, MD, PhD, Professor, Department of Neurological Surgery, Rush University College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois.
    Summary: "Dynamic Reconstruction of the Spine, Second Edition, is an up-to-date, comprehensive resource on the instrumentation, technologies, and fundamental science integral to achieving spine motion preservation and stabilization. This revised text covers not only the latest technologies and surgical approaches, including MIS techniques, but also significantly more detail on the clinical biomechanics of the spine than the previous edition. Readers will appreciate the guidance this book provides on how to: successfully adopt new technology, find appropriate indications, address common safety and efficacy issues, and answer health economics questions for ethics committees and payers. Key Features: A substantial revision, with entirely new chapters in three quarters of the book, including a large section on basic as well as more advanced biomechanics topics. Highly visual - contains 20% more figures than the previous edition. Discusses and explains current advances in genetic and molecular technologies used to repair the spinal disc Includes an unbiased critique of the pro cons, clinical outcomes, and comparative outcomes of different devices. This new edition is an indispensable reference for orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, and radiologists, as well as residents and fellows seeking the latest information on the technologies used in spine motion preservation and stabilization"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Pallaval Veera Bramhachari, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses various components of the innate and adaptive immune response in combating viral infections, presenting the recent advances in our understanding of innate immunity recognition of viruses and highlighting the important role of inflammation, cytokines such as interferon, toll-like receptors and leukocytes in the initial detection of invading viruses and subsequent activation of adaptive immunity. It also summarizes the role of the adaptive immunity against viral infections through clearance of virus and establishment of memory response that protects against the recurrent infections. In addition, the book examines the role of DNA and RNA sensors in viral recognition and in controlling viral infection. Lastly, it reviews the latest developments in the development of the rational viral vaccines. As such it is a useful resource book for postgraduate and early researchers wanting to gain insights into the immune response to viral infections.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Significance and dynamics of immune responses during viral pathogenesis
    Chapter 2. Antibody-dependent enhancement of viral infections
    Chapter 3. Inflammation during virus infection: swings and roundabouts
    Chapter 4. Interferons and their role in Viral infection
    Chapter 5. Role of Cytokines in combating viral infections: Siginificance and relevance
    Chapter 6. B cells and their role in combating viral diseases
    Chapter 7. Significant role of Cellular activation in viral infections Bojjibabu Chidipi1 Samuel Ignatious Bolleddu, Ganugula Mohana Sheela and Alavala Mattareddy
    Chapter 8. Macrophages/Micro vesicles and their task in viral diseases Macrophages/Microvesicles and their task in viral diseases
    Chapter 9. T cells in viral infections: The myriad flavours of antiviral immunity
    Chapter 10. Potentiality of Toll Like Receptors (TLRs) in viral infections
    Chapter 11. Activation and immune evasion of viruses from Complement system
    Chapter 12. microRNAs and their role in viral infection
    Chapter 13. Evolution, Distribution and Diversity of Immunodeficiency Viruses
    Chapter 14. Role of immune cells in Hepatitis B infection
    Chapter 15. Role of RNA Sensors in Immunity against Viral Diseases
    Chapter 16. Role of DNA Sensors in Immunity against Viral Diseases
    Chapter 17. Advanced immunotechnological methods for detection and diagnosis of viral infections: Current applications and future challenges
    Chapter 18. Current advances in viral vaccines development and Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Merle Myerson.
    Summary: "Dyslipidemia: A Clinical Approach is intended as a low-cost, quick-reference, easy-to-navigate guide for a broad range of healthcare professionals that will provide high-yield decision-making tools to ensure confidence in patient treatment and management of those who are suffering from a lipids disorder or related disease. Content will include detailed drug tables, information on important drug interactions, and also non-statin alternatives for those patients who cannot tolerate statins. In addition, decision-making algorithms and careful patient management plans will be included to ensure quicker and more effective treatment and management of patients"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. A historical perspectives on lipids and cardiovascular disease
    2. Basic lipid and lipoprotein biochemistry for clinical lipidologists
    3. Guidelines and risk scores
    4. Lipid measurement
    5. Step-by-step diagnosis and management plan
    6. Lifestyle modification in the management of dyslipidemia
    7. Lipid medications overview: prescription and nonprescription preparations
    8. Statins
    9. Nonstain medications: omega-3 fatty acids, fibrates, bile acid sequestrants, niacin, and cholesterol absorption inhibitors
    10. Hypertriglyceridemia
    11. Safety and tolerability of lipid-lowering medications
    12. Familial hypercholesterolemia: family disease
    13. Complex dyslipidemias
    14. Children and adolescents step-by-step evaluation and management plan
    15. Lipid management in special populations.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Abhimanyu Garg.
    Summary: Dyslipidemias: Pathophysiology, Evaluation and Management provides a wealth of general and detailed guidelines for the clinical evaluation and management of lipid disorders in adults and children. Covering the full range of common through rare lipid disorders, this timely resource offers targeted, practical information for all clinicians who care for patients with dyslipidemias, including general internists, pediatric and adult endocrinologists, pediatricians, lipidologists, cardiologists, internists, and geneticists. For the last twenty years, there has been a growing recognition worldwide of the importance of managing dyslipidemia for the primary and secondary prevention of atherosclerotic vascular disease, especially coronary heart disease. This has been mainly due to the publication of the guidelines of National Cholesterol Education Programs Adult Treatment Panel and Pediatric Panel from the United States. These guidelines have stimulated generation of similar recommendations from all over the world, particularly Europe, Canada, Australia and Asia. Developed by a renowned group of leading international experts, the book offers state-of-the-art chapters that are peer-reviewed and represent a comprehensive assessment of the field. A major addition to the literature, Dyslipidemias: Pathophysiology, Evaluation and Management is a gold-standard level reference for all clinicians who are challenged to provide the best care and new opportunities for patients with dyslipidemias.

    Contents:
    Lipoprotein Physiology
    Epidemiology of Blood Lipids and Lipoproteins
    Lipoprotein(a)
    Lipoproteins and Cardiovascular Disease Risk
    Detection and Treatment of Children and Adolescents with Dyslipidemia
    Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and Dyslipidemia
    Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus and Dyslipidemia
    Dyslipidemia in Chronic Kidney Disease and Nephrotic Syndrome
    Dyslipidemia in HIV-infected Patients
    Monogenic Hypercholesterolemia
    Primary Hypertriglyceridemia
    Genetic Disorders of HDL Metabolism
    Sitosterolemia and Other Rare Sterol Disorders
    Genetic Abetalipoproteinemia & Hypobetalipoproteinemia
    Drug-induced Dyslipidemia
    Lipodystrophies and Dyslipidemias
    Novel Genes for Dyslipidemias: Genome-Wide Association Studies
    Perspectives on Cholesterol Guidelines
    Nutrition and Coronary Heart Disease Prevention
    Phytosterol Therapy
    N-3 Fatty Acids: Role in Treating Dyslipidemias and Preventing Cardiovascular Disease
    Polyphenols for Cholesterol Management
    Dietary Supplements for Cholesterol Management
    Statins: Risk-Benefits and Role in Treating Dyslipidemias
    Fibrates: Risk-Benefits and Role in Treating Dyslipidemias
    Niacin: Risk-Benefits and Role in Treating Dyslipidemias
    Bile Acid Sequestrants: Risk-Benefits and Role in Treating Dyslipidemias
    Cholesterol Absorption Inhibitor-Ezetimibe: Risk-Benefits and Role in Treating Dyslipidemias
    Low Density Lipoprotein (LDL) Apheresis
    Novel Lipid Lowering Agents.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Adrian Covic, Mehmet Kanbay, Edgar V. Lerma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Roger P. Smith.
    Summary: Dysmenorrhea is estimated to effect upwards of 70% of women during their lifetime and heavy menstrual periodsis one of the most frequently given reasons for hysterectomy in the United States. Despite the dramatic growth of dysmenorrhea treatment with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents (NSADs) in the 1980s, young women continue to go undiagnosed and under treated. The diagnosis and management of heavy menstrual bleeding has even poorer general understanding because of its more complicated etiologies. With a working knowledge of the underlying pathophysiology, all clinicians should be able to establish both the diagnosis and a credible treatment plan that will result in a significant chance of clinical improvement for most patients. This book addresses the pathophysiologic underpinnings of both dysmenorrhea and menorrhagia and provides clinicians with practical approaches to establishing the diagnosis, proven tactics for successful therapeutic interventions and dealing with the challenging atypical case, and effective patient counseling. It teaches principles, including the role prostaglandins play in both conditions, as well as procedures, like surgical options and TENS, providing a balance of the practical and the esoteric. The inclusion of patient education and counseling materials additionally increases its usefulness for the busy clinician. This is an ideal guide for ob/gyn clinicians, residents, and trainees caring for patients with these common, but often misunderstood diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Krishnakumar Thankappan, Subramania Iyer, Jayakumar R Menon, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Alfonso Fasano, Francesca Morgante.
    Contents:
    Dystonia : a clinician's guide to diagnosis, pathophysiology and treatment / Alfonso Fasano & Francesca Morgante
    Symptoms of dystonia / Alfonso Fasano, Sophie Lehnerer & Antonio Emanuele Elia
    Pathophysiology of dystonia / Francesca Morgante
    Classification of dystonia / Nardo Nardocci & Giovanna Zorzi
    Genetics of dystonia / Toshitaka Kawarai & Ryuji Kaji
    Medication for dystonia / Christoph Kamm
    Surgical treatment of dystonia / Wolfgang Fogel & Wolfgang Jost
    Physical management of dystonia / Roongroj Bhidayasiri.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Petr Kanovsky, Kailash P. Bhatia, Raymond L. Rosales, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Pathophysiology and nosology of dystonia
    Dystonia: History of the term and syndrome
    Physiology of dystonia
    Genetics of dystonia
    Nosology and classification of dystonia
    Secondary dystonias
    Dystonia
    parkinsonism syndromes
    Dystonia in multiple system atrophy and progressive supranuclear palsy
    Psychogenic dystonia
    Part II. Treatment of dystonia
    Pharmacological treatment of dystonia
    Botulinum toxin treatment of dystonia
    Long-term BoNT treatment of dystonia
    Brain plasticity in dystonia
    Surgical treatment of dystonia
    Indications of deep brain stimulation in dystonia
    Pitfalls of deep brain stimulation in dystonia
    Neurorehabilitation in dystonia
    Dystonia in Art: The Impact of Psychiatric and Neurological Disease on the Work of the Sculptor F.X. Messerschmidt.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
all 755 "D" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.